A 


POPULAR  GUIDE  TO  THE  TERMS 


OP 


ART  AND  SCIENCE. 


BY 

C.   BANKES    BEOOKES. 


PHILADELPHIA: 

J.  B.  LIPPINCOTT    &    CO. 

1879. 

R-lf  ^ 


Copyright,  1879,  by  C.  Baskes  Brookes. 


EXPLAl^ATOEY. 


The  object  of  this  little  work  is  to  enable  a  non-professional 
or  non-scientific  person  readily  to  accomplish  two  things, — to 
find  the  technical  terms  used  in  the  arts  and  sciences  by  merely 
knowing  the  popular  words  relating  thereto,  and  to  translate 
into  popular  language  technical  terms  which  he  may  meet  with 
but  not  understand.  For  example,  by  turning  to  the  word 
"  Plants,"  he  will  learn  that  the  name  of  the  science  which  re- 
lates to  plants  is  "  Botany,"  and  he  will  find  brought  together 
all  the  important  terms  that  express  the  structure,  growth, 
origin,  classification,  etc.,  of  plants.  So,  if  one  should  happen 
upon  the  unfamiliar  term  "  Xylography,"  and  desire  to  learn  its 
meaning,  he  has  only  to  consult  the  index  to  ascertain  the  page 
upon  which  the  definition  of  the  wood-engraver's  art  may  be 
found. 

In  these  respects  lies  its  difference  from  a  dictionary,  which 
only  undertakes  to  deal  with  single  and  separate  terms,  alpha- 
betically arranged,  and  does  not  exhibit  any  portion  of  the 
terminology  of  an  art  or  a  science  collected  together,  which  is 
attempted  here.  In  this  work  the  veriest  novice  can  find  both 
the  terms  and  the  definitions  relating  to  a  science,  whereas  in  a 
dictionary  he  could  find  only  the  definitions  of  terms  already* 
known  to  him. 

The  index  contains,  in  strict  alphabetical  order,  the  names  of 
the  several  arts  and  sciences,  and  of  all  the  terms  connected 
with  them,  whether  technical  or  popular,  so  that  the  first  place 
to  look  for  anything  is  in  the  index. 

The  author  here  takes  occasion  to  acknowledge  his  indebted- 
ness to  Mr.  Charles  E.  Illsley,  of  Washington,  D.  C,  for  valu- 
able services  rendered  in  the  compilation  of  this  work. 

3 


A  POPULAR  GUIDE  TO  THE  TERMS 


ART  AND    SCIENCE. 


ACCOUNTS. 


Au'dit. — The  settling  of  accounts  by  examining  documents  and 

hearing  parties  concerned  ;  a  final  account. 
Book-keeping. — The  art  of  recording  mercantile  transactions 

in  a  regular  and  systematic  manner. 

AIR. 

Aerodynam'ics  (Gr.  atr,  air,  and  dunamis,  power). — The 
science  which  treats  of  the  motion  of  the  air,  and  its  me- 
chanical effects  whou  in  motion  ;  also  its  resistance  to  bodies 
moving  in  it. 

Aerog'nosy  (Gr.  ae?-,  air,  and  gnosis,  knowledge). — The  science 
wliich  treats  of  the  properties  of  air,  and  the  part  it  per- 
forms in  the  operations  of  nature. 

Aerol'ogy  (Gr.  aer,  air,  and  lo(jios,  description). — A  descrip- 
tion of  the  air  ;  that  branch  of  philosophy  which  treats  of 
the  air,  its  constituent  parta,  properties,  and  phenomena. 

Aerom'eter  (Gr.  aer,  air,  and  metron,  measure). — An  instru- 
ment for  ascertaining  the  density  or  rarity  of  air. 

Aerom'etry  (Gr.  aer,  air,  and  metreo,  I  measure). — The  art 
of  measuring  the  air,  so  as  to  ascertain  its  pressure  or 
weight,  its  elasticity,  rarefaction,  etc. 

Aeronaut'ics,  Aerosta'tion  (Gr.  aer,  air,  and  nautes,  a 
sailor). — The  doctrine,  science,  or  art  of  sailing  in  the  air 
by  means  of  a  balloon. 

1*  5 


C,  AIR. 

Aerostat'ics  (Cr.  aa;  air,  and  sUilos,  sustaining). — The  sci- 
cncf'  wliifh  treats  of  the  equilibrium  of  elastic  fluids^  or 
(if  liodics  sustained  in  tliem. 

Astro-Meteorol'ogy  HJr.  axtron,  a  star,  and  meteorology). — 
Tlif  art  <if  foretelling  the  weather  from  the  aspect  of  the 
moon  and  stars. 

Atmol'ogy  (Gr.  ntmon,  vapor,  and  loyos,  discourse). — That 
hraiK-h  of  science  which  treats  of  the  laws  and  phenomena 
of  iKjucons  vapor. 

Barom'eter  ((ir.  haros,  weight,  and  metron,  measure). — An 
instrument  for  measuring  the  weight  or  pressure  of  the 
atmosphere. 

Brontd'ogy  (Gr.  Ironte,  thunder,  and  logos,  discourse). — A 
discourse  or  dissertation  upon  thunder,  containing  an  ex- 
]ihiiiation  of  its  causes  and  phenomena. 

Cyanom'eter  (Gr.  kuanos,  blue,  and  metreo,  I  measure). — An 
instrument  to  ascertain  degrees  of  blueness,  or  the  azure 
color  of  the  ocean  or  sky. 

Eudiom'eter  (Gr.  eudia,  calm  air,  and  metron,  measure). — 
An  instrument  for  ascertaining  the  purity  of  the  atmos- 
phere, or  rather  the  (piantity  of  oxygen  contained  in  any 
given  bulk  of  elastic  fluid. 

Hydrometeororogy  (Gr.  hudor,  water,  meteoros,  a  meteor,  and 
(o;/')s,  discourse). — That  branch  of  meteorology  which  re- 
lates to  water  in  the  atmosphere,  as  rain,  clouds,  etc. 

Hyetog'raphy  (Gr.  huetos,  rain,  and  graplio,  I  write). — The 
sciciu'o  of  the  geographical  distribution  of  rain. 

Hygrometer,  Hy'groscope  (Gr.  hugros,  moist,  and  metron, 
measure). — An  instrument  for  measuring  the  degree  of 
ninisture  in  the  atmo.sphere. 

Hygrom'etry  (Gr.  hugros,  moist,  and  metron,  measure). — That 
part  of  physics  which  concerns  the  measurement  of  the 
dryness  or  humidity  of  the  atmosphere. 

Manometer  (Gr.  manos,  rare,  and  metron,  measure). — An  in- 
strument for  mea.suring  the  density  of  the  air,  or  other 
elastic  fluid,  or  rather  its  elastic  force,  to  which  the  density 
is  supposed  to  be  proportional. 

Manos'copy  (Gr.  manos,  rare,  and  sJwpco,  I  view). — The 
seienec  of  the  determination  of  the  density  of  vapors  and 
gases. 

Meteorol'ogy  (Gr.  meteoros,  a  heavenly  body,  and  logos,  dis- 
course).— The  science  which  treats  of  the  atmosphere  and 


ANATOMY.  7 

its  phenomena,  particularly  in  its  relation  to  heat  and 
moisture  ;  the  science  of  meteors.  (For  names  of  Meteors, 
etc.,  see  general  heading,  Meteors  and  Atmospheric 
Phenomena.) 

Ombrom'eter  (Gr.  ombros,  rain,  and  metron,  measure). — An 
instrument  to  measure  the  quantity  of  rain  that  falls. 

Pneumat'ics  (Gr.  j^'teumatik-os,  belonging  to  the  air). — The 
science  of  the  motion  and  pressure  of  elastic  Jiukh  in 
general,  but  chiefly  of  air  and  steawi. 

Psychrom'eter  (Gr.  psucliros,  cool,  and  metron,  measure). — 
An  instrument  for  measuring  the  tension  of  the  uqweoits 
vapor  in  the  atmosphere. 

Pyr'oscope  (Gr.  pur,  fire,  and  skopeo,  I  view). — An  instru- 
ment for  measuring  the  pulsatory  motion  of  the  air,  or  the 
intensity  of  heat  radiating  from  a  fire. 

TJdom'eter  (Gr.  hudOr,  water,  and  luctron,  measure). — An  in- 
strument for  measuring  the  quantity  of  water  which  falls 
from  the  atmosphere ;  a  rain-gauge. 


ANATOMY. 

Anat'omy  (Gr.  anatemno,  I  cut  up). — The  art  of  dissecting 

animal  bodies  ;    the  science  which  treats  of  the  internal 

structure  of  the  human  body. 
JEdceal'ogy    (Gr.  aidoia,  organs   of  generation,  and  logos,  a 

discourse). — A  treatise  on  the  ovga)is  of  generation. 
JEdoeat'omy   (Gr.  aidoia,  and   tome,  a  cutting). — Dissection 

of  the  parts  of  generation. 
.fflsthesiog'raphy    (Gr.    aisthesis,    sensation,    perception,   and 

grap/u',   a  descn'ption). — A   description   of  the   sensorial 

apparatuses. 
Angiol'ogy  (Gr.  aggeion,  a  vessel,  and  logos). — A  treatise  on 

the  vessels  of  the  body. 
Angiot'omy  (Gr.  aggeion,  and  tome,  a  cutting). — Dissection 

of  the  vessels. 
Anthropot'omy  (Gr.  anthropos,  a  man,  and  tome,  a  cutting). 

— Dissection  of  the  human  hodg. 
Aponeurot'omy   (Gr.  aponeurose,  and   to7ue). — Dissection    of 

the  aponeuroses. 
Arteriol'og'y  (Gr.  arteria,  an  artery,  and  logos,  a  discourse). 

— A  treatise  on  the  arteries. 


Cardiol'ogy  (<ir.  l,-nfl!,i,  the  lioart,  and   logon). — A  trcati.so 

(III  llic  liiiirt. 
Cephalol'ogy  '<Jr.  /:rj>/iit/r,  the  lioad,  and  lofjon). — A  treatise 

nil   I  lie   liKtil. 

Choledol'ogy  (<ir.  choir,  bile,  and  logos). — A  treatise  on  tlic 
////'  ami  liiliary  origans. 

Chondrol'ogy  (Cir.  choinb-os,  a  cartilage,  and  logos). — A  trea- 
tise (III  tlw  cftrti'liigrs. 

Chondrot'oray  (Hr.  chondrox^  a  cartilage,  and  toim,  a  cutting). 

—  |)i>.M(tion  of  tlic  cardliigrs. 

Chylog'raphy  ( (Jr.  clmlos,  chyle,  and  grnpliS^  a  description). — 

A  ill  sriijitiun  of  the  chyl[ffro\if,  tr.sst7.s. 
Dermatology,  <'r  Dermol'ogy  (Clr.  derma,  dermafos,  the  skin, 

anil  Inijiis). — A  treatise  on  the  slcln. 
Desmol'ogy  (<ir.  dcsnio.s,  a  ligament,  and  logos,  a  discourse). 

— A  treatise  on  the  Ugamrnls. 
Desmot'omy  (Gr.  dcsmos,  and  tome,  a  cutting). — Dissection 

lit'  the  ligaments. 
Diacrisiog'raphy   (Gr.  dinhrlsls,  separation,  and  graphe,  a 

tle>eri|itiiin). — A  de.'^eription  of  the  organs  of  secretion. 
Eccrinol'ogy  (Gr.  ek,  from,  krino,  I  separate,  and  logos). — 

A  treatise  on  the  secretions. 
Encephalot'omy   (Gr.   enhephalos,    the    brain,   and    tome). — 

|)isseetion  of  the  hrain. 
Enteradenology  (Gr.  enteron,  intestine,   adtn,  a  gland,  and 

/oyri.si. — A  treatise  on  the  intestinal  glands. 
Enterol'ogy  (Gr.  enteron,  an  intestine,  and  logos). — A  treatise 

(III  the  intestines. 
Enterot'omy  (Gr.  enteron,  nn  intestine,  and  tome,  a  cutting). 

—  A  dissection  of  the  intestines. 

Gastrol'ogy  iGr.  gastcr,  the  stomach,  and  logos). — A  treatise 

(III  tiie  stomach. 
Gastrot'omy  (Gr.  gasfer,  the  stomach,  and  tome). — Dissection 

of  the  stomach. 
Glossorogy  (Gr.  gldssa,  a  tongue,  and  logos,  a  discourse). — A 

treatise  on  the  tongue. 
Glossot'omy  {Gr.  glOssa,  and  tome). — Dissection  of  the  tongue. 

Amputation  of  the  tongiic. 
Hepatol'ogy  (Gr.  hepar,  liver,  and  logos). — A  treatise  on  the 

liitr. 

Hepatot 'omy  (Gr.  hfpar,  liver,  and  tome,  a  cutting). — Dissec- 
tion of  the  liver. 


ANATOMY.  9 

Histol'ogy  (Gr.  hisfos,  the  organic  texture,  and  logos). — The 

study  of  the  formation  and  growth  of  the  tissues.     It  is 

prosecuted  by  aid  of  tlie  microscope. 
Homorogy  (Gr.  homologia,  agreement). — The  doctrine  of  sim- 

ilariti/  of  structure. 
Hygrol'ogy  (Gr.  hugros,  humid,  and  logos). — A   treatise  oa 

the  Jiuids  of  the  body. 
Hymenot'omy  (Gr.   humen,  a   membrane,   and   tome). — The 

dissection  of  the  membranes. 
Hysterol'ogy  (Gr.  hustera,  the  womb,  and  logos). — A  treatise 

on  the  sound  and  the  morbid  titerus. 
Hysterot'omy  (Gr.  husiera,  the  womb,  and  tovie,  a  cutting). — 

Dissection  of  the  tderus. 
Laryngol'ogy  (larynx,  and  logos). — A  treatise  on  the  larynx. 
Lymphog'raphy  (Gr.  lymj)ha,  lymph,  and  grapho,  I  describe). — 

A  description  of  the  lymphatic  vessels,  their  origin  and  uses. 
Lymphot'omy. — Dissection  of  the  lymphatics. 
Membranorogy  {memhrane   and    logos). — A  treatise  on  the 

membranes  of  the  body. 
Merol'ogy  (Gr.  meros,  a  part,  and  logos). — A  treatise  on  tlie 

elementary  constituents  of  the  tissues  and  humors  of  the 

organism. 
Myol'ogy  (Gr.  muon,  a  muscle,  and  logos). — A  treatise  on  the 

muscles. 
Myot'omy  (Gr.  muon,  a  muscle,  and  tome). — Dissection  of 

the  7nuscles. 
Nephrol'ogy  (Gr.  nephros,  a  kidney,  and  logos). — A  treatise 

on  the  kidneys. 
Nephrot'omy. — Dissection  of  the  kidney. 
Neurd'ogy  (Gr.  neuron,  a  nerve,  and  logos). — A  description 

of  the  nerves  of  animal  bodies,  or  the  doctrine  of  the  nerves. 
Neurot'omy  (Gr.  neuron,  a  nerve,  and  tome). — Dissection  of 

the  nerves. 
Neurypnol'ogy  (Gr.  neuron,  a  nerve,  hupnos,  sleep,  and  logos). 

— The  philosophy  of  the  sleej)  of  the  nerves,  or  animal 

magnetism,  or  a  treatise  on  the  subject. 
Odontol'ogy  (Gr.  odous,  odontos,  a  tooth,  and  logos). — A  treatise 

on  the  teeth. 
Ophthalmorogy  (Gr.  ophthalmos,  the  eye,  and  logos). — A 

treatise  on  the  eye. 
Ophthalmot'omy  (Gr.  ophthalmos,  the  eye,  and  tome,  a  cut- 
ting).— The  dissection  of  the  eye. 


10  AX/MALS. 

Osteol'ogy  (<«r-  ostron,  a  b(jne,  and  lor/os). — A  treatise  on  the 

linni  s. 

Osteotomy  ('«i'-  ostmn  and  (oim'). — Dissectiuri  of  ihc  bones. 
Otorogy  ((Jr.  oils,  the  car,  and  loyox). — A  treatise  on  the  enr. 
Ototomy  ((Jr.  ous,  the  ear,  and  tome^  a  cutting). — Dissection 

(iC  tlio  ciir. 
Ovolog'y  (ovinn  and  Or.  lo/jos,  a  discourse.) — A  treatise  on  the 

finini. 

Pharyng'ol'og'y    (pharynx    and    logos). — A    treatise   on   the 

j  ill  I  in/ II. r.. 

Phlebol'ogy    (Gr.  phleps,  phlcbos,   a   vein,   and   logos). — A 

treatise  on  the  veins. 
Pneumol'ogy  (Or.  j^neumon,  the  lung,  and  logos'). — A  treatise 

on  the  lungs. 
Pneumot'omy  (dr.  pncumOn,  the  lung,  and  tomt^  a  cutting). 

—  Dissection  of  the  lungs. 
Pogond'ogy  ( Gr.  pogOn,  a  beard,  and  logos). — A  treatise  on 

the  Ijinnl. 
Sarcol'ogy  ((jr.  sarx,  flesh,  and  logos). — A  treatise  on  the 

soft  parts   of  the    body,  as   the   muscles,  fat,  intestines, 

?v.v.sv'/.s-,  etc. 

Skeletol'ogy  (skeleton  and  logos). — A  treatise  on  the  solid 
piirfs  i)f  the  body. 

Sphygmol'ogy  (Gr.  .<2)hugmos,  pulse,  and  logos). — The  doc- 
trine of  the  pulse. 

Splenol'ogy  (Gr.  S2)lvn,  the  spleen,  and  logos). — A  treatise  on 

the  .-'■p/rrn. 

Splenot'omy  (Gr.  splen,  the  spleen,  and  tome,  a  cutting). — 

Dissection  of  the  spleen. 
Synosteol'ogy  (Gr.  sun,  with,  osteon,  a  bone,  and  logos). — 

A  treatise  on  the  Joints. 
Synosteotomy  (Gr.    sun,  with,  osteon,  a  bone,  and  tome,  a 

euttiii!,'). — Dissection  of  the  Joints. 
Vivisection  ( L.  vicus,  alive,  and  seco,  I  cut). — The  dissection 

of  an  animal  body  while  alive,  for  the  purpose  of  making 

some  physiological  discovery. 


ANIMALS. 

Zoorogy  (Gr.  zoon,  an  animal,  and  logos,  a  discourse). — That 
part  of  natural  history  which  treats  of  the  structure,  hab- 


ANIMALS.  11 

its,  classification,  and  habitation  of  all  animals,  from  man 
to  the  lowest  of  all  the  tribes. 
Vertebrata. — The  first  division  of  the  animal  kingdom  com- 
prises animals  in  whose  structure  is  a  jointed  backbone, 
or  vertebral  column,  and  includes  the  following  classes,  viz. : 

1.  Main'mSils. — Animals  which  produce  their  young  alive, 
and  which  nourish  them  afterwards  by  suckling.  (For 
orders  of  Mammals,  see  Mammals.) 

2.  Birds. — All  the  feathered  tribe.  (For  orders  of  Birds, 
see  Birds.) 

3.  Batra'chia. — Animals  of  the  frog  tribe. 

4.  Rep'tiles. — Such  as  the  turtle,  crocodile,  serpent,  lizard, 
etc.     ( For  orders  of  Reptiles,  see  Eeptiles.) 

5.  Fish'es, — Those  adapted  to  breathe  by  means  of  water,  so 
as  to  be  capable  of  living  in  that  element  only.  (For  orders 
of  Fishes,  see  Fishes.) 

Articiilata. — The  second  division  is  characterized  by  a  jointed 
or  articulated  covering,  consisting  of  a  series  of  annulations 
or  rings  corresponding  to  the  internal  skeleton  of  the  ver- 
tebrated  animals,  and  embraces 

1.  In'sects. — Articulate  animals  having  bodies  composed  of 
three  distinct  parts,  the  head,  thorax,  and  abdomen ;  the 
legs,  six  in  number,  with  usually  two  or  four  wings  at- 
tached to  the  thorax ;  and  along  the  sides  of  the  abdomen 
minute  punctures  by  means  of  which  the  respiration  takes 
place. 

2.  Arach.'nida. — Articulate  animals  with  legs,  but  without 
wings,  including  spidei-s,  mites,  scorpions,  etc. 

3.  Crusta'cea. — Articulate  animals  adapted  to  breathe  by 
means  of  gills,  and  thus  to  I'eside  in  or  near  water,  instead 
of  inhabiting  the  air,  as  crabs,  lobsters,  shrimps,  etc. 

4.  Cirrhipe'da. — The  barnacle  tribe,  or  tendril-footed  animals. 

5.  Myriapo'da. — Articulate  land  animals  having  many  legs, 
as  the  centipede. 

6.  Annelida. — Articulate  animals  whose  bodies  possess  no 
jointed  members,  as  the  leech,  and  worm  tribe. 

7.  Entozo'a. — Articulate  animals  inhabiting  the  bodies  of 
other  animals,  as  the  tapeworm. 

Mollusca. — The  third  division  includes  species  whose  bodies 
are  soft  and  inarticulate.  Some  of  them  are  naked,  while 
others  are  invested  in  a  shell.  With  the  exception  of  a 
single  family  they  have  no  distinct  organ  of  sense,  except 


12  AMMALS. 

eyes,  and  tlicsc  arc  wantinp;  in  some  species.     It  is  subdi- 
vidcil  into  six  classes,  as  follows: 

1 .  Cephalapo'da. — The  cuttle-fish  tribe. 

2.  Pterapo'da. — The  tribe  characterized  by  baving  broad, 
ilrshy,  winir-like  appendages  in  front,  or  organs  of  motion. 
They  are  all  oceanic  species. 

3.  Gasteropo'da, — A  tribe  wbich  crawl  upon  a  fleshy  disc 
on  the  under  side  of  their  bodies.  Some  of  them  form 
shells,  while  others  arc  destitute  of  them, — as  the  slug, 
snail,  etc. 

4.  Conchifera. — Acephalous  shell-bearing  mollusks,  as  the 
oyster. 

5.  Tunica'ta. — Acephalous  mollusks  protected  by  a  leather- 
like  tunic,  and  without  organs  of  locomotion. 

G.  Polyzo'a. — Compound  molluscous  animals,  the  nervous 
sy.stem  of  which  consists  of  a  single  ganglion,  situated  be- 
tween the  mouth  and  anus.  They  have  a  distinct  mouth, 
surrounded  by  a  row  of  ciliated  tentacles,  and  are  commonly 
hermaphrodite  and  propagated  by  buds  or  ova.  In  the 
mature  state  they  are  mostly  fixed,  though  some  have  the 
]>n\ver  of  locomotion. 
Hadiata. — The  fourth  division  consists  of  invertebrate  animals, 
chiefly  marine,  whose  bodily  organs  are  arranged  in  a  radi- 
ate manner  around  the  digestive  cavity,  and  is  subdivided 
into  three  clas.ses,  viz. : 

1.  Echinoder'mata. — Invertebrate  radiated  animals  having 
bodies  jirotected  by  a  crustaceous  covering,  as  the  star-fish, 
sea-urchin,  etc. 

2.  Acale'phse. — A  class  of  zoophytes, — sea-nettles,  jelly-fish. 

3.  Polypif  era. — Coral-forming  animals. 

Protozoa. — A  terra  applied  to  the  lowest  forms  of  animal  life, 

— animals  without  definite  symmetry  or  plan  of  growth  ; 

animalcules,  sponges,  etc. 
Actinorogy  (Gr.  akfis,  a  ray,  and  logos,  a  discourse). — The 

siienee  of  radiated  animals. 
Amphib'ia  (dr.  ampJn]  both  or  about,  and  hios,  life). — A  class 

of  animals  so  formed  as  to  live  on  land  and  for  a  long 

time  under  water. 
Amphibiology  {amphibia  and  logos). — The  history  and  de- 

si  ription  of  ampldbioiiR  animals. 
Cetology  ((Jr.  Ay/o.s,  a  whale,  and  logfis,  a  discourse). — The 

doctrine  or  natural  history  of  cetaceous  animals. 


ANTIQUITIES.  13 

Crustaceol'ogy  (crmtacca  and  logos). — The  science  which 
treats  of  tlie  Crustacea. 

Embryorogy  (Gr.  embmon,  a  foetus,  and  logos,  a  discourse).^ 
The  doctrine  of  the  development  of  the  foetus  of  animals. 

Fau'na. — A  general  term  by  which  the  whole  of  the  animals 
of  a  country  are  designated.  Air  fauna,  the  birds  of  a 
particular  country. 

Helminthorogy  (Gr.  helmins,  a  worm,  and  logos'). — The  science 
or  knowledge  of  loorms  ;  the  description  or  natural  history 
of  worms. 

Illaquea'tion. — The  art  of  ensnaring  or  entrapping  animals. 

Malacology  (Gr.  malakos,  soft,  and  logos,  a  discourse). — The 
science  which  relates  to  the  structure  and  habits  of  mollusks. 

Mannnalogy,  Mastol'ogy,  or  Mazol'Dgy  (Lat.  mamma,  Gr. 
mastus,  or  mazos,  abreast). — The  natural  history  of  animals 
which  suckle  their  young. 

Micrd'ogy  (Gr.  viikros,  small,  and  logos,  a  discourse). — The 
science  or  doctrine  of  microscopic  animals  and  phvits. 

Ophiol'ogy  (Gr.  ophis,  a  serpent,  and  logos,  a  discourse). — The 
natural  history  of  serpents. 

Organology. — That  branch  of  physiology  which  treats  in  par- 
ticular of  the  different  organs  0/  animals,  especially  of  the 
human  species. 

Tax'idermy  (Gr.  taxis,  an  arranging,  and  derma,  the  skin). — 
The  art  0?  preparing  and  preserving  specimens  of  animals. 

Zoog'eny  (Gr.  zoon,  an  animal,  and  genesis,  generation). — The 
doctrine  of  animal  formation. 

Zoog'raphy. — A  description  of  animals,  their  forms  and  habits, 

Zoon'omy  (Gr.  zoon,  an  animal,  and  nomos,  law). — The  laivs 
of  animal  life,  or  that  science  which  treats  of  the  phe- 
nomena of  animal  life,  their  causes,  consequences,  and 
relations. 

Zoophytorogy. — The  natural  history  of  zoopliytes. 

Zootomy  (Gr.  zoon,  an  animal,  and  temno,  I  cut). — The  anat- 
omy of  all  animals  ;  the  dissection  of  all  animals  for  the 
purpose  of  discovering  their  structure  and  the  functions  of 
their  several  parts. 

ANTIQUITIES. 

Archaeology,  Palaeol'ogy  (Gr.  archaikos ov palaios,  ancient, 
and  logos,  a  discourse). — The  science  of  antiquities. 
2 


1  I  ARCHITECTURE. 

Eg-yptol'ogy. — The  science  of  Ej^yptian  antiquities. 
Iconography  ((xr.  cikOn^  an  image,  and  f/rapho,  I  describe). 

—  A   (lesciiption  of   ancient  woiks   of   art,  as   statuary, 

])aintings,  mosaic  works,  etc. 

ARCIHTECTURE. 

Ar'chitecture  (L.  architect ura). — The  art  of  inventing  and 
drawing  designs  for  building,  or  the  science  wliich  teaches 
the  method  of  constructing  any  edifice  for  use  or  orna- 
ment. 

Abacus. — The  upper  member  of  a  capital  of  a  column,  and 
serving  as  a  crowning  both  to  the  capital  and  to  the  whole 
column. 

Abutment. — The  solid  part  of  a  pier  from  which  the  arch 
immediately  springs.  The  mass  of  stone  at  the  end  of  a 
timber  bridge  without  arches. 

Aisle. — A  term  applied  to  the  side  portions  of  a  church,  in 
distinction  from  the  central  portion  or  nave ;  a  walk  or 
passage  in  a  church. 

Ancones'. — The  consoles  or  ornaments  on  the  keystones  of 
iirchos  or  sidrs  of  doors. 

An'nulet,  m-  Cincture. — A  small,  flat  fillet  encircling  a  column, 
etc.  ;  it  is  used,  several  times  repeated,  under  the  Doric 
capital. 

Arch. — A  mechanical  arrangement  of  blocks  of  any  hard  ma- 
terial disj)osod  in  the  line  of  some  curve,  and  supporting 
line  another  by  their  mutual  pressure. 

Arch'itrave. — The  lower  division  of  an  entablature,  or  that 
part  which  rests  immediately  on  the  column. 

Arch'ivolt. — The  ornan)ental  band  of  mouldings  round  the 
V(>us.s()irs,  or  arch-stones  of  an  arch,  which  terminates  hori- 
zontally upon  the  impost. 

Bal'cony. — A  projection  from  the  external  wall  of  a  house, 
biirne  by  columns  or  consoles,  and  usually  placed  before 
windows  or  openings,  and  protected  on  the  extremity  of 
the  projection  by  a  railing  of  balusters  or  ironwork. 

Bal'uster. — A  small  turned  column,  usually  introduced  between 
piers  on  the  upper  parts  of  large  buildings,  under  windows, 
and  <iM  balconies,  etc. 

Balustrade'. — A  series  or  row  of  balusters,  joined  by  a  rail. 

Bar'tizan. — A  small  overhanging  turret,  which  projects  from 


ARCHITECTURE.  15 

the  angles  of  towers,  or  from  the  parapet  and  other  parts 

of  the  building. 
Base. — The  lowest  part  of  a  column  or  pillar. 
Bas'ton, — x\  round  moulding  in  the  base  of  a  column. 
Batter. — An  inclination  or  sloping  backward  of  the  face  of  a 

wall. 
Bay-  or  Oriel-Window. — A  window  placed  in  the  bay  or  bow 

of  a  window. 
Bead. — A  round  moulding  commonly  made  upon  the  edge  of  a 

piece  of  stuff,  in  the  Corinthian  and  Roman  orders,  cut  or 

carved  in  short  embossments,  like  beads  in  necklaces. 
Beam. — The  largest  piece  of  timber  in  a  building,  laid  across 

the  walls,  and  serving  to  support  the  principal  rafters. 
Beam'-Filling. — The  masonry  or  brick-work  which  fills  the 

interstices  between  joists  or  beams. 
Bed. — The  horizontal  surface  on  which  the  stones  or  bricks  of 

a  wall  lie  on  its  courses. 
Bel'fry. — The  upper  part  of  the  steeple  of  a  church,  for  the 

reception  of  the  bells. 
Bell  Roof. — A  roof  whereof  the  vertical  section,  perpendicular 

to  the  wall  on  to  its  springing  line,  is  a  curve  of  contrary 

flexure,  being  concave  at  the  bottom  and  convex  at  the 

top. 
Belvedere'. — A  raised  turret  or  lantern,  raised  for  the  enjoy- 
ment of  a  prospect ;  also  a  small  edifice  in  gardens,  not 

uncommon  in  France  and  Italy. 
Beton. — A  concretion  used  in  foundations  of  hydraulic  works  ; 

concrete. 
Bond. — A  peculiar  mode  of   disposing  bricks  in  a  wall;    as, 

English  bond,  where  one  course  consists  of  bricks   with 

tiieir  ends  toward  the  face  of  the  wall,  called  headers,  and 

the  next  course  of  bricks  with  their  lengths  parallel  to  the 

face  of  the  wall,  called  stretchers;   Flemish  bond,  where 

each  course  consists  of  headers  and  stretchers  alternately. 
Bon'ing. — The  art  of  judging  of,  or  making,  a  plain  surface  or  a 

straight  line,  as  by  sighting  along  two  straight  edges  or  poles. 
Boss'age. — Rustic  work,  consisting  of  stones  which  advance 

beyond  the  level  of  the  building,  by  reason  of  indentures 

or  channels  left  in  the  joinings. 
Boulder  Walls. — Walls  built  of  round  flints  or  pebbles  laid 

ill  strong  mortar. 
Boxings  of  a  Window. — The  cases  opposite  each  other  on 


IG  AnrinTECTunE. 

tlio  si(l<«  of  a  window,  ii)to  which  the  shutters  arc  folded 
or  \'a\\  hiick. 

Branched' -work. — The  carved  and  sculptured  leaves  and 
liraiiches  in  monuments  and  friezes. 

But'tress. — A  projectinj;  support  to  the  exterior  of  a  vrall, 
most  commonly  applied  to  churches  in  the  Gothic  style, 
hut  also  to  other  buildings,  and  sometimes  to  mere  walls. 

Campanile'. — A  tower  for  the  reception  of  bells. 

Cancel'li. — Trellis  or  lattice-work,  made  of  cross-bars  of  wood 
or  iron.  Also  the  balusters  or  rails  encompassing  the  bar 
of  a  court  of  justice. 

Capital. — The  head  or  uppermost  member  of  any  part  of  a 
building. 

Caryatides. — Figures  of  women  dressed  in  long  robes,  after 
the  Asiatic  manner,  serving  to  support  entablatures. 

Chancel. — That  part  of  a  church  between  the  altar,  or  com- 
munion-table, and  the  balustrade,  or  railing  that  encloses  it, 
or  that  part  where  the  altar  is  placed. 

Chim'ney. — The  place  in  a  room  where  the  fire  is  burnt,  and 
from  which  the  smoke  is  curried  away  by  means  of  a  con- 
duit, called  a  flue. 

Choir. — The  part  of  a  church  in  which  the  choristers  sing 
divine  service. 

Cilery. — Tiie  drapery  or  foliage  carved  on  the  heads  of  columns. 

Circular  Roof. — A  roof  whose  horizontal  sections  are  circular. 

Clustered  Column. — A  column  which  is  composed,  or  appears 
to  be  composed,  of  several  columns  collected  together. 

Coffer. — A  sunken  panel  in  the  ceiling  of  a  vault  or  dome,  or 
in  the  under  side  of  a  Corinthian  or  Composite  cornice, 
ordinarily  decorated  with  a  rose,  a  pomegranate,  or  other 
ornament. 

Cof  ferwork. — Rubble  walls  faced  with  freestone,  or  formed  with 
cement  between  two  parallel  rows  of  planks  placed  edge- 
wise. 

Colonnade'. — A  series  or  range  of  columns  placed  at  regular 
intervals. 

Col'umn. — A  long,  round  body  of  wood  or  stone,  used  to  sup- 
port or  adorn  a  building,  composed  of  a  base,  a  shaft,  and 
a  capital. 

Commissure. — The  joint  between  two  stones. 

Concrete. — A  mass  of  stone  chippings,  pebbles,  etc.,  cemented 
by  mortar,  laid  at  the  foundation  of  walls  in  spongy  soils. 


ARCHITECTURE.  17 

Coping. — The  highest  and  covering  course  of  masonry  or 
brickwork  in  a  wall. 

Cor'nice. — Any  moulded  projection  which  crowns  or  finishes 
the  part  to  which  it  is  affixed. 

Corridor. — A  gallery  or  passage-way  leading  to  apartments 
independent  of  each  other. 

Cous'sinet. — A  stone  placed  upon  the  impost  of  a  pier  for 
receiving  the  first  stone  of  an  arch. 

CiOck'et, — An  ornament  formed  in  imitation  of  curved  and 
bent  foliage,  and  placed  upon  the  angles  of  canopies,  spires, 
and  pinnacles. 

Crosette'. — A  term  applied  to  the  small,  projecting  pieces  in 
arch  stones,  which  hang  upon  the  adjacent  stones. 

Grown'-Post. — A  post  which  stands  upright  in  the  middle 
between  two  principal  rafters. 

Crypt. — The  space  under  a  building,  or  hidden  from  view  ; 
especially  a  subterranean  chapel  or  oratory. 

Cupola. — A  spherical  vault  on  the  top  of  an  edifice  or  struc- 
ture ;  a  dome. 

Da'is. — The  platform  or  raised  floor  at  the  upper  end  of  a  hall. 

Dome. — The  spherical,  or  otherwise  formed,  convex  roof  over 
a  circular  or  polygonal  building. 

Dor'mer. — A  window  placed  on  an  inclined  plane  of  the  roof 
of  a  house,  the  frame  being  placed  vertically  on  the 
rafters. 

Dressing's. — Mouldings  round  doors,  windows,  and  the  like. 

Eaves. — The  lowest  edges  of  the  inclined  sides  of  a  roof  which 
project  beyond  the  face  of  the  walls,  so  as  to  throw  the 
water  off  therefrom,  that  being  their  office. 

Ecclesiol'ogy  (Gr.  eJcklesia,  an  assembly,  and  logos,  a  dis- 
course).— The  science  of  church  building  and  decoration. 

Engaged  Columns. — Columns  sunk  partly  into  the  wall  to 
which  they  are  attached,  and  standing  out  at  least  one-half 
of  their  thickness. 

Entablature. — That  part  of  the  order  of  a  column  which  is 
over  the  capital,  including  the  architrave,  frieze,  and 
cornice. 

Fin'ial. — The  top  or  finishing  of  a  pinnacle  or  gable  ;  some- 
times also  the  entire  pinnacle. 

Flashing. — A  term  applied  to  pieces  of  lead,  or  other  metal, 
let  into  the  joints  of  a  wall,  so  as  to  lap  over  the  gutters 
and  prevent  the  splashing  of  rain  on  the  interior  works. 
2* 


18  AliCIIITECTriti:. 

Flue. — 'I'ln'  Inner  opon  tiil»o  of  a  cliiinnoy  from  the  fireplace  to 
the  top  of  tlio  hliaft,  for  voidaiicc  of  the  smoke. 

Flutes  or  FlutingS. —  lljirii^'ht  channels  on  the  shafts  of  col- 
umns, usiiahy  endinj,'  l)emispherically  at  top  and  bottom. 

Footings. — A  term  applied  to  the  broad  foundations  of  a 
wall. 

Frieze. — That  part  of  the  entablature  of  a  column  which  is 
between  the  architrave  and  cornice. 

Front'ispiece. — The  principal  face  of  a  buildin^r. 

Gable. — Tlio  trianj^ular  end  of  a  house  or  other  building  from 
the  cornice  or  eaves  to  the  top. 

Girder. — The  principal  beam  in  a  floor,  for  supporting  the 
binding  or  other  joists,  whereby  the  bearing  or  length  is 
lessoned. 

Glyph. — Any  channel  or  cavity  intended  as  an  ornament. 

Graining, — A  kind  of  painting  in  imitation  of  the  grain  or 
iibres  of  wood. 

Hacking. — The  making  up  of  a  course  of  stonework  with 
stones  smaller  and  less  regular  than  the  rest. 

Hip-Roof. — A  roof  who.se  ends  slant  back  at  the  same  angle 
with  the  adjacent  sides. 

Hood-Moulding. — A  projecting  moulding,  as  over  the  head  of 
an  arch. 

Hypotrache'lium. — The  slenderest  part  of  the  column  ;  being 
tliat  iniinediately  below  the  neck  of  the  capital. 

Interlacing  Arches. — Arches,  usually  circular,  so  constructed 
that  their  curves  intersect  or  are  interlaced. 

Jamb. — Tlie  side-piece  or  post  of  a  door ;  or  the  side-piece  of 
a  fireplace. 

Joist. — A  small  piece  of  timber,  such  as  is  framed  into  the 
girders  and  summers  of  a  building  to  support  a  floor. 

Lacunar. — The  ceiling  or  under  surface  of  any  part,  especially 
when  it  consists  of  compartments,  sunk  or  hollowed,  with- 
out spaces  or  bands  between  the  panels. 

Lancet. — A  high  and  narrow  window  pointed  like  a  lancet. 

Lintel. — A  piece  of  timber  that  lies  horizontally  over  door- 
yiosts  and  window-jambs. 

Lock'rand. — A  course  of  bond  stones,  or  a  bonding  course. 

Luthern. — A  kind  of  window  over  the  cornice  in  the  roof  of 
a  l(uilding  to  admit  light  into  the  upper  story. 

Mansard-Roof,  Curb-Roof. — A  roof  formed  of  four  contigu- 
ous planes,  externally  inclined  to  each  other,  the  ridge  being 


ARCHITECTURE.  19 

in  the  line  of  concourse  of  the  two  middle  planes,  and  the 
hioliest  of  the  three  lines  of  concourse. 

Mantel. — ^A  narrow  shelf  above  the  fireplace. 

Mar'quetry. — Inlaid  work,  consisting  of  different  pieces  of 
divers-colored  woods,  of  small  thickness,  glued  on  to  a 
ground  usually  of  oak  or  fir,  formerly  much  used  in  cabi- 
net-work, but  now  chiefly  confined  in  its  use  to  floors. 

Member. — A  subordinate  part  of  a  building,  as  a  frieze  or 
cornice. 

MoTlld'ings. — Certain  projections  beyond  the  bare  wall,  column, 
etc.,  an  assemblage  of  which  forms  a  cornice,  or  other  dec- 
oration. 

Mul'lion. — The  post,  or  bar,  dividing  the  lights  in  a  window. 

Nave. — The  middle  or  body  of  a  church,  or  place  where  the 
people  are  seated. 

New'el, — The  upright  cylinder  or  pillar  round  which,  in  a 
winding  staircase,  the  steps  turn,  and  are  supported  from 
the  bottom  to  the  top. 

Or'der. — An  assemblage  of  parts,  consisting  of  a  base,  shaft, 
capital,  architrave,  frieze,  and  cornice,  whose  several  ser- 
vices, requiring  some  distinction  in  strength,  have  been 
contrived  in  five  several  species:  Tuscan,  Doric,  Ionic, 
Corinthian,  and  Composite. 

Oriel-Window. — A  large  bay  or  recessed  window,  as  in  a  hall, 
a  chapel,  or  other  apartment.  It  usually  projects  outwardly 
from  the  face  of  the  wall,  with  a  semi-hexagonal  or  semi- 
square  plan,  and  may  be  of  various  kinds  or  sizes.  When 
not  on  the  ground-floor,  it  is  supported  by  a  corbel,  or 
bracket. 

Par'geting. — A  kind  of  decorative  plaster-work  in  raised  or- 
namental figures,  formerly  used  for  the  internal  and  ex- 
ternal decoration  of  houses. 

Party-Wall. — A  wall  that  separates  one  house  from  the  next. 

Pavilion, — A  kind  of  building  or  turret,  usually  insulated  and 
contained  under  a  single  roof,  sometimes  square  and  some- 
times in  the  form  of  a  dome.  Sometimes  a  pavilion  is 
a  projecting  part  in  the  front  of  a  building,  and  sometimes 
it  flanks  a  corner. 

Ped'estal. — The  lowest  part  of  a  column  or  pillar ;  the  part 
which  sustains  a  column  or  serves  as  its  foot.  It  consists 
of  three  parts :  the  base,  the  die,  and  the  cornice. 

Ped'iment. — A  kind  of  low  pinnacle,  which  serves  to  com- 


20  AR  CITITECTUR  E. 

|)lcto  a  frontispiece,  and  which  finishes  the  fronts  of  build- 

iiif^s,  or  is  phiccd  as  an  ornament  over  gates,  doors,  windows, 

or  niclies. 
Pent-Roof. — A  roof  of  any  building  or  slied  formed  like  an 

iiK  liiiod  plane,  the  slope  being  all  on  one  side. 
Per'istyle. — A  range  of  columns  around  a  building  or  square ;  or 

a  Ituilding  encompassed  by  a  row  of  columns  on  the  outside. 
Pilas'ter. — A  sort  of  square  column,  sometimes  insulated,  but 

more  commonly  engaged  in  a  wall,  and  projecting  only  a 

fourth  or  fifth  of  its  thickness. 
Pinnacle. — A  slender  turret  or  part  of  a  building  elevated 

above  the  main  building. 
Plate. — A   piece   of   timber  lying  horizontally  on   a  wall,   to 

receive  the  ends  of  girders,  rafters,  etc. 
Plinth. — The  square,  flat  table  under  the  moulding  of  the  base 

of  a  column. 
Pol'ystyle. — A  building  surrounded  by  numerous  columns,  so 

that  they  cannot  be  readily  counted  at  first  view. 
Porch. — An  exterior  appendage  to  a  building,  forming  a  covered 

approach  to  one  of  its  principal  doorways. 
Portico,  or  Piazza. — A  covered  space  enclosed  by  columns  at 

the  entrance  of  a  building. 
Pro'style. — A  portico  in  which  the  columns  stand  in  advance 

of  the  building  to  which  they  belong. 
Purlin. — A  piece  of  timber  extending  from  end  to  end  of  a 

building  or  roof,  across  and  under  the  principal  rafters,  to 

support  them  in  the  middle. 
Raft'er. — A  piece  of  timber  that  extends  from  the  plate  of  a 

building  toward    the    ridge,   and  serves    to   support   the 

covering  of  the  roof. 
Rere'dos. — The  screen  or  wall  behind  an  altar  in  a  church  ; 

also,  the  back  of  a  fireplace. 
Rood-Tower. — A  tower  or  steeple  at  the  intersection  of  the 

navo  and  transept  of  a  church. 
Rose-Window. — A  circular  window,  with  compartments  of 

mullions  and  tracery  branching  from  a  centre,  sometimes 

called  a  Catherine-wheel  or  marigold-window. 
Rotun'da. — A  round  building;  any  erection  that  is  round  both 

on  the  out.-^ide  and  inside. 
Rus'tic-Work. — A  term  used  when  the  stones,  etc.,  in  the  face 

of  a  building  or  the  groins,  etc.,  are  hacked  or  indented, 

so  as  to  be  rou<ih. 


ARCHITECTURE.  21 

Sacel'lum. — An  ornamental  chapel  witliln  a  church. 

Saddle-Roof. — A  roof  having  two  gables. 

Sash. — A   frame  for  holding  the   glass   of    -windows,   and   so 

formed  as  to  be  raised  and  lowered  by  means  of  pulleys. 
Sciag'raphy  (Gr.  sA-/a,  a  shadow,  and  (/rapho,  I  write). — The 

profile  or  vertical  section  of  a  building  to  exhibit  its  interior 

structure. 
Shaft. — The   body  of   a  column,  between   the  base  and  the 

capital. 
Sill. — The  horizontal  piece  at  the  bottom  of  a  framed  case,  such 

as  that  of  a  door  or  window. 
Skew-Back. — The  sloping  abutment  in  brickwork  or  masonry, 

for  the  ends  of  the  arched  head  of  an  aperture. 
So'cle. — A   square  member,  having    a   greater  breadth   than 

height.     It  is  used  to  support  a  column,  base,  etc..  instead 

of  a  pedestal,  from  which  it  differs  by  having  neither  base 

nor  cornice. 
Span-Roof. — A  roof  consisting  of  two  inclined  planes,  in  con- 
tradistinction to  shed  or  lean-to  roofing. 
Stee'ple. — A  turret  of  a  church,  ending  in  a  point. 
Stri'se. — The  fillets  which  separate  the  furrows  or  grooves  of 

fluted  columns. 
Tam'bour. — The  wall  of  a  circular  building  surrounded  with 

columns. 
Tax'is. — That  disposition  which  assigns  to  every  part  of   a 

building  its  just  dimensions. 
To'rus. — A  large  moulding  used  in  the  bases  of  columns  the 

profile  whereof  is  semicircular. 
Tracery.— That  species  of  pattern-work  which  is  formed  or 

traced  in  the  head  of  a  Gothic  window  by  the  mullions 

being  made  to   diverge  into   arches,  curves,  and  flowing 

lines,  enriched  with  foliations. 
Transom. — A  beam  across  a  window,  of  two  lights  in  height. 

A  lintel  over  a  door. 
Trestle-Work. — A  viaduct,  pier,  or  scaffold,  resting  on  numerous 

posts  or  piles  which  are  usually  connected  by  cross-beams. 
Truss. — A  framed  assemblage  of  timbers  for  fastening  or  binding 

a  beam,  or  for  supporting  a  roof,  etc. 
Vault. — An  arched  ceiling  or  roof. 
Venetian  Window. — A  window  formed  with  three  apertures 

separated  by  slender  piers  t'rom  each  otiier,  whereof  the 

centre  one  is  much  larger  than  those  on  the  sides. 


2:i  A  RT.—r.KKn.  —  BELL-niXaiNO.— BIRDS. 

Veran'da. — A  \vs\\i  j^allery  external  to  a  house,  supported  on 
I li liars,  and  (iCteu  ciielo.sed  in  front  with  hitticc-work. 

Ves'tibule. — The  porch  or  entrance  into  a  house,  or  a  large 
•  ipen  space  before  the  door,  but  covered. 

Vignette. — A  running  ornament,  consisting  of  leaves  and  ten- 
drils, used  in  Gothic  architecture. 

Volute'. — A  kind  of  spiral  scroll,  used  in  Ionic  and  Composite 
capitals,  of  which  it  is  a  principal  ornament. 

Wain'scot. — A  wooden  lining  or  boarding  of  walls  made  in 
jiaiicis. 

Wheel- Window. — A  circular  window  with  radiating  muUions, 
resembling  the  disposition  of  spokes  in  a  wheel. 

ART. 

Callotecb'nics  (Gr.  hahs,  beautiful,  and  techne,  an  art). — The 
ornamental  or  fine  arts. 

Technics. — The  doctrine  of  arts  in  general ;  such  branches  of 
learning  as  respect  the  arts. 

Technol'ogy  (Gr.  tcchne,  and  logos). — The  science  of  the  in- 
(Inslridl  arts.  In  its  widest  sense  it  would  embrace  the 
whole  field  of  industry,  but  it  is  restricted  in  usage  to  the 
more  important  manufactures  (spinning,  weaving,  metal- 
lurgy, brewing,  etc.). 

BEER 

Brewing. — The  art  of  making  beer,  or  an  alcoholic  liquor, 
from  a  fermented  infusion  of  some  saccharine  and  amyla- 
ceous substance  with  water. 


BELL-RINGING. 

Campanology  ( L.  campana,  a  bell,  and  Gr.  logos,  a  discourse). 
— The  art  of  ringing  bells. 

BIRDS. 

Ornithology  (Gr.  arm's,  omithos,  a  bird,  and  logos,  a  discourse). 

— The  .science  of  birds,  which  comprises  a  knowledge  of 

their  form,  structure,  habits,  and  uses. 
One  of  the  most  recent  classifications  of  birds  is  as  follows : 
1.  Rapto'res. — Birds  of  prey,  as  eagles,  vultures,  and  hawks. 


BOOKS.  23 

2.  Incesso'res. — Perching  birds,  as  thrushes,  nightingales, 
sparrows,  larks,  etc. 

3.  Scanso'res. — Climbers,  as  parrots  and  woodpeckers. 

4.  Raso'res. — Birds  destined  to  obtain  their  subsistence  from 
the  vegetable  world,  and  to  pass  their  time  upon  the 
ground,  rather  than  among  trees  or  upon  the  wing,  as 
pigeons,  fowls,  pheasants,  etc. 

5.  Curso'res. — Birds  whose  wings  are  so  little  developed  that 
they  are  unable  to  fly,  as  the  ostrich,  cassowary,  emu,  etc. 

6.  Grallato'res. — The  stilt-walkers,  including  cranes,  herons, 
snipes,  plovers,  etc. 

7.  Natato'res. — Web-footed  birds,  such  as  the  swan,  duck, 
petrel,  and  gull. 

Ornithos'copy  (Gr.  amis,  a  bird,  and  skopeo,  to  observe). — 
The  art  or  practice  of  closely  observing  birds  and  their 
habits. 

BOOKS. 

Bibliog''raphy  (Gr.  biblos,  a  book,  and  (/rapho,  I  write). — 

The  knowledge  of  books  as  to  their  several  editions,  time 

of  printing,  and   other  information  tending  to  illustrate 

the  history  of  literature. 
Cunab'ula. — The  extant  copies  of  the  first  or  earliest  printed 

books,  or  of  such  as  were  printed  in  the  fifteenth  century. 
Bibliop'egy  (Gr.  hihlos,  a  book,  and  pe<jnuo,  to  make  fast). — 

The  art  of  hiiuling  hooks. 
Book'-binding. — The  art  by  which  printed  sheets  are  folded, 

gathered,  pressed,  sewed  together,  shielded  with  mill-boards, 

and  covered  with  leather  or  cloth. 
Duodecimo. — A  book  in  which  a  sheet  is  folded  six  times,  so 

as  to  have  twenty-four  pages.     Abbreviated  to  12mo. 
Folio. — A  book  of  the  largest  size,  formed  by  once  doubling  a 

sheet  of  paper. 
Half-binding. — That  style  of  binding  in  which  only  the  back 

and  corners  are  covered  with  leather,  and  the  sides  with 

paper  or  cloth. 
Incunab'ula. — Books  printed  during  the  early  period  of  the 

art,  generally  confined  to  those  which  were  printed  before 

the  year  1500. 
Octa'vo. — A  book  in  which  a  sheet  is  folded  into  eight  leaves 

or  sixteen  pages.     Abbreviated  to  8vo. 


24  BUILDING. 

Octodec'imo. — A  book  in  which  each  sheet  is  folded  into 
(Mj^liL  leaves.     Abbreviated  to  18mo. 

Quar'to. — A  book  folded  into  four  leaves  or  eight  pages.  Ab- 
breviated to  4to. 

Sextodecimo. — A  book  composed  of  sheets  folded  so  as  to 
make  .-^i.xteen  leaves.     Abbreviated  to  IGnio. 

Vigesimo-quarto. — A  book  composed  of  sheets  folded  so  as 
to  make  twenty-four  leaves.     Abbreviated  to  24mo. 

BUILDING. 

Architecture.     See  Architecture. 

Bricklaying'. — The  art  of  building  with  bricks. 

Carpentry. — The  art  of  framing  or  letting  into  each  other  an 
a.ssemblage  of  pieces  of  timber,  such  as  those  of  a  roof, 
floor,  centre,  etc. 

Engineering  (Civil). — The  art  of  forming,  or  the  construction 
of,  roads,  bridges,  railroads  ;  the  construction  of  machinery 
for  all  purposes  ;  the  formation  of  canals,  aqueducts,  harbors, 
docks ;  drainage  of  lands,  etc. 

Gas'fitting. — The  occupation  of  a  gas-fitter. 

Gild'ing.— The  art  or  practice  of  overlaying  things  with  gold- 
leaf  or  a  thin  coating  of  gold. 

Glazing. — The  art  of  setting  glass. 

Joinery. — The  art  of  framing  or  joining  together  wood  for  the 
external  and  internal  finishings  of  houses,  such  as  the 
linings  of  walls  and  rough  timbers  ;  the  putting  together  of 
doors,  windows,  stairs,  and  the  like. 

Masonry. — The  art  of  preparing  and  combining  stones  so  that 
they  shall  tooth,  indent,  or  lie  on  each  other,  and  become 
masses  of  walling  and  arching  for  the  purposes  of  building. 

Plumb'ing. — The  art  of  casting  and  working  in  lead,  and  using 
it  in  building. 

Tecton'ics  (Gr.  tekfonikos,  skilled  in  building). — The  science 
or  art  by  which  implements,  vessels,  dwellings  or  other 
edifices  are  constructed,  both  agreeably  to  the  end  for 
which  thej^  are  designed,  and  in  conformity  with  sentiments 
and  artistic  ideas. 

Turnery,  ur  Turning. — The  art  of  fashioning  solid  bodies 
iuio  cylindrieal  or  other  forms  by  means  of  a  turning-lathe. 

Veneering. — The  art  of  overlaying  a  coarse  or  inferior  wood 
with  thin  leaves  of  superior  wood. 


CHEMISTRY.  25 


CHEMISTKY. 

Chemistry. — The  science  which  investigates  the  intimate  nature 
of  bodies,  their  composition  and  properties,  together  with 
the  changes  they  undergo. 

Acetom'eter. — An  apparatus  for  determining  the  strength  of 
vinegar  and  other  forms  of  acetic  acids. 

Acidom'eter. — A  hydrometer  for  determining  the  density  of 
acids. 

Acidula'tion. — The  art  or  process  of  acidulating :  preservation 
of  food  by  the  use  of  vinegar. 

Alcohol'meter  (Gr.  alcohol,  and  mefron,  measure). — An  instru- 
ment for  ascertaining  the  quantity  of  alcohol  in  wines  and 
other  spirituous  liquors. 

Al'kali. — A  term  now  generally  used  to  designate  soda,  potash, 
and  ammonia,  which  are  also  termed  vegetable,  mineral, 
and  volatile  alkali. 

Alkalim'etry  (Gr.  alkali,  and  mefron,  measure). — The  art  of 
ascertaining  the  strength  of  the  alkalies. 

Al'kaloids. — Substances  analogous  to  alkaline  bases  of  vegetable 
origin,  and  generally  possessed  of  great  medicinal  activity, 
such  as  aconite,  cinchona,  etc. 

Analysis. — The  determination  of  the  parts  or  elements  of 
compound  bodies ;  decomposition. 

Areom'eter  (Gr.  araios,  rare,  thin,  and  metron,  measure). — An 
instrument  for  measuring  the  specific  gravity  of  liquids. 

Atom'ic  Theory, — The  doctrine  of  definite  proportions  teaches 
that  all  chemical  combinations  take  place  between  the  sup- 
posed ultimate  particles  or  atoms  of  bodies,  and  that  these 
unite,  either  one  atom  with  one  atom,  or  by  sums  of  atoms 
which  are  integral  multiples  of  unity, 

Sase. — The  principal  element  of  a  compound,  usually  electro- 
positive in  quality, 

Bi'nary  Compound. — A  compound  of  two  elements,  or  of 
an  element  and  a  compound  performing  the  function 
of  an  element,  or  of  two  compounds  performing  tlie 
function  of  elements.  The  binary  compounds  are  as 
follows : 
Bro'mide. — Bromine  with  a  metallic  or  combustible  base. 
Car'bide,  or  Car'buret. — Carbon  with  a  basifiable  or 

acidifiable  substance. 
B  3 


26  CHEMISTRY. 

Ciilo'ridk. — Cliloriiie  witli  another  element. 
Flu'oride. — Fluorine  with  a  metallic  or  combustible  base. 
I'ODIDE. — Iodine  with  metal  or  other  (substance. 
Ox'iDK. — Oxygen  with  a  base  destitute  of  salifying  prop- 
erties. 
Pllos'puiDE,  or  Plios'lMlORET. — Pliosphorus  with  a  base. 
Sel'enide,  or  Sele'niuret. — Selenium  with  some  other 

element. 
Sur/piiiDE,  or  SiJi/rnURET. — Sulphur  with  a  base. 

Bronzing. — The  act  or  art  of  communicating  to  articles  in  metal, 
wood,  ivory,  clay,  plaster,  etc.,  the  appearance  of  bronze  by 
means  of  bronze-powders,  or  by  chemical  processes. 

Calcina'tion. — The  operation  of  expelling  from  a  substance, 
by  heat,  some  volatile  matter  with  which  it  is  combined, 
and  thus  disintegrating  it  and  reducing  it  to  a  friable  state. 
Thus,  carbonate  of  lime  is  reduced  to  lime  by  calciiidtion, 
or  the  expulsion  of  carbonic  acid. 

The  operation  of  reducing  a  metal  to  an  oxide  or  metallic 
cnlx. 

Calorim'eter  (L.  aihr,  heat,  Gr.  metron,  measure). — An  appa- 
ratus lor  measuring  relative  quantities  of  heat,  or  the  specific 
caloric  of  bodies  ;  or  an  instrument  for  measuring  the  heat 
given  out  by  a  body  in  cooling  from  the  quantity  of  ice  it 
melts. 

Calorim'etry  (L.  cahr,  heat,  Gr.  viefron,  measure). — The 
measurement  of  quantities  of  heat  contained  in  bodies.  It 
is  conducted  by  different  processes,  but  mostly  by  that  of 
the  melting  of  ice  around  the  bodies  to  be  tested. 

Catalysis. — The  influence  by  which  certain  substances,  with- 
out undergoing  any  change  themselves,  resolve  certain  other 
substances  into  new  compounds  by  mere  contact,  as  the 
conversion  of  starch  into  sugar  by  sulphuric  acid. 

Cementation. — A  process  which  consists  in  surrounding  a 
solid  body  with  the  powder  of  other  substances,  and  heat- 
ing the  whole  to  redness.  Iron  is  thus  converted  into  steel, 
glass  into  porcelain,  etc. 

Crystallization. — The  process  of  forming  crystals. 

Distillation. — Dri/  distillation  is  the  distillation  of  substances 
per  sc,  or  without  the  addition  of  water.  Destructive  dis- 
tillufiou,  the  distillation  of  substances  at  very  high  tem- 
peratures, so  that  the  ultimate  elements  are  separated  or 
evolved  in  new  combinations. 


CHEMISTRV. 


27 


Distillery. — The  art  of  distilling  spirits. 

Elective  Affinity. — A  tendency  to  unite  with  certain  things 
rather  than  with  others. 

Erements. — The  indecomposable  constituents  of  bodies. 

The  following  is  a  list  of  the  elements  now  known.  The 
most  important  are  distinguished  in  the  table  by  capitals  ; 
while  those  which  at  present  are  of  slight  importance,  on 
account  of  their  rare  occurrence  or  of  our  insufficient 
knowledge  of  their  properties,  are  printed  in  italics. 


Aluminium, 

Antimony, 

Arsenic, 

Barium, 

Bismuth, 

Bromine, 

Cadmium, 

Cassium, 

Calcium, 

Carbon, 

Cerium, 

Chlorine, 

Chromium, 

Cobalt, 

Copper, 

Didymium, 

Erbium, 

Fhiorinc,  • 

Gallium, 

Glucinum, 

Gold, 

Hydrogen, 


Indium, 

Iodine, 

Iridium, 

Iron, 

Lanthanum., 

Lead, 

Lithium, 

Magnesium, 

Manganese, 

Mercury, 

Molyhdenutn, 

Nickel, 

Niobium, 

Nitrogen, 

Osmium, 

OXYG  EN, 

Palladium., 

Phosphorus, 

Platinum, 

Potassium, 

Rhodium,, 


Miibidiiim,, 

Muthenium., 

Selenium, 

Silicon, 

Silver, 

Sodium, 

Strontium, 

Sulphur, 

Tantalum, 

Tellurium, 

Terbium, 

Thallium, 

Thorium., 

Tin, 

Titanium, 

TuyujHten, 

Uranium, 

Vanadium, 

Yttrium, 

Zinc, 

Zircotiium. 


Equiv'alent. — A  terra  expressing  the  proportional  weight  or 
quantity  of  any  substance  which  is  necessary  to  saturate 
any  other  with  which  it  can  combine. 

Eudiom'eter  (Gr.  eudius,  serene,  and  mefron,  measure). — An 
instrument  for  ascertaining  the  purity  of  the  atmosphere, 
or  rather  the  quantity  of  oxygen  contained  in  any  given 
bulk  of  elastic  fluid. 

Evaporom'eter. — An  instrument  for  ascertaining  the  quantity 
of  a  fluid  evaporated  in  a  given  time. 

Formula. — A  concise  mode  of  exhibiting  by  symbols  the  re- 
sults of  chemical  changes. 

Gasom'eter. — An  instrument  for  measuring  the  quantity  of  gas 
employed  in  an  experiment. 


28  CHEMISTRY. 

Gasom'etry. — The  science,  art,  or  practice  of  mrasuring  gnsm. 
It  teaches,  also,  the  nature  and  properties  of  these  elastic 
fluids. 

Hy'drates. — Compounds  containini^  water  as  one  of  their 
proximate  elements,  and  in  definite  proportion. 

Hydrom'eter  (Or.  hnddr,  water,  and  mefron,  measure). — An 
instrument  for  determining  the  specific  gravity  of  liquid.s. 

Hydrom'etry  (Ur.  hudOr,  water,  and  metroa^  measure). — The 
art  of  determining  the  specific  gravity  of  liquids. 

Incompat'ibles. — Substances  'h'liich  cannot  be  united  in  solu- 
tion without  decomposition  or  chemical  change. 

Isom'erism. — An  identity  of  elements  and  of  atomic  propor- 
tions, with  a  difference  in  the  amount  combined  in  the 
compound  molecule,  and  of  its  essential  qualities ;  as  in 
the  case  of  the  physically  unlike  compounds  of  carbon  and 
hydrogen,  consisting  one  of  1  part  each,  another  of  2  parts 
each,  and  a  third  of  4  parts  each. 

Met'alepsy  (Gr.  metaltpsis,  participation). — Change  or  varia- 
tion in  a  series  of  compounds  under  a  type,  by  substitutions 
of  different  elements  or  substances  for  an  ecjuivalent  in  the 
type,  as  when  a  substance  contains  hydrogen,  and,  when 
subjected  to  change,  takes  up  an  equivalent  for  each  atom 
of  hydrogen  it  loses  ;  called  also  theory  of  substitutions. 

Met'alloids. — A  name  sometimes  applied  to  the  metallic  bases 
of  the  alkalies  and  earths. 

Oxida'tion. — The  process  of  converting  metals  or  other  sub- 
stances into  oxides,  by  combining  with  them  a  certain  por- 
tion of  oxygen. 

Radical. — An  element  (or  molecular  group,  and  thence  called 
compound  radical),  whether  insoluble  or  not,  which  may  be 
transferred  from  one  combination  to  another  in  exchange 
for  one  or  more  atoms  of  hydrogen  or  its  representatives. 

Rectifica'tion. — The  process  of  refining  or  purifying  any  sub- 
stance by  repeated  distillation,  which  separates  the  grosser 
parts. 

Saccharom'eter  (L.  sacchamm,  sugar,  Gr.  metron,  measure). 
— A  hydrometer  for  determining  the  density  of  syrups. 

Specific  Gravity. — The  weight  of  a  body  compared  with 
another  of  the  same  bulk  taken  as  a  standard.  Water  is 
the  standard  for  solids  and  liquids,  common  air  for  gases. 
Thus,  the  exact  weight  of  a  cubic  inch  of  gold,  compared  with 
that  of  a  cubic  inch  of  water,  is  called  its  specific  gravity. 


CLASSJFICA  TIO  .V.  29 

Spectrol'ogy. — The  science  of  chemical  analysis  by  means  of 

lines  of  spectra  as  modified  by  the  volatilization  of  different 

elements. 
Stereom'eter  (Gr.  stereos,  solid,  and  mefron,  measure). — An 

instrument  for  determining  the  specific  gravity  of  liquid 

bodies,  porous  bodies,  and  powders,  as  well  as  solids. 
Stoichiom'etry. — That  department  of  chemistry  which   con- 
siders the  numerical  relations  of  atoms. 
Sublima'tion. — An  operation  by  which  solids  are  changed  by 

heat  into  vapor,  and  then  condensed  into  a  solid  form  again. 
Sub'salt. — An  oxysalt  containing  a  less  number  of  equiv^alents 

of  the  acid  than  of  the  base,  or  in  which  the  latter  is  a 

suboxide. 
Symbol. — An  abbreviation  of  the  name  of  an  elementary  body  ; 

thus,   ag  is  written  for  silver   (argentum)  ;   pb   for  lead 

(plumbum). 
Synthesis.— The  uniting  of  elements  into  a  compound,  as  of 

ox^'gen  and  hydrogen  into  water, — the  opposite  of  analysis. 
TJrinom'eter  (Gr.  ouron,  urine,  and  metron,  measure). — A  small 

hydrometer  for  taking  the  specific  gravity  of  urine. 
Zymol'ogy   (Gr.  zume,  ferment,  and    logos^  discourse). — The 

doctrine  o^ fermentation.    A  treatise  on  the  fermentation  of 

liquors. 

Salts  formed  by  the  union  of  an  acid  with  a  base : 

Acetic  acid Acetate.  Malic  acid Malate. 

Arsenic  acid Arseniate.  Hydrocliloric  acid.. Muriate. 

Arsenioiis  acid Arsenito.  Nitric  acid Nitrate. 

Benzoic  acid Beiizoatc.  Oxalic  acid Oxalate. 

Carbonic  acid Carbonate.  Phosphoric  acid Phosphate. 

Chloric  acid Chlorate.  Selenic  acid Seleniate. 

Chromic  acid Chroniate.  Silicic  acid Silicat(i. 

Citric  acid Citrate.  Succinic  acid  Succinate. 

Cyanic  acid C^'anate.  Sulphuric  acid Sulphate. 

Formic  acid Formate.  Sulphurous  acid Sulphite. 

Fulminic  acid Fulminate.  Tannic  acid Tannate. 

Gallic  acid Gallate.  Tartaric  acid Tartrate. 

Lactic  acid Lactate.  Uric  acid Urate. 


CLASSIFICATIOiN^ 

Taxon'omy  (Gr.  taxis,  an  arranging,  and  nomas,  law). — That 
department  of  Natural  History  which  treats  of  the  laws 
and  principles  of  classification. 
3* 


30  r/./.V.l  TE.— CLOUDS.— COATS  OF  ARMS. 


CLIMATE. 

Climatol'og'y  (Or.  h-Uimi,  a  climate,  and  forfo.f,  a  discourse). 
— All  invest i;j^at ion  of"  the  causes  on  which  the  climate  of 
a  place  depends. 

CLOTH. 

Weaving'. — The  art  of  combining  threads,  yarns,  filaments,  or 
=*■    strips  of  different  materials,  or  anything  flexible,  so  as  to 
form  cloth  or  some  other  kind  of  textile  fabric. 
Warp. — -The  threads  which  arc  extended  lengthwise  in  a  loom. 
Woof. — The  threads  that  cross  the  warp. 

CLOUDS. 

Cir'ro-cu'mulus. — A  cloud  intermediate  between  the  cirrus  and 
cumulus,  composed  of  small,  well-defined  masses,  closely 
arranged. 

Cir'ro-stra'tus. — A  cloud  intermediate  between  the  cirrus  and 
stratus,  consisting  of  horizontal  masses  separated  into 
groups,  with  which  the  sky  is  so  mottled  as  to  suggest 
resemblances  to  the  back  of  the  mackerel.  The  prevalence 
of  this  cloud  is  usually  followed  by  bad  weather. 

Cirrus. — A  cloud  consisting  of  fibres  or  curling  streaks,  which 
diverge  in  all  directions.  It  occupies  the  highest  region, 
and  is  frequently  the  first  cloud  which  is  seen  after  a  con- 
tinuance of  clear  weather. 

Cu'mulo-stra'tus. — A  blending  of  the  cirro-stratus  with  the 
cunmlus. 

Cu'millus. — A  convex  aggregate  of  watery  particles,  increasing 
upwards  from  a  horizontal  base,  and  assuming  more  or  less 
of  a  conical  figure. 

Nim'bus. — The  cloud  into  which  the  others  resolve  themselves 
when  rain  falls. 

Stra'tus. — A  cloud  consisting  of  horizontal  layers,  and  com- 
prehending fogs  and  mists.  It  is  the  lowest  of  the  clouds, 
its  under  surface  usually  resting  on  the  earth  or  water. 

CROATS  OF  ARMS. 

Heraldry. — The  science  of  recording  genealogies,  and  blazon- 
ing arms  or  cusi<rus  armorial.     It  also  teaches  whatever 


COATS  OF  ARMS.  31 

relates  to  the  marshalling  of  cavalcades,  processions,  and 

other  public  ceremonies. 
Bla'zonry  (Germ,  hlasea,  to  blow). — The  art  of  describing  or 

explaining  coats  of  arms  in  proper  terms. 
Accole. — Sometimes   used   to  denote   two    thing's  joined  to- 
gether ;   at   other  times,  animals  with    collars   or  crowns 

about  their  necks  ;   and  at  others,  batons  or  swords  placed 

saltier-wise  behind  the  shield. 
Addors'ed. — Back  to  back. 
Affirontee. — Animals  facing  each  other. 
Apau'me. — A   hand   opened,  so  that   the  full  palm  appears, 

with  the  thumb  and  fingers  extended,  as  may  be  seen  in 

the  arms  of  a  baronet. 
Arms  of  Patronag'e. — Those  arms  on  the  top  of  which  are 

some  marks  of  subjection  and  dependence. 
Arra'che. — The  representation  of  a  plant  torn  up  by  the  roots. 
Arron'dee. — A  cross,  consisting  of  segments  of  a  circle,  the 

whole  of  the  curves  being  in  the  same  direction,  so  that  its 

arms  are  not  of  different  widths  at  different  points. 
Aspect'ant. — Borne  fice  to  face,  or  opposite   each  other,  as 

two  beasts  or  birds. 
Atti're. — A  term  designating  the  horns  of  stags  and  similar 

animals  in  blazoning  coats  of  arms. 
Bar'ry. — An  escutcheon  divided  bar-wise  (that  is,  across  from 

side  to  side)  into  an  even  number  of  partitions,  consisting 

of  two  or  more  tinctures  interchangeably  disposed. 
Bearings. — Coats  of  arms,  or  armorial  figures. 
Bend. — A  kind  of  belt  occupying  the  shield  diagonally. 
Bend'let. — A  little  bend  that  is  only  half-breadth. 
Bezant'. — A  circle  in  gold,  representing  the  gold  coin  called 

hezanf. 
Bor'dure. — An  edging  on  the  shield,  having  a  width  of  about 

one-fifth  of  the  field,  serving  as  a  difference  in  a  coat  of 

arms,  to  distinguish  families  of  the  same  name,  or  persons 

bearing  the  same  coat. 
Cabocli'ed,  or  Cabosse. — Having  the  head  cut  close,  so  as  to 

have  no  neck  left. 
Canton. — A  small  square  separated  from  the  rest  of  the  coat. 
Chevron. — An  honorable  ordinary,  representing  two  rafters  of 

a  house  joined  together,  or  meeting  at  the  top. 
Chief. — One  of  the  honorable   ordinaries  which  occupies  the 

upper  part  of  the  escutcheon, — a  third  part  of  the  field. 


32  COATS   OF  ARMS. 

Cleche. — A  kind  of  cross,  charged  with  another  cross  of  the 

same  figure,  but  of  the  color  of  the  field. 
Coat  of  Arms. — A  device  or  assemblage  of  devices  supposed 

to  be  painted  on  a  shield,  which  is  called  the  field. 
Compart'ments.— Partitions  and  quarterings  of  the  escutcheon. 
Contourne. — An  epithet  for  a  beast  standing  or  running  with 

his  face  to  the  sinister  side. 
Counterpas'sant. — Two  lions  represented  as  going  contrary 

ways. 
Coupe. — The  head  or  an}'  limb  of  an  animal  cut  off  smooth  from 

the  trunk. 
Cou'rant. — An  epithet  for  any  beast  represented  in  a  running 

attitude. 
Cres'cent. — An  honorable  ordinary  often  used  as  a  mark  of  dis- 
tinction for  the  second  sons  of  families,  or  those  descended 

from  them.     When  the  horns  are  turned  toward  the  chief 

or  upper  part  of  the  shield,  it  is  called  crescent ;  when  to 

the  right,  increscent ;  and  when  to  the  left,  decrescent. 
Crest. — The  plume  of  feathers,  or  other  object,  on  the  top  of 

the  ancient  helmet. 
Dancette'. — The    outline   of  any  bordure   or   ordinary,  very 

largely  indented. 
Degra'ded. — An  epithet  in  blazoning  for  a  ci'oss  that  has  steps 

at  each  end. 
Dem'y. — Any  charge  that  is  borne  half:  as,  a  demy-lion,  or 

half-lion. 
Descent'. — A  term  to  express  coming  down :  as,  "  a  lion  in 

descent,"  t.c,  a  lion  with  his  heels  upwards,  as  though   in 

the  act  of  leaping  down  from  an  eminence. 
Dex'ter, — The  right,  or  on  the  right  hand  or  side. 
Dismembered.— An  epithet  for  birds  that  have  neither  feet 

nor  legs  ;  also  for  lions  and  other  animals  whose  members 

are  separated. 
Display 'ed. — An  eagle,  or  any  other  bird,  when  it  is  erect, 

with  its  wings  expanded  or  spread  out. 
Dragonnee. — The  term  for  a  lion  or  other  beast  whose  upper 

half  resembles  a  lion,  etc.,  but  the  lower  the  hinder  parts 

of  a  dragon. 
Dor'mant. — In  a  sleeping  posture. 

Empale'ment. — A  conjunction  of  coats  of  arms  palewise. 
Enclave. — Something  let  into    another,  especially   when    the 

piece  so  let  in  is  square. 


COATS  OF  ARMS.  33 

Enfiled'. — The  head   of  a  man,  beast,  or  any  other  charge, 

phiced  on  the  blade  of  a  sword. 
Ente. — An  epithet  signifying  grafted  ;  engrafted. 
Environ'ne. — Surrounded  with  other  things  :  thus,  a  lion  is 

said  to  be  environne  with  so  many  bezants. 
Eradicated. — An  epithet  for  a  tree  or  plant  torn  up  by  the 

roots. 
Erased'. — An  epithet  for  the  head  or  limb  of  any  creature 

violently  torn  from  the  body,  so  as  to  give  it  a  jagged  ap- 
pearance. 
Erect'. — An  epithet  for  anything  upright,  or  perpendicularly 

elevated :  as,  wings  erect,  etc. 
Escroll'. — One  of  the  exterior  ornaments  of  the  escutcheon, 

representing  a  slip  of  parchment  or  paper,  on  which  the 

motto  is  generally  put. 
Escutch'eon. — The  shield  on  which  a  coat  of  arms  is  repre- 
sented. 
Es'sorant. — A  term  for  a  bird  standing  on  the  ground  with  its 

wings  expanded,  as  if  it  had  been  wet  and  was  drying  itself. 
Fesse. — One  of  the  nine  honorable  ordinaries,  consisting  of  a 

line  or  belt  drawn  directly  across  the  shield,  from  side  to 

side,  and  containing  the  third  part  of  it. 
Field. — The  tincture,  or  combination  of  tinctures,  which  forms 

the  ground  of  the  escutcheon. 
Fil'let. — A  kind  of  narrow  bordure,  which  runs  quite  round, 

near  the  edge. 
Flo'tant. — Flying  or  streaming  in  the  air,  as  a  banner. 
Fretted. — Interlaced  one  with   another;  said   of  charges  and 

ordinaries. 
Gard'ant. — Having  the  f\\ce  turned  toward  the  spectator,  as 

it  were  in  a  posture  of  defence. 
Gorg"'ed. — Bearing  a  crown,  coronet,  or  the  like,  about  the  neck. 
Impale'ment. — The  division  of  a  shield  palewise. 
In'censed, — An  epithet  for  panthers  when  represented  with 

fire  issuing  from  their  mouths  and  ears. 
Inescutch'eon. — A  small  escutcheon  borne  within  the  shield. 
In'grailed. — An   epithet  for  anything   represented  with    the 

edges  ragged  or  notched  semicircularly,  as  if  broken  by 

something  having  fallen  upon  it,  the  points  being  turned 

outward  to  the  field. 
Is'suant. — An  epithet  for  a  lion  or  other  beast  coming  out  of 

the  bottom  line  of  any  chief  or  fesse. 


34  COATS   OF  ARMS. 

Jess'ed. — An  opithet  for  a  hawk  or  ftilcon  having  the  jesses  or 
straps  of  leather  which  were  used  for  tying  the  bells  on 
its  legs. 

Lan'gued. — An  epithet  for  the  tongue  of  an  animal,  when 
represented  of  a  different  tincture  from  the  body. 

Li'oncel. — A  small  lion. 

Lodged. — A  term  for  a  buck,  hart,  etc.,  when  lying  on  the 
ground. 

Mailed.— Speckled,  as  the  feathers  of  hawks,  partridges,  etc. 

Mantling. — That  appearance  of  flourishing,  or  drapery,  which 
is  rt'presented  about  a  coat  of  arras. 

Mar'shalling. — The  arranging  of  several  coats  of  arms  be- 
longing to  distinct  families  in  one  escutcheon  or  shield,  to- 
gether with  their  ornaments. 

Martlets. — Little  birds,  like  swallows,  but  with  short  tufts  of 
feathers  instead  of  legs.  It  is  the  difference  or  distinction 
of  a  fourth  son. 

Mot'to. — A  word  or  short  sentence  put  to  an  emblem  or  device, 
or  to  a  coat  of  arms  in  a  scroll  at  the  bottom  of  the  es- 
cutcheon. 

Mound. — A  ball  or  globe  with  a  cross  upon  it,  such  as  mon- 
archs  are  usually  represented  as  holding  in  the  left  hand. 

Mullet. — ^A  figure  in  shape  like  the  rowel  of  a  spur,  used  as 
the  filial  distinction  of  the  third  son. 

Nai'ant. — -An  epithet  for  fish  that  are  borne  across  the  es- 
cutcheon as  if  swimming. 

Nais'sant, — A  term  applied  to  any  animal  issuing  out  of  the 
midst  of  some  ordinary,  and  showing  only  its  head,  shoul- 
ders, fore  feet,  and  legs,  with  the  tip  of  its  tail. 

Nom'bril. — The  centre  of  an  escutcheon. 

Onglee. — An  appellation  given  to  the  talons  or  claws  of  beasts 
or  birds,  when  borne  of  a  different  tincture  from  that  of 
the  body  of  the  animal. 

Or'dinary. — A  portion  of  the  escutcheon,  included  between 
straight  or  other  lines. 

Pale. — One  of  the  greater  ordinaries,  being  a  broad  perpen- 
dicular stripe  in  an  escutcheon. 

Palisse.— A  bearing  like  a  range  of  palisades  before  a  fortifi- 
cation, represented  on  a  fesse,  rising  up  a  considerable 
height,  and  pointed  at  the  top,  with  the  field  appearing 
between  them. 

Pallet. — The  diminutive  of  a  pale,  being  one-half  of  its  breadth. 


COATS  OF  ARMS.  35 

Paly. — The  shield  when  it  is  divided  into  four  or  more  equal 
parts  by  perpendicular  lines  from  top  to  bottom. 

Par'ty. — The  division  of  a  field  by  a  line  running  in  the  di- 
rection of  an  ordinary. 

Pas'sant.— -Said  of  a  lion  or  other  animal  in  a  shield,  appearing 
to  walk  leisurely.  When  walking  with  his  head  afii'onte, 
or  looking  full-faced,  it  is  termed  jKissant  gardant. 

Patee  or  Pattee. — A  cross  having  the  arms  small  in  the  centre 
and  widening  toward  their  extremities,  which  are  broad. 

Pen'noil. — A  small  pointed  flag,  borne  in  former  times  by  a 
gentleman. 

Phe'on. — The  barbed  head  of  a  dart,  arrow,  or  other  weapon. 

Pose. — A  lion,  horse,  or  other  beast,  standing  still,  with  all  his 
four  feet  on  the  ground. 

ftuar'tering. — Partitions  of  the  escutcheon  according  to  the 
number  of  coats  that  are  borne  in  it. 

Q,uatre-foil. — A  four-leaved  plant. 

Raguled  or  Ragged. — An  epithet  for  any  bearing  that  is 
ragged  or  uneven,  like  the  trunk  or  limb  of  a  tree  lopped 
of  its  branches,  so  that  only  the  stumps  are  seen. 

Ram 'pant. — An  epithet  for  a  lion,  or  other  beast,  when  it  stands 
on  its  hinder  legs  and  rears  up  its  fore  feet  in  the  posture 
of  climbing,  showing  only  its  profile. 

Rampant  Gardant. — An  animal  standing  on  its  hinder  legs, 
looking  full-faced. 

Ram'pant  Regar'dant. — An  animal  standing  on  its  hinder 
legs,  looking  behind. 

Rayonnant'. — An  epithet  for  any  ordinary  that  darts  forth 
rays  like  the  sun  when  it  shines. 

Regar'dant. — An  animal  with  the  face  turned  toward  the 
back  in  an  attitude  of  vigilance. 

Renverse'. — Set  with  the  head  downwards,  or  contrary  to  the 
natural  posture. 

Rousant. — Rising ;  applied  to  a  bird  in  the  attitude  of  rising. 

Sa'lient. — -An  epithet  applied  to  a  beast  represented  in  a  leap- 
ing posture,  with  his  right  foot  in  the  dexter  point,  and 
his  hinder  left  foot  in  the  sinister  base  of  the  escutcheon, 
by  which  it  is  distinguished  from  rampant.  {^Counter- 
salieitt  is  when  two  beasts  on  the  same  escutcheon  are 
salient,  the  one  leaping  one  way,  and  the  other  in  an 
opposite  direction,  so  that  their  bodies  cross.) 

Salt'ier. — One  of  the  ei";ht  greater  ordinaries  ;  a  St.  Andrew  s 


36  COINS. 

Cross.    Charges  such  as  swords,  batons,  etc.,  placed  in  the 

direction  of  sahicr,  are  said  to  be  borne  saltie7--icise. 
Sejant. — Sitting;  applied  to  a  lion  or  other  beast. 
Seme. — A  term  used  to  indicate  a  field  or  charge  powdered  or 

strewed  over  with  figui'cs,  such  as  stars,  crosses,  etc. 
Sin'ister. — The  lelt  side  of  the  escutcheon. 
Supporters. — Figures  placed  by  the  side  of  the  shield  and 

appearing  to  support  it.     Thus,  the  lion  and  the  unicorn 

are  the  supporters  of  the  British  sovereign's  arms. 
Tierce. — An  epithet  for  the  field  when  it  is  divided  into  three 

parts. 
Vair. — One  of  the  furs  employed  in  blazoning,  supposed  to 

represent  the  skin  of  a  small  squirrel. 
Vergette'. — A  pallet  or  small  pale  ;  hence,  a  shield  divided  by 

such  pallets. 
Vo'lant. — Flying,  or  having  the  wings  spread. 

COINS. 

Numismat'ics  (Gr.  nojm'sma,  a  coin). — The  science  of  medals 

and  coins. 
Coining",  or  Coinage. — The  art  of  making  stamped  metallic 

money. 
Contornia'ti. — A  species  of  medals   or  medallions  of  bronze 

having  a  curved  furrow  (contorno)  on  each  side,  and  sup- 
posed to  have  been  struck  in  the  days  of  Coustantiue  and 

his  successors. 
Coun'termark. — A  stamp  frequently  seen  on    ancient  coins, 

often  obliterating  a  large  part  of  the  impression. 
Exergue'. — The  small  space  around,  and  without,  the  work  or 

figures  of  a  medal,  for  an  inscription,  etc. 
Med'alurgy  (jmedal,  and  Gr.  ergon^  work). — The  art  of  making 

and  striking  medals  and  other  coins. 
Milling. — The  process  of  stamping  coin  on  the  edge. 
Numismatog'raphy  (Gr.  nomisma,  a  coin,  andp-apho,  I  write). 

— The  science  which  treats  of  coins  and  medals  in  their 

relation  to  history. 
Ob'verse. — The  side  of  a  coin  which  contains  the  principal 

symbol. 
Planch'et. — A  disk  of  metal  ready  to  be  stamped  as  a  coin. 
Reverse'. — The  side  of  a  coin  opposite  to  that  on  which  the 

head  or  principal  figure  is  impressed. 


COLORS.— COMMERCE.  37 

Shroffage. — The  examination  of  coins,  and  separation  of  tlie 

good  from  tlie  debased. 
To'ken. — A  piece  of  metal  intended  for  currency,  and  issued 

by  a  private  party,  usually  bearing  the  name  of  the  party 

by  whom  issued,  and  redeemable  by  the  issuer  in  lawful 

money. 

COLORS. 

Chromatorogy  (Gr.  chroma^  color). — A  treatise  on  colors. 
Enamelling. — -Tlie  art  of  applying  vitrifiable  colors  to  metal, 
pottery,  or  glass. 

COMMERCE. 

Cam'bistry  (Gr.  cajnhio,  exchange). — The  science  of  com- 
mercial exchanges,  weights,  measures,  etc. 

Acceptance. — The  act  by  which  a  person  on  whom  a  bill  of 
exchange  is  drawn  undertakes  to  pay  it  at  maturity. 

Accommodation  Bill. — A  bill  of  exchange  accepted  with- 
out value,  for  the  purpose  of  raising  money  thereon  by 
discount. 

Active  Commerce. — The  commerce  in  which  a  nation  carries 
its  own  productions  and  foreign  commodities  in  its  own 
ships,  or  which  is  prosecuted  by  its  own  citizens. 

Ad.  Valo'rem. — Stamp  duties  the  amount  of  which  is  regulated 
according  to  the  value  of  the  property,  etc. 

A'gio. — The  diflference  in  value  between  metallic  and  paper 
money,  or  between  one  sort  of  metallic  money  and  an- 
other. 

Annu'ity. — A  periodical  payment  of  money  for  a  lengthened 
period 

Balance  of  Trade. — The  difference  between  the  value  of  the 
commercial  exports  and  imports  of  any  country. 

Bal  last. — Any  heavy  material  placed  in  a  ship's  hold  with  the 
object  of  sinking  her  deeper  in  the  water,  and  of  thereby 
rendering  her  capable  of  carrying  sail  without  danger  of 
being  overset. 

Bill  of  Adventure. — A  writing  signed  by  a  merchant,  to  tes- 
tify that  the  goods  shipped  on  board  a  certain  vessel  belong 
to  another  person,  he  himself  being  answerable  only  for 
the  produce. 

4 


38  COMMERCE. 

Bil'.  of  Entry. — A  written  account  of  goods  entered  at  the 
custom-house,  whctlier  imported  or  intended  for  ex- 
portation. 

Bill  of  Exchange. — A  written  order  for  payment  of  money 
by  one  person  (called  the  drawer)  upon  another  (termed 
the  drawee).  When  the  drawee  has  undertaken  to  pay 
the  bill,  which  he  does  by  writing  his  name  across  it,  he 
is  termed  the  acceptor. 

Bill  of  Lading. — A  memorandum  or  receipt  signed  by  the  mas- 
ter of  a  ship,  acknowledging  tlie  shipment  of  goods,  which 
arc  usually  made  deliverable  to  tlie  consignee  or  his  order. 

Bonded  Goods. — Goods  for  the  duties  on  which  bonds  are 
given  at  the  custom-house. 

Bottomry. — The  borrowing  of  money  by  the  master  on  the 
bottom  or  liull  of  a  sliip ;  to  be  paid  with  interest,  if  the 
ship  return  in  safety,  but  otherwise  to  be  lost  or  forfeited. 

Bro'kerage. — The  fee,  reward,  or  commission  given  or  charged 
for  transacting  business  as  a  broker. 

Bullion. — Gold  and  silver,  coined  or  uncoined,  but  considered 
simply  as  material  according  to  weight. 

Carrying  Trade. — That  of  transporting  commodities  from  one 
country  to  another  by  water. 

Catallac'tics. — The  science  of  exchanges. 

Chamber  of  Commerce. — A  board  to  protect  the  interests  of 
commerce,  chosen  from  among  the  merchants  and  traders 
of  a  city. 

Change. — A  place  where  merchants  and  others  meet  to  transact 
business. 

Clear'ance. — A  certificate  that  a  ship  or  vessel  has  been  cleared 
at  the  custom-house. 

Clearing. — A  method  adopted  by  banks  and  bankers  for  mak- 
ing exchanges  and  settling  balances. 

Clough,  or  Cloff. — An  allowance  of  two  pounds  in  every  hun- 
dredweight, after  tare  and  tret  have  been  deducted,  for  the 
turn  of  the  scale,  that  the  commodity  may  hold  out  in 
retailing. 

Coasting  Trade. — The  trade  which  is  carried  on  between  the 
different  ports  of  the  same  country,  or  under  the  same 
jurisdiction,  as  distinguished  from  foreign  trade. 

Collateral  Security. — Security  for  the  perfoi'mancc  of  cove- 
nants or  the  payment  of  money,  given  in  addition  to  the 
principal  .security. 


COMMERCE.  39 

Consignment  of  Goods. — The  delivering  or  making  tliem  over 
to  another:  thus,  goods  are  said  to  be  consigned  to  a  factor 
when  they  are  sent  to  him  for  sale,  etc.  He  who  con- 
signs the  goods  is  called  the  consigner,  and  the  person  to 
whom  they  are  sent  is  called  the  consignee. 

Contraband. — Contraband  goods  are  such  as  are  prohibited  to 
be  imported  or  exported,  either  by  the  laws  of  a  particular 
kingdom  or  state,  or  by  the  law  of  nations,  or  by  special 
treaties. 

Corporation. — A  body  politic  or  corporate,  authorized  by  law 
to  act  as  a  single  person,  and  endowed  by  law  with  the 
capacity  of  perpetual  succession. 

Cus'toms. — Duties  levied  on  commodities  exported  and  imported. 

Demur  rage. — An  allowance  made  to  the  master  or  owners  of 
a  ship  by  the  freighter  for  detaining  her  in  port  longer 
than  the  period  agreed  upon  for  her  sailing. 

Dis'count. — An  allowance  made  on  a  bill  or  any  other  debt  not 
yet  become  due,  in  consideration  of  immediate  payment ; 
or  any  deduction  from  the  customary  price  of  an  article. 
To  discount  a  bill  of  exchange,  signifies  to  pay  it  before  it 
is  due,  deducting  a  certain  part  of  the  sum  for  the  accom- 
modation. 

Dividend. — The  share  of  the  interest  or  profit  of  stock  in 
trade  or  other  employment,  which  belongs  to  each  proprie- 
tor according  to  his  proportion  of  the  stock  or  capital. 

Draft. — An  order  by  which  one  person  draws  on  another  for  a 
certain  sum  of  money;  a  check  ;  a  bill  of  exchange. 

Embargo. — A  prohibition  issued  by  the  authorities  of  a  coun- 
try to  prevent  merchant  vessels  leaving  their  ports.  It  is 
generally  imposed  in  time  of  war,  or  during  fear  of  inva- 
sion ;  and  in  such  cases  the  ships  under  embargo  are  used 
in  armaments,  expeditions,  etc. 

Emporium. — A  common  resort  of  merchants  for  trade,  par- 
ticularly a  city  or  town  of  extensive  commerce,  or  in  which 
the  commerce  of  an  extensive  country  centres,  or  to  which 
sellers  and  buyers  resoit  from  different  countries. 

Exchange'. — The  form  of  exchanging  one  debt  or  credit  for 
another ;  or  the  receiving  or  paying  of  money  in  one  place 
for  an  equal  sum  in  another  by  order,  draft,  or  bill  of 
exchange. 

Excise'. — An  inland  duty,  paid  in  some  instances  upon  the  com- 
modity consumed,  or  on  the  retail  which  is  the  last  stage 


40  COMMERCE. 

before  consumption,  but  paid  in  others  at  the   manufac- 
tories. 
Flot'sam. — Goods  lost  by  shipwreck  and  floating  on  the  sea. 
Free  Port. — A  port  where  ships  of  all  nations  may  load  and 

unload  free  of  duty,  provided  the  goods  are  not  carried  into 

the  adjoining  country.     Also,  a  port  where  goods  of  all 

kinds  are  received  from  ships  of  all  nations  at  equal  rates 

of  duty. 
Freight. — That  with  which  anything  is  fraught  or  laden  for 

transportation. 
Imports  and  Exports. — The  various  commodities  brought  into 

this  country  from  abroad  ;  and  those  home  manufactures 

and  products  which,  through  our  commercial  relations,  we 

sell  or  barter  and  send  to  other  countries. 
Im'post. — A  tax,  tribute,  or  duty ;  often  a  duty  or  tax  laid  by 

government  on  goods  imported  into  a  country. 
In' voice. — A  written  account  of  the  particulars  of  merchandise 

shipped  or  sent  to  a  purchaser,  consigner,  etc.,  with  the 

value  or  prices  and  charges  annexed. 
Jet'sam. — Goods  which  are  cast  into  the  sea  and  there  sink  and 

remain  under  water. 
Joint-Stock  Company. — A  species  of  partnership,  consisting 

generally  of  a  large  number  of  members,  having  a  capital 

divided  or  agreed  to  be  divided  into  shares  transferable 

■without  the  consent  of  all  the  copartners. 
Letter  of  Credit. — A  letter  authorizing  credit  to  a  certain 

amount  of  money  to  be  given  to  the  bearer. 
Mar'gin. — The  difference  between  the  price  of  purchase  and 

.sale  of  an  article,  which  leaves  room  for  profit. 
Marine  Law,  or  Maritime  Law. — A  branch  of  the  commer- 
cial law  relating  to  the  atiairs  of  the  sea,  such  as  seamen, 

ships,  shipping,  navigation,  and  the  like. 
Mer'chandise. — The  objects  of  commerce ;  whatever  is  usually 

bought  or  sold  in  trade,  or  market,  or  by  merchants. 
Metrol'ogy  (Gr.  metron,  a  measure,  and  logos,  a  discourse). — 

The  seience  of  weights  and  measures. 
Passive  Commerce. — The  commerce  in  which  the  productions 

of  one  country  are  transported  by  the  people  of  another 

country. 
Policy. — The  writing  or  instrument  in  which  a  contract  of 

insurance  is  embodied. 
Prat'ique. — A  license  or  permission  to  hold  intercourse  and  to 


COMMERCE.  41 

trade  with  the  inhabitants  of  a  place  after  havino;  per- 
formed quarantine,  or  upon  a  certificate  that  the  ship  did 
not  come  from  an  infected  place. 

Price-current. — A  statement  or  list,  published  statedly  or  oc- 
casionall}",  of  the  prevailing  prices  of  merchandise,  stocks, 
specie,  bills  of  exchange,  rate  of  exchange,  etc. 

Pri'mag'e. — A  certain  allowance  paid  by  the  shipper  or  con- 
signee of  goods  to  the  mariners  and  master  of  a  vessel 
for  loading  the  same. 

Prom'issory  Note. — A  written  promise  by  which  one  person 
engages  or  promises  to  pay  a  certain  sum  of  money  to 
another. 

Pro'test. — On  bills  of  exchange,  the  solemn  declaration  of  a 
notary  public  of  the  dishonor  of  a  bill. 

Quar'antine. — The  term  during  which  a  ship,  arriving  in  port, 
and  suspected  of  being  infected  with  a  malignant,  contagious 
disease,  is  obliged  to  forbear  all  intercourse  with  the  shore. 

Redemp'tion. — Repurchase  by  the  issuer  of  notes,  bills,  or 
other  evidences  of  debt  by  making  payment  to  the  holder. 

Re-exchange'. — The  expense  chargeable  on  a  bill  of  exchange 
or  dralt  which  has  been  dishonored  in  a  foreign  country, 
and  returned  to  that  country  in  which  it  was  made  or 
indorsed,  and  then  taken  up. 

Register. — A  document  issued  by  the  custom-house,  contain- 
ing a  description  of  a  vessel,  its  name,  tonnage,  country, 
ownership,  etc.,  always  to  be  kept  on  board  on  a  foreign 
voyage,  as  evidence  of  its  nationality. 

Responden'tia. — A  loan  on  goods  laden  on  board  of  a  ship. 

Rever'sion. — A  payment  which  is  not  to  be  received,  or  a 
benefit  which  does  not  begin,  until  the  happening  of  some 
event,  as  the  death  of  a  person  now  living. 

Sal'vage. — A  recompense  allowed  to  such  persons  as  have  assisted 
in  saving  goods  from  fire,  loss  at  sea,  or  ships  from  shipwreck. 

Specific  Duty. — A  tax  upon  goods  of  a  specific  sum  upon  given 
quantity  or  number. 

Stamp-duty. — A  duty  or  tax  imposed  on  paper  and  parch- 
ment, the  evidence  of  the  payment  of  which  is  a  stamp. 

Sterling. — In  English  commerce,  a  term  which  is  applied  to 
money,  signifying  that  it  is  of  the  fixed  or  standard 
national  value. 

Su'pra-protest. — An  acceptance  of  a  bill  by  a  third  person 
after  protest  for  non-acceptance  by  the  drawee. 


42  CONJURINO.— DANCING. 

Tare. — A  deduction  or  abatement  made  from  the  weight  of  a 
parcel  of  goods  on  account  of  the  weight  of  the  cask,  bag, 
etc.,  in  which  they  are  contained. 

Tar'iflf. — A  list  or  table  of  duties  or  customs  to  be  paid  on  goods 
imported  or  exported. 

Tontine'. — An  annuity  or  survivorship,  or  a  loan  raised  on  life- 
amiuitics  with  the  benefit  of  survivorship. 

Trade'-mark, — A  distinguishing  mark  or  device  used  by  a 
manufacturer  on  his  goods  or  labels,  the  legal  right  in 
which  is  recognized  by  law. 

Transit-duty. — A  duty  paid  on  goods  that  pass  through  a 
country. 

Tret. — An  allowance  to  purchasers,  for  waste  or  refuse  matter, 
of  4  pounds  on  every  104  pounds  of  suttle  weight,  or 
weight  after  the  tare  is  deducted. 

Ullage. — The  wantage  of  casks  of  liquor,  or  what  a  cask 
wants  of  being  full. 

Underwriting. — -Subscribing  one's  name  to  a  policy  of  in- 
surance, for  the  purpose  of  becoming  answerable  for  loss 
or  damage,  for  a  certain  premium  per  cent. 

Warehousing-system. — An  arrangement  for  lodging  imported 
articles  in  the  custom-house  stores,  without  payment  of 
duties,  until  they  are  taken  out  for  home  consumption. 

CONJURING. 

Jugglery.— The  art  of  a  juggler. 

Magic  (Natural). — The  art  of  employing  the  powers  of  nature 
to  produce  effects  apparently  supernatural. 

Thaumatur'gics. — Feats  of  legerdemain  or  magical  perform- 
ances. 

The'urgy  (Gr.  Theos,  God,  and  ergon,  work). — That  species  of 
magic  in  which  effects  arc  produced  by  supernatural  agency, 
in  distinction  from  natural  magic. 


DANCINa 

Choreg'raphy  (Gr.  choreia,  a  dancing,  and  grapho,  I  de- 
scribe).— The  art  of  representing  dancing  by  signs,  as  a 
tune  is  represented  by  notes. 

Orchesog'raphy  (Gr.  orchesia,  a  dance,  and  grajyho,  I  write). 
— A  treatise  on  dancing. 


DEAD  BODIES.-DIALS.— DRAMA.  43 

DEAD   BODIES. 

Embalming. — The  art  of  preserving  dead  bodies  of  men  and 
auimuls. 

DEATH. 

Tbanatology  (Gr.  thanafos,  death,  and  logos,  a.  discourse). — 
A  description  or  the  doctrine  of  death. 

DIALS. 

Di'aling,  Horog'raphy. — The  science  whicb  unfolds  the  prin- 
ciples of  measuring  time  by  dials,  or  the  art  of  construct- 
ing dials. 

Gno'mon. — The  style  or  pin  which  by  its  shadow  shows  the 
hour  of  the  day. 

Gnomon'ics,  Gnomonol'Dgy  (Gr.  gnomon,  an  index,  and  logos, 
a  discourse).— The  art  or  science  of  dialing,  or  of  con- 
structing dials  to  show  the  hour  of  the  day  by  the  shadow 
of  a  gnomon. 

Node. — A  point  or  hole  in  the  gnomon  of  a  dial,  by  the  shadow 
or  light  of  which  are  shown  the  hour  of  the  day,  the  par- 
allels of  the  sun's  declination,  etc. 

Sub'style. — The  line  on  which  the  gnomon  stands. 

DISSECTIOX. 

Anat'omy  (Gr.  anatemno,  I  cut  up). — 1.  The  art  of  dissecting  or 
artificially  separating  the  different  parts  of  an  animal  body, 
to  discover  their  situation,  structure,  and  economy. 

2.  The  doctrine  of  the  structure  of  the  body  learned  by  dis- 
section. 

DISTANCE. 

Longim'etry  (Lat.  longns,  long,  and  Gr.  metreo,  I  measure). — ■ 
The  art  of  measurius;  distances  or  lengths. 

DRAMA. 

Dram'aturgy  (Gr.  drama,  a  play,  and  ergon,  a  work). — The 

science  or  art  of  dramatic  poetry  and  representation. 
Act. — The  name  given  to  a  division  of  a  drama,  at  the  end 


44  DJiA  WING. 

of  which  there  is  a  pause  to  aflford  rest  to  actors  and 
spectators. 

After-piece. — A  piece  performed  after  a  play  ;  a  farce  or  other 
short  eiitertainnient. 

Burlesque'. — A  composition  of  which  the  humor  consists  in 
a  hidicrous  mixture  of  things  high  and  hjw. 

Burlet'ta. — A  light,  comic  species  of  musical  drama. 

Comedy. — A  dramatic  composition  intended  to  represent  the 
lighter  ])assions  and  actions  of  mankind. 

Dram'atis  Perso'nae. — The  characters  represented  in  a  drama. 

Epilogue. — The  closing  address  to  the  audience  at  the  end  of 
a  play. 

Farce. — A  short  piece  of  low  comic  character. 

Histrionic  Art. — The  art  which  teaches  how  to  bear  a  part  in 
dramatic  representations. 

In'terlude. — A  short  dramatic  piece  introduced  between  the 
acts  of  longer  performances. 

Melodra'ma. — A  dramatic  performance  in  which  songs  are  in- 
troduced. 

Mon'odrame. — A  dramatic  performance  by  only  one  person. 

Op'era. — A  dramatic  composition  set  to  music  and  sung  on  the 
stage. 

Orato'rio. — A  sacred  musical  composition,  usually  in  a  dramatic 
form. 

Pan'tomime. — A  species  of  theatrical  entertainment  in  which 
the  whole  action  of  the  piece  is  represented  by  gesticula- 
tion without  the  use  of  words. 

Trag'edy. — A  dramatic  composition  representing  some  signal 
action  performed  by  illustrious  persons,  and  generally  hav- 
ing a  fatal  result. 

Vaude'ville. — A  theatrical  piece,  usually  a  comedy,  the  dia- 
logue of  which  is  intermingled  with  light  or  satirical  songs, 
sung  in  familiar  airs  ;  also,  sometimes,  a  drama  of  a  higher 
order. 

DRAWING. 

Diagraph'ics  (Gr.  dlagrapho^  I  mark  out  by  lines). — The  art 

of  design  or  drawing. 
Drawing. — The  art  of  representing  the  appearances  of  objects 

upon  a  flat  surface  so  as  to  exhibit  their  form  and  shadow, 

situation,  distance,  etc. 
Orthog'raphy. — Tiie  representation  of  the  front  of  a  building 


DREAMS.— EARTH.  45 

or  other  object  by  lines  which  are  perpendicular  to  each 
other,  or  which  make  the  same  angle  as  the  corresponding 
lines  in  the  object  represented, — distinguished  from  per- 
spective. 

Stereography  (Gr.  stereos^  solid,  and  graplio,  I  write). — The 
art  of  drawing  the  figures  of  solids  upon  a  plane. 

Working-drawing. — A  drawing,  as  of  the  whole  or  part  of  a 
structure,  machine,  etc.,  made  to  a  scale,  and  in  such  detail 
as  to  be  the  guide  in  its  construction.    See  Perspective. 


DREAMS. 

Oneirocrit'ics  (Gr.  dnei'ros,  a  dream,  and  krifikos,  fit  forjudg- 
ing).— The  art  or  the  science  of  interpreting  dreams. 

EARTH. 

Cosmorogy  (Gr.  hosmos,  the  world,  and  logos,  a  discourse). — 
The  science  of  the  world  or  universe  ;  or  a  treatise  relating 
to  the  structure  and  parts  of  the  system  of  creation,  the 
elements  of  bodies,  the  modifications  of  material  things, 
the  laws  of  motion,  and  the  order  and  course  of  nature. 

Cosmog'ony  (Gr.  Jcosmos,  world,  and  gone,  generation). — The 
generation,  origin,  or  creation  of  the  world  or  universe. 

Cosmog'raphy  (Gr.  kosmos,  the  world,  and  graphe,  a  descrip- 
tion).— A  description  of  the  tcorld  or  universe,  or  the 
mode  of  describing  the  several  parts  of  the  visible  world. 

Cosmom'etry  (Gr.  kosmos,  world,  and  metrco,  I  measure). — 
The  art  of  measuring  in  degrees  the  world  or  sphere. 

Geog'ony  (Gr.  ge,  the  earth,  sinA  gone,  generation). — The  doc- 
trine of  i\\e  formation  of  the  earth. 

Geography. — See  Geography. 

Geol'cgy. — See  Geology. 

Geon'omy  (Gr.  ge,  the  earth,  and  nomos,  law). — The  science 
which  relates  to  the  physical  laics  of  the  earth,  including 
geology  and  physical  geography. 

Geos'copy  (Gr.  ge,  the  earth,  and  skojieo,  I  view). — Knoicledge 
of  the  earth,  ground,  or  soil,  obtained  by  inspection. 

PalsBtiorogy  (Gr.  palaios,  ancient,  and  logos,  a  discourse). — 
The  science  which  explains  the  past  conditions  of  the  earth 
by  the  laws  of  causation . 


4  C,  EARTirq  UAKES.  -EG  Gfi.— ELECTRICITY. 


EARTHQUAKES. 

Seismorogy  (Gr.  seismos,  an  earthquake,  and  logos,  a  discourse). 
— A  science  constructed  from  the  study  of  earthquake  phe- 
nomena. 

Seismom'eter  (Gr.  sehmos,  and  metron,  a  measure). — An 
instrument  for  measurvig  the  shock  of  earthquakes  and 
other  violent  concussions. 


EGGS. 

Ool'ogy  (Gr.  oon,  an  egg,  and  logos,  a  discourse). — The  science 
of  eggs  in  relation  to  their  coloring,  size,  shape,  and  num- 
ber, and  the  law  deduced  from  that  knowledge. 


ELECTRICITY. 

Electrol'ogy  (Gr.  elektron,  amber,  and  logos,  a  discourse). — 
That  department  of  physical  science  which  treats  of 
electricity. 

Absorption. — The  process  or  act  by  which  electricity  is  made 
passively  to  disappear  in  some  other  substance  through 
molecular  or  other  invisible  means. 

An'ode.— In  electro-chemistry ,  the  way  by  which  the  electric 
current  enters  substances  through  which  it  passes,  or  the 
surface  at  which  the  electric  current  enters  the  electrolyte ; 
opposed  to  cathode,  and  equivalent  to  positive  pole. 

Cath'ode. — The  way  by  which  the  electric  current  leaves  sub- 
stances through  which  it  passes,  or  the  surface  at  which 
the  electric  current  passes  out  of  the  electrolyte  ;  opposed 
to  anode,  and  equivalent  to  negative  pole. 

Ca'tion. — An  electro-positiv^e  substance,  which,  in  electrolysis, 
passes  to  the  cathode  of  the  electrolyte. 

Charge. — A  quantity  of  electrical  fluid  communicated  to  a 
coated  jar,  vial,  or  pane  of  glass. 

Conduct'or. — A  substance  which  forms  a  medium  for  the  trans- 
mission of  some  other  substance  or  fluid,  particularly  of 
lieat  or  electricity. 

Declinom'eter. — An  instrument  for  measuring  the  declinatioo 
of  the  majiuetic  needle. 


ELECTRWITF.  47 

Diamag'netism. — The  science  which  treats  of  diamagnetic 
lihciiomena  and  of  the  properties  of  diamagnetic  bodies. 

Elec'tro-Biol'ogy. — The  science  of  electrical  forces  as  shown 
ill  mesnierisui. 

Electro-Chemistry. — The  science  which  treats  of  the  agency 
of  electricity  and  galvanism  in  effecting  chemical  changes. 

Elec'trode. — A  name  applied  to  what  is  called  the  pole  of  the 
voltaic  circle.  The  electrodes  are  the  surfaces  of  air,  water, 
metal,  etc.,  which  serve  to  convey  an  electric  current  into 
and  from  the  liquid  to  be  decomposed. 

Elec'tro-Dynam'ics. — The  phenomena  of  electricity  in  motion. 

Electrorysis. — The  act  of  decomposing  a  compound  substance 
by  the  action  of  electricity  or  galvanism. 

Elec'trolyte. — A  compound  which  may  be  directly  decomposed 
by  an  electric  cui'rent. 

Elec'tro-Mag'net. — A  bar  of  iron  made  temporarily  magnetic 
by  causing  a  current  of  electricity  to  pass  through  a  wire 
coiled  around  it. 

Elec'tro-Mag'netism. — The  science  which  treats  of  the 
agencij  of  electricity  and  galvanism  in  communicating  mag- 
netic properties. 

Elec'tro-Met'allurgy. — The  art  of  depositing  metals  on  pre- 
pared surfaces  through  the  agency  of  voltaic  electricity  or 
galvanism. 

Electrom'eter  (Gr.  eleldron,  amber,  and  metreo^  I  measure). 
— An  instrument  for  measuring  the  quantity  or  intensity 
of  electricity. 

Electro-Physid'ogy. — Electric  results  produced  through  phys- 
iological agencies. 

Elec'tro-Stat'ics  (Gr.  cleldron^  amber,  and  statikos,  belonging 
to  a  state  of  rest). — The  science  which  treats  of  elec- 
tricity in  equilibrium,  as  distinguished  from  electro- 
dynamics. 

Gal'vanism. — Electrical  phenomena  in  which  the  electricity  is 
developed  icithout  the  aid  of  friction,  and  in  which  a 
chemical  action  takes  place  between  certain  bodies. 

Galvanology  (galvanism,  and  Gr.  logos,  a  discourse). — A 
treatise  on  galvanism,  or  a  description  of  its  phenomena. 

Galvanom'eter,  or  Rheometer  (galvanism,  and  Gr.  metron, 
measure). — An  instrument  or  apparatus  for  measuring  the 
force  or  detecting  the  presence  of  minute  quantities  of 
galvanic  electricity. 


48  ENOINKS.—KNORA  VI NG. 

Id'io-Elec'tric. — Electric  per  se,  or  containing  electricity  in  its 
iiatuiiil  .state. 

Induc'tion. — Ai\  influence  exerted  by  an  electrified  body 
tliroiiuli  a  non-conducting  raediuui  without  apparent 
communication  of  a  spark  :  thus  electrical  attractions  and 
repulsions  may  be  transmitted  by  induction  through  glass, 
although  no  spark  can  pass  througli  such  a  medium. 

Insula'tion. — In  electrical  experiments^  the  act  of  placing  elec- 
trified bodies,  by  means  of  non-conductors,  in  such  a  situa- 
tion that  the  electricity  is  prevented  from  escaping. 

Insula'tor. — The  substance  or  body  that  insulates ;  a  non-con- 
ductor. 

Magnetics. — The  science  ov  principles  of  magnetism. 

Magnetism. — That  branch  of  science  which  treats  of  the 
pr(i)>erties  of  the  iiKignet. 

Magnetiza'tion. — The  mode  by  which  magnetism  can  be  com- 
municated to  a  bar  or  mass  of  steel  or  iron. 

Magnetom'eter  {magnet,  and  Gr.  metron,  measui'e). — An  in- 
strument to  ascertain  the  force  of  magnetism. 

Thermo-Electricity  (Gr.  therme,  heat). — Electricity  developed 
by  the  unequal  distribution  of  heat  through  bodies. 

Thermo-Mag'netism  (Gr.  therme,  heat). — Magnetism  as  af- 
fected or  caused  by  the  action  of  heat. 

Voltam'eter, — An  instrument  for  measuring  the  intensity,  etc., 
of  an  electric  current. 

Zinc'ode. — The  positive  pole  of  a  galvanic  battery. 

ENGINES. 
En'ginery. — The  art  of  managing  engines. 

ENGRAVING. 

Engrav'ing. — The  art  of  producing  figures  or  designs  on  metal, 
etc.,  by  incision  or  corrosion,  for  the  purpose  of  being  sub- 
sequently printed  on  paper. 

Anaglyptog'raphy  (Gr.  anagluplw,  1  describe,  and  grapho,  I 
write). — The  art  of  copying  icorhs  in  relief  hy  a  process 
of  machine-ruling  on  an  etching-ground,  which  gives  to 
the  subject  the  appearance  of  being  raised  from  the  surface 
of  the  paper,  as  if  it  were  embos-sed. 


ENGRA  VIXG.  49 

Aquatin'ta  (L.  aqua,  water,  and  It.  fintn,  dye). — A  method 
of  en^raviug  by  aqna-forlis,  by  whicli  an  effect  is  pro- 
duced resembling  a  drawing  in  water-colors  or  Indian  ink. 

Biting"  in. — The  process  of  corroding  copper  and  steel  plates 
with  acids. 

Calcography  (Gr.  calx,  lime,  and  grajyho,  I  write). — An  en- 
graving after  the  manner  of  a  drawing  in  chalk. 

Cerog'raphy  (L.  cera,  wax,  and  Gr.  grapho,  I  write). — The 
art  of  engraving  on  loax  spread  on  a  sheet  of  copper, 
from  which  a  stereotype  plate  is  taken. 

Chalcography  (  Gr.  chalkos,  copper,  and  grapho,  I  write). — 
The  art  of  engraving  on  copper  or  on  brass. 

Cop'per-plate. — A  plate  of  polished  copper  on  which  concave 
lines  are  engraved  or  corroded  according  to  some  delineated 
figure  or  design.  This  plate,  when  charged  with  any 
colored  fluid,  imparts  an  impression  of  the  figure  or  de- 
sign to  paper  or  parchment. 

Coun'ter-proof. — A  print  taken  off  from  another  fresh  printed, 
which,  by  being  passed  through  the  press,  gives  the  figure 
of  the  former,  but  inverted. 

Dactylography  (Gr.  daktn/os,  a  finger,  and  grapho,  I  write). 
- — -The  science  or  art  of  gem  engraving. 

Damaskeening. — The  art  of  engraving  on  and  inlaying  iron 
or  steel  with  gold  or  silver. 

Ectypog'raphy  (Gr.  cldupos,  worked  in  high  relief,  and  grapho, 
I  write). — A  method  of  etching  in  which  the  lines  of  the 
design  upon  the  plate  are  in  relief  instead  of  being  de- 
pressed or  cut  iuto  it. 

Elec'trotint. — A  method  of  etching  hy  galvanism.  The  sub- 
ject being  painted  on  copper  with  a  thick  varnish  or  paint, 
the  plate  is  submitted  to  the  electro-coppering  process,  by 
which  a  deposit  is  made  upon  it,  forming  another  plate 
with  the  lines  of  the  device  marked  in  intaglio,  or  sunken. 

Embossing  (Fr.  hosse.  a  protuberance). — The  art  of  producing 
figures  in  relief  from  a  plane  surface  of  metal  by  means 
of  a  chisel  or  punch. 

Etching. — A  mode  of  engraving  by  wliicli  figures  or  designs 
are  produced  on  copper  or  other  metallic  plates  hy  means 
of  lines  or  strokes  first  drawn,  and  then  eaten  or  corroded 
by  aqua-fortis. 

Glyp'tics  (Gr.  gluptos,  engraved). — The  art  of  engraving  Jig- 
ares  on  precious  stones. 
c  5 


50  EXERCISE. 

Glyptog^'raphy  (Gr.  glnptos,  engraved,  and  grapM,  descrip- 
tion).— A  description  of  the  art  of  engraving  upon  gems. 

Gypsog'raphy  (Gr.  gupsos,  gyp.sum,  and  grapko,  I  engrave). — 
'J'lie  art  uf  engraving  on  gi/psimi. 

Hatching". — A  mode  of  executioti  in  engraving  in  which  the 
eiiect  is  produced  by  courses  of  lines  crossing  each  other  at 
angles  more  or  less  acute. 

Heliogra'vure  (Gr.  helios,  the  sun,  and  grapho,  I  engrave). — 
Tlie  art  of  phofograjyhic  engraving.  Tiiere  are  two  sorts  of 
heliogravure, — that  which  prints  like  a  copper-plate,  and 
that  which  prints  like  a  woud-cut. 

Hyalog'raphy  (Gr.  hitalos,  glass,  and  grapho,  I  write). — The 
art  of  engraving  on  glass. 

Impast'ing'. — An  intermixture  of  lines  and  points  to  represent 
thickness  or  depth  of  coloring. 

Lithog'raphy  (Gr.  lithos,  a  stone,  and  grapho,  I  write). — The 
art  of  tracing  letters,  figures,  or  other  designs  on  stone,  and 
of  transferring  them  to  paper  by  impression. 

Mezzotin'to  (It.  half-tinted). — A  particular  manner  of  en- 
graving by  an  artificial  disposition  of  the  shades  and 
different  parts  of  a  figure,  on  different  plates.  Mezzotintos 
are  printed  in  colors  so  as  to  represent  actual  paintings. 

Proof. — An  early  impression  taken,  as  from  an  engraved  plate, 
lithographic  stone,  and  the  like. 

Siderog'raphy  (Gr.  sideros,  steel  or  iron,  and  grapho,  I  en- 
grave j. — The  art  or  practice  of  engraving  ou  steel,  by  means 
of  which  impressions  may  be  transferred  from  a  steel  plate 
to  a  steel  cylinder  in  a  rolling  press  of  a  particular  construc- 
tion. 

Stip'pling. — A  method  of  engraving  in  dots,  as  distinguished 
from  etching  in  lines. 

Xylography  (Gr.  xulon,  wood,  and  grapho,  T  engrave). — The 
art  of  cutting  figures  in  wood,  in  representation  of  natural 
objects ;  icood-engraving. 

Zincography. — Engraving  ou  zinc  in  the  style  of  wood-cuts. 

EXERCISE. 

Calisthenics  (Gr.  hdos,  beautiful,  and  sfhenos,  strength).— 
The  art,  science,  or  practice  of  healthful  exercise  of  the 
body  and  limbs,  to  promote  strength  and  graceful  move- 
ments. 


FARMING.  51 

Gymnas'tics  (Gr.  gumnazo,  I  exercise). — The  art  of  perform- 
ing gymnastic  exercises. 

FARMING. 

Agricul'tlire  (L.  oger,  a  field,  and  cultura,  cultivation). — The 
art  of  preparing  the  soil,  sowing  and  planting  seeds,  dress- 
ing plants,  and  removing  crops. 

Arboricul'ture  (L.  arbor,  a  tree,  cultura,  cultivation). — The  art 
of  cultivating  trees  and  shrubs,  chjefly  for  timber  or  orna- 
mental purposes. 

Horticul'ture  {hortus,  a  garden,  and  cuUiird). — The  art  of  cul- 
tivating gardens. 

Pomorogy  (L.  pormnn,  fruit,  and  Gr.  logos,  a  discourse). — The 
art  or  science  of  raising  /i-j((V. 

Ablactation. — A  method  of  ingrafting  by  approach  or  inarch- 
ing, by  which  the  scion  of  one  tree  is  united  to  the  stock 
of  another  without  being  cut  before  it  is  firmly  attached 
and  as  it  were  weaned  from  the  parent  tree. 

Ablaquea'tion. — A  laying  bare  the  roots  of  trees  to  expose 
them  to  the  air  and  water. 

Arcua'tion. — A  method  o^  raising  trees  hy  layers;  that  is,  by 
bending  branches  to  the  ground,  covering  the  small  shoots 
with  earth  three  inches  deep  upon  the  joints,  and  making 
a  basin  around  them  to  hold  water.  Upon  taking  root, 
they  are  removed  into  a  nursery. 

Blanching. — A  term  applied  to  the  process  of  whitening  the 
stalks  or  leaves  of  plants,  by  earthing  them  up  or  tying 
them  together,  so  as  to  exclude  the  light  or  diminish  its 
intensity. 

Bos'ket. — A  compartment  formed  by  branches  of  trees  regularly 
or  irregularly  disposed. 

Bud' ding. — A  method  of  propagating  plants.  A  bud  with  a 
small  portion  of  bark  is  neatly  cut  off  and  transferred  to 
another  tree,  a  slit  being  first  made  in  the  bark  of  the 
latter  to  receive  the  bud.  It  is  then  bound  round  with 
thread  until  the  bud  has  grown  to  and  become  part  of  the 
tree.  The  branch  springing  from  the  bud  will  afford 
flowers  and  fruit  similar  to  those  of  the  tree  from  which  it 
was  taken. 

Caprifica'tion. — The  process  by  which  the  maturation  of  the  fig 
is  accelerated  in  the  Levant. 


52  FARMING. 

Cleft'-Grafting". — A  mode  o^  rp-afling  in  which  the  scion  is  in- 
serted in  ;i  cleft  made  in  the  stock. 

Cross-tin'ing. — A  lianowin;^  by  drawint^  the  harrow  or  drag 
l)aek  and  forth  on  the  same  ground. 

Drilling. — A  mode  of  putting  seed  into  the  ground  by  a  ma- 
chine called  a  drill  plough^  which  makes  channels  in  the 
ground  and  lets  the  seed  into  them,  so  that  it  comes  up 
in  rows  in  which  the  plants  are  at  regular  distances  from 
each  other. 

Etiola'tion. — The  rendering  plants  white,  crisp,  and  tender,  by 
excluding  the  action  of  light  from  them. 

Fallow. — Land  that  has  lain  a  year  or  more  untilled  or  un- 
seeded. It  is  also  called  fallow  when  ploughed  without 
being  sowed. 

Flo'riculture. — The  cultivation  of  flowering  plants. 

Flute'-grafting. — A  kind  of  budding  in  which  a  ring  of  bark 
is  used  instead  of  a  single  bud,  and,  a  stock  of  similar  thick- 
ness having  been  cut  over,  a  ring  of  bark  is  removed,  and 
the  foreign  one  substituted. 

Gleaning. — The  act  of  gathering  afler  reapers. 

Graft  ing. — The  process  of  inserting  a  branch  of  one  tree  into 
the  stock  of  another,  so  that  it  may  receive  nourishment 
from  it,  while  at  the  same  time  it  produces  a  new  tree  like 
the  old  one  whence  the  graft  was  taken. 

Har'rowing. — The  act  of  drawing  a  harrow  over  for  the  pur- 
pose of  breaking  clods  and  levelling  the  surface,  or  for 
covering  the  seed  sown. 

Husbandry. — The  practical  part  of  the  science  of  agriculture. 

Irriga'tion. — The  operation  of  causing  water  to  flow  over  lands, 
for  nourishing  plants. 

Mowing. — The  cutting  down  of  grass  with  a  scythe. 

Paring. — The  act  or  practice  of  cutting  off  the  surface  of  grass 
land,  for  tillage. 

Plashing. — The  operation  of  cutting  small  trees  half  through, 
and  interweaving  them,  as  in  hedges. 

Ploughing. — The  trenching  and  turning  up  of  the  soil  with  a 
plougli. 

Ring'ing. — The  cutting  out  of  a  ring  of  bark  down  to  the  new 
wood,  for  the  purpose  of  making  a  branch  fruitful. 

Tal  lowing, — The  art  or  practice  of  causing  animals  to  gather 
tallow. 

Thrashmg. — The  beating  out  of  grain  from  the  husk. 


FIREWORKS.— FISHES.  53 

Till'age. — The  operation,  practice,  or  art  of  tilling  or  pre- 
pariiip;  land  for  seed,  and  keeping  the  ground  in  a  state 
favorable  for  the  growth  of  crops. 

Tongue-grafting. — A  mode  of  grafting  by  inserting  the  end 
of  a  scion  in  a  particular  manner. 

Top'-dressing. — A  dressing  of  manure  laid  on  the  surface  of 
land. 

Top'iary-Work. — The  fanciful  form  sometimes  given,  by  cut- 
ting and  trimming,  to  arbors  and  thickets,  trees  and 
hedges. 

Trencll'ing. — The  preparation  of  soils  by  digging  two  or  more 
spades  deep  and  exposing  the  soil. 

\¥arp. — A  slimy  substance  deposited  on  land  by  marine  tides, 
by  which  a  rich  alluvial  soil  is  formed. 

Win'nowing. — The  operation  of  separating  and  driving  off 
the  cliatt"  from  grain  by  means  of  wind. 

FIREWORKS. 

Pyrotechnics  (Gr.  p(«r,  fire,  and  techne,  an  art). — The  art  of 
making  fireworks,  or  the  science  which  teaches  the  manage- 
ment and  application  of  fire  in  its  various  operations,  par- 
ticularly in  making  rockets  and  other  artificial  fireworks. 

FISHES. 

Ichthyol'ogy  (Gr.  ichthus,  a  fish,  and  lorjos,  a  discourse). — The 
science  of  fishes,  or  that  part  of  zoology  which  treats  of 
fishes,  their  structure,  habits,  etc. 

The  class  has  been  divided  into  five  orders,  as  follows : 

1.  Sela'chii. ^Fishes  with  cartilaginous  skeletons  and  five 
or  more  gill-openings  on  each  side,  including  the  sharks 
and  rays. 

2.  Ganoid'ei. — Fishes  whose  bodies  are  covered  with  hard 
plates,  including  the  sturgeon,  etc. 

3.  Teleos'tei. — Bony  fishes. 

4.  Cyclos'tomi. — Boneless  fishes,  including  the  lampreys 
and  other  irenera. 

5.  Leptocar'dii. — The  amphioxus  or  lancelot. 

The  order  Tdcoatci  is  divided  into  the  following  sub-orders  : 
A.  Plectog'nathi. — Those  in  which  the  bones  of  the  upper 
jaw  and  face  are  firmly  attached  to,  or  amalgamated  with, 


54  FOOD.— FORESTS. 

those   of  the  skull,   including  the  globe-fishes,   the  file- 
fislics,  etc. 

B.  Lophobran'chii. — Those  having  tlie  branchial  filaments 
arranged  in  little  tufts  along  the  branchial  arches,  and  the 
face  produced  into  a  long  snout,  including  the  pipe-fishes, 
the  sea-li(irsc,  etc. 

C.  Acanthop'teri.  — Those  having  spinous  rays  in  some  of 
the  fins,  including  the  perch,  mullet,  mackerel,  etc. 

D.  Pharyngog'nathi.— Those  whose  lower  jiharyngeal  bones 
are  united,  including  the  flying-fi.slies,  the  wrasses,  etc. 

E.  Anacan'thini. — Tho.se  without  spinous  rays  in  the  fins, 
and  liaving  a  completely  clo.sed  air-bladder,  including  the 
cod  family,  the  turbot  family,  the  remoras,  etc. 

r.  Physos'tomi. — Those  which  have  soft  fin-rays,  except 
the  first  in  the  dorsal,  anal,  and  pectoral  fins,  which  are 
occasionally  spinous,  and  an  air-bladder  which  con)muni- 
cates  with  the  pharynx  by  an  open  duct,  including  eels, 
herrings,  the  salmon  and  carp  families,  etc. 
Piscicul'ture  (Lat.  piscis,  a  fish,  and  cultura,  culture). — The 
artificial  method  of  promoting  the  j^fojyagation  and  nur- 
ture of  fish. 

FOOD. 

Aristol'ogy  (Gr.  arkfon,  luncheon,  and  logos,  a  discourse). — 
The  art  oF  preparing  dinners. 

Bromatog'raphy  (Gr.  brOma,  food,  and  grapht,  description). 
— A  description  of  aliments. 

Cu'linary  Art  (Lat.  culina,  a  kitchen). — The  art  of  preparing 
meats  for  the  table. 

Gastron'omy  (Gr.  gasfer,  the  stomach,  and  nomos.  law). — 
The  art  or  science  of  good  eating. 

Threpsology  (Gr.  ihrcpsis,  nutrition,  and  logos,  a.  discourse). 
— The  doctrine  of,  or  a  treatise  on,  the  nutrition  of  organ- 
ized bodies. 

FORESTS. 

For'estry.— =-Thc  art  of  forming  or  cultivating  forests. 
Dendrom'eter  (Gr.  dcndron,  a  tree,  and  metron,  measure). — 

An  instrument  to  measure  the  height  and  diameter  of 

trees. 


FOR  TIFICA  TION.  55 


FORTIFICATION. 

Engineering  (Military). — The  art  of  constructing,  maintain- 
ing, and  managing  fortifications,  and  all  buildings,  engines, 
or  machinery  necessary  in  military  posts ;  it  includes  in- 
structions on  all  points  relating  to  the  attack  and  defence 
of  places. 

Approach'es. — The  works  thrown  up  by  the  besiegers  to  pro- 
tect th.eni  in  their  advances  toward  a  fortress. 

Auget'. — The  wooden  pipe  which  contains  the  powder  by  which 
a  mine  is  fired. 

Bac'ule. — A  kind  of  portcullis  or  gate,  made  like  a  pitfall, 
with  a  counterpoise,  and  supported  by  two  great  stakes. 

Ban'quette. — The  elevation  of  earth  behind  a  parapet,  on 
which  the  garrison  of  a  fortress  may  stand  on  the  ap- 
proach of  an  enemy,  in  order  to  fire  upon  liim. 

Bar'bacan  (1). — A  fortification  or  outer  defence  to  a  city  or 
castle,  consisting  of  an  elevation  of  earth  about  three  feet 
high,  along  the  foot  of  the  rampart. 
(2.)  A  fort  at  the  end  of  a  bridge,  or  at  the  outlet  of  a  city, 

having  a  double  wall  with  towers. 
(3.)  An  opening  in  the  wall  of  a  fortress  through  which 
guns  are  levelled  and  fired  upon  an  enemy. 

Barbette'. — A  mound  of  earth  thrown  up  against  the  interior 
slope,  b}'  means  of  which  a  piece  of  artillery  can  fire  over 
a  parapet. 

Barricade'. — A  fortification,  made  in  haste,  of  trees,  earth, 
palisades,  wagons,  or  anything  that  will  obstruct  the  prog- 
ress of  an  enemy  or  serve  for  defence  against  his  shot. 

Bas'tion. — A  huge  mass  of  earth,  usually  faced  with  sods, 
sometimes  with  brick  or  stones,  standing  out  from  the 
angles  of  a  fortified  work  to  protect  the  wall ;  formerly 
called  a  bulwark. 

Batardeau'. — A  solid  piece  of  masonry,  seven  or  eight  feet 
thick,  crossing  the  whole  breadth  of  the  ditch,  opposite 
the  flanked  angles  of  the  bastions.  It  retains  the  water 
in  thut  part  of  the  ditch  which  requires  it  to  be  inun- 
dated. 

Bat'tlement. — A  wall  raised  on  a  building  with  openings  or 
cmbra.-ures,  or  the  embrasure  itself. 

Berm. — A  space  of  ground  left  between  the  rampart  and  the 


56  FORTIFICATION. 

moat  or  fosse,  designed  to  receive  the  ruins  of  the  rampart 
and  prevent  -the  earth  from  filling  the  fosse. 

Bon'net. — A  small  work  comp(».sed  of  two  faces,  usually  raised 
Ijcfore  the  salient  angle  of  the  counterscarp. 

Breast'-Work. — Works  thrown  up  to  protect  the  besiegers 
against  the  fire  of  the  besieged.  It  takes  its  name  from 
its  usual  height. 

Bridge-head. — A  fortification  covering  the  extremity  of  a 
bridge  nearest  the  enemy. 

Cheval'-de-frise  (plural,  Chevaux'-de-frise). — A  piece  of 
timber  traversed  with  wooden  spikes,  pointed  with  iron, 
five  or  six  feet  long,  used  to  defend  a  passage,  stop  a  breach, 
or  make  a  retrenchment  to  stop  cavalry. 

Circumvalla'tion. — The  ramparts  surrounding  a  besieged  place. 

Citadel. — A  fort  with  four,  five,  or  six  bastions,  raised  on  the 
most  advantageous  ground  about  a  city,  the  better  to  com- 
mand it,  and  commonly  divided  from  it  by  an  esplanade, 
the  more  effectually  to  hinder  the  approach  of  an  enemy. 

Contravalla'tion. — A  trench  guarded  with  a  parapet,  formed 
by  the  besiegers,  between  their  camp  and  the  place  be- 
sieged, to  secure  themselves  and  check  sallies  of  the  gar- 
rison. 

Cor'beil. — A  little  basket,  filled  with  earth,  and  set  upon  a 
parapet,  to  shelter  men  from  the  fire  of  besiegers. 

Cor'don. — A  row  of  stones  projecting  from  the  rampart,  at  the 
basis  of  the  parapet. 

Coun'terguard. — A  small  rampart  or  work  raised  before  the 
point  of  a  bastion,  consisting  of  two  long  faces  parallel  to 
the  faces  of  the  bastion,  making  a  salient  angle  to  preserve 
the  bastion. 

Coun'terscarp. — The  exterior  talus  or  slope  of  the  ditch,  or 
the  talus  that  supports  the  earth  of  the  covered  way. 
Often,  the  whole  covered  way,  with  its  parapet  and  glacis. 

Crest. — The  top  line  of  a  slope. 

Crown'-Work. — An  outwork  running  into  the  field,  consisting 
of  two  demi-bastions  at  the  extremes,  and  an  entire  bastion 
in  the  middle,  with  curtains.  It  is  designed  to  gain  some 
advantageous  post,  and  cover  the  other  works. 

Cur'tain. — That  part  of  the  rampart  which  is  between  the 
flanks  of  two  bastions.  It  is  bordered  with  a  parapet,  be- 
hind which  the  soldiers  stand  to  fire  on  the  covered  way 
and  into  the  moat. 


FOR  TIFICA  TION.  57 

Dem'i-Gorg'e. — That  part  of  the  polygon  which  reaches  from 

the  cuitain  to  the  angle  of  the  polygon. 
Embrasure. — An  opening  in  a  wall  or  parapet  through  which 

cannon  are  pointed  and  discharged. 
Enceinte'. — The  wall   or  rampart  which    surrounds  a  place, 

sometimes  composed  of  bastions  and  curtains. 
Envelope. — A  mound  of  earth  raised  to  cover  some  weak  part 

of  the  works. 
Epaule'ment. — A  side  work,  or  work  to  cover  sidewise,  made 

of  gabions,  fascines,  or  bags  of  earth. 
Escarp'ment. — The  exterior  surface  of  the  revetment. 
Esplanade'. — An  open,  level  space  of  ground,  separating  the 

citadel  of  a  fortress  from  the  town,  and  intended  to  pre- 
vent any  person  approaching  the  town  without  being  seen 

from  the  citadel. 
Fas'cine. — A  fagot,  a  bundle  of  rods  or  small  sticks  of  wood, 

bound  at  both  ends  and  in  the  middle  ;  used  in  raising  bat- 
teries, filling  ditches,  strengthening  ramparts,  and  making 

parapets. 
Flank. — That  part  of  a  bastion  which  reaches  from  the  curtain 

to  the  base,  or  any  part  of  a  work  that  defends  another 

work  along  the  outside  of  its  parapet. 
Fleche. — A  field-work  usually  at  the  foot  of  a  glacis,  consisting 

of  two  faces  forming  a  salient  angle  pointing  outward  from 

the  position  taken. 
Fosse. — A  ditch,  commonly  full  of  water,  lying  between  the 

scarp  and  the  counterscarp. 
Fougasse'. — A  little  mine,  charged  with  powder,  and  covered 

with  stones  or  earth  ;  sometimes  dug  outside  of  the  works, 

to  defend  them,  and  sometimes  beneath,  to  destroy  them 

by  explosion. 
Fourneau'. — The  chamber  of  a  mine  in  which  the  powder  is 

lodged. 
Fraise. — Palisades  placed  in  juxtaposition,  either  horizontally 

or  slightly  inclined. 
Ga'bion. — A   hollow   cylinder  of  wicker-work,   resembling    a 

basket,  having  no  bottom,  filled  with  earth,  and  serving 

to  shelter  men  from  an  enemy's  fire. 
Gabionnade'. — A  parapet  hastily  formed  by  gabions. 
Ga'zons. — IMasses  of  fresh  earth,  covered  with  grass,  used  to 

line  the  outsides  of  ramparts,  parapets,  etc. 
Gla'cis. — That  mass  of  earth  which  serves  as  a  parapet  to  the 

c* 


58  FORTIFICA  TION. 

covered  way,  having  an  easy  slope  or  declivity  towards  the 
campaign  or  field. 

Gorge. — The  entrance  of  a  bastion,  ravelin,  or  other  outwork. 

Horn  work. — -A  kind  of  work  composed  of  two  half-bastions 
and  curtain,  with  two  long  sides  divided  upon  the  faces 
of  the  bastions  or  ravelins,  so  as  to  be  defended  from  them. 

Lines. — A  series  of  field-works,  either  continuous  or  at  inter- 
vals. The  former  are  connected  by  means  of  curtains,  or 
long  straight  walls.  The  rule  in  constructing  the  other  is, 
that  the  works  shall  be  withiu  cannon-shot  range  of  each 
other. 

Lunette'. — An  enveloped  counter-guard,  or  elevation  of  earth 
made  beyond  the  second  ditch  opposite  to  the  places  of 
arms.  It  is  commonly  raised  in  ditches  full  of  water,  to 
serve  instead  of  fausse  brays,  to  dispute  the  enemy's  pas- 
sage of  the  ditch. 

Merlon. — The  space  in  the  parapet  between  two  embrasures, 
generally  from  fifteen  to  eighteen  feet  in  length. 

Moi'neau. — A  small,  flat  bastion,  raised  in  front  of  an  intended 
fortification,  to  defend  it  against  attacks  from  small  arms. 

Oril'lon. — A  rounding  of  earth  faced  with  a  wall  raised  on  the 
shoulder  of  those  bastions  that  have  casemates  to  cover  the 
cannon  in  the  retired  flank,  and  prevent  their  being  dis- 
mounted. 

Outworks. — All  those  works  of  a  fortress  which  are  situated 
without  the  principal  wall,  within  or  beyond  the  principal 
ditch. 

Palisades'. — Stakes  driven  into  the  ground,  and  sharpened  at 
the  top,  for  the  purpose  of  defence  against  the  surprise  of 
an  enemy. 

Par'apet. — A  wall,  rampart,  or  elevation  of  earth  for  covering 
soldiers  from  an  enemy's  shot. 

Pick'ets. — Sharp  stakes,  sometimes  shod  with  iron,  used  in 
laying  out  ground,  or  for  pinning  the  fascines  of  a  battery. 

Pos'tern. — A  small  gate,  usually  in  the  angle  of  the  flank  of 
a  bastion,  or  in  that  of  the  curtain  descending  into  the 
ditch. 

Ramp. — An  inclined  plane  or  path  serving  as  a  communication 
between  difterent  levels  of  works. 

Ram'part.— An  elevation  or  mound  of  earth  round  a  place, 
capable  of  resisting  cannon-shot,  and  formed  into  bastions, 
curtains,  etc. 


FORTIFICATION.     ,  59 

Redan'. — A  kind  of  rampart  ia  the  form  of  an  inverted  V, 

having  its  angle  toward  the  enemy. 
Redoubt'. — A  parapet  enclosing  a  square  or  polygonal  area. 
Re-en'tering'  Angle. — The  angle  of  a  work  which  points  in- 
ward, toward  the  place  to  be  defended. 
Relais'. — A  narrow  walk  without  the  rampart,  to  receive  the 

earth  that  may  be  washed  down,  and  prevent  its  falling 

into  the  ditch. 
Retirade'. — A  kind  of  retrenchment  in  the  body  of  a  bastion 

or  other  work  which  is  to  be  disputed  inch  by  inch  after 

the  defences  are  dismantled. 
Retired  Flank. — A  flank  having  an  arc  of  a  circle,  with  its 

convexity  turned  toward  the  place  to  be  defended. 
Revetment. — A  strong  wall  on  the  outside  of  a  rampart,  in- 
tended to  support  the  earth. 
Ridge. — The  highest  portion  of  the  glacis  proceeding  from  the 

salient  angle  of  the  covered  way. 
Salient  Angle. — The  angle  of  a  polygon  which  projects  out>- 

ward    from    the   figure.     All  the   angles   of  any  regular 

figure  are  salient. 
Scarp. — The  interior  slope  of  the  ditch  next  to  the  place,  at 

the  foot  of  the  rampart. 
Sil'lon. — A  work  raised  in  the  middle  of  a  ditch,  to  defend  it 

when  it  is  too  wide. 
Site. — The  ground  occupied  by  a  work. 
Star-Forts. — Forts  with  several  salient  angles,  in  the  form  of 

a  star. 
Stockade'. — A  fence   or  barrier  made   with    stakes  or   posts 

planted  in  the  earth. 
Ta'lus. — The  slope  of  a  work,  as  that  of  a  bastion,  rampart,  or 

parapet. 
Tam'bour. — A  kind  of  work  formed  of  palisades  or  pieces  of 

wood  ten  feet  long,  planted  close  together  and  driven  firmly 

into  the  ground. 
Ten' ail. — An  outwork  consisting  of  two  parallel  sides  with  a 

front,  in  which  is  a  re-entering  angle.     It  is  either  single 

or  double. 
Ten'aillons. — Works  constructed  on  each  side  of  the  ravelins, 

like  the  lunettes,  but  differing  in  this,  that  one  of  the  faces 

of  the  tenaillon  is  in  the  direction  of  the  ravelin,  whereas 

that  of  the  lunette  is  perpendicular  to  it. 
Terre-Plein  (Fr.  an  open  space). — The  horizontal  surface  of 


60  FORTUNE-  TELLING.— FOSSILS. 

the  rampart  where  the  guns  are  placed  and  worked.  It  is 
bounded  outside  by  the  parapet,  and  inside  by  the  inner 
slope  of  the  rampart. 

Tete'-de-Pont'. — A  field  fortification  in  frontof  a  bridge,  to  cover 
the  retreat  of  an  army  across  a  river. 

Trav'erse. — A  trench  with  a  little  parapet  for  protecting  men 
on  the  flank  ;  also,  a  wall  raised  across  a  work. 

Trench. — A  deep  ditch  cut  for  defence  or  to  interrupt  the 
approach  of  an  enemy. 

Van-Fosse. — A  ditch  dug  without  the  counterscarp,  and  run- 
ning all  along  the  glacis,  usually  full  of  water. 

Works. — The  fortifications  about  the  body  of  a  place.  The 
word  is  also  used  to  signify  the  approaches  of  the  besiegers, 
and  the  several  lines,  trenches,  etc.,  made  round  a  place, 
an  army,  or  the  like,  for  its  security. 


rORTUN  E-TELLTNG. 

Astrol'ogy  (Gr.  asfron,  a  star,  and  lo^os,  a  discour.se). — The 
science  which  teaches  how  to  judge  of  the  effects  and  in- 
fluences of  the  stars,  and  to  foretell  future  events  by  their 
situation  and  different  aspects. 

Apot'elesm. — The  casting  of  a  nativity. 

Horoscope,  or  Nativity. — The  aspect  of  the  heavenly  bodies, 
as  observed  at  the  hour  of  birth  or  at  any  particular 
moment. 

Necromancy. — The  art  of  revealing  future  events  by  means 
of  a  pretended  communication  with  the  dead. 

Palm'istry. — A  mode  of  telling  fortunes  by  the  lines  of  the 
hand  ;  a  trick  of  imposture  mucli  practised  by  the  gipsies. 

■  EOSSILS. 

Paleontol'ogy  {Gr.  palaio?,  ancient,  and  ontology,  the  science 
of  being). — The  science  of  ancient  beings  or  creatures ; 
applied  to  the  science  of  the  fossil  remains  of  animals 
and  plants  now  extinct. 

Ichnol'ogy  (Grr.  icliuos,  a  trace,  and  logos.,  a  discourse). — A 
treatise  on  {chiiifc?,  the  fossil  footsteps  and  tracks  of  ani- 
mals, originally  made  on  the  sand  or  mud  of  an  ancient 
sea-shore  or  lake-mariiin. 


GAMES.— GEOGRAPHY.  61 

Oryctol'ogy  (Gr.  oructns,  dug  out,  and  lo(/os,  a  discourse). 
— That  bmiicli  of  science  which  treats  of  fossil  organic 
renidiiis. 

GAMES. 

Agonis'tics  (Gr.  agonistts,  a  combatant). — The  science  of 
games,  or  prize-fighting. 

GEOGRAPHY. 

Geography  (Gr.  ge^  the  earth,  and  grajjho,  I  describe). — A 

description  of  the  earth,  particularly  of  the  divisioits  of  its 

sin-face,  natural  or  artificial,  together  with  its  productions 

and  inhabitants. 
An'tipodes,  or  Antip'odes. — A  term  applied  to  those  who  live 

on  opposite  sides  of  the  globe,  and,  of  course,  whose  feet 

are  directly  opposite. 
Antoe'ci. — Those  inhabitants  of  the  earth  who  live  under  the 

same  meridian,  but  on  different  sides  of  the  equator  and 

at  equal  distances  from  it. 
As'cii. — Inhabitants  of  the  globe  who,  at  certain  times,  have 

no  shadow :  such  as  those  in  the  torrid  zone,  who  twice  a 

year  have  the  sun  vertical  at  noon. 
Equa'tor, — The  great  circle  of  the  sphere,  equally  distant  from 

the  two  poles  of  the  world,  or  having  the  same  j^oles  as 

the  world. 
Lat'itude. — The  distance  of  a  place  north  or  south  from  the 

equator. 
Longitude. — The  distance  of  any  place  on   the  globe  from 

another  place,   eastward   or  westward,  measured    on    the 

equator ;  or  the  distance  of  any  place  from  a  given  me- 
ridian, measured  on  the  equator. 
Meridian. — A  great  circle  of  the  sphere  passing  through  the 

earth's  axis  and  the  zenith  of  the  spectator. 
Orol'ogy  (Gr.  oros,  a  mountain,  and  logos,  a  discourse). — The 

science  or  description  of  monntains. 
Perie'cian. — An  inhabitant  of  the  opposite  side  of  the  globe, 

in  the  same  parallel  of  latitude. 
Peris'cian. — An  inhabitant  of  a  frigid  zone  or  within  a  polar 

circle,  whose  shadow  moves  round  and,  in  the  course  of 

the  day,  falls  in  every  point  of  the  compass. 
Poles. — The  extremities  of  the  earth's  axis. 

G 


62  GEOLOGY. 

Potamol'ogy  (Gr.  pofamos,  a  river,  and  logos,  a  discourse). — 

A  treatise  on  rivers. 
Zone. — A  division  of  the  earth  with  respect  to  the  temperature 

of  different  latitudes. 


GEOLOGY. 

Geol'ogy  (Gr.  (/e,  the  earth,  and  logos,  a  discourse). — The  sci- 
ence which  treats  of  the  structure  and  mineral  constitu- 
tion of  the  glohc  and  tlie  causes  of  its  physical  features. 

Lithol'ogy,  or  Petrology  ( Gr.  Uthos  or  petros,  a  stone,  and 
logos,  a  discourse). — That  division  of  geology  which  treats 
of  rocks  in  their  mineralogical  aspect. 

Stromatorogy  (Gr.  stroma,  a  bed,  and  logos,  a  discourse). — 
Tliat  division  of  geology  which  considers  the  stratified 
rocks  in  their  clironological  order,  as  exhibiting  different 
phases  of  the  history  and  development  of  the  globe  itself, 
and  in  their  fossil  contents  setting  forth  the  progress  of 
life  upon  its  surface. 

GKAND    DIVISIONS   OF   GEOLOGICAL   TIME. 

1.  Azo'ic. — The  preparatory  time  for  the  commencement  of 
the  systems  of  life. 

2.  Paleozo'ic. — Including  (1)  The  Age  of  Mollusks,  or  Silu- 
rian ;  (2)  The  Age  of  Fishes,  or  Devonian  ;  (3)  The  Age 
of  Coal  Plants,  or  Carboniferous. 

3.  Mesozo'ic. — Including  the  Eeptilian  Age. 

4.  Cenozo'ic. — Including  the  IMammalian  Age. 

5.  The  Age  of  Mind,  or  the  Human  Era. 

E'ocene  (early  dawn). — A  term  applied  to  the  earlier  tertiary 

deposits,  in  which  are  a  few  organic  remains  of  existing 

species  of  animals. 
Mi'ocene  (less  recent). — The  middle  division  of  the  tertiary 

strata,  containing  fewer  fossil  shells  of  recent  species  than 

the  pliocene,  but  more  than  the  eocene. 
Pleis'tocene  (most  recent). — The  newest  of  the  tertiary  strata, 

which  contains  the  largest  proportion  of  living  species  of 

shells. 
Pli'ocene  (more  recent). — A  name  given  to  the  most  modern 

tertiary  deposit,  in  which  most  of  the  fossil  shells  are  of 

recent  species. 


GLASS.— GOVERNMENT.  63 


GLASS. 
Glaz'ing. — The  art  of  setting  glass. 

GOVERNMENT. 

Pol'itics  (Gr.  polid'kos,  from  i^olis,  a  city). — The  science  of 
government.  That  part  of  ethics  wliich  consists  in  the 
regulation  and  government  of  a  nation  or  state  for  the 
preservation  of  its  safety,  peace,  and  prosperity. 

Alien. — One  who  is  not  a  denizen,  or  entitled  to  the  privileges 
of  a  citizen, 

Alli'ance. — The  union  between  nations,  contracted  by  compact, 
treaty,  or  league. 

Autoc'racy. — Supreme,  uncontrolled,  unlimited  authority  or 
right  of  governing  in  a  single  person. 

Auton'omy. — The  power  or  right  of  self-government. 

Balance  of  Power. — Such  an  adjustment  of  power  among 
sovereign  states  that  no  single  state  is  in  a  condition  to 
interfere  with  the  independence  of  the  rest. 

Body  Politic. — The  collective  body  of  a  nation  under  civil 
government. 

Branches  of  Government. — The  legislative  body  deliberates 
and  enacts  laws  ;  the  judicial  body  judges,  or  applies  the 
laws  to  particular  cases ;  the  executive  carries  the  laws 
into  eiFect,  or  superintends  their  enforcement. 

Budget. — The  annual  financial  statement  which  the  British 
chancellor  of  the  exchequer,  or  sometimes  the  first  lord 
of  the' treasury,  makes  in  the  House  of  Commons.  lb 
comprehends  a  general  view  of  the  national  debt,  income, 
and  expenditure,  ways  and  means,  etc.,  with  the  proposed 
plan  of  taxation  for  the  ensuing  year. 

Bu'reau. — An  inferior  and  subordinate  department  of  the  gov- 
ernment. 

Bureau'cracy. — A  system  in  which  the  business  of  govern- 
ment is  carried  on  in  departments,  each  under  the  control 
of  a  chief,  in  contradistinction  from  a  system  in  which  the 
officers  of  government  have  a  co-ordinate  authority. 

Cabinet,  or  Ministry. — Persons  who  compose  the  executive 
government  or  the  council  of  a  supreme  magistrate. 

Camarilla. — A  secret  cabinet,  not  publicly  recognized. 


G4  GOVERNMENT. 

Cameralist'ics  (camera  AV,  a  financier). — The  science  of  7?/iance 
or  pulilic  revenue,  coiuprchending  the  means  of  raising  and 
disposing  of  it. 

Can'didate. — One  wlio  aspires  to  some  office  or  privilege,  and 
who  oftl'rs  himself  for  the  same. 

Capita'tion-Tax. — A  tax  upon  each  head  or  person  ;  a  poll- 
tax. 

Ch.ar'ge-d' Affaires. — A  person  intrusted  with  the  public  in- 
terest in  a  foreign  nation,  in  the  place  of  an  ambassador 
or  other  minister. 

Confedera'tion. — Alliance  of  princes,  nations,  or  states  for 
some  common  object. 

Confiscation. — The  act  of  condemning  as  forfeited,  and  ad- 
judging to  the  public  treasury,  as  the  goods  of  a  criminal 
who  has  committed  a  public  offence. 

Con'gress. — An  assembly  of  envoys,  commissioners,  deputies, 
etc.,  from  different  courts,  who  meet  to  concert  measures 
for  their  common  good,  or  to  adjust  their  common  con- 
cerns. 
Congress  op  the  United  States  of  America  is  the 
assembly  of  the  senators  and  representatives  of  the  several 
states  of  the  American  Union,  forming  the  legislature  of 
the  United  States,  which  consists  of  two  houses,  a  senate 
and  a  house  of  representatives. 

Conserv'atism. — Conservative  principles,  or  the  principles  of 
the  conservative  party. 

Constitu'tion. — A  system  of  fundamental  rules,  principles,  and 
ordinances  for  the  government  of  a  state  or  nation. 

Coup  d'etat'. — A  stroke  of  policy. 

Credentials. — The  letters  of  commendation  and  power  given 
by  a  government  to  an  ambassador  or  envoy,  which  give 
him  credit  at  a  foreign  court. 

Del'egate. — In  the  United  States,  a  person  elected  or  appointed 
to  represent  a  state  or  a  district,  in  Congress,  or  in  a  con- 
vention for  forming  or  altering  a  constitution. 

Democracy. — A  form  of  government  in  which  the  supreme 
power  is  lodged  in  the  hands  of  the  people  collectively,  or 
in  which  the  people  exercise  the  powers  of  legislation. 

Si'et. — The  principal  national  assembly  in  several  countries  of 
modern  Europe. 

Lin'archy. — A  form  of  government  in  which  the  supreme 
power  is  vested  in  two  persons. 


GOVERNMENT.  65 

Diplo'maey. — The  science  of  negotiation  with  foreign  states  as 
founded  on  public  law,  positive  engagements,  or  an  en- 
lightened view  of  the  interests  of  each. 

Duloc'racy. — A  government  in  which  slaves  and  base  people 
hold  the  reins  of  power. 

Dy'nasty. — A  race  or  succession  of  kings,  of  the  same  line  or 
famil}',  who  govern  a  particular  country. 

Econom'ics, — Political  economy  ;  the  science  of  the  utilities, 
or  useful  application  of  wealth  or  material  resources. 

En'voy. — A  public  minister  sent  from  one  government  or 
power  to  another  on  a  special  mission,  and  so  differing 
from  an  ambassador ;  a  public  diplomatic  minister  of 
second  rank,  inferior  in  dignity  to  an  ambassador,  but 
generally  invested  with  equal  powers. 

Exeq^ua'tur. — A  written  recognition  of  a  person  in  the  char- 
acter of  consul  or  commercial  agent,  issued  by  the  govern- 
ment, and  authorizing  him  to  exercise  his  powers  in  the 
country. 

Extradi'tion. — The  delivery,  by  one  nation  or  state  to  another, 
of  fugitives  from  justice,  in  pursuance  of  a  treaty. 

Fac'tion. — -A  party  in  political  society,  combined  or  acting  in 
union,  in  opposition  to  the  government. 

Federal  Governmeilt. — One  that  consists  of  several  indepen- 
dent provinces  or  states  united  under  one  head ;  but  the 
extent  to  which  such  states  give  up  their  individual  rights 
may  be  very  different,  although,  as  relates  to  general  poli- 
tics, they  have  one  common  interest,  and  agree  to  be 
governed  by  one  and  the  same  principle. 

Feud'alism. — The  system  of  holding  lands  on  condition  of 
military  service. 

Finances. — The  revenues  of  a  state. 

Fran'chise. — A  right  reserved  to  the  people  by  the  constitu- 
tion ;  as,  "the  elective yra«c/u'se." 

Gynseoc'racy. — Female  government,  government  by  a  woman. 

Hep'tarchy. — A  government  conducted  by  seven  persons  or 
sovereigns  ;  as,  "  the  Saxon  heptarchy.^' 

Hi'erarchy.— An  ecclesiastical  government. 

Hustings. — In  England.,  the  booth  or  elevated  place  where 
candidates  at  a  parliamentary  election  are  proposed  and 
address  their  constituents. 

Impeach'ment. — An  accusation  or  charge  brought  against  a 
public  officer  for  maladministration  in  his  office. 
(J* 


66  GOVERNMENT. 

Interna'tional  Law. — The  laws  regulating  the  mutual  in- 
tercourse between  different  nations. 

Interreg'num. — The  time  during  which  a  throne  is  vacant 
between  the  death  or  abdication  of  one  sovereign  and  the 
accession  of  another. 

Judi'ciary. — The  system  of  courts  of  justice  in  a  government. 

Land-warrant. — An  instrument  issued  from  the  Department 
of  the  Interior  of  the  United  States,  certifying  that  the 
person  in  whose  favor  it  is  drawn  is  entitled  to  locate  a 
specified  number  of  acres  of  land  at  any  land-office  of  the 
United  States,  etc.,  under  certain  limitations.  This  war- 
rant conveys  no  title  to  the  land,  but  is  in  many  respects 
similar  to  a  bond  for  a  deed. 

Lega'tion. — The  person  or  persons  sent  as  envoys  or  ambassa- 
dors to  a  foreign  court. 

Legislature. — The  body  of  men  in  a  state  or  kingdom  in- 
vested with  power  to  make  and  repeal  laws.  The  national 
legislature  of  the  United  States  is  styled  Congress,  and 
consists  of  the  President,  the  Senate,  and  the  House  of 
Representatives. 

Letter  of  Marque. — A  power  granted  by  a  state  to  its  citizens, 
to  make  reprisals  on  the  citizens  of  a  state  with  which  it 
is  at  war. 

Manifes'to. — A  declaration  of  motives  by  a  belligerent  state,  or 
by  a  general  having  full  powers,  previous  to  the  com- 
mencement of  hostilities. 

Mon'archy. — A  government  in  which  the  supreme  authority 
is  vested  in  a  single  person.  Where  the  monarch  pos- 
sesses an  absolute  power,  the  monarchy  is  termed  ahsolute; 
where  the  supreme  power  is  virtually  in  the  laws,  though 
the  majesty  of  government  and  the  administration  is  vested 
in  a  single  person,  it  is  a  limited  monarchy.  It  is  heredi- 
tary if  the  regal  power  descends  immediately  from  the 
possessor  to  the  next  heir  by  blood,  as  in  Great  Britain  ; 
elective^  if  the  choice  depends  upon  all  who  enjoy  the 
benefit  of  freedom,  as  was  the  case  in  Poland. 

Naturaliza'tion. — The  making  a  foreigner  a  lawful  subject  of 
the  state. 

Neutrality  (Armed). — The  condition  of  a  neutral  power 
which  holds  itself  ready  to  resist  by  force  any  aggression 
on  the  part  of  either  of  the  belligerents  between  which  it 
is  neutral. 


GOVERNMENT.  67 

Nomorogy  (Gr.  nomas,  law,  and  lof^os,  a  discourse). — The 
science  or  knowledge  of  law,  legislation,  and  government. 

Ochloc'racy.— A  form  of  government  in  which  the  multitude 
or  common  people  rule. 

Oc'tarchy.— A  government  by  eight  persons. 

Origarchy. — A  form  of  government  in  which  the  supreme 
power  is  placed  in  a  few  hands ;  a  species  of  aristocracy. 

Ordinance. — A  rule  established  by  authority;  a  permanent 
rule  of  action  ;  a  statute,  law,  edict,  decree,  rescript. 

Pen'sion. — A  yearly  stipend  paid  by  government  to  retired  pub- 
lic officers,  disabled  soldiers,  the  families  of  soldiers  killed, 
meritorious  and  needy  authors,  artists,  etc.,  or  the  like. 

Pen'tarchy. — A  government  in  the  hands  of  five  persons. 

Plenipotentiary. — An  ambassador  or  envoy  to  a  foreign  court, 
furnished  with  full  power  to  negotiate  a  treaty  or  to  trans- 
act other  business. 

Pol'icy. — The  settled  method  by  which  the  government  and 
athiirs  of  a  nation  are,  or  may  be,  administered ;  a  system 
of  public  or  official  administration,  as  designed  to  promote 
the  external  or  internal  prosperity  of  a  state. 

Pol'ity. — The  form  or  constitution  of  civil  government  by  which 
a  nation  or  state  is  organized ;  the  framework  or  organiza- 
tion by  which  the  various  departments  of  a  civil  govern- 
ment are  combined  into  a  systematic  whole. 

Pol'ygarchy. — Government  by  several  persons. 

Primary  Assembly. — A  meeting  of  the  people  or  legal  voters 
in  a  town,  city,  or  other  district,  who  appear  and  act  on 
public  business  in  person,  and  a  majority  of  whose  votes 
originate  the  supreaie  power  in  a  state. 

Pro'tocol. — The  original  copy  of  any  writing,  as  a  treaty, 
despatch,  or  other  instrument. 

Reciproc'ity. — A  treaty  between  nations  which  confers  equal 
privileges  as  respecting  customs,  charges  on  imports,  etc. 

Re'gency.— The  office  of  one  who  governs  a  kingdom  in  the 
minority,  absence,  or  disability  of  the  sovereign. 

Republic. — A  state  in  which  the  exercise  of  the  sovereign 
power  is  lodged  in  the  people.  If  it  is  an  aristocracy 
such  as  the  republic  of  Venice  was,  the  authority  is  vested 
in  a  few  privileged  individuals  ;  if  a  democraci/,  it  is  vested 
in  rulers  chosen  by  and  from  the  whole  population,  or  in 
representatives  selected  by  it.  Sometimes,  as  in  Switzer- 
land, aristocracy  and  democracy  are  combined. 


68  GRAMMAR. 

Rev'enue. — The  annual  produce  of  taxes,  excise,  customs, 
duties,  rents,  etc.,  wliich  a  nation  or  state  collects  and 
receives  into  the  treasury  for  public  use. 

Sen'ate. — The  upper  house  of  a  national  assembly,  or  of  a 
state  legislature,  in  the  United  States  and  many  other 
modern  republics. 

Sociorogy. — Political  science. 

Statis'tics. — The  name  given  to  the  science  which  exhibits 
the  state  or  condition  of  a  country  or  nation,  principally 
in  relation  to  its  extent,  population,  industry,  wealth,  and 
])ower. 

Statistol'ogy. — A  discourse  or  treatise  upon  statistics. 

Stratocracy. — A  military  government,  or  that  form  of  gov- 
ernment in  which  the  soldiery  bear  the  sway. 

Syn'archy. — Joint  rule  or  sovereignty. 

Theocracy. — The  government  of  a  nation  immediately  by 
God,  as  that  of  the  Israelites  before  the  appointment  of 
kings. 

Timoc'racy. — A  form  of  government  in  which  a  certain  amount 
of  property  is  requisite  as  a  qualification  for  office,  or  one 
which  is  a  kind  of  mean  between  an  aristocracy  and  aa 
oligarchy. 

Tri'archy. — A  government  by  three. 

Ve'to  (  Lat.  veto,  I  forbid). — The  power  possessed  by  the  execu- 
tive branch  of  a  legislative  body,  as  a  king,  president,  gov- 
ernor, etc.,  to  negative  a  bill  that  has  passed  the  other 
branches  of  the  legislature. 

Zoll'verein. — An  agreement  or  union  am.ong  the  German  states, 
for  the  collection  of  custom-house  duties. 


GRAMMAR. 

Grammar. — As  an  art,  is  the  power  of  reading,  writing,  and 
speaking  correctly  ;  as  a  science,  it  teaches  the  right  use  of 
language. 

Orthog'raphy — Treats  of  letters,  syllables,  separate  words,  and 
spelling. 

Etymol'ogy — Treats  of  different  parts  of  speech,  with  their 
classes  and  specifications. 

Syn'tax — Treats  of  the  arrangement  of  words  in  sentences. 

Pros'ody — Treats  of  punctuation,  utterance,  figures,  and  versi- 
fication. 


GRAMMAR.  69 

Figures  of  Orthog'raphy : 

Akcii'aism  is  a  word  or  plirase  expressed  according  to  ancient 
usage. 

Mime'sis  is  a  ludicrous  imitation  of  some  mistake  or  mis- 
pronunciation of  a  word. 
Figures  of  Etymorogy : 

ApiIvEr'esis  is  the  elision  of  some  of  the  initial  letters  of  a 
word. 

Apoc'ope  is  the  elision  of  some  of  the  final  letters  of  a  word. 

Di^r'esis  is  the  separating  of  two  vowels  that  might  be 
supposed  to  form  a  diphthong. 

Paraoo'ge  is  the  annexing  of  a  syllable  to  a  word. 

Pros'thesis  is  the  prefixing  of  a  syllable  to  a  word. 

Syn^r'esis  is  the  sinking  of  two  syllables  into  one. 

Syn'cope  is  the  elision  of  some  of  the  middle  letters  of  a 
word. 

Tme'sis  is  the  inserting  of  a  word  between  two  words  which 
should  be  united  if  they  stood  together. 
Figures  of  Syntax : 

Ellip'sis  is  the  omission  of  a  word  or  words  which  the 
hearer  or  reader  may  supply. 

Enal'lage  is  the  use  of  one  part  of  speech  for  another. 

Hyper'baton  is  the  transposition  of  words. 

Ple'onasm  is  the  introduction  of  superfluous  words. 

Syllep'sis  is  the  mental  conception  of  a  thing  spoken  of, 
and  not  according  to  the  literal  or  common  use  of  the 
term. 
Figures  of  Prosody: 

Articuea'tion  is  the  forming  of  words  by  the  voice  with 
reference  to  their  component  letters  and  sounds. 

Elocu'tion  is  the  graceful  utterance  of  words  that  are  ar- 
ranged into  sentences  and  form  discourse. 

Pronuncia'tion,  or  Or'thoepy,  is  the  art  of  uttering  words 
with  propriety. 

Punctua'tion  is  the  art  of  marking  with  points  the  di- 
visions of  a  composition  into  sentences,  etc. 

Ut'terance  is  the  art  of  vocal  expression. 
Rhetoric. — The  science  of  oratory  ;  the  art  of  speaking  with 

propriety,  elegance,  and  force. 
Figures  of  Rhetoric : 

Al'legory  is  a  continued  narration  of  fictitious  events,  de- 
signed to  represent  and  illustrate  important  realities. 


70  II A  WKS. 

Antitii'esis  is  a  placing  of  things  in  opposition  to  heighten 

their  effect  by  contrast. 
Apoph'asis  is  where  the  speaker  pretends  to  omit  what  at 

the  same  time  he  really  mentions. 
Apos'trophe  is  a  turning  from  the  regular  course  of  the 

subject  into  an  animated  address. 
Cli'max  is  a  figure  by  which  the  sense  is  made  to  advance 

by  successive  steps. 
Ecphone'sis  is  a  pathetic  exclamation  denoting  some  violent 

emotion  of  the  mind. 
Erote'sis  is  a  form  of  interrogation,  asserting  the  reverse 

of  what  is  asked. 
Htper'bole  is  extravagant  exaggeration. 
I'roxy  is  where  a  speaker  sneeringly  utters  the  reverse  of 

what  he  intends  shall  be  understood. 
Met'aphor  expresses  the  resemblance  of  two  objects  by 

applying  some  attribute  of  one  directly  to  another. 
Meton'ymy  is  a  change  of  names  between  things  related. 
Onomatopce'ia  is  the  use  of  a  word,    phrase,  or  sentence 

the  sound  of  which  resembles  or  imitates  the  sound  of 

things  spoken  of. 
Personifica'tiox  is  a  figure  by  which  in  imagination  we 

ascribe   intelligence    to    unintelligent   beings    or   abstract 

qualities. 
Sim'ile  is  a  simple  and  expressed  comparison. 
Synec'doche  is  a  naming  of  a  part  for  the  whole,  or  the 

whole  for  a  part. 
Vis'iox,  or  Im'agery,  is  a  figure  by  which  the  speaker  repre- 
sents the  objects  of  his  imagination  as  actually  before  his 

eyes. 

HAWKS. 

Fal'conry. — The  art  of  training  certain  of  the  falcon  tribes  to 
the  pursuit  and  capture,  on  the  wing,  of  birds,  such  as  the 
heron,  partridge,  rook,  wild-duck,  pigeon,  etc. 

Be'wits. — Straps  of  leather  by  which  bells  are  fastened  to  a 
liawk's  legs. 

Block. — The  perch  whereon  a  bird  of  prey  is  kept. 

Brail. — A  piece  of  leather  to  bind  up  a  hawk's  wing. 

Car'vist. — A  hawk  which  is  of  proper  age  and  training  to  be 
cani.d  on  the  hand. 


HEAT.  71 

Check. — The  forsaking,  by  a  hawk,  of  its  proper  game,  to  follow 

otlier  birds. 
Clap. — The  nether  part  of  the  beak  of  a  hawk. 
Hooding, — The  blinding  of  a  hawk  by  means  of  a  hood. 
Leash. — A  leather  thong  by  which  the  falconer  holds  the  hawk. 
Lure. — An  object,  not  unlike  a  fowl,  held  out  by  the  falconer 

to  call  a  hawk, 
ftuarry. — The  hawk's  prey. 
Ruf  terhood. — A  hood  to  be  worn  by  a  hawk  when  she  is  first 

drawn. 
Seel'ing'  (Fr.  dller^  to  wink). — The  running  of  a  thread  through 

the  eyelids  of  a  hawk  when  first  taken,  so  that  she  may 

see  verj^  little,  or  not  at  all;  to  make  her  the  better  endure 

the  hood. 

HEAT. 

Th.ermot'ics,  or  Pyronomics  (Gr.  therme,  heat,  pur,  fire,  and 
nomas,  a  law). — The  doctrine  or  the  science  of  heat. 

Absorption, — The  process  or  act  by  which  heat  is  made  pas- 
sively to  disappear  in  some  other  substance,  through 
molecular  or  other  invisible  means. 

Actinom'eter, — An  instrument  for  measuring  the  intensity  of 
heat  in  the  sun's  rays. 

Cerau'nics  (Gr.  Iceraunos,  thunder  and  lightning). — That 
branch  of  natural  philosophy  which  relates  to  the  efitict  of 
heat  and  electricity. 

Interfe'rence, — The  mutual  action  of  two  intersecting  pencils 
of  radiant  heat,  by  which,  like  two  interfering  pencils  of 
light,  they  increase  each  other's  effects  at  certain  points, 
and  diminish  or  destroy  them  at  others. 

Pyrol'ogy  (Gr.  jmr,  fire,  and  logos,  a  discourse). — The  natu- 
nd  lilstory  of  heat,  or  a  treatise  on  the  subject. 

Pyrom'etry  (Gr.  pur,  fire,  and  metreo,  I  measure). — The 
art  of  measuring  degrees  of  heat,  or  the  expansion  of  bodies 
by  heat. 

Radia'tion, — The  divergence  or  shooting  forth  of  heat  from  a 
point  or  surface. 

Th.ermoch'rosy  (Gr.  therme,  heat,  and  chrosis,  coloring). — 
The  property  possessed  by  heat  of  being  composed,  like 
light,  of  rays  of  difierent  degrees  of  refrangibility,  which 
are  unequal  in  rate  or  degree  of  transmission  through 
diathermic  substances. 


72  J  IK  A  VEKS. 

Thermo-Dynam'ics  (Gr.  thermc,  licat,  and  dnnamis,  force). 
— The  .science  which  treats  of  the  mechanical  action  or  re- 
lations of  lieat. 

Ther'mogen  (Gr.  therme,  heat,  and  gcnao,  I  bring  forth). — 
Tiic  (Icmcntarij  matter  of  heat. 

Thermom'eter  (Gr.  thermC,  lieat,  and  metron,  measure). — 
An  instrument  for  measuring  heat. 


HEAVENS. 

Astron'omy  (Gr.  aatron,  a  star,  and  nomas,  a  law  or  rule). — 
The  science  which  treats  of  the  heavenly  bodies,  explaining 
the  motions,  times  and  cau.scs  of  the  motions,  distances, 
magnitudes,  gravities,  light,  etc.,  of  the  sun,  moon,  and 
stars,  the  nature  and  causes  of  the  eclipses  of  the  sun  and 
moon,  the  conjunction  and  apposition  of  the  planets,  and 
any  other  of  their  mutual  aspects,  with  the  times  when 
they  <lid  or  will  happen. 

Aberration. — A  small  apparent  motion  of  the  fixed  stars, 
occasioned  by  the  progressive  motion  of  light  and  the 
earth's  annual  motion  in  its  orbit.  By  this  they  sometimes 
appear  twenty  seconds  distant  from  their  true  situation. 

Am'plitude. — An  arc  of  the  horizon  intercepted  between  the 
true  east  and  west  points  and  the  centre  of  the  sun,  or  a 
star  at  its  rising  or  setting. 

Anom'aly. — The  angular  distance  of  a  planet  from  its  perihe- 
lion, as  seen  from  the  sun  ;  either  true,  mean,  or  eccentric. 

Aphelion. — That  point  of  a  planet's  orbit  whicb  is  most  dis- 
tant from  the  sun. 

Ap'ogee. — That  point  in  the  orbit  of  the  moon  wliicli  is  at  the 
greatest  distance  from  the  earth. 

Appari'tion. — The  first  appearance  of  a  star  or  other  luminary 
after  having  been  obscured. 

Ap'pulse. — The  approach  of  a  planet  towards  a  conjunction 
with  the  sun  or  any  of  the  fixed  stars. 

Ap'sides,  or  Ap'sis. — The  two  points  of  a  planet's  orbit  in 
which  it  is  at  its  greatest  and  least  distance  from  the  sun. 

Aqua'rius  (Lat.,  the  Water-Bearcr). — The  eleventh  sign  of 
the  zodiac,  which  the  sun  enters  about  the  21st  of  January. 

A'ries  (Lat.,  the  Ram). — The  first  of  the  twelve  signs  of  the 
zodiac,  which  the  sun  enters  about  the  21st  of  3Iarch. 


HE  A  YENS.  73 

As'terism. — A  small  clustei*  of  stars,  eitlier  included  or  not  in 
a  constellation. 

As'teroids'. — The  small  planets  that  circulate  between  the 
orbits  of  Mars  and  Jupiter. 

Astro^'nosy  (Grr.  astron,  a  star,  and  gnosis,  knowledge). — 
The  science  of  the  stars. 

Astrog'raphy  (Gr.  asfron,  a  star,  and  graphe,  a  description). 
— A  description  of  the  stars,  or  the  science  of  describing 
them. 

Astrom'etry  (Gr.  asfron,  a  star,  and  vietreo,  I  measure). — 
Tlie  art  of  making  mcasiirements  among  the  stars,  or  of 
determining  their  relative  magnitudes. 

Astros'copy  (Gr.  asfron,  a  star,  and  shopeo,  I  view). —  Oh- 
servafion  of  the  stars. 

Ax'is. — The  imaginary  line  passing  through  the  centre  and 
poles  of  the  earth,  on  which  it  performs  its  diurnal  revolu- 
tion from  west  to  east. 

Az'imuth. — An  arc  of  the  horizon  intercepted  between  the 
meridian  of  the  place  and  the  vertical  circle  passing  through 
the  centre  of  a  celestial  object. 

Can'cer  (Lat.,  a  crab). — The  fourth  sign  of  the  zodiac,  being 
tliat  of  the  summer  solstice,  which  the  sun  enters  about 
the  21sc  of  June. 

Cap'ricom  (Lat.  caper,  a  he-goat,  and  cormi,  a  horn). — The 
tenth  sign  of  the  zodiac,  which  the  sun  enters  about  the 
21st  of  December,  at  the  winter  solstice. 

Colure'. — Two  great  circles,  supposed  to  intersect  each  other 
at  right  angles  in  the  poles  of  the  world,  one  of  them  pass- 
ing through  the  solstitial  and  the  other  through  the  equi- 
noctial points  of  the  ecliptic,  viz.,  Cancer  and  Capricorn, 
Aries  and  Libra,  dividing  the  ecliptic  into  four  equal 
parts. 

Co'ma. — A  dense,  nebulous  covering,  which  surrounds  the 
nucleus  or  body  of  a  comet. 

Com'et.— A  member  of  the  solar  system,  commonly  consisting 
of  three  parts  :  the  nucleus,  the  envelope  or  coma,  and  the 
tail ;  but  one  or  more  of  these  parts  is  frequently  wanting. 

Conjuiic'tioil. — The  meeting  of  two  heavenly  bodies  in  the 
same  point  or  place  in  the  heavens. 

Constella'tion. — A  number  of  stars  which  appear  as  if  situated 
near  each  other  in  the  heavens,  and  are  considered  as  form- 
ing a  particular  division. 
D    "  1 


7-t  HE  A  YENS. 

Curta'tion. — The  interval  between  a  planet's  distance  from  the 

siin  and  the  curtate  distance. 
Cynosure. — A  name  of  the  constellation  Ursa  Minor,  or  the 

LesHcr  Bear,  which  contains,  in  the  tail,  the  pole-star  by 

which  mariners  are  guided. 
Declina'tion. — The  distance  of  any  object  from  the  celestial 

equator,  either  northward  or  southward. 
Dichot'omy. — Tlie  phase  of  the  moon  when  she  shows  just 

half  her  di.sk. 
Disk. — Tlie  face  or  visible  projection  of  a  celestial  body,  usually 

predicated  of  the  sun,  moon,  or  planets  ;  but  the  stars  have 

also  apparent  disks. 
Eclipse'. — An  obscuration  or  interception  of  the  light  of  the 

sun,  moon,  or  other  luminous  body. 
Eclip'tic. — The  great  circle  of  the   heavens  which  the  sun 

appears  to  describe  in  his  annual  revolution. 
Equa'tor. — The  great  circle  of  the  sphere,  equally  distant  from 

the  two  poles  of  the  world,  or  having  the  same  poles  as 

the  world. 
E'quinox. — The  precise  time  when  the  sun  enters  one  of  the 

equinoctial  points,   making  the   day   and  night  of  equal 

length. 
Fac'ulae. — Certain   spots    sometimes  seen   on  the  sun's  disk, 

which  appear  brighter  than  the  rest  of  his  surface. 
Fixed  Stars. — Those  which  retain  the  same  or  very  nearly  the 

same  position  with  respect  to  each  other. 
Gal'axy. — The  Milk3'-Way. 
Gemini  (Lat.,  the  Twins). — The  third  sign  or  constellation  in 

the  zodiac,  which  the  sun  enters  about  the  21st  of  May. 
Geocentric  Par'allax. — The  apparent  change  of  a  body's  place 

that  would  arise  from  a  change  of  the  spectator's  station 

from  the  surface  to  the  centre  of  the  earth. 
Ha'lo. — A  luminous  circle,  usually  prismatically  colored,  round 

the  sun  or  moon,  and  supposed  to  be  caused  by  tlie  refrac- 
tion of  light  through  crystals  of  ice  in  the  atmosphere. 
Heliocentric  Par'allax. — The  arc  of  a  great  circle  of  the 

celestial  sphere,  drawn  from  the  heliocentric  to  the  geocen- 
tric place  of  a  body. 
Heliom'eter  (Gr.  hc/ios,  the  sun,  and  melrro,  I  measure). — ■ 

An  instrument  for  measuring  with  exactness  the  apparent 

diameter  of  the  sun,  moon,  planets,  etc. 
Horizon. — A  circle  touching  the  earth   at   the  place  of  the 


HE  A  YENS.  75 

spectator,  and  bounded  by  the  line  in  wliicb  the  earth  and 
skies  seem  to  meet. 

Immer'sion. — The  disappearance  of  a  celestial  body  by  enter- 
ing into  any  medium,  as  into  the  light  of  the  sun  or  the 
shadow  of  the  earth. 

In'gress. — The  moon's  entrance  into  the  earth's  shadow  in 
eclipses,  and  the  sun's  entrance  into  a  sign,  especially 
Aries. 

Latitude. — The  distance  of  a  heavenly  body  from  the  ecliptic. 

Le'o  (Lat.,  the  Lion). — The  fifth  sign  of  the  zodiac,  which  the 
sun  enters  about  the  22d  of  July. 

Li'bra  (Lat.,  the  Balance). — The  seventh  sign  of  the  zodiac, 
which  the  sun  enters  at  the  autumnal  equinox,  in  Sep- 
tember. 

Lon'gitude. — The  distance  of  a  heavenly  body  from  the  vernal 
equinox,  reckoned  on  the  ecliptic. 

Luna'tion. — The  period  of  a  revolution  of  the  n)oon  round 
the  earth,  or  the  time  from  one  new  moon  to  the  next. 

Mac'ulse. — Dark  spots  on  the  surfaces  of  sun  and  moon,  and 
on  some  of  the  planets. 

Mean. — Mean  distance  of  a  planet  from  the  sun,  a  right  line 
drawn  from  the  sun  to  the  extremity  of  the  conjugate  axis 
of  the  ellipsis  in  which  the  planet  moves.  3Iean  motion, 
that  by  which  a  planet  is  supposed  to  uniformly  traverse 
its  orbit,  and  which  is  always  proportional  to  the  time. 

Meteoros'copy  (meteor,  and  Gr.  skopeo,  I  view). — That  part 
of  astronomy  which  treats  of  the  more  remote  heavenly 
bodies,  the  distances  of  the  fixed  stars,  etc. 

Milky  Way. — A  broad,  luminous  path  or  circle  in  the  heavens, 
supposed  to  be  the  blended  light  of  innumerable  fixed 
stars  which  are  not  distinguishable  with  ordinary  tele- 
scopes. 

Moon. — --V  secondary  planet  or  satellite  of  the  earth,  whose 
light,  borrowed  from  the  sun,  serves  to  dispel  the  darkness 
of  night. 

Na'dir. — The  point  of  the  heavens  or  lower  hemisphere  directly 
opposite  the  zenith. 

Neb'ulse. — Misty  appearances  among  the  stars,  usually,  but  not 
always,  resolved  by  the  telescope  into  myriads  of  small 
stars. 
Node3. — The  two  points  in  which  the  orbit  of  a  planet  inter- 
sects the  ecliptic. 


76  J!f'^A  YENS. 

Nuta'tion. — A  vibratory  motion  of  the  earth's  axis,  arising 
from  j)(!rio€lical  fluctuations  in  the  obliquity  of  the  echptic. 

Occulta'tion. — The  hidintJi;  of  a  lieavciily  body  from  our  si^ht 
by  the  intervention  of  some  other  of  the  heavenly  bodies. 

Orbit. — The  path  described  by  a  heavenly  body  in  its  periodical 
revolution. 

Parallax. — The  change  of  place  in  a  heavenly  body  in  conse- 
quence of  being  viewed  from  different  points. 

Parasele'ne. — A  luminous  ring  or  circle  encompassing  the 
moon,  in  which  sometimes  are  other  bright  spots  bearing 
some  resemblance  to  the  moon. 

Penum'bra. — A  partial  shadow  or  obscurity  on  the  margin  of 
the  perfect  shadow  in  an  eclipse,  or  between  the  perfect 
shadow,  where  the  light  is  entirely  intercepted,  and  the 
full  light. 

Per'igee. — That  point  in  the  orbit  of  the  sun  or  moon  in  which 
it  is  at  the  least  distance  from  the  earth. 

Perihe'lion. — That  part  of  the  orbit  of  a  planet  or  comet  in 
which  it  is  at  its  least  distance  from  the  sun. 

Pis'ces  (Lat.,  Fishes). — The  twelfth  sign  or  constellation  of  the 
zodiac. 

Plan'et. — The  name  given  to  a  few  bright  and  conspicuous 
stars  which  are  constantly  changing  their  apparent  situa- 
tions in  the  celestial  sphere. 

Ple'iades. — A  cluster  of  seven  stare  in  the  neck  of  Taurus, 
assigned  by  jMiidler  as  the  central  point  of  the  sidereal 
system. 

Precession  of  the  Equinoxes. — A  continual  shifting  of  the 
equinoctial  points  from  east  to  west. 

Retrocession  of  the  Equinoxes. — The  going  backward  of 
the  equinoctial  points. 

Sagittarius  (Lat.,  the  Archer). — One  of  the  twelve  signs  of 
the  zodiac,  which  the  sun  enters  about  November  22. 

Sat'ellite. — A  small  planet  revolving  round  another  planet. 

Scorpio  (Lat.,  the  Scorpion). — The  eighth  sign  of  the  zodiac, 
which  the  sun  enters  about  October  23. 

Sec'ondary. — A  great  circle  of  the  sphere  passing  through  the 
poles  of  another  great  circle,  perpendicular  to  its  plane,  as 
secondaries  to  the  ecliptic. 

Selenog'raphy  (Gr.  seUne,  the  moon,  and  graphs,  descrip- 
tion).— The  description  of  the  surface  of  the  moon. 

Sign. — The  twelfth  part  of  the  ecliptic. 


HORSES.—HUNTING.  77 

Sol'stice. — The  time  when  the  sun,  in  its  annual  revolution, 

arrives  at  that  point  in  the  ecliptic  farthest  north  or  south 

of  the  equator,  or  reaches  its  greatest  northern  or  southera 

declination. 
Star. — An  apparently  small,  luminous  body  in   the  heavens, 

that  shines  in  the  night,  or  when  its  light  is  not  obscured 

by  clouds  or  lost  in  the  brighter  effulgence  of  the  sun. 
Sun. — The  central  body  of  our  system,  about  which  all  the 

planets  and  comets  revolve,  and  by  which  their  motions 

are  regulated  and  controlled. 
Syz'ygy. — A  common  name  for  the  period  both  of  new  and  full 

moon,  when  the  sun,  the  moon,  and  the  earth  are  in  one 

line. 
Tau'rus    (Lat.,  the   Bull). — The  second  sign   of  the  zodiac, 

which  the  sun  enters  about  the  20th  of  April. 
Vir'go   (Lat.,  the  Virgin). — The  sixth  sign    of  the   zodiac, 

which  the  sun  enters  in  August. 
Ze'nith, — The  point  in  the  heavens  directly  overhead. 


HORSES. 

Hippopathorogy  (Gr.  hippos,  a  horse,  pathos,  a  disease,  and 
logos,  a  discourse). — The  science  of  the  diseases  of  the 
horse. 

Hipposteol'ogy  (Gr.  hippos,  a  horse,  osteon,  a  bone,  and  logos, 
a  discourse). — Osteology  of  the  horse. 

Hippot'omy  (Gr.  hippos,  a  horse,  and  tenino,  to  cut). — 
Anatomy  of  the  horse. 

Manege. — The  art  of  horsemanship  or  of  training  horses. 

Vet'erinary  Art  (Lat.  veterinarius,  a  cattle  doctor). — A 
modern  term  for  what  was  formerly  called  farriery.  It 
comprehends  a  knowledge  of  the  external  form  as  well  as 
the  internal  structure  and  economy  of  the  horse,  and  em- 
braces whatever  relates  to  the  diseases  to  which  the  horse 
is  liable,  with  an  accurate  knowledge  of  the  principles  and 
practice  of  f^hoeing,  of  feeding,  exercising,  etc ,  that  very 
useful  animal. 

HUNTING. 

Huntsmanship. — The  art  or  practice  of  hunting,  or  the  quali- 
fications of  a  hunter. 

7* 


78  IDOLS.-lNSCRIl'riONS.— INSECTS. 


IDOLS. 

Iconol'ogy  (Gr.  eUcon,  an  image,  and  /of/os,  a  discourse).- 
Tlie  doctrine  of  imar/cs  or  emblematical  representations. 


INSCRIPTIONS. 

Epigraphies  (Gr.  epixjrapho,  I  inscribe). — The  science  of 
inscriptions. 

INSECTS. 

Entomol'og'y  (Gr.  entoma,  insects,  and  7or/os,  a  discourse). — 
That  branch  of  zoology  ■\vliich  treats  of  insects,  a  division 
of  articulated  animals  having  their  bodies  in  three  distinct 
portions,  head,  thorax,  and  abdomen  ;  antennas  on  the 
head,  three  pairs  of  legs,  usually  one  or  two  pairs  of  wings, 
and  aerial  respiration.  Thus  defined,  spiders,  centipedes, 
worms,  and  crustaceans  are  all  excluded  fiom  the  class  of 
insects. 

This  class  has  been  divided  into  fifteen  orders,  viz. : 

1.  Coleop'tera. — The  immense  order  of  beetles. 

2.  Euplexop'tera. — Earwigs. 

3.  Orthop'tera. — Grasshoppers,  locusts,  crickets,  etc. 

4.  Thysanop'tera. — Thrips  insects. 

5.  Neurop'tera. — Dragon-flies,  31  ay-flics,  etc. 
0.  Trichop'tera. — Caddice-flies. 

7.  Hymenop'tera. — Bees,  wasps,  etc. 

8.  Strepsip'tera. — Bee  parasites. 

9.  Lepidop'tera.— Butterflies  and  moths. 

10.  Homop'tera. — ^Cicadas,  lantern-flies,  etc. 

11.  Heterop'tera,  or  Hemip'tera. — Bugs. 

12.  Aphanip'tera. — Fleas. 

13.  Dip'tera. — Two-winged  insects,  such  as  the  house-fly, 
blue-bottle  fly,  etc. 

14.  Anoplu'ra. — Parasites. 

15.  Thysanu'ra. — Spring- tails. 

Arachnorogy  (Gr.  amc/ine,  a  spider,  and  locfos,  a  discourse). — 
The  science  or  history  of  spiders  and  other  Arachnida. 

Entomot'omy  (Gr.  entoma^  insects,  and  temno^  I  cut). — The 
science  of  the  dissection  of  insects. 


INSTRUCTION.— LANGUAGE.  79 


INSTRUCTION. 

Didac'tics,  Paideu'tics  (Gr.  Jiilasko,  2>f"'^e?nir»,  I  teach). — 

The  art  or  science  of  teaching. 
Catechet'ics. — The  .science  or  habit  of  instructing  in  questions 

and  answers. 
Curriculum  (Lat.  curro,  I  run). — A  specified  fixed  course  of 

study,  as  in  a  university. 

LANGUAGE. 

Chirorogy  (Gr.  cheir,  the  hand,  and  logos,  a  discourse). — 
The  art  of  communicating  thoughts  hy  signs  made  with 
the  hands  and  fingers ;  a  substitute  i'or  language  much 
used  by  the  deaf  and  dumb. 

Cryptol'ogy  (Gr.  krupto,  I  conceal,  and  logos,  a  discourse). — 
Secret  or  enigmatical  langnage. 

Dactylol'ogy  (Gr.  daktulos,  a  finger,  and  logos,  a  discourse). — 
The  art  of  conversing,  or  communicating  ideas,  by  spelling 
words  with  the  fingers,  as  practised  by  the  deaf  and  dumb. 

Dactylon'omy  (Gr.  daktulos,  and  nomas,  law,  distribution). — 
The  art  of  numbering  on  or  counting  hy  the  fingers. 

Di'alect. — The  form  or  idiom  of  a  language  peculiar  to  a 
province  or  any  particular  part  of  a  country. 

El'oqueiice. — The  art  of  clothing  the  thoughts  in  expressions 
the  most  suited  to  produce  conviction  or  persuasion. 

Glossol'ogy,  or  Linguis'tics  (Gr.  glossa,  a  tongue,  and  logos, 
a  discourse,  and  Lat.  lingua,  a  tongue). — The  science  which 
investigates  the  agreement  and  the  differences  of  the  va- 
rious languages  written  or  spoken  by  mankind. 

Grammar. —  See  Grammar. 

Ideol'ogy. — The  science  of  the  modification  of  language  hy 
grammatical  forms,  according  to  the  various  points  of 
view  from  which  men  contemplate  the  ideas  which  words 
are  meant  to  express. 

Lexicol'ogy  (Gr.  lexikon,  a  dictionary,  and  logos,  a  dis- 
course).— The  science  of  words;  that  branch  of  learning 
which  treats  of  the  proper  signification  and  just  application 
of  words. 

Lexig'raphy  (Gr.  lexis,  diction,  and  grapho,  I  describe). — 
Tlie  art  or  practice  of  defining  xoords. 


80  /-'I  l^'• 

Or'atory. — The  art  of  speakiiif^  well,  or  of  speaking  according 
to  tlie  rules  of  rhetoric,  in  order  to  persuade.  Oratory 
consists  of  four  parts,  invention^  disjiosition,  elocit/ion,  and 
pronunciation. 

Orthom'etry  (Gr.  orfhos,  right,  and  me/ron,  measure). — The 
art  of  constructing  verses  correctly ;  the  laws  of  versifi- 
cation. 

Philol'ogy  (Gr.  j>/</7co,  I  love,  and  hgos^  a  word). — That 
branch  of  literature  which  comprehends  the  knowledge  of 
the  etymology  or  origin  and  conLbiiiation  of  words. 

Rhetoric. — See  Grammar. 

Versification. — See  Versification. 


LAW. 

Jurispru'dence  (Lat.  jus,  law,  and  scientia,  science). — The 
science  of  law ;  the  knowledge  of  the  laws,  customs,  and 
rights  of  men  in  a  state  or  community  necessary  I'or  the 
due  administration  of  justice. 

Abstract  of  Title. — An  epitome  of  the  deeds  and  documents 
constituting  the  evidence  of  title  to  an  estate. 

Action, — The  method  of  demanding  the  enforcement  of  a  legal 
right,  and  procuring  redress  for  a  civil  injury  in  the  courts 
of  common  law. 

Administra'tor. — The  person  to  whom  the  estate  and  effects 
of  an  intestate  are  committed,  for  which  he  is  to  be  ac- 
countable when  required. 

AfB.da'vit. — A  declaration  in  writing,  signed  by  the  party,  and 
sworn  to,  before  an  authorized  magistrate. 

AflB.lia'tion. — Proof  of  paternity  in  the  case  of  an  illegitimate 
child,  with  the  view  of  obliging  the  father  to  contribute  to 
its  support. 

Al'ibi. — An  expression  employed  when  an  accused  person  at- 
tempts to  prove  his  innocence  by  showing  he  was  in  another 
place  when  the  act  was  committed. 

Al'imony. — An  allowance  made  for  the  support  of  a  woman 
legally  separated  from  her  husband. 

Allu'vion. — A  gradual  increase  of  land  along  the  sea-shore,  or 
on  the  banks  of  rivers.  This,  when  slow  and  impercep- 
tible, is  deemed  a  lawful  means  of  acquisition  ;  but  when 
a  considerable  portion  of  land  is  torn  away  at  once,  by  the 


LA  \V.  81 

violence  of  the  current,  and  joined  to  a  neighboring  estate, 
it  may  be  claimed  again  by  the  former  owner. 

Appeal', — The  removal  of  a  cause  from  an  inferior  into  a  supe- 
rior court  for  the  purpose  of  impeaching  the  judgment  of 
the  inferior  court. 

Arraign'ment. — The  bringing  of  a  prisoner  forth,  reading  the 
indictment  to  him,  and  putting  the  question  of  guilty  or 
not  guilty. 

Arrest  of  Judgment. — Where  the  court  stays  a  judgment, 
after  verdict,  on  some  question  of  law. 

Assignee'. — A  person  to  wliom  any  real  or  personal  property 
is  transferred  by  the  act  of  law,  as  an  executor,  an  assignee 
of  a  bankrupt,  etc.,  or  by  the  act  of  a  party,  as  a  purchaser 
of  a  lease. 

Assnmp'sit. — An  implied  promise  to  pay  for  work  or  goods, 
such  as  will  sustain  an  action. 

Attachment. — A  taking  of  the  person,  goods,  or  estate,  by  a 
writ  or  precept  iu  a  civil  action,  to  secure  a  debt  or  de- 
mand. 

Bail. — Sureties  given  for  the  appearance,  when  required,  of  a 
person  on  his  being  set  free  from  custody. 

Bail-bond. — A  document  under  seal,  by  which  a  person  becomes 
bail. 

Bail'ment. — A  delivery  of  a  thing  in  trust  for  some  special 
object  or  purpose. 

Bankrupt. — A  trader  who  is  indebted  in  a  certain  amount, 
and  has  committed  an  act  of  bankruptcy. 

Barratry. — Any  .species  of  cheating  or  fraud  in  a  shipmaster, 
by  which  the  ownei-s  or  insurers  are  injured,  as  by  running 
away  with  the  ship,  sinking  or  deserting  her,  by  wilful  de- 
viation, or  by  embezzling  the  cargo. 

Bill  of  Sale. — A  writing  given  by  the  seller  of  personal  prop- 
erty to  the  purchaser,  answering  to  a  deed  of  real  estate. 

Bond. — A  written  obligation,  under  seal. 

Breach,  of  Covenant. — The  doing  of  an  act  which  a  party  has 
covenanted  not  to  do,  or  the  neglecting  to  do  that  which 
he  has  covenanted  to  perform. 

Breach  of  Promise. — The  doing  something  contrary  to  an 
undertaking  or  contract. 

Breach  of  the  Peace. — An  act  by  which  the  public  repose  is 
disturbed  and  the  safety  of  the  community  more  or  less 
endangered. 


82  LA  IK. 

Breach  of  Trust.— A  nctz,lect  of  duty  by  a  trustee,  or  person 
standinj^-  in  a  fiduciary  relation,  in  violation  of  his  trust. 

Brief. — An  abridgment  of  the  client's  case,  made  out  for  the 
instruction  of  counsel  on  a  trial  or  hearing. 

By-Law. — A  private  law  made  by  those  duly  authorized  by 
charter,  custom,  or  prescription ;  but  such  by-law  must  be 
consonant  to  the  public  laws  and  statutes,  and  for  the  com- 
mon benefit. 

Ca'pias. — A  writ  authorizing  the  arrest  of  a  defendant  in  a 
suit. 

Ca'veat. — An  entiy  made  in  certain  courts  and  offices,  after 
which  no  proceedings  are  taken  in  the  matter  to  which  it 
relates  without  notice  to  the  person  making  the  entry. 

Certiora'ri. — A  writ  issuing  out  of  some  superior  court,  to  call 
up  the  records  of  an  inferior  court,  or  remove  a  cause  there 
depending,  that  it  may  be  tried  in  the  superior  court. 

Challenge. — An  exception  taken  by  a  prisoner  against  one  or 
more  jurors,  who,  when  challenged^,  hyq  set  aside,  if  the 
challenge  be  allowed,  and  new  ones  put  in  their  places. 

Char'ter. — An  instrument,  executed  with  form  and  solemnity, 
bestowing  rights  or  privileges. 

Charter-Party. — An  instrument  between  merchants  and  own- 
ers or  masters  of  ships,  containing  the  particulars  of  the 
contract  for  the  hire  of  the  ship.  It  is,  in  fact,  a  mercan- 
tile lease  of  the  ship. 

Chat'tels. — There  are  two  kinds,  chattels  real  and  chattels 
personal ;  the  former  are  leasehold  property,  and  the  latter 
movable  goods,  as  furniture,  money,  corn,  animals,  etc. 

Cir'cuit. — The  counties  or  states  in  which  the  same  judge  or 
judges  hold  courts  and  administer  justice. 

Civil  Law. — The  ancient  lloman  law,  with  the  modifications 
thereof  that  have  been  made  in  the  different  countries  into 
which  that  law  has  been  introduced. 

Cli'ent. — A  party  who  employs  a  lawyer  or  counsellor  in  any 
legal  proceeding. 

Code. — Any  orderly  collection  or  digest  of  laws. 

Cod'icil. — A  supplement  to  a  will. 

Cogno'vit. — A  writing  by  which  the  defendant  admits  that  the 
2>laintiff's  cause  of  action  against  him  is  just,  and  suffers 
judgment  to  be  entered  against  him  without  trial. 

Commit'ment. — The  sending  of  a  person  to  prison  by  warrant 
or  order,  cither  for  a  crime  or  contumacy. 


■       LA  W.  83 

Common  Law. — The  unwritten  law,  the  law  that  receives  its 
biiuliiig  force  from  immemorial  usage  and  universal  recep- 
tion, in  distinction  from  the  written  or  statute  law. 

Contempt,  or  Con'tumacy. — A  refusal  to  appear  in  court  when 
legally  summoned,  or  other  disobedience  to  its  rules  and 
orders. 

Con'tract. — A  covenant  or  agreement  between  two  or  more 
persons  with  a  lawful  consideration. 

Convey'ance. — A  deed  which  passes  or  conveys  land  from  one 
person  to  another. 

Convey'ancing, — The  art  of  preparing  the  deeds  or  instru- 
ments used  for  the  transference  of  property  from  one  per- 
son to  another. 

Cop'yright.— The  sole  right  which  an  author  has  in  his  own 
original  literary  compositions. 

Costs. — The  expenses  incurred  in  the  prosecution  or  defence  of 
legal  proceedings,  of  which  there  are  two  kinds,  those  be- 
tween party  and  party,  and  those  between  attorney  and 
client. 

Cov'enant. — An  agreement  under  seal. 

Cross-examination. — The  interrogation  of  a  witness  by  or  on 
behalf  of  the  party  against  wliom  the  evidence  is  given. 

Damages. — The  amount  of  money  awarded  by  a  jury  to  be 
paid  by  a  defendant  to  a  plaintiff,  as  a  compensation  for 
the  injury  of  which  the  latter  complains. 

Deben'ture. — A  written  instrument  of  the  nature  of  a  bond  or 
bill  for  a  certain  sum  of  money. 

De  bonis  non. — When  an  administrator  dies,  the  right  docs 
not  descend  to  his  own  representative,  but  a  fresh  grant 
of  administration  must  be  obtained  of  the  goods  remaining 
unadministered,  and  which  is  called  an  administration  de 
bonis  non. 

Decree'. — The  judgment  of  a  court  of  equity  on  any  bill 
preferred. 

De  Fac'to. — A  thing  actually  done  or  existing. 

Default', — If  a  defendant  omits  to  appear  or  plead  to  an  action 
within  the  time  allowed,  the  plaintiff  can  sign  judgment 
by  default. 

Defeas'ance. — A  collateral  deed  made  at  the  same  time  with  a 
deed  of  conveyance,  containing  conditions  by  the  perform- 
ance of  which  the  estate  created  by  the  deed  of  convey- 
ance may  be  defeated. 


84  LA  IF. 

Defend'ant. — The  party  against  whom  an  action  or  suit  is 
hrouulit. 

Deforce'ment. — The  holding  of  lands  or  tenements  to  which 
another  person  has  a  right. 

Demise'. — A  grant  by  lease  of  heritable  property.  It  may 
be  cither  for  life  or  years. 

Demur'rer. — A  mode  of  raising  a  point  of  law  upon  the  facts 
stated  in  the  pleadings,  assuming  them  to  be  true. 

Deposi'tion, — The  testimony  of  a  witness  set  down  in  writing, 
in  answer  to  interrogations  legally  made. 

Der'elicts. — Such  goods  as  are  wilfully  relinquished  by  the 
owner.  It  also  signifies  what  is  forsaken,  or  cast  away  by 
the  sea;  thus  lands  which  the  sea  has  suddenly  left  are 
called  derelict  lands,  and  vessels  forsaken  at  sea  derelict 
ships. 

Detain'er. — A  writ  whereby  a  person  may  be  detained  in 
custody. 

Disclaim'er. — A  denial,  disavowal,  or  renunciation,  as  of  a  title, 
claim,  interest,  estate,  or  trust. 

Distress. — The  distraining  or  taking  the  effects  of  a  tenant,  in 
order  to  satisfy  the  rent  due  to  his  landlord. 

Distringas  (on  stock). — A  writ  which  stops  the  transfer  of 
stock  by  the  party  in  whose  name  it  stands,  and  can  be 
obtained  at  the  instance  of  any  party  beneficially  interested 
in  the  stock. 

Dow'er. — That  portion  of  the  lands  or  tenements  of  a  man 
which  his  widow  enjoys  during  her  life,  after  the  death  of 
her  husband. 

Du'ces  Te'cum  (bring  with  thee). — A  clause  in  a  subpoena,  com- 
manding a  person  to  bring  with  him  to  the  trial  of  an 
action  books  and  papers  which  the  party  who  issues  the 
subpcena  may  think  material  to  his  purpose. 

Ease'ment. — A  privilege  or  convenience  which  one  man  has 
upon  another  man's  land,  such  as  a  right  of  way. 

Eject'ment. — An  action  at  law  to  recover  the  possession  of 
lands. 

Embra'cery. — The  attempt  to  corrupt  or  influence  a  jury. 

Enceinte'. — A  term  for  a  state  of  pregnancy. 

Endowment. — The  act  of  giving  or  assuring  a  dower  to  a 
Woman.  Also,  the  settlement  of  a  property  for  the  sup- 
port of  some  religious  or  charitable  institution,  etc. 

En'try. — The  act  of  taking  possession  of  lands  and  tenements 


LA  W.  85 

■where  a  man  has  title  of  entry.  Also,  a  writ  showing  that 
the  tenant  commenced  possession  in  an  unlawful  way,  and 
thus  disproving  his  title. 

Eq'uitable  Mort'gage. — The  most  familiar  instance  is  the  de- 
posit (either  with  or  without  a  memorandum,  although  it 
is  better  to  have  one)  of  the  title-deeds  of  an  estate,  by 
way  of  security,  which  constitutes  an  equitable  mortgage 
without  the  execution  of  any  formal  mortgage-deed. 

Equity  of  Redemption. — The  right  which  equity  gives  to  a 
mortgagor  of  redeeming  his  estate  after  the  appointed  time 
for  payment  has  passed,  and  which  right  can  only  be  barred 
by  a  foreclosure. 

Er'ror. — A  writ  of  error  is  a  commission  to  judges  of  a  superior 
court,  by  which  they  are  authorized  to  examine  the  record 
upon  which  a  judgment  was  given  in  an  inferior  court,  and 
to  aflSrm,  reverse,  or  vary  the  same,  according  to  law. 

Escheat'. — The  reversion  of  land  to  the  original  grantor.  It 
occurs  when  a  tenant  in  fee-simple  dies  without  having  left 
any  heir  to  the  land. 

Es'crow. — A  deed  of  lands  or  tenements  delivered  to  a  third 
person,  to  hold  until  some  condition  is  performed  by  the 
grantee,  and  which  is  not  to  take  effect  until  the  condition 
is  performed. 

Estate'. — The  interest  which  a  person  has  in  lands  or  other 
property. 

Estop'pel  (Fr.  efonper,  to  stop). — Where  a  man  is  precluded 
from  alleging  or  denying  a  fact  in  consequence  of  his  own 
previous  act,  allegation,  or  denial  to  the  contrary. 

Evidence. — Proof,  either  written  or  unwritten,  of  the  facts  in 
issue  in  any  legal  proceeding. 

Execu'tion. — The  carrying  into  effect  a  sentence  or  judgment 
of  court. 

Exec'utor. — The  person  appointed  by  a  testator  to  execute  his 
will  or  to  see  it  carried  into  effect. 

Ex-par'te  (Lat.,  from  a  part). — A  statement  is  called  ex-parfe 
where  only  one  of  the  parties  gives  an  account  of  a  trans- 
action in  which  two  or  more  are  concerned. 

Ex  Post  Facto  (Lat.,  from  something  done  afterwards). — A 
law  declariug  an  act  penal  or  criminal  which  was  innocent 
when  done. 

Fee-simple. — That  estate  or  interest  which  a  person  holds  to 
him  and  his  heirs  forever. 
8 


86  LA  W. 

Felo-de-se  (iMocl.  Lat.,  a  felon  witli  reference  to  himself). — A 
person  who  being  of  sound  mind,  and  of  the  age  of  discre- 
tion, wilfully  causes  his  own  death. 

Fi'at  (Lat.,  let  it  be  done). — A  short  order  or  warrant  of  some 
judge  for  making  out  certain  processes,  etc. 

Fie'ri  Fa'cias  (Lat.  quod  fieri  f actus  de  bojtis,  that  you  cause 
the  sum  or  debt  to  be  made  from  the  goods). — A  writ  of 
execution  by  which  the  sheriif  is  commanded  to  levy  the 
debt  and  damages  of  the  goods  and  chattels  of  the  de- 
fendant. 

Fine. — A  penalty  or  amends,  made  in  money,  for  an  offence; 
also  money  paid  for  the  renewal  of  a  lease. 

Freehold. — Lands  held  in  fee-simple,  fee-tail,  or  at  least  for 
life. 

Garnishee'. — The  party  in  whose  hands  money,  due  a  defend- 
ant, is  attached. 

Grand  Jury.— The  jury  to  whom  all  bills  of  indictment  are 
referred  in  the  first  instance. 

Ha'beas  Corpus  (Lat.,  you  may  have  the  body). — A  writ  for 
delivering  a  person  from  false  imprisonment,  or  for  remov- 
ing a  person  from  one  court  to  another. 

Heredit'aments. — All  things  which  may  be  inherited,  that  is, 
which  would  descend  to  the  heir  if  not  disposed  of  by 
deed  or  will. 

Hypoth'ecate. — A  term  used  for  pawning  a  ship  and  goods,  or 
either,  tor  necessaries,  which  a  master  of  a  ship  may  do 
when  in  distress  at  sea. 

Indent'ure. — A  writing  containing  a  contract. 

Indict'ment. — A  written  accusation  of  one  or  more  persons  for 
a  crime  or  misdemeanor,  preferred  to,  and  presented  on  oath 
by,  a  grand  jury. 

Injunc'tion. — A  writ  forbidding  certain  acts  to  be  done  under 
pain  of  contempt. 

In' quest. — A  meeting  of  jurors  who  are  summoned  to  take 
into  consideration  certain  matters  which  may  appear  in 
evidence  before  them,  and  to  bring  in  their  verdict  accord- 
ingly. 

Inqui'ry,  Writ  of. — A  writ  that  issues  out  to  the  sheriff  to 
summon  a  jury  to  inquire  what  damages  a  plaintiff  has 
sustained  in  an  action  upon  the  case  where  judgment  goes 
by  defoult. 

In'terpleader. — A  bill  in  equity  filed  by  one  from  whom  the 


LA  W.  87 

same  article  or  sum  is  claimed  by  two  parties,  with  a  view 

to  ascertain  the  person  to  whom  it  ought  to  be  delivered 

or  paid. 
Interrog'atory. — A  question  in  writing,  demanded  of  a  witness 

in  a  cause,  who  is  to  answer  it  under  the  solemnity  of  an 

oath. 
Joint'ure. — A  settlement  of  lands  and  tenements  made  on  a 

woman  in  consideration  of  marriage. 
Judg'ment. — The  sentence  or  doom  pronounced  in  any  cause, 

civil  or  criminal,  by  the  judge  or  court  by  which  it  is 

tried. 
Ju'rat. — The  clause  written  at  the  foot  of  an  affidavit,  stating 

when,  and  before  whom,  it  was  sworn. 
Ju'ry. — A  certain  number  of  persons  sworn  to  decide  justly  on 

the  matter  before  them. 
Justifying  Bail. — The  act  of  proving  to  the  satisfaction  of  the 

court  that  the  persons  proposed  as  bail  are  sufficient  for 

the  purpose. 
Law  Merchant. — Part  of  the  unwritten  or  common  law,  con- 
sisting of  particular  customs  that  have  gradually  grown 

into  the  force  of  law,  and  are  recognized  as  such  by  the 

courts,  such  as  the  law  relating  to  bills  of  exchange,  etc. 
Law  of  Nations. — The   laws  established   between  different 

kingdoms  and  states,  in  relation  to  each  other. 
Lease. — A  conveyance  or  demise  of  lands  or  tenements  for  life, 

or  years,  or  at  will,  but  always  for  a  less  term  than  the 

party  conveying  has  in  the  premises. 
Leg'acy. — A  bequest  or  gift  by  will  of  any  personal  effects. 
Lessor  and  Lessee. — The  person  who  grants  a  lease  is  called 

the  lessor,  the  party  to  whom  it  is  granted,  the  lessee,  and 

the  person  to  whom  either  of  them  assigns,  the  assicjnce. 
Lien. — A  qualified  right  which  a  person  has  in  or  to  a  thing 

in  his  possession,  arising  from  a  claim  upon  the  owner. 
Li'gan. — Goods  sunk  in  the  sea  but  tied  to  a  cork  or  buoy. 
Liq'uidator. — A  person  appointed  to  wind  up  the  afftiirs  of  an 

insolvent  company. 
Manda'mus  (Lat.,  we  command). — A  command  or  writ  issued 

from  some  of  the  higher  courts,  directed  to  any  person, 

corporation,  or  inferior  court,  requiring  them  to  do  some 

act  therein  specified  which  appertains   to  their  office  or 

duty. 
Med'ical  Jurispru'dence. — The  science  which  applies  the  prin- 


88  l^A  W. 

ciplcs  and  practice  of  the  different  branches  of  medicine  to 

doubtful  questions  in  courts  of  justice. 
Misprision. — Any  high  offence  under  the  degree  of  wliat  is 

capital,  but  bordering  on  it. 
Mit'timus    (Lat.,  we  send). — A  warrant  of  commitment  to 

prison.     Also  a  writ  for  transferring  records  from  one  court 

to  another. 
Morfgage. — A  pledge  of  goods  or  chattels  by  a  debtor  to  a 

creditor  as  security  for  the  debt. 
Mort'main  (Fr.,  a  dead  hand). — Lands  held  by  corporations 

are  said  to  be  held  in  mortmain. 
Mu'niments. — Deeds,  evidences,  and  writings  in  genei'al. 
Ne  Exeat  (Lat.  ne  exeat  regno,  let  him  not  go  out  of  the 

kingdom). — A  writ  to  prevent  a  person  from  going  out  of 

the  country  without  a  license. 
Nolle  Pros'equi  (Lat.,  to  be  unwilling  to  prosecute). — A  pro- 
ceeding in  an  action  by  which  the  plaintiff  undertakes  not 

to  proceed  further. 
Non.  Pros  (Lat.,  abb.  of  non  proseqnitnr,  he  does  not  prosecute). 

— When  the  plaintiff  neglects  to  take  any  step  within  the 

prescribed  time,  the  defendant  may  move  for  a  judgment 

against  him,  which  is  called  judgment  of  non  pros. 
Non'suit. — The  renunciation  of  a  suit  by  the  plaintiff. 
Obligee'. — An  individual  for  whose  benefit   an   obligation  is 

entered  into. 
Obligor'. — He  who  enters  into  a  bond  or  obligation. 
Overt  Act. — x\n  open  act,  capable  of  being  manifested  by  legal 

proof. 
Pan'el. — A  schedule  or  roll  of  parchment  containing  the  names 

of  the  jurors  returned  by  the  sheriff. 
Par'ticeps  Crim'inis  (Lat.,  a  sharer  in  the  crime). — An  ac- 
complice, or  one  who  participates  in  the  guilt. 
Penal  Laws. — Laws  made  for  the   punishment   of  criminal 

offences. 
Personal  Estate,  or  Personalty. — Movable  things,  whether 

alive  or  dead,  as  distinguished  from  land,  or  immovables, 

which  are  termed  real  estate. 
Plaint. — Process  by  which  actions  are  commenced  in  the  county 

court. 
Plaintiff. — The  complainant  in  an  action  or  suit. 
Plea. — The  defendant's  answer  to  the  plaintiff's  declaration. 
Pos'se  Comita'tus  (Mod.  Itat.  jjosse,  to  be  able,  and  comitatus, 


LA  W.  89 

belonging  to  the  county). — Authority  vested  in  the  sheriff 
to  summon  citizens  to  his  aid  in  case  of  riot,  etc. 

Power  of  Attorney. — An  instrument  by  which  a  party  em- 
powers another  to  perform  certain  acts  for  him. 

Pre'amble. — The  introductory  part  of  a  statute,  which  states 
the  reasons  and  intent  of  the  law. 

Pre'cept. — A  command  in  writing  sent  by  a  justice  of  the 
peace,  etc.,  for  the  purpose  of  bringing  a  person,  record,  or 
other  matter  before  him. 

Prescrip'tion. — A  title  acquired  by  use  and  time,  and  allowed 
by  law. 

Pro'bate. — The  copy  of  a  will  made  out  on  parchment,  with  a 
certificate  of  its  having  been  proved. 

Proc'ess. — A  general  term  applied  to  formal  judicial  proceed- 
ings. 

Prohibi'tion. — A  writ  issuing  out  of  the  superior  courts  direct/- 
ing  the  judge  of  an  inferior  court  not  to  proceed  further 
in  a  suit. 

Pur 'view. — The  bod}-  of  a  statute,  or  that  part  which  begins 
witli  "_Z^f  it  enacted"  as  distinguished  from  the  preamhle. 

ftuan'tum  Vale'bat  (Lat.,  as  much  as  it  was  worth). — An 
action  to  recover  from  the  defendant,  for  goods  sold,  as 
much  as  they  were  worth. 

Qui  Tarn  (Lat.,  who  as  well,  or  equally). — A  popular  action 
on  a  penal  statute,  prosecuted  partly  at  the  suit  of  the 
government,  and  partly  at  that  of  an  informer. 

Cluo'ruin. — Such  a  number  of  oflScers  or  members  of  any  body 
as  is  competent  by  law  or  constitution  to  transact  business. 

Q,U0  Warranto  (Lat.,  by  what  authority). — A  writ  brought 
before  a  proper  tribunal  to  inquire  by  what  warrant  a  per- 
son or  corporation  exercises  certain  powers. 

Real  Estate,  or  Realty. — The  term  applied  to  land,  in  con- 
tradistinction to  personalty. 

Recognizance. — A  bond  or  obligation  acknowledged  in  some 
court,  or  before  some  judge,  with  condition  to  do  some 
particular  act,  as  to  appear  at  the  assizes,  to  keep  the 
peace,  etc. 

Rejoin'der. — The  defendant's  answer  to  the  plaintiff's  repli- 
cation. 

Remain'der. — A  vested  or  contingent  estate  or  interest  in  land, 
limited  to  take  effect  and  come  into  possession  on  the  de- 
termination of  a  prior  estate  created  at  the  same  time. 


90  LA  W. 

Replevin. — An  action  of  tort,  in  wliich  the  plaintiff  seeks  the 

recovery  of  goods  illegally  distrained. 
Reprieve'. — A  suspension  of  the  execution  of  sentence  of 

death  on  a  criminal. 
Resid'uary  Devisee'. — The  person  to  whom  a  testator  devises 

the  remainder  of  his  lands  not  otherwise  di.sposed  of. 
Resid'uary  Estate'. — The  portion  of  a  testator's  estate  not 

fspecifically  disposed  of. 
Resid'uary  Legatee'. — A  legatee  to  whom  is  bequeathed  the 

residue  or  remainder  of  a  testator's  personal  estate  after 

payment  of  all  legacies,  claims,  and  demands. 
Retain'er. — A  fee  paid  to  engage  a  lawyer  or  counsellor  to 

maintain  a  cause. 
Retraxit   (Lat.,  he   has   withdrawn). — A   proceeding  in   an 

action  by  which  a  plaintiff  withdraws  from  the  prosecu- 
tion of  it.     It  is  a  bar  to  any  future  action  for  the  same 

cause. 
Return'. — A  certificate  from  sheriffs  and  bailiffs  of  what  is 

done  in  the  execution  of  a  writ. 
Rever'sion. — The  residue  of  an  estate  left  in  the  grantor,  and 

returning  to  him  or  to  his  heirs  after  the  grant  is  deter- 
mined. 
Rule. — An  order  made  by  the  court  at  the  instance  of  one  of 

the  parties  in  an  action. 
Sci're  Fa'cias  (Lat.,  cause  you  to  know). — A  judicial  writ 

founded   on    some  matter  of  record,   as  judgments    and 

letters  patent,  on  which  it  lies  to  enforce  the  execution  of 

them  or  to  set  them  aside. 
Search-Warrant. — A  precept  authorizing  a  person  to  enter 

houses,  shops,  and   the  like,  to  search,  usually  for  goods 

stolen,  but  sometimes  for  other  purposes. 
Subpce'na  (Lat.,  under  the  penalty). — A  writ  commanding  the 

attendance  in  court  of  the  person  to  whom  it  is  served. 
Suit. — An  action  or  process  for  the  recovery  of  a  right   or 

claim. 
Sum'mons. — A  warning  or  citation  to  appear  in  court. 
Superse'deas  (Lat.,  you  may  suspend). — A  command  to  stay 

some  ordinary  proceedings  at  law,  on  good  cause  shown. 
Testa'tor,  or  Testatrix. — The  maker  of  a  will. 
Tort. — Any  wrong  or  injury. 
Trav'erse. — A  plea  which  denies  the  truth  of  some  part  of  the 

plaintiff's  declaration  in  an  action. 


LEA  THER.— LETTER-  WRITING.  91 

Treasure  Trove. — Any  money,  etc.,  found  hidden  under  the 

earth,  the  owner  thereof  being  unknown. 
Tro'ver. — The  form  of  action  used  to  try  a  disputed  question 

of  property  in  goods  or  chattels,  in  wliicli  the  plaintiff  can 

only  recover  their  estimated  value,  and  not  the  goods  or 

chattels  themselves. 
True  Bill. — The  words  endorsed  upon  an  indictment  by  a  grand 

jury,  when  satisfied  that  the  charge  against  the  offender  is 

made  out. 
Vendor  and  Vendee. — A  vendor  is  the  person  who  sells,  and  a 

vendee  the  person  who  buys  anything. 
Ven'ue. — The  place  where  an  action  is  laid,  that  is,  the  county 

in  which  the  cause  will  be  tried. 
Ver'dict. — -The  answer  of  a  jury  given  to  the  court  concerning 

any  matter  of  fact  in  any  case,  civil  or  criminal,  committed 

to  their  trial  and  examination. 
Waifs. — Stolen  goods  which  the  thief  has  thrown  away  or  left 

behind  him. 
War'rant. — A  precept  under  hand   and    seal,  directed  to  a 

proper  officer,  to  arrest  an  offender. 
Warrant  of  Attorney. — An  authority  given  by  any  one  to 

an    attorney-at-law  to  appear   and  plead    for  him,   or  to 

suffer   judgment  to  pass  against  him  by  confessing  the 

action. 
Welsh  Mortgage. — A  mortgage  in  which  there  is  no  redemp- 
tion-day fixed,  thereby  giving  the  mortgagor  a  perpetual 

right  of  redemption. 
Writ. — A  precept  commanding  some  particular  act  to  be  done 

or  omitted. 

LEATHER. 

Tan'ning. — The  art  of  converting  the  raw  hides  of  animals  into 

leather  by  the  use  of  tan. 
Taw'ing. — The  art  of  preparing  skins  and  forming  them  into 

white  leather,  by  imbuing  them  with  alum,  salt,  and  other 

matters. 

LETTER- WRITING. 

Epistolog'raphy  (Gr.  episfole,  a  letter,  and  grapho,  I  write). 
— The  art  of  writin";  letters. 


92  LIGHT. 


LIGHT. 


Op'tics  ((jrr.  opfikos,  pertaining  to  seeing). — The  science  which 
treats  of  the  laws  of  light  and  vision. 

Aberra'tion. — A  deviation  in  the  rays  of  light,  when  inflected 
by  a  lens  or  speculum,  by  which  they  are  prevented  from 
uniting  in  the  same  point.  It  is  occasioned  by  the  figure 
of  the  glass  or  speculum,  or  by  the  unequal  refrangibility 
of  the  rays  of  light. 

Absorp'tion. — The  process  or  act  by  which  light  is  made  pas- 
sively to  disappear  in  some  other  substance,  through  mo- 
lecular or  other  invisible  means. 

Ac'tinism. — That  power  in  the  sun's  rays  by  which  chemical 
changes  are  produced,  as  in  photography. 

Actin'ograph. — An  instrument  for  registering  the  variations 
of  the  chemical  influence  of  the  solar  rays. 

Anamorpho'sis, — A  distorted  representation  of  an  object,  so 
contrived  as  to  appear  symmetrical,  or  an  exact  representa- 
tion when  seen  from  a  certain  point  of  view,  or  as  reflected 
by  a  curved  mirror,  or  through  a  polyhedron. 

Apparent  Magnitude.— The  angle  under  which  any  line 
appears  at  the  eye,  or  the  angle  made  by  lines  drawn  from 
its  extremities  to  the  eye. 

Apparent  Motion. — The  seeming  motion  of  a  body  arising 
from  some  other  cause  than  its  actual  motion. 

Astrom'eter  (Gr.  astron,  a  star,  and  metron,  a  measure"). — An 
instrument  invented  and  employed  by  Sir  John  Herschel 
for  the  purpose  of  comparing  the  intensities  of  light  of  the 
stars,  one  with  another,  by  the  intervention  of  the  moon, 
or  the  planet  Jupiter,  or  some  other  natural  standard. 

Ax'is  (Visual). — A  particular  ray  of  light  from  any  object, 
which  falls  perpendicularly  on  the  eye. 

Catop'trics  (Gr.  kata,  against,  and  ojJtomai,  to  see). — That 
part  of  optics  which  explains  the  properties  of  reflected 
light. 

Chromat'ics  (Gr.  chroma,  color). — That  part  of  optics  which 
treats  of  the  properties  of  the  colois  of  light  and  of 
natural  bodies. 

Depolariza'tion. — The  act  of  deprivina;  of  polarity,  as  the  rays 
of  light. 

Di'chroism. — A  property  of  some  crystallized  bodies  of  appear- 


LIGHT.  93 

ing  under  two  distinct  colors,  according  to  the  direction  in 
which  they  are  viewed,  or  in  which  the  rays  of  light  pass 
through  them. 

Diffrac'tion. — A  change  which  light  undergoes,  when,  by  pass- 
ing very  near  the  borders  of  an  opaque  body,  it  forms 
parallel  bands  or  fringes. 

Diop'tries  (Gr.  Jioptumai,  to  see  through). — That  part  of 
optics  which  treats  of  the  refractions  of  light  passing 
through  different  mediums,  as  through  air,  water,  or  glass. 

Emis'sion. — The  theory,  adopted  by  Newton,  that  light  consists 
of  exceedingly  minute  particles  of  a  peculiar  matter  thrown 
out  by  a  luminous  body. 

Fo'cus. — The  point  of  convergence  at  which  all  the  I'ays  of 
light  meet  after  passing  through  a  convex  lens. 

Irradia'tion. — An  apparent  enlargement  of  objects  beyond 
their  proper  bounds,  in  consequence  of  the  vivid  impression 
of  light  on  the  eye. 

Optom'eter  (Gr.  dps,  sight,  and  metron,  a  measure). — An  in- 
strument for- measuring  the  limits  of  direct  vision. 

Photog'raphy  (Gr.  jihos,  light,  and  grapho,  I  write). — The 
science  of  the  action  of  light  on  bodies. 

Photd'ogy  (Gr.  pliOs,  light,  and  logos,  a  discourse). — The  doc- 
trine or  science  of  light,  explaining  its  nature  and  phe- 
nomena. 

Photom'eter  (Gr.  j^ltos,  light,  and  metron,  a  measure). — An  in- 
strument for  measuring  the  relative  intensities  of  light. 

Photom'etry  (Gr.  pAos,  light,  and  metreo,  I  measure). — The 
science  which  treats  of  the  measurement  of  light. 

Pleoch'roism. — The  exhibition  of  several  shades  of  colors,  as 
when  a  mixture  of  polarized  and  non-polarized  light  passes 
through  a  double  refracting  crystal. 

Polarim'etry. — The  art  or  process  of  measuring  the  polariza- 
tion of  light. 

Ra'diant. — The  luminous  point  or  object  from  which  light 
emanates. 

Reflec'tion. — The  rebound  or  turning  back  of  rays  of  light 
from  a  smooth  opposing  surface. 

Refrac'tion. — The  deviation  of  a  ray  of  light  from  a  right  line 
in  entering  a  medium  of  greater  den.^ity. 

Refrangibil'ity. — A  disposition  of  rays  of  light  to  be  refracted 
or  turned  out  of  a  direct  course,  in  passing  out  of  one 
transparent  body  or  medium  into  another. 


94  LITERATURE. 

Sciop'tics  (Gr.  sldfK,  shadow,  and  optomai,  I  shall  see). — The 
science  of  exhibiting  images  of  external  objects,  received 
on  some  extended  surface  through  a  double  convex  glass 
into  a  darkened  room. 

Spec'troscope. — An  optical  instrument  for  forming  and  ex- 
amining spectra,  particularly  those  produced  by  flames  in 
which  different  substances  are  volatilized,  so  as  to  determine, 
from  the  position  of  the  spectral  lines,  the  composition  of 
the  substance. 

Spectrum. — The  several  colored  and  other  rays  of  which  light 
is  composed,  separated  by  the  refraction  of  a  prism  or  other 
means,  and  exhibited  either  as  spread  out  on  a  screen  or 
by  direct  vision. 

Spherom'eter  (Gr.  sphaira,  a  sphere,  and  onetron,  a  measure). 
— An  instrument  for  measuring  the  thickness  of  small 
bodies,  the  curvature  of  optical  glasses,  etc. 

Tith'onic'ity. — That  property  of  light  by  which  it  produces 
chemical  effects. 

TJndulatory  Theory. — The  theory  according  to  which  light  is 
transmitted  by  the  undulations  of  an  elastic  medium  sup- 
posed to  pervade  the  universe. 

LITERATURE. 

Lit'erature. — The  results  of  learning,  knowledge,  and  imagina- 
tion preserved  in  writing. 

jEne'id. — A  heroic  poem,  written  by  Virgil,  in  which  jEneas  is 
the  hero. 

AnthoI'Dgy  (Gr.  anthologia,  a  gathering  of  flowers). — A  selec- 
tion of  poems,  or  of  elegant  extracts  from  authors. 

Ap'ologue. — A  story  or  relation  of  fictitious  events,  intended 
to  convey  useful  truths;  a  moral  fable. 

Autohiog'raphy  (Gr.  aiitos,  self,  hioa,  life,  and  ffrapho,  I  write). 
— The  biography  or  memoirs  of  one's  life  written  by  one's 
self. 

Bed'agat. — The  name  of  the  sacred  books  of  the  Boodhists  in 
Burniah. 

Belles-Lettres. — Polite  or  elegant  literature  ;  including  especi- 
ally rhetoric,  history,  poetry,  philology,  and  criticism,  with 
the  languages  in  which  the  standard  works  in  these  depart- 
ments are  written. 

Bib'licism. — Biblical  doctrine,  learning,  or  literature. 


LITERATURE.  95 

Biog'raphy  (Gr.  hios,  life,  and  grapho,  I  write). — The  history 
of  the  life  and  character  of  a  particular  person. 

Chrestom'athy  (Gr.  chrtstos,  useful,  and  manthano,  I  learn). 
— A  book  introductory  to  the  learning  of  languages,  con- 
taining selected  passages,  with  notes,  explanations,  etc. 

Chronicle, — A  histoiical  register  of  events,  in  the  order  of 
time. 

Cid. — The  name  of  an  epic  poem  of  the  Spaniards. 

Clas'sic. — A  book  written  by  an  author  of  the  first  class. 

Collecta'nea. — Notes,  observations,  or  any  matter  collected 
from  a  variety  of  works. 

Com'meiltary. — A  book  of  annotations,  comments  and  remarks. 

Compendium. — A  brief  compilation  or  composition,  containing 
the  principal  heads,  or  general  principles,  of  a  larger  work 
or  system. 

Concord' ance. — A  dictionary  of  the  Bible  in  which  all  the 
leading  terms  used  in  Scripture  are  arranged  alphabetically, 
and  reference  is  made  to  the  various  places  in  which  they 
occur. 

Crit'ieism. — The  art  of  judging  with  propriety  of  the  beauties 
and  faults  of  a  literary  performance  or  of  any  production 
in  the  fine  arts. 

Critique'. — The  science  of  criticism ;  a  critical  essay. 

Cyclopae'dia. — A  book,  or  series  of  volumes,  containing  a  view 
of  the  arts,  sciences,  and  literature,  arranged  in  alphabetical 
order. 

Decam'eron. — A  volume  consisting  of  ten  books  ;  applied  par- 
ticularly to  the  celebrated  collection  of  tales  by  Boccaccio. 

Dissertation. — A  written  essay,  treatise,  or  disquisition. 

Ed'da. — A  book  containing  a  system  of  Runic  or  Scandinavian 
mythology,  with  some  account  of  the  theology  and  phi- 
losophy of  the  northern  nations  of  Europe. 

Ephem'eris, — A  book  or  collection  of  notices  indicating  events 
that  have  occurred  on  the  same  day  in  diS'erent  years. 

Epigraph. — A  citation  from  some  author,  or  a  sentence  framed 
lor  the  purpose,  placed  at  the  commencement  of  a  work 
or  at  its  separate  divisions. 

Ep'isode. — An  incidental  narrative,  or  digression,  separable 
from  the  main  subject,  but  naturally  arising  from  it. 

Epit'ome. — A  brief  summary  or  abstract  of  any  book  or  writ- 

Es'say. — A  composition  intended  to  prove  or  illustrate  a  par- 


9G  LITERATURE. 

ticular  subject,  and  usually  shorter  or  less  methodical  than 

a  treatise. 
Excur'sus. — A  dissertation  appended  to  a  work,  containing  a 

more  full  exposition  of  some  important  point  or  topic. 
Fable. — A  fictitious  narration  intended  to  enforce  some  useful 

truth  or  precept. 
Facetiae. — Witty  or  humorous  writings. 
Fic'tion. —  Fictitious  literature  or  writings,  as  novels,  romances, 

etc. 
Gazette'. — A  kind  of  official  newspaper,  containing  an  account 

of    public   or  private  transactions  and  events  which  are 

deemed  sufficiently  important  for  insertion. 
Gazetteer'. — A  topographical  work,  containing  brief  descrip- 
tions, alphabetically  arranged,  of  empires,  kingdoms,  cities, 

towns,  and  rivers.     It  may  either  include  the  whole  world, 

or  be  limited  to  a  particular  country. 
Geor'gics. — Books  or  didactic  poems  treating  of  hu.sbandry ; 

tiie  title  of  Virgil's  poem,  in  four  books,  on  agriculture. 
Glos'sary. — A  dictionary  of  difficult  words  or  phrases  in  any 

language  or  by  any  writer.     Also,  a  dictionary  of  obscure 

or  antiquated  words. 
Gnomorogy  (Gwgnomi:,  an  opinion,  and  logos^  a  discourse). — A 

treatise  on,  or  a  collection  of,  maxims. 
Hagiol'ogy  (Gr.  haf/ios,  holy,  and  logos,  a  discourse). — That  de- 
partment of  literature  which  treats  of  sacred  things,  or  of 

the  lives  of  the  saints. 
Hermeneut'ics  (Gr.  liermeneutilcos,  skilled  in  interpreting). — 

The  science  or  art  of  literary  interpretation. 
Historiog'raphy  (Gr.  historia,  history,  and  graplio,  I  write). 

— The  art  or  employment  of  a  historian. 
Historiol'ogy  (Gr.  historia,  history,  and  logos,  a  discourse). — 

A  treatise  on  history ;  explanation  of  history. 
Il'iad. — An  epic  poem,  composed  by  Homer,  in  twenty-four 

books. 
Jour'nal. — A  paper  published  daily ;  hence,  also,  a  periodical 

publication,  whether  sheet  or  book,  giving  an  account  of 

passing  events,  the  proceedings  and  memoirs  of  societies, 

and  the  like. 
Jour'nalism. — The  profession  of  editing,  or  writing  for,  journals. 
Koran. — The  Mohammedan   Bible,  or  the  book  written  and 
left   by   Mohammed    and    containing    the   doctrines   and 
precepts  of  his  religion. 


LITERATURE.  97 

Lexicography  (Gr.  lexis,  diction,  and  ffrapho,  I  write). — The 

art  of  composing  dictloitaries. 
Lex'icon. — A  book  containing  the  words  of  a  hxnguage  arranged 

alphabetically  and  defined.     The  term  was  originally,  and 

is  still  usually,  confined  to  dictionaries  of  the  Greek  and 

Hebrew  tongues. 
Magazine'. — A  periodical  work  containing  miscellaneous  matter. 
Manuscript. — A  book  or  paper  written  with  the  hand  or  pen. 
Martyrol'ogy. — A  history  or  account  of  martyrs,  with  their 

suiferiugs. 
Met'aphrase. — A  version  or  translation  of  one  language  into 

another,  word  for  word ;  opposed  to  Paraphrase. 
Mis'cellany. — A  book  or  pamphlet  containing  a  collection  of 

compositions  on  various  subjects,  or  a  collection  of  various 

kinds  of  compositions. 
Nov'el. — A  fictitious  tale  or  narrative  in  prose,  intended  to  ex- 
hibit the  operation  of  the  passions,  and  particularly  of  love. 
Odyssey. — An  epic  poem  attributed  to  Homer ;  the  subject  is 

the  return  of  Ulysses  from  Troy  to  Ithaca. 
Pam'phlet. — A  small  book  consisting  of  a  sheet  of  paper,  or  of 

sheets  stitched  together,  but  not  bound. 
Pandect. — A  treatise  which  contains  the  whole  of  any  science. 
Pantol'ogy  (Gr.  pas,  pantos,  all,  and  logos,  a  discourse). — A 

syistcmatic  view  of  all  branches  of  human  hnowledge. 
Par'aphrase. — A  loose  or  free  translation  ;  opposed  to  ]Meta- 

I'lIRASE. 

Pasquinade'. — A  lampoon  or  satirical  writing. 

Polyglot. — A  book  containing  many  languages,  or  in  which 
are  comprised  versions  in  many  languages. 

Preface. — Observations  prefixed  to  a  literary  work  intended 
to  inform  the  reader  respecting  its  design,  plan,  etc. 

Prose. — Composition  not  in  verse,  and  without  metre  or  poetic 
measure. 

Pura'na. — One  of  a  class  of  sacred  poetical  books  in  the  Hindoo 
language  which  treats  of  the  creation,  destruction,  and 
renovation  of  worlds,  the  genealogy  of  gods  and  heroes,  the 
reigns  of  the  Manus,  and  the  transactions  of  their  descend- 
ants.    The  Puranas  are  eighteen  in  number. 

Review'. — A    critical    notice    of   a    literary   work.      Also,    a 
periodical    publication,    giving    critical    examinations    or 
analyses  of  books,  a  character  of  them,  and  remarks  upon 
them  ;  as  "  Tlie  Edinburgh  Review" 
E  9 


98  LITERATURE. 

Romance'. — A  tale  or  fictitious  history  of  extraordinary  adven- 
tures. The  Euinance  differs  from  tlie  Novd,  as  it  treats 
of  great  actions  and  extravagant  adventures,  soaring  beyond 
the  limits  of  fact  and  real  life.  Romances  have  of  late 
years  given  way  to  hisforical  novels. 

Rubric. — Any  writing  or  printing  in  red  ink  in  old  books  and 
manuscripts,  especially  the  date  or  place  on  the  title-page. 

Sad'da. — A  work  in  the  Persian  tongue,  being  a  summary  of 
the  Zendavesta,  or  sacred  books. 

Sat'ire. — A  discourse  or  poem  in  which  wickedness  or  folly  is 
exposed  with  severity.  It  differs  from  Lampoon  and 
Pasquinade  in  being  general  rather  than  personal. 

Shas'ter. — The  name  of  a  book  in  high  estimation  among  the 
idolaters  of  Hindostan,  containing  all  the  dogmas  of  the 
religion  of  the  Brahmins,  and  all  the  ceremonies  of  their 
worship. 

Tal'mild. — A  collection  of  Jewish  writings. 

Tet'rapla. — The  name  of  a  Bible  arranged  by  Origen,  in  four 
columns,  and  consisting  of  four  different  versions,  viz. : 
that  of  the  Septuagint,  that  of  Aquila,  that  of  Symmachus, 
and  that  of  Theodotion. 

Text'-hook.^A  book  containing  the  leading  principles  or  most 
important  points  of  a  science  or  branch  of  learning,  arranged 
in  order  for  the  use  of  students. 

Trav'esty. — A  literary  work  so  translated  or  imitated  as  to  be 
rendered  ridiculous. 

Treat'ise. — A  written  composition  on  a  particular  subject,  in 
which  the  principles  of  it  are  discussed  or  explained.  A 
treatise  is  of  an  indefinite  length  ;  but  it  implies  more  form 
and  method  than  an  essay,  and  less  fulness  or  copiousness 
than  a  system. 

Ve'da. — The  technical  name  of  those  ancient  Sanscrit  works  on 
which  the  first  period  of  the  religious  belief  of  the  Hindoos 
is  based. 

Vocah'ulary. — A  list  or  collection  of  the  words  of  a  language 
arranged  in  alphabetical  order  and  explained.  The  term 
is  often  used  in  a  sense  somewhat  different  from  that  of 
dlctionar)/,  its  signification  being  restricted  to  the  list  of 
words. 

Vul'gate. — An  ancient  Latin  translation  of  the  Bible,  made 
chiefly  by  St.  Jerome,  being  the  only  one  which  the 
church  of  Home  acknowledges  to  be  authentic. 


MAMMALS.  99 

Zend'aves'ta. — A  sacred  book  of  the  Guebers  or  Parsces,  as- 
cribed to  Zoroaster,  and  reverenced  as  a  sole  rule  of  faith 
and  practice. 

MAMMALS. 

Mammal'ogy  (Lat.  mamma,  the  breast). — The  science  or 
doctrine  of  mannuiferous  animals,  or  mammalia.  Those 
having  hoofs  are  iaxmcA.  nngul a te  ;  the  others  unguiculate. 
The  mammalia  have  been  divided  into  two  classes,  the 
Plncentalia  and  the  Implacentalia. 

Class  1.  The  PlacentaUa,  or  those  having  a  placenta  or  a 
vascular  chorion,  by  which  the  foetus  is  attached  to  the 
uterus,  are  divided  into 

1.  Bima'na. — Two-handed,  whose  posterior  extremities  arc 
used  only  to  keep  them  in  an  erect  position,  and  for  the 
purpose  of  locomotion.  They  comprehend  the  varieties 
of  man. 

2.  ftuadru'mana. — Those  having  four  hands,  whose  hinder 
extremities,  in  some  instances,  resemble  hands  more  than 
the  anterior,  the  thumb  being  sometimes  wanting  or  in- 
capable of  being  opposed  to  the  other  digits.  They  com- 
prehend the  ape,  monkey,  etc. 

3.  Cheirop'tera. — Those  having  the  exterior  extremities  so 
modified  as  to  serve  for  wings,  the  fingers  being  lengthened, 
and  connected  together  by  a  thin  membrane.  They  com- 
prehend the  different  kinds  of  bats. 

4.  Insectiv'ora. — Insect-eaters.  They  comprehend  the 
shrew,  mole,  hedge-hog,  etc. 

5.  Carniv'ora. — The  flesh-eaters.  They  comprehend  the 
dog,  cat,  bear,  seal,  etc. 

G.  Ceta'cea. — The  whale  tribe.  They  live  in  the  sea  or 
in  large  rivers.  The  caudal  fin  is  horizontal,  not  vertical, 
as  in  the  true  fishes.  They  comprehend  the  whale,  por- 
poise, etc. 

7.  Pachyder'mata. — The  thick-skinned.  They  are  dis- 
tinguished by  the  thickness  of  their  skins,  and  comprehend 
the  hippopotamus,  elephant,  horse,  hog,  etc. 

8.  Ruminan'tia. — Those  that  chew  the  cud.  They  have 
cloven  feet,  want  incisors,  and  have  a  stomach  with  four 
cavities. 

9.  Edenta'ta. — Those  having  imperfect  dental  apparatus. 
Their  digits  are  generally  sunk  in  large  and  crooked  claws. 


100  MAN. 

Tliey  Imve  no  incisors  :uk1  sonietinios  no  dontal  organs. 
They  conipreliend  the  sloth,  ant-eater,  armadillo,  etc. 
10.  Roden'tia. — Those  animals  which  gnaw.  Their  poste- 
rior are  generally  larger  than  their  anterior  parts,  and 
hence  they  rather  leap  than  walk.  The  brain  is  of  an 
inferior  type  ;  the  eyes  are  lateral.  Some  of  them  use  their 
feet  to  convey  their  food  to  the  mouth.  They  comprehend 
the  rat,  squirrel,  rabbit,  etc. 
Class  2.  The  Inip/accntalui,  or  those  having  no  placenta  or 
vascular  chorion,  are  divided  into, 

1 .  Marsupia'lia. — -The  pouched,  which  have  the  abdominal 
integument  folded  inwards,  forming  a  depression  contain- 
ing the  manimte,  or  a  pouch  for  the  temporary  shelter  of 
their  young.  The  foetus  is  not  attached  to  the  uterus ;  it 
is  prematurely  born,  in  the  great  kangaroo  after  a  gesta- 
tion of  only  thirty-eight  days,  at  the  end  of  which  period 
it  does  not  exceed  an  inch  in  length.  It  is  then  received 
into  the  pouch,  where,  adhering  to  the  nipple,  it  remains 
for  many  months. 

2.  Monotrem'ata. — Those  having  but  one  outlet  for  the 
excremental  and  generative  products.  They  are  ovo-vivip- 
arous;  that  is,  extrude  the  living  fuetus,  more  or  less  ex- 
tricated from  the  egg  coverings  which  had  been  developed 
within  the  body  of  the  parent.  They  include  only  two 
genera,  both  found  in  Australia,  the  Ornithorhynchus  and 
the  Schidna. 

MAN. 

Anatomy. — See  Anatomy. 

Anthropog'raphy  (Gr.  anthrOpos,  man,  and  (/raphe,  a  descrip- 
tion).— That  branch  oi  physical  geograpliijvih\(i\\  treats  of 
the  actual  distribution  of  the  human  race,  as  distinguished 
by  physical  character,  language,  institutions,  and  customs  ; 
in  distinction  from  ethnohgi/,  which  treats  historically  of 
the  origin  and  filiation  of  races  and  nations. 

Anthropol'ogy  (Gr.  aitthrupos,  man,  and-  logos,  a  discourse). 
— The  science  of  man,  considered  physically,  intellectually, 
and  morally,  or  in  his  entire  nature. 

Anthropos'copy  (Gr.  aitfhrupos,  a  man,  and  skopco,  I  view). — 
The  art  of  discovering  or  judging  of  a  man's  character, 
passions,  and  inclinations  from  the  lineaments  of  his 
body. 


3IA  PS.  101 

Biorogy  (Gr.  hios,  life,  and  logos,  a  discourse). — That  branch 
of  scientific  inquiry  whicli  is  concerned  with  the  nature 
and  relations  of  living  bodies. 

Ethnology  (Gr.  efJuws,  a  nation,  and  logos). — The  science 
which  treats  of  the  different  natural  races  and  families  of 
men. 

Medicine. — See  Medicine. 

Mes'merism  (from  IMcsmer,  who  first  wrote  on  the  subject). 
— The  art  of  communicating  a  species  of  sleep  which  is 
supposed  to  affect  the  body  while  the  mind  or  intellectual 
power  is  active  and  intelligent. 

Phonol'ogy  (Gr.  pho)ie,  sound,  and  logos,  a  discourse). — The 
science  or  doctrine  of  the  elementary  sounds  uttered  by  the 
hnman  voice  in  speech,  including  its  various  distinctions 
or  subdivisions  of  tones. 

Physian'thropy  (Gr.  phusis,  nature,  and  antlirdpos,  a  man). — 
The  philosophy  of  human  life,  or  the  doctrine  of  the  con- 
stitution and  diseases  of  man,  and  the  remedies. 

Physiognomy  (Gr.  phusis,  nature,  and  gnomonikos,  knowing). 
— The  art  or  science  of  discerning  the  character  of  the 
mind  from  the  features  of  the  face. 

Physiology  (Gr.  jfhusis,  nature,  and  logos,  a  discourse.) — That 
branch  of  science  which  treats  of  the  peculiar  functions 
and  pi'operties  of  living  bodies,  that  is,  of  bodies  which 
grow  and  produce  their  kind, — a  definition  which  includes 
both  vegetables  and  animals. 

Psychol'ogy  (Gr.  psuche,  the  soul,  and  logos). — The  science 
which  relates  more  immediately  to  the  human  mind,  its 
powers,  and  their  cultivation. 

Surgery. — See  Surgery. 

MAPS. 

Cartog'raphy  (Gr.  cJiarte,  a  chart,  and  graplio,  I  write). 
— Tlie  art  or  practice  of  forming  charts  or  maps  of  a 
country. 

Chorog'raphy  (Gr.  chora,  a  district,  and  gmpho,  I  write). — 
The  art  or  practice  of  making  a  map  or  description  of  a 
particular  region  or  country,  in  distinction  from  topog- 
raphy, which  is  concerned  with  minute  details,  and  from 
geography^  which  properly  refers  to  the  description  of 
the  whole  earth. 

9* 


102  MA  THEM  A  TICS. 

Hydrog'raphy  (Gr.  hu<Ior,  water,  and  graplto,  I  write). — The 
art  o\^  forming  charts  exhibiting  a  representation  of  the 
sea-coast,  gulfs,  bays,  soundings,  etc. 

Topography  (Gr.  topOa,  a  place,  and  (/nipho,  I  write). — Tiie 
accurate  description  of  some  particular  place  or  tract 
of  land.  Topography  goes  into  minute  details  which 
geography  does  not  enter  upon. 

MATHEMATICS. 

Mathematics. — The  science  of  quantity,  the  science  which 
treats  of  magnitude  and  number,  or  of  whatever  can  be 
measured  or  numbered. 

Al'gebra  (Arab,  ul,  the,  and  gehr,  resolution). — The  science 
of  ((uantity  in  general,  or  univensal  arithmetic. 

Altim'etry  (Lat.  aldts,  high,  and  Gr.  metreo,  I  measure). — 
The  art  of  ascertaining  altitudes  by  taking  angles  with  a 
proper  instrument,  and  by  trigonometrical  calculations  with- 
out actual  mensuration. 

Arith'metic  (Gr.  urithmoa,  number). — The  science  of  num- 
bers, or  the  art  of  computation. 

Chorom'etry  (Gr.  choi-a,  a  district,  and  vietreo,  I  measure). — 
The  art  of  measuring  or  surveying  a  country. 

Con'ic  Sec'tions. — That  part  of  mathematics  which  treats  of 
the  properties,  measurements,  etc.,  of  the  sections  of  a 
cone. 

Geod'esy  (Gr.  ge,  the  earth,  and  daio,  I  divide). — That  part 
of  practical  geometry  which  has  for  its  object  the  determi- 
nation of  the  magnitude  and  figure  either  of  the  whole 
earth  or  of  any  portion  of  its  surftice. 

Geometry  (Gr.  gc,  the  earth,  and  mctrco,  I  measure). — The 
science  of  magnitude  in  general ;  the  mensuration  of  sur- 
faces, etc. 

Hypsom'etry  (Gr.  Jutpsos,  height,  and  metreo,  I  measure). — 
The  art  of  measuring  the  relative  or  the  absolute  heights 
of  places  upon  the  surface  of  the  earth,  either  by  the 
barometer  or  by  trigonometrical  observation. 

Mensura'tion. — That  branch  of  applied  geometry  wliich  gives 
rules  for  finding  the  length  of  lines,  the  areas  of  surfaces, 
or  the  volumes  of  solids,  from  certain  simple  data  of  lines 
and  angles. 

Rabdology  (Gr.  7-hahdos,  a  rod,  and  Zoyo.s,  a  discourse). — The 


MECHANICAL   PHILOSOPHY.  103 

metliod  or  art  of  pcrforminp;  aritlimetical  operations  by 
means  of  little  square  rods,  called  Napier's  bones. 

Spherics. — The  doctrine  of  the  sphere;  the  science  of  the 
properties  and  relations  of  the  circles,  figures,  and  other 
niatrnitudes  of  a  sphere,  produced  by  planes  intersecting  it. 

Stereom'etry  (Gr.  stereos,  solid,  and  victrco,  I  measure). — That 
part  of  jicometry  which  teaches  the  art  of  ineasuring  solids 
or  ascertaining  the  solid  contents  of  bodies. 

Survey'ing'. — The  art  of  determining  tlie  area  of  any  portion 
of  the  earth's  surfl\ce,  the  lengths  and  directions  of  the 
boundary-lines,  the  contour  of  the  surface,  etc.,  with  an 
accurate  delineation  of  the  whole  on  paper. 

Trigoiiom'etry  (Gr.  trigOnon,  a  triangle,  and  metreo,  I  measure). 
— The  science  of  determining  the  sides  and  angles  of 
triangles  by  means  of  certain  parts  which  are  given. 

Mechanics, 

Statics, 

Dynamics, 

Hydrodynamics,      )■  See  Mechanical  Philosophy. 

Hydrostatics, 

Hydraulics, 

Pneumatics. 

MECHANICAL  PHILOSOPHY. 

Mechanics  (Gr.  mcchane,  a  machine). — That  branch  of  prac- 
tical science  which  treats  of  the  eifects  of  powers  or  motive 
forces,  and  their  action  on  bodies,  either  directly  or  by 
means  of  machines  and  engines. 

Aerodynam'ics  (Gr.  aer,  air,  and  diDiamis,  power). — The 
science  which  treats  of  the  motion  of  the  <iir  and  its  me- 
chanical effects  when  in  motion  ;  also  its  resistance  to  bodies 
moving  in  it. 

Aerostatics  (Gr.  acr,  air,  and  stafos,  sustaining). — Treats  of 
the  cqiti/ibrium  of  elastic  Jlaids,  or  of  bodies  sustained  in 
them. 

Barol'ogy  (Gr.  haros,  weight,  and  logos,  a  discourse). — The 
science  of  weight,  or  of  the  gravity  of  bodies. 

Dynamics  (Gr.  dnnamis,  power). — Treats  of  bodies  in  motion. 

Hydraulics  (Gr.  hudOr,  water,  and  aulas,  a  pipe). — That 
branch  of  hydrodynamics  which  teaches  how  to  estimate 
the  velocity  of  moving   inelastic  fluids.     It  is  this  im- 


104  MEDICINE. 

portant  science  that  furnishes  the  principles  upon  which 
eni^ines  are  constructed  by  wliich  water  is  raised.  It  treats 
of  pumps,  fountains,  etc. 

Hydrodynam'ics  (Gr.  hudOr,  water,  and  dunamis,  power). — 
Treats  of  tlie  properties  and  rehitions  of  water  and  other 
fluids,  whether  in  motion  or  at  rest.     It  includes 
Hydrostatics,  which  regards  fluids  at  rest,  and 
IlvDRAULlcs,  which  re<;;ards  fluids  in  motion. 

Kinemat'ics  (kiueo,  to  move). — A  term  used  by  some  writers 
to  denote  the  doctrine  which  treats  of  the  p//ec/.s  of  motion 
without  reference  to  its  causes,  and  in  contradistinction  to 
dynamics. 

Mech'anurgy  (Gr.  mechaue,  a  machine,  and  ergein,  to  work). 
— That  branch  of  science  which  treats  of  moving  ma- 
cliines. 

Pneumat'ics  (Gr.  pneumatikos,  belonging  to  the  air). — Treats 
of  air,  steam,  and  other  elastic  fluids. 

Pyrom'eter  (Gr.  pur,  fire,  and  mefrou,  measure). — An  instru- 
ment for  measuring  the  expansion  of  bodies  by  heat. 

Stat'ics  (Grr.  sfatiL-os,  belonging  to  a  state  of  rest. ) — Treats  of 
the  force  that  keeps  bodies  at  rest  or  in  equilibrium. 

Trochilics  (Gr.  trochos,  anything  circular,  a  wheel). — The 
science  of  rotary  motion. 

MEDICINE. 

Med'icine. — The  art  of  preventing,  curing,  or  alleviating  the 
iliseases  of  the  human  body. 

Acology  (Gr.  akos,  a  remedy,  and  loffos,  a  discourse). — Materia 
J/edica — the  doctrine  of  remedies. 

Allopathy  (Gr.  alios,  another,  and  pathos,  affection). — The 
opposite  to  Homoeopathy ;  or,  according  to  Hahnemann,  a 
method  of  treatment  in  which  remedial  agents  are  em- 
ployed, the  action  of  which  on  healthy  man  produces 
morbid  phenomena  difierent  from  those  that  are  observed 
in  the  sick  person. 

Asthenology  (Gr.  a,  sthenos,  strength,  and  logos,  a  discourse). 
- — The  doctrine  of  diseases  connected  with  debility. 

Atmom'eter  (Gr.  atmos,  vapor,  and  metron,  a  measure). — An 
instrument  to  measure  the  quantity  of  exhalation  from  the 
human  surface  in  a  given  time. 

Ausculta'tion. — A  method  of  distinguishing  diseases,  particu- 


MEDICINE.  105 

larly  in  the  thorax,  by  observing  the  sounds  in  the  part, 

•lonerallj  by  means  of  a  tube  applied  to  the  surface. 
Cosmetorogy  (Gr.  kosmo,  to  adorn,  and  logos). — A  treatise  on 

the  chess,  and  cleanHness  of  the  body. 
Cyesiol'ogy  (Gr.  kuesis,  pregnancy,  and  logos). — The  doctrine 

of  gtstation. 
Diagnosis  (Gr.  din,  through,  and  ghiusJco,  I  know). — The  art 

of  distinguishing  one  disease  from  another. 
Dietetics. — A  branch  of  medicine  comprising  the  rules  to  be 

followed  for  preventing,  relieving,  or  curing  diseases  hy 

diet. 
Endemiorogy  (endemic,  and  Gr.  logos,  a  discourse). — The  doc- 

tiiiio  of  endemic  diseases, 
Epidemid'ogy  (epidemic,  and  Gr.  logos,  a  discourse). — That 

liranch  of  medical  science  which  treats  of  epidemics. 
Etiology  (Gr.  aitia,  a  cause,  and   logos). — That  branch   of 

medical  science  which  treats  of  the  causes  of  disease. 
Geroc'omy  (Gr.  gerOn,  an  old  man). — That  part  of  medicine 

which  treats  of  the  proper  regimen  for  old  people. 
Gynecorogy  (Gr.  gnne,  gunaikos,  a  woman,  and  logos). — The 

doctrine  of  the  nature  and  diseases  of  icomen. 
Hemastat'ics  (Gr.  haima,  blood,  and  statics). — The  doctrine 

of  the  motion  of  the  hlood  in  living  bodies. 
Hematd'ogy  (Gr.  haima,  blood,  and  logos). — That  part  of 

medicine  which  treats  of  the  blood. 
Hydrography  (Medical)   (Gr.  hudOr,  water,   and   grapho,  I 

write). — The  study  of  the  influence  exerted  by  the  sea  or 

by  navigation  on  the  health  of  man. 
Hydrol'ogy  (Medical)  (Gr.  huddr,  water,  and  logos). — That 

part  of  physics  whose  object  is  the  study  of  water,  con- 
sidered as  it  respects  medicine ;  and,  consequently,  em- 
bracing that  of  mineral  waters. 
Hydrop'athy  (Gr.  huddr,  water,  and  pathos,  suffering). — The 

art  of  treating  diseases  by  the  copious  and  frequent  xise  of 

water,  both  externally  and  internally. 
Hy'giene,   Hygid'ogy  (Gr.  hugieia,  health,  and  logos'). — The 

science  which  treats  of  the  preservation  of  health. 
Kinesip'athy  (Gr.  hineo,  I  move,  and  pathos,  suffering). — A 

mode  of  treating  disease  by  gymna.stics  or  exercise,  called 

also  mnvement-cure. 
Mate'ria  Med'ica  (Lat.,  medical  stuff  ). — An  auxiliary  branch 

of  the  science  of  medicine,  which  treats  of  the  nature  and 

E* 


lOG  MEDICINE. 

properties  of  all  the  substances  that  are  employed  for  the 
cure  of  diseases. 

Metabolel'ogy  (Gr.  metahoU,  change,  and  logos,  a  discourse). 
— A  description  of  the  changes  which  supervene  in  the 
course  of  a  disease. 

Nosorogy  (Gr.  nosos,  disease,  and  logos). — That  branch  of 
medical  science  which  treats  of  the  classification  of 
diseases. 

Obstet'rics  (Lat.  ohsfetrix,  a  midwife). — The  science  of  mid- 
wifery ;  the  art  of  assisting  women  in  parturition. 

Ophthalmotorogy  (Gr.  ophthalmos,  the  eye,  and  logos). — The 
science  of  ophthalmia,  or  a  treatise  on  it. 

Osmonosol'ogy  (Gr.  osme,  an  odor,  nosos,  a  disease,  and  logos, 
a  discourse). — The  doctrine  of,  or  a  treatise  on,  the  dis- 
eases of  the  sense  of  smell. 

Osphresiol'ogy  (Gr.  osphresis,  smell,  and  logos). — A  treatise 
on  olfaction  and  odors. 

Ourol'Dgy  (Gr.  ouron,  urine,  and  logos,  a  discourse). — The 
judgment  of  diseases  from  the  examination  of  the  urine. 

Pathog'eny  (Gr.  patlios,  suffering,  and  genaio,  I  produce). — 
Tliat  branch  of  pathological  science  which  relates  to  the 
generation,  production,  and  development  of  disease. 

Pathol'ogy  {(}i\  p)athos,  suffering,  and  logos). — That  part  of 
medicine  which  explains  the  nature  of  diseases,  their 
causes  and  symptoms. 

Pedot'rophy. — The  doctrine  of  the  nourishment  of  children. 

Pep'tics  {Grr.  pepsis,  digestion). — The  doctrine  of  digestion. 

Percus'sion. — The  act  of  determining  the  condition  of  an  in- 
ternal organ  by  the  sound  given  when  the  external  surface 
is  gently  knocked  upon. 

Pharmacorogy  (Gr.  pharmahon,  a  medicine,  and  logos,  a  dis- 
course).— The  science  or  knowledge  of  drugs,  or  the  art 
of  preparing  medicines. 

Phar'macy,  or  Pharmaceu'tics. — The  art  of  preserving,  pre- 
paring, compounding,  and  combining  whatever  substances 
may  be  necessary  for  medical  purposes. 

Phon'aseet'ics  (Gr.  plionaskco,  I  practise  the  voice). — The  art 
or  method  of  restoring  the  voice. 

Posol'ogy  (Gr.  posos,  how  much,  and  logos). — The  science  or 
doctrine  of  doses. 

Psychonosology  (Gr.  psuche,  mind,  nosos,  a  disease,  and  logos). 
— The  doctrine  of,  or  a  treatise  on,  diseases  of  the  mind. 


MEMORY.  107 

Pyretol'ogy  (Gr.  imretos,  fever,  and  hgos). — A  treatise  on 
fevers. 

Spermatorogy. — A  discourse  on  sj^emi,  or  the  fecundating 
fluid. 

Spirom'eter  (Lat.  spiro,  to  breathe,  and  Gr.  metron,  measure). 
— Any  instrument  for  measuring  the  quantity  of  air  con- 
cerned in  respiration,  and,  consequently,  the  capacity  of 
the  lungs. 

Symptomatorogy  (Gr.  smntoma,  a  falling  or  accident,  and 
logos). — The  doctrine  of  symptoms  ;  that  part  of  the  sci- 
ence of  medicine  which  treats  of  the  symptoms  of  diseases. 

Syphilization. — Saturation  of  the  system  by  inoculation  with 
syphilis. 

Tecnol'ogy  (Gr.  telcnos,  a  child,  and  logos,  a  discourse). — A 
treatise  on  children. 

Teratol'ogy  (Gr.  teras,  a  prodigy,  and  logos). — That  branch 
of  physiology  which  treats  of  mal/ormafions  and  mon- 
strosities. 

Therapeutics  (Gr.  therapentikos,  from  therajyeuo,  to  nurse,  to 
cure). — That  part  of  medicine  which  respects  the  dis- 
covery and  application  of  remedies  for  diseases.  That 
which  teaches  also  the  use  of  diet  and  of  medicines. 

Tocorogy  (Gr.  tokos,  bringing  forth,  and  logos). — The  science 
of  obstetrics  or  midwifery. 

Toxicol'ogy  (Gr.  toxicon,  a  poison,  and  logos). — That  branch 
of  medicine  which  treats  of  the  morbid  and  deleterious 
effects  of  excessive  and  inordinate  doses  and  quantities  of 
medicines,  commonly  gvlWqiI  poisoning. 

TJronorogy  (Gr.  ouron,  urine,  and  logos). — That  part  of  medi- 
cine whicli  treats  of  the  urine. 

Vaccina'tioil  (Lat.  vacca,  a  cow). — The  art  or  practice  of  in- 
oculating persons  with  the  cow-pox. 
See  also  under  headings  Pharmaceutical  Preparations 
and  Remedial  Agents. 

MEMORY. 

Mnemon'ics  (Gr.  mnemonikos,  belonging  to  memory). — The 
art  of  improving  and  using  the  memory. 

Topol'ogy  (Gr.  fopos,  a  place,  and  logos). — The  art  of  assist- 
ing the  memory  by  associating  the  object  to  be  remem- 
bered with  some  place  or  building  the  parts  of  which  are 
weh  known. 


1 08  META  LL  UltOV. 


METALLURGY. 

Met'allurgy  (Gr.  metaUon,  a  metal,  and  ergon,  a  work). — The 
art  of  obtduiing  metals  from  their  ores  and  preparing  them 
for  the  various  uses  to  which  they  are  applied. 

Af  finage  (Fr.  offijier,  to  refine). — The  art  of  refining  metals 
by  the  cupel. 

Amalgama'tion. — The  process  of  separating  gold  and  silver 
from  certain  of  their  ores  by  dissoKing  these  metals  in 
mercury. 

As'say. — A  term  used  to  express  those  chemical  operations 
which  are  made  to  ascertain  the  quantity  of  metal  contained 
in  ores,  or  to  discover  the  value  or  purity  of  any  mass  of 
gold,  silver,  or  other  metal. 

Case'-hardening. — The  process  of  converting  the  surface  of 
iron  into  steel. 

Doc'imacy  (Gr.  doMmasia,  an  examination). — The  act  or  the 
art  of  examining  by  test ;  applied,  in  metallurgy,  to  ex- 
periments made  to  determine  the  nature  and  purity  of  a 
metal. 

Docimol'ogy  (Gr.  dokimos,  proved,  and  logos). — A  treatise  on 
the  art  of  (issaying  or  examining  in  metallurgy,  chemistry, 
obstetrics,  etc. 

Eliqua'tion. — A  separation  of  the  different  parts  of  mixed 
metals  by  the  difi'erent  degrees  of  heat  required  to  melt 
them. 

Flux. — Reduction  or  conversion  of  ores  to  metal ;  any  sub- 
stance or  mixture  used  to  promote  the  fusion  of  metallic 
ores,  as  carbonate  of  potash,  or  iclilte  flux,  equal  parts  of 
nitre  and  tartar  deflagrated,  or  hlach  flux,  limestone, 
fluor-spar,  borax,  and  several  metallic  oxides. 

Hydro-metallurgy  (Gr.  hudOr,  water,  and  metrdlurgy^. — The 
act  or  process  of  assaying  or  reducing  ores  in  the  wet  way, 
or  by  means  of  liquid  reagents. 

Lab'yrinth. — A  series  of  canals  through  which  a  stream  of 
water  is  transmitted  for  suspending,  carrying  off,  and  de- 
positing at  different  distances  the  ground  ore  of  a  metal. 

Proplas'tice. — The  art  of  making  moulds  for  castings. 

Pud'dling. — The  process  of  converting  cast  iron  into  wrought 
or  malleable  iron,  by  subjecting  it  to  the  continued  action 
of  intense   heat  in  a  reverberatory  furnace,  with  frequent 


METALS.  109 

stirring,  so  as  to  free  it  from  icopurities,  as  carbon,  silica, 
etc. 

Reduc'tion. — The  operation  of  separating  a  metal  from  other 
substances  with  which  it  is  combined. 

Refin'ing. — A  process  whereby  the  substances  acted  upon  are 
puritied  by  the  chemical  separation  of  dross  and  impuri- 
ties, and  of  such  foreign  matters  as  may  be  in  combination 
with  them. 

Eoast'ing". — The  protracted  application  of  heat,  below  a  fusing- 
point,  to  metallic  ores. 

Sco'riae. — The  dross  of  metals  in  fusion. 

Smelting. — The  operation  of  melting  ores  for  the  purpose  of 
extracting  the  metal. 

Torrefac'tion. — The  operation  of  roasting  ores. 

Toss'ing. — A  process  which  consists  in  suspending  ores  by  vio- 
lent agitation  in  water,  in  order  to  separate  the  lighter  or 
earthy  particles. 

Ustula'tion, — The  operation  of  expelling  one  substance  from 
another  by  heat,  as  sulphur  and  arsenic  from  ores,  in  a 
niuifle. 

METALS. 

Founding'. — The  art  of  casting  or  forming  of  melted  metal 
any  article  according  to  a  given  design  or  pattern. 

Lacq'uering. — The  art  of  covering  metals  loith  lacquer. 

Metalloch'romy  (G-r.  mefnUon,  a  metal,  and  chroma,  a  color). 
— The  art  of  coloring  metals. 

Metallog'raphy  (Gr.  metallon,  metal,  and  graplie,  descrip- 
tion).— An  account  of  metals,  or  a  treatise  on  metallic 
substances. 

Met'allurgy. — See  Metallurgy. 

Metals  have  been  divided  by  Prof  lloscoe  into  eleven  classes, 
which  are  as  follows  : 


ALKALIES. 

1.  Potas'siiim. — The  metallic  base  of  pure  potash.  It  is 
ligliter  than  water,  and  of  a  silver-white  color. 

2.  So'dium. — The  metallic  base  of  soda.  It  is  white, 
opaque,  and  has  the  lustre  and  general  appearance  of 
silver. 

10 


no  METALS. 

3.  Lithium. — The  metallic  base  of  lithia.  It  is  the  light- 
est element  in  nature.  Its  appearance  is  white  and  lus- 
trous. 

4.  Cae'sium. — A  metal  which  was  first  discovered  in  Diirk- 
hcim  water,  and  which  has  since  been  found  in  a  rare 
mineral  called  pollux. 

5.  Rubidium. — A  white  metal,  capable  of  rapid  oxidation, 
and  havint^  a  sjx'cific  gravity  of  1.52.  It  is  present  in 
small  quantities  in  lepidolite,  and. was  originally  discovered 
in  the  mineral  water  of  Diirkheim. 

METALS  OF  THE  ALKALINE  EARTHS. 

1.  Ba'rium. — The  metallic  base  of  baryta  or  baria.  It  has 
the  color  and  lustre  of  silver,  but  is  soon  tarnished  by  the 
oxygen  of  the  air. 

2.  Stron'tium. — The  metallic  base  of  strontia.  A  heavy 
white  metal  which  oxidizes  in  the  air,  and  decomposes 
water  at  ordinary  temperatures. 

3.  Cal'cium. — The  metallic  base  of  lime.  It  is  solid, 
rather  yellowish,  highly  lustrous,  but  tarnishes  quickly  in 
the  air. 

METALS    OF   THE   EARTHS. 

1.  Alumin'ium. — The  metallic  base  of  alumina,  the  chief 
constituent  of  clay.  It  has  a  white  color  somewhat  re- 
sembling that  of  tin. 

2.  Glucinium. — The  metallic  base  of  the  earth  glucina. 
It  is  of  a  grayish -black  color,  and  acquires  a  dark  metallic 
lustre  by  burnishing. 

3.  Yt'trium. — A  brittle  metal  of  a  dark -gray  color,  the  basis 
of  yttria. 

4.  Er'bium. — A  metal  found  in  ores  of  yttrium.  In  its 
compounds  and  properties  it  resembles  the  metal  alu- 
minium. 

5.  Zirco'nium. — The  metallic  base  of  zircouia  ;  it  does  not 
resemble  a  metal,  being  like  charcoal  powder.  Heated 
in  the  air,  it  burns  with  almost  explosive  violence,  forming 
the  oxide. 

G.  Cerium. — A  metal  of  a  fle.sh-red  color,  obtained  from 
cerite.     It  becomes  friable  from  heat,  but  docs  not  melt. 

7.  Lanthanum. — A  metal  occurring  with  cerium  in  cer- 
tain minerals.     It  is  of  a  very  pale  .salmon  color. 


METALS.  Ill 

8.  Didym'ium. — A  metal  found  with  cerium  in  certain 
minerals. 

9.  Tho'rium. — Tlie  metallic  base  of  thorina.  It  is  of  a 
gra3'ish  color. 

ZIXC   CLASS. 

1.  Magne'sium. — The  metallic  base  of  magnesia.  It  is  a 
white,  lustrous,  malleable  metal,  which  fuses  at  a  red  heat 
and  oxidizes  in  hot  water. 

2.  Zinc. — A  metal  of  a  brilliant  white  color,  with  a  shade 
of  blue,  and  appearing  as  if  composed  of  plates  adhering 
together.  It  is  not  brittle,  but  is  less  malleable  than  cop- 
per, lead,  or  tin.  It  is  procured  either  from  calamine^ 
the  native  carbonate,  or  from  hlendeA\\.Q  native  sulphuret. 

3.  Cadmium. — A  ductile  and  malleable  white  metal,  which 
is  like  tin,  but  fuses  and  volatilizes  at  a  lower  temperature 
than  that  at  which  tin  melts. 

lEON   CLASS. 

1.  Co'balt. — x\  metal  of  a  reddish-gray  or  grayish-white 
color,  very  brittle,  and  easily  reducible  to  powder.  It  is 
never  found  in  a  pure  state,  but  usually  as  an  oxide,  or 
combined  with  arsenic  or  its  acid,  with  sulphur,  iron,  etc. 

2.  Nick'el. — A  metal  of  a  white  or  reddish-white  color,  of 
great  hardness,  very  difficult  to  be  purified,  always  mag- 
netic, and,  when  perfectly  pure,  malleable  and  ductile.  It 
is  generally  obtained  from  its  sulphuret. 

3.  Ura'nium. — A  metal  discovered  in  tlie  minerals  called 
pechblende  and  uranite.  It  is  either  a  black  coherent 
powder  or  a  white  malleable  metal,  according  to  the  state 
of  aggregation. 

4.  Iron. — A  metal  of  a  peculiar  gray  color,  and  very  bright 
when  polished  ;  it  is  not  very  malleable,  but  is  extremely 
ductile  and  tenacious.  It  is  attracted  by  the  magnet.  It 
has  been  found  native  only  in  bodies  of  meteoric  origin. 

5.  Chro'mium. — A  metal  consisting  of  a  porous  mass  of 
agglutinated  grains,  very  hard,  brittle,  and  of  a  grayish- 
white  color. 

6.  Man'ganese. — A  metal  of  grayish-white  color,  and  of 
considerable  brilliancy ;  it  has  neither  taste  nor  smell,  is 
of  the  hardness  of  iron,  very  brittle,  and,  when  reduced 
to  powder,  is  attracted  by  the  magnet. 


112  METALS. 

7.  In'dium. — A  white  malleable  metal  discovered  in  zinc- 
blende.  It  has  a  specific  gravity  of  about  7.36,  and  is 
easily  fusible. 

TIN   CLASS. 

1.  Tin. — A  metal  of  a  silver-white  color,  very  ductile  and 
malleable.  There  are  only  two  ores  of  tin, — the  j:>eroxide, 
which  is  tin-stone  or  capiterite,  and  fin  j'^rilcs,  which  is 
sulphuret  of  tin  or  stannine. 

2.  Tita'nium. — A  metal  of  an  orange-red  color.  It  occurs 
in  different  states  of  oxidation.  The  minute  copper-colored 
crystals  sometimes  found  in  the  slag  of  the  iron-smelting 
furnaces  are  pure  titanium. 

3.  Nio'bium. — A  rare  metal  discovered  in  the  mineral  tan- 
talite.  It  is  obtained  in  the  form  of  a  black  powder,  by 
reducing  the  double  fluoride  of  niobium  and  potassium 
with  sodium. 

4.  Tan'talum. — The  metallic  base  of  the  mineral  tantalite. 
It  is  of  a  grayish  color,  and  but  little  acted  on  by  the 
ordinary  acids. 

TUNGSTEN   CLASS. 

1.  Molybde'imm. — A  metal  which  has  been  obtained  only 
in  small,  separate  globules,  in  a  blackish,  brilliant  mass. 
These  are  brittle  and  extremely  infusible. 

2.  Vana'dium. — A  metal  found  in  the  iron  ore  of  Taberg, 
in  Sweden,  and  in  lead  ore  from  Wanlockhead,  in  Scotland. 
It  is  white,  with  a  metallic  lustre,  brittle,  and  diificult  to 
be  reduced.     It  is  not  oxidized  by  air  or  water. 

3.  Tung^'sten. — A  white,  hard,  and  brittle  metal,  very  diffi- 
cult of  fusion.  It  is  obtained  chiefly  from  wol/ram,  or 
tungstate  of  iron  and  manganese. 

AKSENIC    CLASS. 

1.  Ar'senic. — A  metal  of  a  steel-gray  color,  brilliant  lustre, 
and  quite  brittle.  It  forms  alloys  with  most  of  the  metals. 
Combined  with  sulphur,  it  forms  orpinicnt  and  realgar, 
which  are  the  yellow  and  red  sulphurets  of  arsenic. 

2.  Antimony. — A  metal  of  a  bluish  white  color.  It  is  so 
brittle  that  it  is  easily  reduced  to  powder.  Its  principal 
ore  is  the  sulphuret,  known  in  commerce  as  crude  diiti- 
mojit/,  and  the  metal  is  obtained  by  fusing  the  sulphuret 


METALS.  113 

•with  scrap-iron,  when  the  iron  unites  with  the  sulphur 
and  turns  out  the  antimony. 
3.  Bismuth. — A  metal  of  a  yellowish  or  reddish-white  color 
and  crystalline  structure.  It  is  somewhat  harder  than  lead, 
and  scarcely,  if  at  all,  malleable.  It  is  more  commonly 
found  in  a  native  state  than  any  other  metal. 

LEAD  CLASS. 

1.  Lead. — A  metal  of  a  dull  white  color,  with  a  cast  of  blue. 
It  is  the  least  elastic  and  sonorous  of  all  the  metals,  and 
at  the  same  time  is  soft  and  easily  fusible.  It  is  found 
native  in  small  masses,  but  generally  mineralized  by  sul- 
phur, and  sometimes  by  other  substances. 

2.  Thal'Iium. — One  of  the  metals  recently  discovered  by 
means  of  the  spectrum  analysis.  It  has  been  found  in  cer- 
tain mineral  waters,  but  the  largest  quantity  has  been 
yielded  by  flue-dust.  It  has  a  metallic  lustre,  with  a  color 
near  that  of  tin. 

SILVER  CLASS. 

1.  Cop'per. — A  metal  of  a  pale-red  color,  tinged  with  yellow. 
Next  to  gold,  silver,  and  platinum,  it  is  the  most  ductile 
and  malleable  of  the  metals.  It  is  more  elastic  than  any 
metal  except  steel,  and  is  the  most  sonorous  of  all  the  metals. 
It  is  usually  found  as  an  ore,  the  most  common  being  some 
form  of  pyrites,  a  compound  of  the  sulphurcts  of  copper  and 
iron. 

2.  Mer'cury. — A  metal  found  sometimes  native,  but  chiefly 
as  a  sulphuret.  It  is  white,  and  very  brilliant.  It  forms 
two  oxides. — the  black  protoxide,  and  the  red  peroxide ; 
two  chlorides, — the  protochloride,  or  calome/,  and  the  pcr- 
chloride,  or  corrosive  suhlunate  ;  and  two  sulphurets, — the 
black  protosulphuret,  and  the  bisulphuret,  cinnabar  ox  ver- 
milion. 

3.  Sil'ver. — A  precious  metal  of  a  brilliant  white  color, 
next  to  gold  the  most  malleable  of  all  metals.  It  is  found 
native  in  thin  plates  or  leaves,  or  in  fine  threads,  or 
mineralized  by  various  substances. 

GOLD  CLASS. 

1.  Gold. — A  precious  metal  of  a  bright  yellow  color,  and  the 
most  ductile  and  malleable  of  all  the  metals.     It  is  found 
10* 


114  METEORS,  ETC. 

in  beds  of  quartz,  sandstone,  etc.,  and  also  in  many  rivers, 
in  minute  and  irregular  grains. 

2.  Platinum. — A  white  metal,  extremely  ductile  and  mal- 
leable. It  is  the  heaviest  substance  known,  its  specific 
gravity  being  21.5.  It  is  not  affected  by  air,  moisture,  or 
any  of  the  pure  acids.  It  is  found  generally  in  small 
grains,  combined  with  palladium,  rhodium,  iridium,  and 
o.smium. 

3.  Palla'dium. — A  metal  obtained  in  very  small  grains,  of 
a  steel-gray  color  and  fibrous  structure,  found  associated 
with  platinum,  or  in  auriferous  sand.  When  native  it  is 
alloyed  with  a  little  platinum  and  iridium.  It  is  ductile  and 
very  malleable,  superior  to  wrought  iron  in  hardness. 

4.  Rho'dium. — A  metal  discovered  among  the  grains  of 
crude  platinum.  It  is  of  a  whitish  color,  when  pure  is 
brittle,  and  requires  a  much  higher  temperature  for  its 
fusion  than  any  other  metal,  unless  perhaps  iridium.  It 
readily  alloys  with  every  other  metal  but  mercury,  and  is 
insoluble  in  all  acids. 

5.  Ruthe'iiium. — A  metal  extracted  from  the  ore  of  platinum. 
It  is  of  a  gray  color,  very  hard  and  brittle. 

6.  Irid'ium. — A  metal  occurring  only  in  the  ore  of  platinum  ; 
it  is  the  most  refractory  of  all  the  metals,  is  brittle,  and 
has  a  white  color.  No  acid  will  attack  it,  but  it  oxidizes 
when  ignited  to  redness  in  the  air. 

7.  Os'mium. — A  rare  metal,  generally  found  in  the  ores  of 
platinum.  It  is,  in  the  most  compact  shape  in  which  it 
has  yet  been  obtained,  of  a  bluish-white  color,  and,  though 
somewhat  flexible  in  thin  plates,  is  easily  powdered. 


mp:teors  and  atmospheric  phe- 
nomena. 

Acon'tias. — A  comet  or  meteor  resembling  the  serpent. 

Aerolite. — A  stone  which  has  fallen  from  the  air  or  atmos- 
pheric regions. 

A'erolithol'ogy  (Gr.  aer,  air,  lit/tos,  a  stone,  and  logos,  descrip- 
tion).— The  science  of  aerolites,  or  meteoric  stones. 

Anthe'lion. — Luminous  colored  rings,  or  glories,  observed 
round  the  shadow  of  the  spectator's  own  head,  projected 
on  a  surface  covered  with  dew,  or  on  a  dense  cloud  or  fog- 
bank. 


METEORS,  ETC.  115 

Auro'ra  Austra'lis. — A  phenomenon,  corresponding  to  the 
aurora  borcalis,  seen  in  the  Soutlieru  hemisphere,  tlie 
streams  of  lijiht  ascending  in  the  same  manner  from  near 
the  southern  horizon. 

Aurora  Borea'lis. — A  nocturnal  luminous  meteor,  supposed 
to  be  electrical.  It  consists  of  white  or  variously  colored 
mellow  light,  and  exhibits  various  and  changing  forms  and 
appearances,  which  sometimes  cover  the  whole  heavens. 

Clouds. — For  names  of  clouds,  see  Clouds. 

Coro'na.^A  circle,  usually  colored,  around  a  luminous  body, 
as  the  sun  or  moon. 

Corposant. — A  name  given  by  seamen  to  a  luminous  appear- 
ance, supposed  to  be  electrical,  often  beheld,  in  dark,  tem- 
pestuous nights,  about  the  decks  and  rigging  of  a  ship, 
but  particularly  at  the  mast-heads  and  yard-arms. 

Fa'ta  Morga'na. — A  meteoric  phenomenon,  nearly  allied  to  the 
mirage,  witnessed  in  the  Straits  of  Messina,  between  the 
coasts  of  Calabria  and  Sicil}^  and  occasionally,  but  rarely, 
on  other  coasts,  and  consisting  in  the  appearance  in  the  air 
over  the  surface  of  the  sea  of  multiplied  images  of  objects 
on  the  surrounding  coasts. 

Fog. — A  dense  vapor  near  the  surfoce  of  land  or  water. 

Hail. — Moisture  precipitated  from  the  atmosphere  in  the  form 
of  ice.  The  concretions  of  ice  are  usually  more  or  less 
spherical,  constituting  hail-stones,  but  sometimes  consist  of 
plates  or  laminae,  or  of  agglomerated  masses. 

Hoar-Frost. — The  white  particles  formed  by  the  congelation 
of  dew. 

Hydrome'teors  (Gr.  hndOr,  water,  and  metron,  measure). — 
Meteors  or  atmospheric  phenomena  dependent  upon  the 
vapor  of  water ;  a  general  term  for  the  whole  aqueous 
phenomena  of  the  atmosphere,  as  rain,  snow,  hail,  etc. 

Ig'ms-Fat'uus. — A  meteor  or  light  that  appears  in  the  night 
over  marshy  grounds,  supposed  to  be  occasioned  by  the 
decomposition  of  animal  or  vegetable  substances,  or  by 
some  inflammable  gas ;  vulgarly  called  Will-ivith-the-ivisp^ 
and  Jack-icitli-a-lautern. 

Lightning. — A  sudden  flash  of  light  in  the  atmosphere,  and 
commonly  disappearing  in  the  same  instant ;  sometimes 
attended  with  clouds  and  thunder. 

Mirage'. — An  optical  illusion  arising  from  an  unequal  refrac- 
tion in  the  lower  strata  of  the  atmosphere,  and  causing 


1 16  ML\D. 

remote  objects  to  be  seen  double,  as  if  reflected  in  a  mirror, 
or  as  if  suspended  in  the  air.  It  is  frequently  seen  in 
deserts,  presenting  the  appearance  of  water. 

Mist. — Water  falling  in  very  numerous  but  fine  and  almost 
imperceptible  drops. 

Parhe'lion. — A  mock  sun  or  meteor,  appearing  in  the  form  of 
a  bright  light  near  the  sun,  and  sometimes  tinged  with 
colors  like  the  rainbow,  with  a  luminous  train. 

Hain. — Vapor  precipitated  upon  the  earth  in  the  form  of  drops 
of  water. 

Ram'bow. — A  bow  or  arch  exhibiting,  in  concentric  bands,  the 
several  colors  of  the  spectrum,  and  formed  in  the  part  of 
the  hemisphere  opposite  to  the  sun  by  the  refraction  and 
reflection  of  his  rays  in  drops  of  failing  rain. 

Snow. — A  congelation  of  vapor  pi-oduced  in  the  middle  region 
of  the  air,  when  the  temperature  of  the  atmosphere  sinks 
below  the  freezing-point  of  water. 

Winds. — For  names  of  winds,  see  Winds. 


MIXD. 

Philos'ophy  (Gr.  p/u7eo,  I  love,  and  soplila,  wisdom). — The 

science  of  the  attainment  of  truth  by  the  way  of  reason. 
JEsthet'ics  (Gr.  aisthetikos,  fitted  to  perception). — The  science 

of  the  beautiful,  and  philosophy  oi' the  Jine  arts. 
JEtiol'ogy  (Gr.  aida,  a  cause,  and  loffos,  a  discourse). — The 

science  which  investigates  anises. 
Analytics. — The  science  of  analysis. 
Anthropology  (Gr.  anthrupos,  a  man,  and  logos.,  a  discourse). 

— The  science  of  man  considered  physically,  intellectually, 

and  morally. 
At'omism. — The  theory  that  accounts  for  existence  by  the 

action,  interaction,  and  combination  of  atoms. 
Biol'ogy  (Gr.  bios,  life,  and  logos,  a  discourse). — The  science 

of  life. 
Cosmog'ony  (Gr.  Icosmos,  the  world,  and  gonos,  birth). — The 

science  of  the  origin  or  foundation  of  the  universe. 
Cosmology  (Gr.  kosmos,  the  world,  and  logos,  a  discourse). — 

Tlie  science  which  treats  of  the  structure  and  parts  of  the 

system  of  creation,  the  law  of  motion,  etc. 
Craniol'ogy  (Gr.  kraniun,  the  skull,  and  logos,  a  discourse). — 


MIND.  117 

The  science  wliich  investigates  the  structure  of  the  shulls  in 

the  various  animals,  particularly  iu  relation  to  their  specific 

character  and  intellectual  power. 
Dialectics  (^(jr.  duihhtlhosi,  skilled  in  argument). — That  branch 

of  logic  which  teaches  the  rules  and  modes  o? reasoning. 
Economics. — The  science  of  honsehohl  affairs. 
Epistemol'ogy    (Gr.  epistcme,    knowledge,   and   logos'). — The 

theory  or  science  of  the  method  or  grounds  of  knowledge. 
Eschatol'ogy  (Gr.  eschatos,  last,  and  logos,  a  discourse). — The 

doctrine  of  the  last  or  final  things,  as  death,  judgment,  etc. 
Eth'ics. — The  science  of  morals.     It  may  be  divided  into  : 

1.  Moral  Philosophy,  which  treats  of  the  relations,  rights, 
and  duties  by  which  men  are  under  obligations  toward 
God,  themselves,  and  their  fellow-creatures. 

2.  The  Law  of  Nations,  or  those  laws  by  which  all  nations 
are  bound  in  their  mutual  relations  one  to  another. 

3.  Public  or  Political  Law,  or  the  relation  between  the 
different  ranks  in  society. 

4.  Civil  Law,  or  those  laws,  rights,  and  duties  by  which 
individuals  in  civil  society  are  bound. 

Ethnol'ogy  (Gr.  ethnos,  a  people,  and  logos,  a  discourse). — The 

science  of  races;  it  investigates  the  mental  and  physical 

differences  of  mankind,  and  the  organic  laws  upon  which 

they  depend. 
Ethol'ogy  (Gr.  cfJios,  custom,  and  logos). — The  science  of  the 

formation  of  character. 
Gramraatorogy. — The  science  or  theory  of  the  grammatic ; 

pkllosophical  grammar. 
Human'ics. — The  doctrine  or  science  of  human  nature,  or  of 

matters  pertaining  to  humanity. 
Hylozo'ism. — The  doctrine  tliat  matter  possesses  life;  that  life 

and  matter  are  inseparable. 
Ide'alism. — The  theory  that  makes  everything  to  consist  in 

ideas,  and  denies  the  exi.stence  of  material  bodies. 
Ideol'ogy  (idea,  and  Gr.  logos,  a  discourse). — The  science  of 

mind ;  the  doctrine  of  ideas,  or  of  the  operations  of  the 

understanding. 
Immate'rialism. — The  doctrine  that  there  is  no  material  sub- 
stance, and  that  all  being  may  be  reduced  to  mind,  and 

ideas  in  a  mind. 
Log'ic  (Gr.  logikos,  belonging  to  the  reason). — The  science  and 

art  of  reasoning. 


118  MIND. 

Mate'rialism. — The  doctrine  that  the  soul  of  man  is  not  a 

spiritual  substance  distinct  from  matter. 
Mechanics. — See  Mechanical  Philosophy. 
Metaphysics  (Gr.    meta^    after,    and  2)hims,  nature). — The 

.science  of  the  principles  and  causes  of  all  things  existing. 
Nat'uralism. — The  doctrine  of  those  who  deny  a  supernatural 

agency  in  the  miracles  and  revelations  of  the  Bible. 
Noe'niics  (Gr.  noema,  the  understanding). — The  .science  of 

the  understanding. 
Nominalism. — The  doctrine  that  general  notions,  .such  as  the 

notion  of  a  tree,  have  no  existence  but  as  names  or  words. 
Nomol'ogy  (Gr.  nomos,  a  law,  and  logos^  a  discourse). — The 

science  of  the  laws  of  the  mind ;  rational  psychology. 
Nool'ogy  (Gr.  nous,  noos,  the  mind,  and  logos). — The  science 

of  intellectual  facts,  or  the  facts  of  the  intellect. 
Ontology  (Gr.  un,  a  being,  and  logos,  a  discourse). — The  science 

that  investigates  every  real  existence  incapable  of  being 

the  direct  object  of  consciousness. 
Op'timism. — The  doctrine  that  everything  in  nature  is  ordered 

for  the  best. 
Pes'simism. — The  doctrine  that  the  world  is  the  worst  pos- 
sible. 
Phrenology. — See  Phrenology. 
Phys'ics,  or  Natural  Philosophy  (Gr,  phusike,  from  phusis, 

nature). — The  science  of  the  phenomena  of  material  attrac- 
tion  and  those  terrestrial  phenomena  which  are  studied 

in  the  separate  sciences  of  mechanics,   acoustics,    optics, 

thermotics,  electricity,  and  meteorology,  but  not  chemistry 

or  pliysiology. 
Physiog'raphy  (Gr.  jyhvsis,  nature,  and  grapho,  I  write). — 

The  science  of  natural  objects,  or  a  description  of  nature. 
Physiol'ogy  (Gr.  j^hnsis,  nature,  and  logos,  a  discourse). — The 

science  that  determines  the  matter  and  form  of  living  beings, 

and  the  functions  of  their  organs. 
Psy'chism  (Gr.  psucM,  the  soul). — The  doctrine  that  there  is 

a  fluid  diffu.sed  throughout  all  nature,  animating  equally 

all  living  and  organized  beings. 
Psychol'ogy  (Gr.  psuche,  the  soul,  and  logos). — The  doctrine 

of  the  soul,  or  man's  spiritual  nature. 
Q,ui'etism. — The  doctrine  that  the  highest  character  of  virtue 

consists  in  the  perpetual  contemplation  and  love  of  supreme 

excellence. 


MINERALS.— MINING.  119 

Re'alism.— The  doctrine  that  genera  and  species  ar^  real  things 
existing  independently  of  our  conceptions  and  expressions  ; 
opposed  to  nominalism. 

Sociol'ogy. — The  science  which  relates  to,  or  treats  of,  human 
society. 

Somatol'ogy  (Gr.  soma,  somafos,  a  body,  and  logos,  a  dis- 
course).— The  doctrine  of  bodies  or  material  substances. 

Teleol'ogy  (Gr.  tele,  far  oS,  and  logos,  a  discourse). — The 
science  of  the  final  causes  of  things. 

Theodicy. — A  vindication  of  the  ways  of  God.  (See  Optim- 
ism.) 

Theol'ogy  (Gr.  Theos,  God,  and  logos,  a  discourse). — The  sci- 
ence of  things  divine ;  the  knoicledge  of  God,  and  our 
duty  to  him. 

MINERALS. 

Mineral'ogy  (mineral,  and  Gr.  logos,  a  discourse). — The  sci- 
ence which  treats  of  the  properties  of  mineral  substances, 
and  teaches  us  to  characterize,  distinguish,  and  class  them 
according  to  their  properties.  It  comprehends  the  study 
or  science  of  all  inorganic  substances  in  the  earth  or  on  its 
surface. 

Crystallog'eny  (Gr,  hrustallos,  rock-crystal,  and  gennao,  I 
produce). — The  formation  and  internal  structure  of  min- 
erals. 

Crystallog'raphy  (crystal,  and  Gr.  graphe,  a  description). — 
The  science  of  crystallization,  teaching  the  principles  of 
the  process,  and  the  forms  and  structure  of  cr3'stals. 

Crystalol'ogy  (crystal,  and  Gr.  logos,  a  discourse). — The  sci- 
ence of  the  crystalline  structure  of  inorganic  bodies. 

Lithogeil'esy  (Gr.  lithos,  a  stone,  and  genesis,  generation). — 
The  doctrine  or  science  of  the  origin  of  minerals  com- 
posing the  globe,  and  of  the  causes  which  have  produced 
their  form  and  disposition. 
For  classification  of  metals,  and  names  of  precious  stones, 
see  Metals  and  Precious  Stones. 

MININGS. 

Mining. — The  art  or  the  occupation  of  procuring  metals  or 
other  mineral  substances  from  mines. 


120  MINING. 

Ad'it. — The  horizontal   opcninj^  by  winch  a  mine  is  entered, 

or  by  which  water  and  orc!^:  are  carried  away  ;  called  also 

drift. 
At'tal. — Stony  cast-off  matter. 
Batch. — A  quantity  of  ore  sent  to  the  surface  by  a  couple  of 

men. 
Bind. — Indurated  clay  or  argillaceous  slate  in  coal  mines  ;  called 

also  cliinch. 
Breast. — The  face  of  coal-workings. 
Bret'tices. — The  wooden  planks  used  in  supporting  the  roofs 

of  coal  mines. 
Bud'dling. — The  process  of  separating  the  metalliferous  ores 

from  the  earthy  matters  with  which  they  are  associated, 

by  means  of  an  inclined  hutch  called  a  huddle,  over  which 

the  water  flows. 
Bunch. — A  small  quantity  of  ore  in  a  mine. 
Bur'row. — A  heap  or  heaps  of  rubbish,  or  earth,  void  of  ore. 

raised  out  of  a  mine,  and  commonly  lying  around  the 

shafts. 
Caus'alty. — The  lighter,  earthy  parts  of  ore   carried  off  by 

washing. 
Cham'ber. — A  place,  generally  of  a  cubical  form,  where  the 

powder  is  confined. 
Cledge. — The  upper  stratum  of  fuller's  earth. 
Cock-water. — A  stream  of  water  brought  into  a   trough  to 

wash  away  sand  from  ores. 
Coe. — A  little  lodgment  made  by  miners  under  ground  as  they 

work  lower  and  lower. 
Colliery. — A  place  where  coals  are  dug ;  a  coal  mine. 
Cos'teaning'. — The  process  by  which  miners  seek  to  discover 

metallic  lodes. 
Creep. — A  heaving  up  of  the  floor  of  a  mine,  occasioned  by 

the  weight  of  the  strata  on  either  side,  and  so  called  because 

it  takes  place  very  gradually. 
Day '-coal. — The  upper  stratum  of  coal  in  a  mine. 
Driftway. — A  passage  cut  between  shaft  and  shaft,  or  between 

turn  and  turn. 
Druse. — A  cavity  in  a  rock,  having  its  interior  surface  studded 

with  crystals  or  filled  with  water. 
Fang. — A  niche  cut  in  the  side  of  an  adit  or  .shaft,  to  serve  as 

an  air-cour.se. 
Fire-damp. — An  explosive  carburetted  hydrogen  of  coal  mines. 


MINING.  121 

Flook'ing. — Au  interruption  or  shifting  of  a  lode  of  ore  by  a 

cross  vein  or  fissure. 
Flume. — An  artificial  channel  for  gold-washing. 
Gangue. — The  mineral  substance  which  encloses  any  metallic 

ore  in  the  vein  without  being  combined  with  it. 
Glebe. — A  piece  of  earth  in  which  is  contained  some  mineral 

ore. 
Hading. — The  direction  of  a  slip,  or  fault,  in  mineral  strata. 
Hoi  ing, — The  undermining  of  beds  of  coal. 
Leader. — A  branch  or  small  vein,  not  important  in  itself,  but 

indicating  the  proximity  of  a  better  one. 
Lode. — A  metallic  vein,  or  any  regular  vein  or  course,  whether 

metallic  or  not,  but  commonly  a  metallic  vein. 
"Nog, — One  of  the  square  blocks  of  wood  piled  up  to  support 

the  roof  of  a  mine. 
Pla'cer. — A  gravelly  place  where  gold  is  found,  especially  by 

the  side  of  a  river  or  in  the  bed  of  a  mountain  torrent. 
Plum'ming. — The  operation  of  finding,  by  means  of  a  mine 

dial,  the  place  where  to  sink  an  air-shaft,  or  to  bring  aQ 

adit  to  the  work,  or  to  find  which  way  the  lode  inclines. 
Ri'der. — A  mass  of  rock  material  in  a  vein,  dividing  it. 
Shaft, — A  pit  or  long  narrow  vertical  opening  into  a  mine. 
Sham'bles. — Niches  or  shelves   left  at  suitable   distances  to 

receive  the  ore,  which  is  thrown   from  one  shamble  to 

another,  and  thus  raised  to  the  top. 
Stamp'ing-Mill. — An  engine  consisting  of  pestles,  moved  by 

water  or  steam  power,  for  breaking  or  bruising  ore. 
Stemples. — Cross-bars  of  wood  in  the  shafts  of  a  mine. 
String. — A  small,  filamentous  ramification  of  a  metallic  vein. 
Stulm. — A  gallery  to  drain  a  mine. 

Sump. — A  pit  sunk  below  the  lowest  workings  of  a  mine. 
Tailings. — The  refuse  part  of  stamped  ore  thrown  behind 

the   tail   of  the  huddle  or  washing  apparatus,  which  is 

dressed  over  again  to  secure  whatever  metal  may  exist 

iji  it. 
Tamp'ing. — In  mining  operations,  where  the  process  of  blasting 

with  gunpowder  is  necessary  for  loosening  masses  of  rock 

or  ore,  the  powder  is  pressed  in  a  cavity  prepared  for  its 

reception  by  a  careful  process  of  ramming :  this  is  called 

ta7)}piiiff. 
Tun'nel. — A  level  passage  driven  across  the  measures  or  at 

right  angles  to  the  veins  which  its  object  is  to  reach,  and 
F  11 


122  MUSIC. 

thus  distinguished  from  the  drift  or  gangimii/,  wliich   is 

led  along  the  vein  when  reached  by  the  tunnel. 
Turn. — A  pit  sunk  in  some  part  of  a  drift. 
Underlay 'er. — A  perpendicular  shaft  sunk  to  cut  the  lode  at 

any  re(|uired  depth. 
Wind-Hatch. — The  opening  or  place  where  the  ore  is  taken 

out  of  the  earth. 
Winze. — A  small  shaft  sunk  from  one  level  to  another  for  the 

purpose  of  ventilation. 
Work. — Ores  before  they  are  cleaned  and  dressed. 

MUSIC. 

Mu'sic. — The  science  of  harmonical  sounds.     It  treats  of  tlie 

number,  time,  division,  and  combination  of  sounds. 
Al'to. — The  counter-tenor  part,  or  that  immediately  below  the 

treble. 
Al'to-Ripie'no. — The  tenor  of  the  great  chorus,  which  sings 

and  plays  only  in  particular  places. 
An'them. — -A  sacred  tune  or  piece  of  music  set  to  Avords  taken 

Irom  the  Psalms  or  other  parts  of  the  Scriptures. 
A'ria. — An  air  or  song. 
Arietta. — An  air  or  little  air. 
Barytone. — A  male  voice,  the  compass  of  which  partakes  of 

the  common  bass  and  the  tenor,  being  lower  than  the  latter 

and  higher  than  the  former. 
Bass. — The  lowest  or  fundamental  part  in  music. 
Canta'ta. — A  song  or  composition  intermixed  with  recitative 

airs  and  different  movements,  chiefly  intended  for  a  single 

voice  with  an  instrumental  accompaniment. 
Canzo'ne. — A  song  or  air  in  two  or  three  parts,  with  pa.ssages 

of  fugue  and  imitation. 
Canzonet'. — A  short  song  in  one,  two,  or  three  parts.    It  some- 
times consists  of  two  .strains,  each  of  which  is  sung  twice. 

Sometimes  it  is  a  species  of  jig. 
Chant. — A  peculiar  kind  of  sacred  music,  in  which  prose  is 

sung,  with  less  variety  of  intonation  than  in  common  airs. 
Cho'ral. — A  tune  of  a  simjile  and  uniform  character,  adapted 

to  worship. 
Chord. — The  combination   of  two  or  more  sounds   heard  at 

the  same  time,  and  forming  a  concord  or  discord. 
Cho'rus. — Those  parts  of  a  song  at  which  the  whole  company 


MUSIC.  123 

are  to  join  the  singer  in  repeating  certain  couplets  or 
verses. 

Co'da. — A  few  measures  added  beyond  the  natural  close  of  a 
composition,  which  may  usually  be  omitted  at  pleasure. 

Cd'orature. — All  manner  of  variations,  trills,  etc.,  intended  to 
make  a  song  agreeable. 

Concerto. — A  piece  of  music  composed  for  a  particular  in- 
strument, which  bears  the  greatest  part  in  it,  or  in  which 
the  performance  is  partly  alone  and  partly  accompanied  by 
other  parts. 

Conservatory. — A  musical  school  expressly  intended  for  the 
scientific  cultivation  of  musical  talent. 

Coun'terpoint. — The  science  of  harmon}',  including  the  art  of 
combining  and  modulating  consonant  sounds,  or  of  dis- 
posing several  parts  in  such  a  manner  as  to  make  an  agree- 
able whole. 

Coun'ter-Ten'or. — One  of  the  middle  parts  between  the  treble 
and  the  tenor. 

Dirge. — A  song  or  tune  intended  to  express  grief,  sorrow,  or 
mourning. 

Buet',  Duett'o. — A  song  or  piece  for  two  performers. 

Echometer, — Among  musicians,  a  kind  of  scale  or  rule,  serv- 
ing to  measure  the  duration  and  length  of  sounds  and  to 
determine  their  intervals  and  ratios. 

Extravagan'za. — A  kind  of  composition  remarkable  for  its 
wikhiess  and  incoherence. 

Falset'to. — That  species  of  voice  in  a  man  the  compass  of 
which  lies  above  his  natural  voice. 

Fanfare'. — A  short,  lively,  loud,  and  warlike  piece  of  music, 
composed  for  trumpets  and  kettle-drums. 

Fanta'sia. — A  fanciful  air,  not  restricted  to  the  severe  laws  of 
composition. 

Finale. — The  concluding  part  of  a  musical  composition. 

Fin'gering. — The  art  of  applying  the  fingers  to  a  musical  in- 
strument so  skilfully  as  to  produce  the  notes  desired. 

Fugue, — A  species  of  composition  in  which  the  different  parts 
follow  one  another,  each  repeating  in  order  what  the  first 
had  performed,  but  at  a  certain  interval  above  or  below 
the  preceding  part. 

Gam'ut. — A  scale  on  which  notes  in  music  are  written  or  printed, 
consisting  of  lines  and  spaces,  which  are  named  after  the 
first  seven  letters  of  the  alphabet. 


124  MUSIC. 

Glee. — A  composition  of  three  or  more  parts. 

Harmonics. — The  doctrine  or  science  of  musical  sounds. 

Hymnog'raphy. — The  science  which  treats  of  the  writing  of 
liyniiis. 

Instrumenta'tion. — The  art  of  distributing  the  harmony  among 
the  different  instruments  of  an  orchestra  or  band. 

Libretto. — A  book  containing  the  words  of  an  opera  or  ex- 
tended piece  of  music. 

March. — Any  piece  adapted  to  a  soldiers'  march. 

Melodies. — The  department  of  music  which  treats  of  the pi7c7i 
of  tones  and  of  the  laics  of  indody. 

Motet'. — A  musical  composition  of  a  sacred  character,  consist- 
ing of  from  one  to  eight  parts. 

Movement. — The  rhythm,  or  method  of  progression,  of  the 
notes,  as  regards  time.  Also,  any  single  strain,  or  part, 
having  the  same  measure  or  time. 

Musicography. — The  symbolic  writing  of  music.  • 

Oc'tave. — An  eighth,  or  an  interval  of  seven  degrees,  or  twelve 
semitones. 

Psal'mody. — The  art  of  singing  psalms  or  sacred  songs. 

ftuartette'. — A  piece  for  four  voices  or  four  instruments, 

Quintette' . — A  composition  in  five  parts,  each  performed  by  a 
single  voice  or  instrument. 

Recitative'. — A  species  of  singing,  approaching  to  ordinary 
speaking. 

Re'quiem. — A  mass  for  the  repose  of  the  souls  of  deceased 
persons. 

Rhyth'mics. — The  department  of  musical  science  which  treats 
of  the  k'lH/tk  of  sounds. 

Ritornelle',  Ritornel'lo. — A  short  introductory  or  concluding 
symphony  to  an  air,  often  consisting  of  the  burden  of  the 
song.  Also,  a  short  intermediate  symphony,  or  instru- 
mental passage,  in  the  course  of  a  vocal  piece. 

Roman'za,  or  Romance'. — A  short  lyric  tale  set  to  music,  or 
a  simple  and  eleijaut  melody  suitable  to  such  words. 

Rondeau',  or  Ron'do. — A  composition  of  several  strains  or 
members,  at  the  end  of  each  of  which  the  first  part  or 
subject  is  repeated. 

Scale. — A  series  of  lines  and  spaces,  rising  one  above  another, 
or  falling  one  below  another,  on  which  notes  are  placed. 

Score. — The  original  draft  of  the  whole  composition,  in  which 
the  several  parts  are  distinctly  marked. 


MYTHOLOGY.        _  125 

Sig^'nature. — The  flats  or  sharps  at  the  beginning  of  a  compo- 
sition, which  indicate  the  key  or  scale. 

So'lo. — A  composition,  or  even  a  passage,  for  a  single  voice  or 
instrument. 

Sona'ta. — A  piece  or  composition  wholly  executed  by  instru- 
ments, and  generally  supposed  to  exhibit  the  composer's 
powers  without  confining  liim  within  the  rigid  rules  of 
counterpoint  or  measure. 

Sopra'no. — The  first  treble,  or  highest  vocal  part. 

Staff. — The  five  lines  and  the  spaces  on  which  music  is  written. 

Sym'phony. — A  piece  of  concerted  music  composed  of  several 
parts. 

Treble. — The  highest  or  most  acute  of  the  parts  in  music,  and 
adapted  to  the  voices  of  females  or  boys. 

Tri'o. — A  composition  consisting  of  three  parts  ;  one  of  which 
must  make  a  third  with  the  bass,  and  the  other  a  fifth  or 
octave. 

Vaude'ville. — A  kind  of  song  of  a  lively  character,  frequently 
embodying  a  satire  on  some  person  or  event,  sung  to  a 
familiar  air  in  couplets  with  a  refrain. 

Vol'untary. — A  composition  for  the  organ. 


MYTHOLOGY. 

Mythology  (Gr.  mnthologia^  literally  a  telling  of  fables). — The 
science  treating  of  myths,  or  of  legendary  and  religious 
popular  fables. 

Achelo'us. — A  river-god.  In  a  struggle  with  Hercules,  whom 
he  had  ofiended,  he  assumed  the  form  of  a  bull;  Hercules 
rent  ofi"  one  of  his  horns,  which  the  Naiads  took,  conse- 
crated, and  filled  with  fragrant  flowers.  Plenty  adopted  it, 
and  called  it  Cornucopia. 

A'cis. — Son  of  Faunus,  was  beloved  by  Galatea,  and  slain  by 
the  envious  Cyclops. 

Actae'on. — Son  of  king  Cadmus;  while  hunting,  he  came  acci- 
dentally upon  the  huntress  Diana  engaged  in  cooling  her 
limbs  in  a  fountain.  Seeing  the  intruder,  Diana  dashed 
water  into  his  face,  converting  him  into  a  stag,  that  his 
own  dogs  slew. 

Ado'nis. — A  beautiful  youth  beloved  by  Venus. 

.ffiscula'pius. — Son  of  Apollo.     He  became  a  renowned  physi- 

11* 


12G  MYTlIOLOaV. 

oian,  which  fact  Pluto  resented,  and  prevailed  upon  Jupiter 

to  kill  him  with  a  stroke  of  lightninp^. 
Afrit'  (Mohammedan  myth.). — A  powerful  evil  demon  or  genius. 
Ag'ni.— The  Hindu  god  of  fire. 
Ahri'man. — A  Persian  god,  the  .source  of  all  good. 
Alci'des. — Another  name  for  Hercules. 
Alec'to. — See  Furies. 
Alf'adur. — Odin. 

Ambrosia. — The  imaginary  food  of  the  gods. 
Am'mon. — During  the  war  of  the  gods  with  the  giants,  Jupiter 

fled  into  Egypt,  whore  he  assumed    the  f(jrm  of  a  ram, 

and  was  worshipped  by  the  Egyptians  as  the  god  Animon. 
An'teros. — Son  of  Venus,  and  the  avenger  of  blighted  love. 
Anu'bis. — The  guardian  god  of  the  P]gyptians. 
Aphrodi'te. — Venus. 
A'pis. — The   sacred   bull   of   Memphis,  worshipped  with   the 

greatest  reverence  by  the  Egyptians. 
Apollo. — The  god  of  archery,  prophecy,  and  music  ;  god  of  the 

sun.     The  son  of  Jupiter  and  Latona. 
Arim'anes. — A  Persian  deity,  the  author  of  all  evil  upon  earth. 
Ar'temis. — Another  name  for  Diana. 
As'gard  (Northern  myth.). — The  abode  of  the  gods. 
Astar'te,  or  Ash'toreth. — A  goddess  of  the  Sidonians;  the 

same  as  A^cnus  of  the  lloraans. 
Astrae'a. — Goddess    of  innocence   and   purity ;    daughter    of 

Themis. 
A'te.— Goddess  of  discord. 
Athe'ne. — ^lincrva. 
Atlantis. — The  happy  island. 
At'ropos. — Sec  Fates. 
Au'gury. — A  species  of  divination,  or  the  art  of  foretelling 

events,  practised  by  the  ancients. 
Auro'ra. — Goddess  of  the  dawn. 
Aus'ter. — The  south  wind. 

Bac'chus. — God  of  wine ;  son  of  Jupiter  and  Semele. 
Bal'dur. — The  Good ;  son  of  Odin. 
Bello'na. — The  goddess  of  war. 
Bo'reas. — The  north  wind. 
Bra'gi. — The  Scandinavian  god  of  poetry. 
Brahma. — The  first  person  in  the  trinity  of  the  Hindus;  the 

creator.     The  other  two  are  Vishnu,  the  preserver  or  re- 
deemer, and  Siva,  the  destroyer. 


MYTHOLOGY.  127 

Buddh'a. — A  pagan  deity  whose  image  is  represented  by  a 
human  figure,  and  who  is  worshipped  by  tlie  greater  part 
of  tlie  inliabitants  of  Asia  to  the  east  of  Hindostan. 

Ca"biri. — Certain  deities  greatly  venerated  by  the  ancient 
pagans  in  Greece  and  Phtenicia.  They  were  supposed 
to  have  a  particular  influence  over  the  sea  and  maritime 
affairs. 

Cadu'ceus. — The  rod  borne  by  Mercury. 

Calli'ope. — Sec  Muses. 

Calyp'so. — A  sea-nymph  enamored  of  Ulysses,  a  famous  Greek 
Avarrior. 

Castor  and  Pollux. — The  offspring  of  Jupiter,  who,  disguised 
as  a  swan,  won  the  affections  of  Leda,  who  gave  birth  to 
an  egg  that  produced  the  twins. 

Cen'taur. — Supposed  to  be  half  man  and  half  horse. 

Cer'berus. — A  monster  in  the  shape  of  a  dog,  guarding  the  en- 
trance into  the  infernal  regions,  and  desci'ibed  by  different 
ancient  writers  as  having  three,  fifty,  and  even  a  hundred 
heads. 

Ce'res. — The  goddess  who  presided  over  agriculture. 

Cha'ron. — Ferryman  at  the  river  Styx. 

Cir'ce.^ — Daughter  of  the  sun,  and  a  powerful  enchantress. 

Cly'tie. — A  nymph  enamored  of  Apollo,  wlio  made  no  return. 
She  sat  repining  till  her  limbs  rooted  in  the  ground,  and 
was  transformed  into  a  sunflower. 

Coryban'tes. — The  frantic  priests  of  Cybele ;  celebrated  for 
their  wild  and  extravagant  attitudes  in  dancing. 

Cron'os. — See  Saturn. 

Cu'pid. — Son  of  Venus,  and  god  of  love. 

Daphne. — A  water-nymph,  Apollo's  first  love.  Opposed  to 
marriage,  she  fled  Apollo's  pursuit,  but,  becoming  ex- 
hausted, called  upon  Peneus,  her  father,  to  open  the  earth 
and  enclose  her,  when  she  immediately  became  transformed 
into  the  laurel. 

De'los. — A  floating  island  of  Greece ;  the  refuge  of  Latona, 
who  there  gave  birth  to  Apollo  and  Diana. 

Dia'na. — Goddess  of  the  moon,  and  queen  of  the  chase. 

Do'ris.— Wife  of  Nercus;  mother  of  the  Nereids. 

Dry'ads. — Wood-nymphs  that  were  believed  to  perish  with  the 
trees  which  had  been  their  abode,  and  with  which  they 
had  come  into  existence. 

Elec'tra.— The  lost  Pleiad. 


128  MYTHOLOGY. 

Epime'theus. — A  Titan  to  wlioin,  with  his  brother  Prome- 
theus, was  comiuitted  the  office  of  making  man. 

Er'ato. — See  Muses. 

Er'ebus. — The  infernal  regions. 

E'ris. — IJiseord. 

E'ros. — Cupid. 

Euphros'yne. — See  Graces. 

Euryd'ice. — The  wife  of  Orpheus.  She  was  bitten  by  a  ser- 
pent and  died  of  the  wound.  Orpheus  followed  her  to 
Tartarus,  where  with  his  lyre  he  so  charmed  the  powers 
that  he  was  permitted  to  take  P^urydice,  on  condition  that 
he  should  not  turn  to  look  upon  her  till  he  reached  the 
upper  air.  He  looked  behind  him,  and  Eurydice  wa.s  for- 
ever taken  from  him. 

Eu'rus. — The  east  wind. 

Euryn'ome, — See  Titans. 

Euterpe. — See  Muses. 

Fates  0)  Atropos  ;  2,  Clotlio  ;  3,  Lnchcds). — Their  office  was 
to  spin  the  thread  of  human  destiny,  and  cut  it  when  they 
pleased. 

Fau'nus. — The  grandson  of  Saturn.  He  was  worshipped  as 
the  god  of  fields  and  shepherds. 

Flo'ra. — Goddess  of  flowers. 

Frey  (Northern  myth.). — Presides  over  rain  and  sunshine,  and 
all  the  fruits  of  the  earth. 

Freya. — Sister  of  Frey.  Goddess  of  music,  spring,  and 
flowers. 

Furies. — Three  goddesses  who  punished  by  their  secret  stings 
the  crimes  of  those  who  escaped  or  defied  public  justice. 
Their  names  were  Alecto,  Megsera,  and  Tisiphone. 

Gan'ymede. — A  Trojan  boy  whom  Jupiter  carried  off"  and 
made  cup-bearer  to  the  gods. 

Giants. — Extraordinary  monsters  whose  strength  enabled  them 
to  contend  with  the  gods.  They  were  finally  subdued  by 
thunderbolts  invented  by  IMinerva,  who  taught  Vulcan  and 
his  Cyclops  to  make  them  for  Jupiter. 

Gor'gons. — IMonstrous  females  with  huge  teeth,  brazen  claws, 
and  snaky  hair.  They  symbolize  the  white-crested  waves 
that  dash  against  the  rocks  of  the  coast. 

Graces. — Goddesses  presiding  over  the  banquet,  the  dance,  and 
all  social  enjoyments  and  elegant  arts.  Their  names  were 
Aglaia^  Euphrosi/ne,  aud  Thalia. 


MYTHOLOGY.  129 

Graeae. — Three  sisters  who  were  gray-haired  from  their  birth. 

They  symbolize  the  strong  billows  of  the  wide  open  main. 
Hamadryads. — Dryads. 
Harpies. — Disgusting  birds  with  the  heads  of  maidens  and 

faces  pale  with  hunger.     They  were  sent  by  the  gods  to 

torment  a  certain  Phineas  in  punishment  for  his  cruelty. 
He'be. — Daughter  of  Juno,  and  goddess  of  youth.     She  was 

cup-bearer  to  the  gods,  which  office  she  resigned  upon 

becoming  the  wife  of  Hercules,  and  was  succeeded  by 

Ganymede. 
Heim'dal  (Northern  myth.). — The  watchman  of  the  gods. 
He'la  (Death). — One  of  the  children  of  Loki. 
He'ra. — Juno. 
Hercules. — The  son  of  Jupiter  and  Alcmena,  a  mortal.     He 

was  celebrated  for  his  strength. 
Her'mes. — Mercury. 

Ho'rus. — Son  of  Osiris ;  Egyptian  god  of  silence. 
Hyacin'thus. — A  youtli  beloved  by  Apollo,  by  whom  he  was 

accidentally  killed  in  playing  quoits,  and  became  a  flower. 
Hyge'ia. — Goddess  of  health. 
Hymen. — God  of  marriage. 
Hype'rion. — The  father  of  the  sun,  moon,  and  dawn.     The 

original  sun-god. 
I'clior. — An  ethereal  fluid  that  supplied  the  place  of  blood  in 

the  veins  of  the  aticient  gods. 
liu'na. — The  wife  of  Bragi,  the  northern  god  of  poetry.    She 

keeps  in  a  box  the  apples  which  the  gods  taste  to  renew 

their  youth. 
In'dra. — Hindu  god  of  heaven,  of  thunder,  lightning,  storm, 

and  rain. 
I'no. — See  Leucothea. 
lo. — A  water-nymph,  loved  by  Jupiter,  who  turned  her  into 

a  heifer  to  baffle  the  jealous  suspicions  of  Juno,  his  wife. 
I'ris. — Goddess  of  the  rainbow,  and  messenger  of  Juno. 
I'sis. — The  wife  of  the  Egyptian  god  Osiris.     She  represents 

tlie  earth. 
Ja'nus. — The  porter  of  heaven.     He  is  the  guardian  deity  of 

gates,  and  is  represented  with  two  faces. 
Jove. — Jupiter. 

Ju'no. — The  wife  of  Jupiter,  and  queen  of  the  gods. 
Ju'piter. — Called  the  father  of  gods.     He  was  the  ofispring 

of  Saturn  and  Rhea. 


130  MYTIIOLOOY. 

La'res. — Deified  spirits  of  mortals. 

Lato'na.— The  mother  of  Apollo  and  Diana. 

Le'da. — The  mother  of  Castor  and  Pollux. 

Lethe. — A  river  in  the  infernal  regions,  the  drinking  of  whose 
waters  caused  forgetful ness  of  the  past. 

Leucothe'a. — Ino,  flj'ing  from  her  husband,  jumped  into  the 
sea  with  her  son  Melicertes.  The  gods  out  of  corapa.ssion 
made  her  a  goddess  of  the  sea,  under  the  name  given,  and 
jNIelicertes  a  god ;  they  were  powerful  to  save  from  ship- 
wreck, and  were  invoked  by  sailors. 

Lo'ki. — A  northern  deity,  the  contriver  of  all  fraud  and  mis- 
chief. 

Luci'ua. — The  goddess  of  childbirth. 

Mahade'va  (Hindu). — The  representative  of  regeneration. 

Ma'nes. — The  benevolent  infernal  deities. 

Ma'nu  (Hindu). — The  ancestor  of  the  human  race. 

Mars. — The  god  of  war,  and  the  son  of  Jupiter  and  Juno. 

Medusa. — A  personage  who  was  fabled  to  posse-ss  the  power 
of  turning  all  who  looked  upon  her  into  stone. 

Melicer'tes. — A  god  of  the  sea.     See  Leucothea. 

Melpomene. — See  Muses. 

Men  tor. — A  disguise  of  Minerva. 

Mercury. — Son  of  Jupiter  and  Maia.  He  presided  over  com- 
merce, wrestling,  and  other  exercises  which  required  skill 
and  dexterity.  He  was  also  the  messenger  of  Jupiter,  and 
wore  a  winged  cap  and  winged  shoes. 

Metis  (Prudence). — Wife  of  Jupiter.  She  administered  a 
draught  to  Saturn  which  caused  him  to  disgorge  his  chil- 
dren whom  he  had  devoured ;  these  with  Jupiter  rebelled 
and  vanquished  Saturn,  whose  dominions  were  then  di- 
vided between  Jupiter,  Neptune,  and  Pluto. 

Minerva. — The  goddess  of  wisdom.  She  was  a  daughter  of 
Jupiter,  from  whose  brain  she  is  said  to  have  leaped  ma- 
ture and  in  complete  armor.  She  presided  over  the  use- 
ful and  ornamental  arts.  Athens  was  her  chosen  seat, 
awarded  her  by  the  gods  for  having  produced  to  man  the 
olive. 

Mnemos'yne  (Memory). — The  mother  of  the  Muses. 

Mo'mus. — The  god  of  laughter. 

Morpheus. — The  god  of  dreams ;  son  of  Somnus. 

Mors  (Roman  myth.). — The  goddess  of  death,  one  of  the 
deities  of  the  lower  world,  born  of  Night,  without  a  sire. 


MYTHOLOGY.  131 

Mul'ciber. — Latin  name  for  Vulcan. 

Muses. — The  daughters  of  Jupiter  and  Mnemo.syne,  nine  in 
number,  viz. : 

1.  Calli'ope,  the  Muse  of  epic  poetry. 

2.  Clio,  of  history. 

3.  Euterpe,  of  lyric  dance  and  song. 

4.  Melpomene,  of  tragedy. 

5.  Terpsichore,  of  choral  dance  and  song. 

6.  Er'ato,  of  love  poetry. 

7.  Polyhym'nia,  of  sacred  poetry. 

8.  Urania,  of  astronomy. 
0.  Thali'a,  of  comedy. 

Mys'tagogy. — The  interpretation  of  mysteries. 

Naiads. — Female   deities   presiding  over  rivers,  brooks,  and 

fountains. 
Nemesis. — The  goddess  of  retribution  or  vengeance. 
Nep'tune. — Chief  of  the  "water  deities.     The  symbol   of  hia 

power  was  the  trident.     He  created  the  horse,  and  was 

the  patron  of  horse-races. 
Ne'reids. — Sea-nymphs  ;  daugbters  of  Nereus. 
Ne'reus  and  Do'ris. — A  sea-god  and  goddess ;  parents  of  the 

Nereids. 
Ni'obe. — The  daughter  of  Tantalus,  and  wife  of  Amphion,  king 

of  Thebes.     Her  pride  in  her  children  provoked  Apollo 

and  Diana,  who  slew  them  all. 
Oce'anus. — One  of  the  Titans,  who  ruled  over  the  watery  ele- 
ment with    Tethys,  his  wife.     They  were  succeeded  by 

Neptune  and  Amphitrite. 
O'din  (Northern  myth.). — The  creator, 
Olympus  (Mount). — The  abode  of  the  gods. 
Ophi'on. — See  Titans. 
Oracle. — The  name  used  to  denote  the  place  where  answers 

were  given  by  any  of  the  divinities  to  those  who  consulted 

them  respecting  the  future ;  also  to  signify  the  response 

which  was  given. 
O'reads. — Nymphs  of  mountains  and  grottos. 
Ormuzd  (Persian  myth.). — The  source  of  all  good. 
Oromas'des. — Greek  for  Ormuzd. 
Orpheus. — Son  of  Apollo  and  the  Muse  Calliope.     He  was  a 

skilful  player  upon  the  lyre.     See  Eurydice. 
Osi'ris  (Egypt). — God  of  the  sun  ;  the  source  of  warmth,  life, 

and  u.sefulness. 


132  MYTHOLOGY. 

Pse'an. — A  name  for  both  Apollo  and  TEsculaplus. 

Palai'mon. — Son  of  Leucothoa,  and  a  god  of  the  sea,  invoked 
by  sailors. 

Pa'les. — The  goddess  presiding  over  cattle  and  pastures. 

Pallas. — Minerva. 

Pan. — The  god  of  shepherds,  guardian  of  bees,  and  patron  of 
fishing  and  fowling.     His  favorite  residence  was  Arcadia. 

Pando'ra. — A  goddess  sent  by  Jupiter  to  bless  man.  She  was 
furnished  with  a  box  containing  her  marriage  presents, 
into  which  every  god  had  put  some  blessing.  She  opened 
the  bos  incautiously,  and  the  blessings  all  escaped,  hope 
only  excepted. 

Peg'asus. — A  certain  winged  horse  of  the  IMuses  who  sprang 
from  the  blood  of  Medusa  when  she  was  slain,  and  with  a 
blow  of  his  hoof  caused  Hippocreue,  the  fountain  of  the 
Muses,  to  spring  from  Mount  Helicon.  Bellerophon  is 
fabled  to  have  ridden  him  when  he  slew  the  Chimaira. 
But  when  Bellerophon  wished  to  fly  on  his  back  to  heaven, 
he  threw  him  oif  and  ascended  to  the  skies  alone,  where  he 
was  changed  into  a  constellation. 

Pena'tes. — The  gods  who  were  supposed  to  attend  to  the  wel- 
fare and  prosperity  of  the  family. 

Pe'neus. — A  river-god,  and  father  of  Daphne. 

Perseph'one. — Proserpine. 

Phoe'bus. — Apollo. 

Plei'ades. — The  daughters  of  Atlas  and  the  nymphs  of  Diana's 
train.  Fleeing  from  Orion,  who  became  enamored  of  them, 
Jupiter  turned  them  into  pigeons  and  made  them  a  constel- 
lation in  the  heavens.  Electa,  one  of  them,  left  her  place 
that  she  might  not  behold  the  ruins  of  Troy. 

Plu'to. — King  of  the  lower  world  or  region  of  departed  spirits. 

Plu'tus. — God  of  wealth. 

Polyhym'nia. — See  Muses. 

Pollux. — See  Castor. 

Pomo'na. — The  goddess  presiding  over  fruit-trees. 

Portu'nus. — The  Romans  so  called  Leucothea. 

Poseidon.— Neptune. 

Prome'theus. — One  of  the  Titans  to  whom,  with  his  brother 
Epimetheus,  was  committed  the  office  of  making  man. 
Having  transgressed  the  will  of  Jupiter,  he  was  chained  to 
a  rock  on  Mount  Caucasus,  where  a  vulture  preyed  on  his 
liver,  which  was  renewed  as  fast  as  devoured. 


MYTHOLOGY.  133 

Pros'erpine. — A  daughter  of  Ceres.     Pluto  loved  her,  and 

finally  carried  her  otF  to  his  dominions  as  his  queen. 
Pro'teus. — 'A  sea-god  who  possessed  the  power  of  prophecy, 

and  of  changing  himself  into  different  shapes. 
Psy'che. — A  beautiful  mortal  whom  Cupid  made  his  wife,  and 

Jupiter  made  immortal ;  a  daughter  was  born  and  named 

Pleasure. 
Quiri'nus. — A  war-god,  said  to  be  Romulus,  the  founder  of 

Rome,  exalted  after  his  death  to  a  place  among  the  gods. 
Sat'urn. — A  Roman  deity,  answering  to  the  Greek  Cronos,  or 

Time;  one  of  the  oldest  and  principal  gods,  the  son  of 

Coelus  and  Terra,  and  the  father  of  Jupiter. 
Sem'ele. — The  mother  of  Bacchus  by  Jupiter. 
Sera'pis. — Hermes. 
Si'rens. — Sea-nymphs,  wlio  had  the  power  of  charming  by  their 

song  all  who  heard  them. 
Si'va. — -The  third  person  of  the  Hindu  triad.     He  is  the  per- 
sonification of  the  destroying  principle. 
Som'nus, — The  god  who  presides  over  sleep. 
Sphinx. — A  monster  usually  represented  as  having  the  winged 

body  of  a  lion  and  the  face  and  breast  of  a  young  woman  ; 

represented  also  in  other  forms. 
Styx. — A  river  that  encompasses  the  nether  world,  flowing 

round  it  seven  times. 
Su'rya  (Hindu  myth.).— The  god  of  the  sun. 
Sylva'nus. — A  Latin  divinity  corresponding  to  Pan. 
Tar'tarus, — The  bottomless  pit. 
Tel'lus. — The  goddess  of  the  world,  by  whose  power  plants 

potent  for  enchantment  are  produced. 
Ter'minus. — The  god  of  landmarks. 
Te'thys. —  A  Titan  who  with  Oceanus  ruled  over  the  watery 

element  till  succeeded  by  Neptune  and  Amphitrite. 
Thali'a. — See  Muses. 
The'mis  (Law). — The  mother  of  the  Fates. 
Theog'ony  (Gr.  theos,  God,  and  gonos,  a  race). — That  branch 

of  heathen  theology  which  treated  of  the  genealogy  of 

their  deities. 
Thor  (The  Thunderer). — Odin's  eldest  son  ;   the  strongest  of 

gods  and  men. 
Thoth. — The  god  of  eloquence  among  the  ancient  Egyptians, 

supposed  to  be  the  inventor  of  writing  and  philosophy. 
Tisiph'one. — See  Furies. 

12 


1 34  NA  MES. — OR  A  TOR  Y.—PA  IN  TING. 

Ti'tans. — A  gip:antic  race  who  inhabited  the  earth  before  the 

creation  of  man. 
Tri'ton. — A  son  of  Neptune  and  Amphitrite.    The  poets  made 

him  his  father's  trumpeter. 
Tyr  (Northern  myth.). — The  god  of  battles. 
Ura'nia. — See  Muses. 
Valhalla  (Nortliern  myth.). — The  most  beautiful  of  the  palaces 

of  the  gods. 
Valkyr'iur. — Warlike  virgins,  mounted  on  horses,  and  armed 

with  helmets,  spears,  and  shields.     Odin's  messengers. 
Varu'na. — The  god  of  the  waters,  the  Indian  Neptune,  and 

regent  of  the  west  division  of  the  earth. 
Ve'nus. — Goddess  of  love  and  beauty.     Daughter  of  Jupiter 

and  Dione. 
Ves'ta. — A  goddess  presiding   over   tlie  public    and   private 

hearth. 
Vish'nu. — The  second  in  the  triad  of  the  Hindus.     He  is  the 

personification  of  the  preserving  principle. 
Vul'can, — The  celestial  artist ;  son  of  Jupiter  and  Juno.     He 

"was  born  lame,  and  his  mother  was  so  displeased  at  the 

sight  of  him  that  she  flung  him  out  of  heaven.     After 

falling  a  day,  he  alighted  in  the  isle  of  Lemuos,  which  was 

thenceforth  sacred  to  him. 
Wo'den.— Odin. 

Ya'ma  (Hindu  myth.). — The  god  of  the  infernal  regions. 
Zeph'yrus. — The  west  wind,  and  lover  of  Flora. 
Zeus. — Greek  name  for  Jupiter. 

NAMES. 

Onomatol'og'y  (Gr.  onoma^  a  name,  and  hgos^  a  discourse). — 
Tlie  science  of  names. 

ORATORY. 

Chiron'omy  (Gr.  clieir^  the  hand,  and  nomos,  rule). — The  art 
or  rule  of  moving  the  hands  in  oratory  and  in  pantomime. 
Rhet'oric. — The  science  of  oratory.     See  GRAMMAR. 

PAINTING. 

Paint'ing. — The  art  of  representing  objects  in  nature,  or  scenes 
in  human  life,  with  fidelity  and  expression. 


PAINTING.  135 

Accident'als. — Those  chance  effects  arising  from  luminous  rays 
falling  on  certain  objects,  by  which  they  are  brought  into 
a  stronger  light  and  their  shadows  rendered  more  intense 
than  they  otherwise  would  be. 

Accompaniment. — An  object  accessory  to  the  principal  object, 
and  serving  for  its  ornament  or  illustration. 

Ac'tion. — The  attitude  or  position  of  the  several  parts  of  the 
body  by  which  they  seem  to  be  actuated  by  passions  ;  as  the 
arm  extended,  to  represent  the  act  of  giving  or  receiving. 

Adumbra'tion, — The  shadow  only  of  a  figure,  outlined,  and 
painted  of  a  color  darker  than  the  field. 

AflFec'tion. — A  lively  representation  of  pa,ssion. 

Animated. — x\ppearing  as  if  endowed  with  life. 

Arabesque. — A  capricious,  fantastic,  or  heterogeneous  species 
of  ornament,  adopted  from  ancient  art  in  Arabian  and 
Moorish  architecture,  and  consisting  of  fruits,  flowers, 
foliage,  and  many  other  forms,  except  those  of  animals. 

At'titude. — The  posture  or  action  in  which  a  figure  is  placed. 

Aureola, — The  circle  of  rays  witli  which  painters  surround 
the  head  of  Christ  and  the  saints. 

Aus'tere, — When  a  painter  in  the  treatment  of  a  subject  rejects 
all  ornament  or  adventitious  aid,  he  is  called  austere. 

Back'painting. — The  method  of  painting  mezzotinto  prints, 
pasted  on  glass  of  a  size  to  fit  the  print. 

Bear'ing. — The  mutual  relations  of  the  parts  of  a  figure. 

Bish'op. — Canvas  measuring  58  inches  by  94.  The  Juif/  hlalwp 
measures  45  inches  by  5G. 

Blending. — The  process  of  fusing  or  melting  pigments  by 
means  of  a  soft  brush. 

Body. — Colors  are  said  to  bear  a  body  when  they  are  capable  of 
being  ground  so  fine  and  of  being  mixed  so  entirely  with 
oil  as  to  seem  only  a  very  thick  oil  of  the  same  color. 

Bosc'age. — A  landscape  representing  thickets  of  wood. 

Brooch. — A  painting  all  of  one  color. 

Camaleu. — A  painting  in  which  there  is  only  one  color,  and 
where  the  lights  and  shades  are  of  gold  wrought  on  a 
golden  or  azure  ground.  When  the  ground  is  yellow,  the 
French  call  it  cirac/e  ;  when  gray,  grisaille.  This  work  is 
chiefly  used  to  represent  bdsso-relievos. 

Cartoon'. — A  sketch  executed  in  colors  as  a  pattern  for  tap- 
estry, for  working  in  mosaic,  etc. ;  as  "  the  cartoons  of 
liaffaelle." 


136  rAINTINO. 

Cat'agraph. — The  first  draught  of  a  picture. 

Chiaroscu'ro  (Ttal.,  the  clear-obscure). — The  art  of  distributing 

liglita  and  shadows  in  painting  so  as  to  give  effect  to  the 

composition. 
Col'oring'. — Tlie  manner  of  applying  colors,  or  the  mixture  of 

liglit  and  shade  formed  by  the  various  colors  employed. 
Composi'tion. — That  combination  of  the  .several  parts  in  which 

each  is  presented  in  its  due  proportion. 
Con'trast. — Opposition   or   dissimilitude   of  figures,  etc.,  by 

which  one  contributes  to  the  visibility  or  effect   of  the 

other. 
Crude. — Roughly  or  coarsely  done ;  having  colors  inharmo- 
nious or  not  well  blended  ;  not  accurately  shaded. 
Dem'itint. — A  gradation  of  color  between  positive  light  and 

positive  shade. 
Design'. — The  first  idea  represented  by  visible  lines. 
Detached'. — Applied  to  all  objects  in  a  picture  which  appear 

to  stand  out  from  those  by  which  they  are  surrounded. 
Distem'per. — When  colors  are  mixed  with  size,  white  of  e^^:^, 

or  other  unctuous  or  glutinous  matter,  and  not  with  oil,  it 

is  said  to  be  done  in  distemper. 
Dra'pery. — The  representation  of  the  clothing  or  dress  of 

human  figures,  etc. 
Dry'ness. — A  term  applied  to  a  style  of  painting  in  which  the 

outline  is  harsh  and  formal,  and  the  color  deficient  in 

mellowness  and  harmony. 
Enam'el. — The  art  of  painting  with  vitrifiable  colors  on  metal 

plates. 
Encaus'tic. — The  method  of  painting  in  heated  or  burnt  wax. 
Foreshor'tening. — The  representation  of  objects  on  a  plane 

surface  as  they  appear  to  the  eye  when  viewed  at  an  oblique 

angle. 
Fres'co  Painting. — A  method  of  painting  on  walls,  performed 

with  water-colors  on  fresh  plaster,  or  on  a  wall  laid  with 

mortar  not  yet  dry. 
Glaz'ing. — Transparent  or  semi-transparent  colors  passed  thinly 

over  other  colors,  to  modify  the  effect. 
Grada'tion. — The  gradual  blending  of  one  tint  into  another. 
Ground. — The  first  la^'er  of  color  which  is  put  upon  the  canvas ; 

in   a  finished   picture,  the  scenery  around  the  principal 

objects,  that  part   nearest  the  eye  being  called  the  fore- 
ground^ and  the  more  distant  parts  the  hachground. 


PAINTING.  137 

Gumption. — The  art  of  preparing  colors. 

Impas'to. — The  thickness  of  the  layer  or  body  of  pigment  ap- 
plied by  the  painter  to  his  canvas. 

Impres'sion. — The  cround  color,  or  that  which  is  first  laid  on 
to  receive  the  other  colors. 

Keep'ing'. — The  observance  of  a  due  proportion  in  the  general 
light  and  coloring  of  a  picture,  so  that  a  proper  harmony 
and  gradation  shall  prevail  throughout  the  whole. 

Land'scape. — A  picture  exhibiting  the  form  of  a  district  of 
countr}"^,  so  far  as  the  eye  can  reach,  or  a  particular  extent 
of  land  and  the  objects  it  contains,  or  its  various  scenery. 

Lim'ning. — The  art  or  act  of  drawing  or  painting  in  ivater- 
co/ors. 

Manner. — The  particular  habit  of  a  painter  in  managing  colors, 
lights,  and  shades. 

Morbidezza. — Softness  and  delicacy  of  style  in  the  coloring 
of  flesh. 

Moresque'. — Ornamental  painting,  in  which  foliage,  fruits, 
flowers,  etc.,  are  combined,  without  the  introduction  of 
the  human  figure  or  the  figures  of  animals. 

Nim'bus. — A  circle  or  disk  of  rays  of  light  around  the  heads 
of  divinities,  saints,  and  sovereigns  in  pictures,  etc. 

Panora'ma. — A  painting  representing  a  complete  or  entire 
view,  as  of  a  country,  a  river,  a  city,  etc. 

Pastic'cio  (Ital.,  from  past icco,  a  pie). — A  picture  painted  by 
a  master  in  a  style  dissimilar  to  that  which  he  usually 
adopted. 

Fenum'bra  (Lat.  peiie,  almost,  and  wnhra,  a  shadow). — The 
point  of  a  picture  where  the  shade  blends  with  the  light. 

Pornog''raphy. — Licentious  painting  used  to  adorn  the  walls 
of  rooms  sacred  to  bacchanalian  orgies. 

Relief. — The  apparent  prominence  or  standing  out  of  a  figure 
from  the  ground  on  which  it  is  painted. 

Renaissance. — A  style  of  decorative  art  freer  than  the  antique, 
but  resulting  therefrom,  revived  by  llaffaelle  in  the  Pon- 
tificate of  Leo  X.,  as  the  result  of  the  exhuming  of  certain 
ancient  paintings. 

Rep'lica. — A  copy  of  an  original  picture  done  by  the  hand  of 
the  same  master. 

Repose'. — The   harmony  observed   when   the   subject  is  not 
divided  into  too  many  unconnected  parts,  or  when  nothing 
glares,  either  in  the  shade,  light,  or  coloring. 
12* 


138  PAINTING. 

Romanesque'. — A  fantastic  style  of  ornament  in  which  animals 
and  foliage  are  represented. 

Scene'-Paiiiting. — The  act  or  the  art  of  painting  scenery  for 
(I  theatre^  etc. 

Sciag'raphy  (Gr.  skla,  a  shadow,  and  grapJio,  I  describe). — 
The  art  of  casting  and  deUneatiiicj  shadows  with  truth 
and  upon  mathematical  principles. 

Scum'bling'. — The  act  of  thinly  spreading  or  rubbing  opaque 
or  semi-opaque  colors  over  other  colors,  to  modify  the 
effect. 

Stereoch'romy  (Gr.  stereos,  solid,  and  chroma,  pigment). — A 
kind  of  wall-painting  in  which  the  colors  are  mixed  with 
water,  and  the  whole  picture  permanently  fixed  by  profu.se 
sprinklings  of  water  containing  a  certain  proportion  of 
fluoric  acid. 

Still'-Life. — The  cla.«:s  or  style  of  painting  which  represents 
objects  not  having  animate  existence,  and  which  are  usually 
only  adjuncts  to  a  picture,  as  fruits,  flowers,  dead  game  or 
animals,  and  the  like. 

Strength. — Boldness  of  conception  or  treatment. 

Study.— fA  work  undertaken  for  improvement  in  the  art,  and 
often  left  incomplete. 

Syn'chronism. — A  representation  of  two  or  more  events  occur- 
ring at  different  times,  in  the  same  picture. 

Tab'lature. — A  distinct,  consistent  piece  or  composition,  de- 
finitely circumscribed,  as  on  a  wall  or  a  ceiling. 

Tone. — The  prevailing  color  of  a  picture,  or  its  general  effect, 
depending  on  the  right  relation  of  objects  in  shadow  to  the 
principal  light,  and  on  the  quality  of  color,  by  which  it  is 
felt  to  owe  part  of  its  brightness  to  the  hue  of  the  light 
upon  it. 

Tout  Ensemble  (Fr.,  all  together). — The  general  effect  of  a 
work  as  a  whole,  without  regard  to  the  execution  of  the 
separate  parts. 

Unity. — Such  a  combination  of  parts  as  to  constitute  a  whole, 
or  a  kind  of  symmetry  of  style  and  character. 


PERSPECTIVE. 

Perspectog'raphy. — The  science  or  theory  of  perspective. 
Bird's-eye  View. — A  view  taken  from  a  great  elevation,  the 
point  of  sight  being  at  a  very  considerable  distance  above 


PHARMACEUTICAL   PREPARATIONS.  139 

the  objects  viewed  and  delineated.  It  Is  a  useful  mode  of 
drawing  to  represent  extensive  districts  of  country,  battle- 
fields, panoramic  views,  etc. 

Ichnog'raphy  (Cxr.  ichnos,  a  trace,  and  grapho,  I  draw). — The 
view  of  anything  cut  off  by  a  plane  parallel  to  the  horizon 
just  at  the  base  of  it. 

Projec'tion. — The  appearance  or  representation  of  an  object  on 
the  perspective  plane. 

Scenog'raphy. — The  art  of  perspective,  or  the  representation 
on  a  plane  of  an  object  as  it  appears  to  the  eye. 


PHARMACEUTICAL  PHEPARATIONS. 

Ce'rate. — A  composition  made  of  oil,  wax,  and  other  ingre- 
dients. 

Chalybeate. — Any  medicine  into  which  iron  enters. 

Confection. — Anything  made  up  or  preserved  with  sugar. 

Conserve'. — A  vegetable  substance  and  a  sufficient  quantity  of 
sugar  beaten  into  a  uniform  mass. 

Decoction. — A  medicinal  liquor,  made  by  extracting  the  solu- 
ble and  efficacious  part  of  many  drugs,  particularly  of 
barks,  woods,  seeds,  roots,  etc.,  by  boiling. 

Den'tifrice. — A  powder  or  paste  for  cleansing  the  enamel  of 
the  teeth  and  removing  the  tartar  which  covers  them. 

Elec'tuary. — A  form  of  medicine  of  a  soft  consistence,  some- 
what thicker  than  honey,  and  formed  of  powders,  pulp,  ex- 
tracts, syrups,  honey,  etc. 

Elixir. — A  medicine  composed  of  various  substances  held  in 
solution  in  alcohol. 

Emulsion. — A  milk-like  mixture  which  is  composed  of  oil 
divided  and  held  in  suspension  in  water  by  means  of 
mucilage. 

Es'sence. — A  compound  used  in  flavoring  liquors  or  confec- 
tionery, and  consisting  chiefly  of  ethers  and  essential 
oils. 

Ethe'real  Tinc'ture. — ^A  tincture  formed  by  the  action  of  sul- 
phuric ether,  at  the  ordinary  temperature,  on  medicinal 
substances. 

Ex'tract. — A  solution  of  the  purer  parts  of  a  mixed  body  in 
spissated  by  distillation  or  evaporation  nearly  to  the  con- 
sistence of  honey. 


140  niOTOGRAPHS. 

Infu'sion. — Liquor  the  virtues  of  wliich  have  been  obtained 
by  .steeping,  without  boiling. 

Lin'iment. — An  unctuous  medicine,  containing  usually  oil  or 
lard,  which  is  used  externally  in  the  form  of  friction. 

Liq'uor. — A  name  given  to  many  compound  licjuids,  and  espe- 
cially to  those  the  bases  of  which  are  water  and  alcohol. 

Lo'tion. — A  liquid  intended  for  application  to  any  external  part 
of  the  body. 

Mix'ture. — A  liquid  medicine  which  contains  not  only  extracts, 
salts,  and  other  substances  soluble  in  water,  but  powders, 
etc.,  which  are  insoluble. 

Pill. — A  simple  or  compound  medicine,  weighing  from  one  to 
five  grains,  of  a  firm  consistence  and  spherical  form  ;  in- 
tended to  be  swallowed  at  once  without  chewing. 

Tinc'ture. — Spirituous  solutions  of  vegetable,  animal,  and  some 
saline  substances. 

TJn'guent. — A  soft  composition  used  as  a  topical  remedy  for 
sores. 

PHOTOGRAPHS. 

Photog'raphy  (Gr.  ^)7«(7s,  light,  and  groplio^  I  write). — The 
art  or  practice  of  producing  facsimiles  or  representations 
of  objects  by  the  action  of  light  upon  a  prepared  surface. 
The  pictures,  however  obtained,  are  called  iicc/atlve  plmto- 
ffvfrphs,  and  those  which  have  their  lights  and  shadows 
disposed  as  in  nature — dark  upon  a  light  ground — are 
])ositive  plioiographs. 

Am'bl'otype. — A  picture  taken  on  a  plate  of  prepared  glass,  in 
which  the  lights  are  represented  in  silver  and  the  shades 
are  produced  by  a  dark  background,  visible  through  the 
unsilvered  portions  of  the  glass. 

Cal'otype  (Gr.  kalos,  beautiful,  and  tiqios,  a  sketch). — A  pro- 
cess for  obtaining  photogenic  drawings  on  paper  by  the 
action  of  light  upon  certain  salts  of  silver. 

Cam'era-Obscu'ra  (Lat.,  a  dark  chamber). — An  apparatus 
representing  an  artificial  eye,  in  which  the  images  of  ex- 
ternal objects,  received  through  a  double  convex  glass,  are 
exhibited  distinctly  and  in  their  native  colors,  on  a  white 
surface  placed  on  the  focus  of  the  glass  within  a  darkened 
cliaraber. 

Chro'matype  (Gr.  cJu-oma,  color,  and  tiqjos,  a  sketch). — A 


PHOTOGRAPHS.  141 

process  of  taking  photographic  pictures  by  the  use  of 
paper  luade  sensitive  with  bichromate  of  potash. 

Chrys'otype  (Gr.  chrusos,  gold,  and  tiqios,  a  siiietch). — A  pro- 
cess of  taking  pictures,  by  photography,  on  paper  impreg- 
nated with  a  neutral  solution  of  chloride  of  gold. 

Daguer'reotype  (^Baguerre,  the  inventor,  and  Gr.  tiipos,  a 
sketch). — A  process  by  which  all  images  produced  by 
the  camera-obscura  are  retained  and  fixed  iu  a  few  mo- 
ments, by  the  action  of  light  upon  metallic  surfaces  coated 
with  a  salt  of  silver. 

Fer'rotype  (Lat.  /crrmn,  iron,  and  Gr.  fitjyoa,  a  sketch). — A 
picture  on  a  plate  of  sheet-iron,  first  covered  with  a  sur- 
face of  black  Japan  varnish,  and  afterwards  immersed  in 
collodion,  and  later  in  the  silver  solution. 

Helioch.'romy  (Gr.  helios,  the  sun,  and  chrome,  color). — The 
process  by  which  photographic  pictures  in  their  natural 
colors  are  obtained. 

He'liotype  (Gr.  helios,  the  sun,  and  tupos,  a  sketch). — Any 
process  for  obtaining  pictures  by  the  actinic  power  of 
the  sun's  rays  on  a  prepared  surface,  from  which  to  print 
in  fotty  inks. 

Hyalotype  (Gr.  hialos,  glass,  and  tupos). — A  photographic 
picture  taken  on  glass. 

I'vorytype,  or  Hellen'otype. — A  picture  in  which  two  finished 
photographs  are  used.  One  is  taken  very  light,  the 
paper  made  translucent  by  varnish,  tinted  on  the  back, 
and  laid  upon  the  stronger  print,  so  that  there  is  a  combi- 
nation of  effects. 

Opal'Dtype. — A  picture  on  milky  glass. 

Photogeny  (Gr.  pAos,  j^hotos,  light,  and  gennao,  I  produce). 
— Tiie  art  or  the  practice  of  producing  pictures  by  the 
action  of  light  on  prepared  paper. 

Photozincography. — A  method  of  copying  ancient  documents, 
etc.,  recently  invented.  Paper,  after  having  been  washed 
over  with  a  solution  of  the  bichromate  of  potash  and  gum, 
and  then  dried,  is  placed  under  a  collodion  negative,  which 
is  a  reduced  picture  of  the  document,  obtained  by  the 
photographic  process.  After  it  has  been  exposed  to  the 
light,  its  whole  surface  is  coated  over  with  lithographic 
ink,  and  a  stream  of  hot  water  is  then  poured  upon  it. 
As  that  portion  of  the  coating  which  was  exposed  to  the 
light  is  insoluble,  while  the  other  parts  are  easily  washed 


142  PIIRENOLOGF.— PLANTS. 

off,  a  picture  of  the  document,  etc.,  is  obtained  on  the 
piipcr,  and  is  ready  for  transference  either  to  stone,  zinc, 
or  a  copper  plate. 

PHRENOLOGY. 

Phrenol'Dgy  (Gr.  phrm,  the  mind,  and  logos^  a  discourse). — 
The  science  of  the  human  mind  as  manifested  in  the  con- 
figuration of  the  skull.  In  this  science  the  fliculties  are 
located  in  thirty-five  places,  and  classified  as  follows,  viz. : 

Propensitiks.  Sentiments.  Intellectual. 

Amativeness,  Self-esteem,  Individuality, 

Philoitrogenitiveness,  Love  of  approbation.  Form, 

Inhabitiitiveness,  Cautiousness,  Size, 

Adhesiveness,  Benevolence,  Weight, 

Combativeness,  Veneration,  Coloring, 

Destructiveness,  Firmness,  Locality, 

[Alimentivencss],  Conscientiousness,  Number, 

[Love  of  life],  Hope,  Order, 

Secretiveness,  Wonder,  Eventuality, 

Acquisitiveness,  Ideality,  Time, 

Constructiveness.  Wit  or  ludicrousness.  Tune, 

Imitation.  Language. 

Eeflective. 
Comparison,  Causality. 

PLANTS. 

Botany  (Gr.  hofane,  a  plant). — That  branch  of  natural  history 
which  treats  of  plants.  It  is  divisible  into,  1.  Structural 
Botany,  Organography,  or  Vegetable  Anatomy,  which  has 
reference  to  the  parts  of  which  plants  are  composed.  2. 
Physiological  Botany,  wliich  has  reference  to  the  processes 
carried  on  by  living  plants.  3.  Systematic  Botany,  or 
Taxonomy,  in  which  the  relations  of  plants  to  one  another 
are  considered  with  a  view  to  their  arrangement  and  classi- 
fication. 

PEINCIPAL  SUBDIVISIONS  OF  PLANTS. 

1.  Cryp'togams. — Plants  without  distinct  flowers  or  proper 
fruit,  the  so-called  seed  being  only  a  spore. 
1.  Thal'logens,  growing  in  fronds  without  distinct  stems, 


PLANTS.  143 

leaves,  or  roots,  and  consisting  wholl}'  of  cellular  tissue  ;  as, 

(a)  Algse,  or  Seaweeds;  (b)  Lichens. 

2.  An'ogens,  having  short  stems,  usually  leafy,  and  roots, 
and  consisting  wholly  of  cellular  tissue ;  as,  (a)  Ilejxiticse, 
or  Jiiverworts  ;  (b)  Mosses. 

3.  Ac'rogens,  having  stems,  leaves,  and  roots,  and  consisting, 
in  part,  of  vascular  tissue ;  as,  (a)  Ferns,  or  Brakes ;  (b) 
Lj/copodia,  or  the  Ground-pine  tribe  ;  (c)  Uquiseta,  or  the 
Horse-tail  tribe. 

2.  Phen'ogams  (called  also   Phanerogams). — Plants   having 
distinct  flowers  and  true  seed. 

1.  Gr-u'NOSPERMS,  having  the  flower  exceedingly  simple,  and 
the  seed  naked,  the  latter  being  ordinarily  on  the  inner  sur- 
face of  the  scales  of  cones.  They  are  exogenous,  and  con- 
sequently have  bark  and  rings  of  annual  growth,  but  are 
without  spiral  ducts;  as,  (a)  Conifers,  or  the  Pine  tribe; 

(b)  Cycads,  or  plants  related  to  the  Cycads  and  Zamia  ; 

(c)  Sigillarids,  extinct  species  of  the  later  Paleozoic  era  in 
geology. 

2.  En'dogens  (called  also  Monocotyledons),  having  regular 
flowers  and  covered  seeds.  They  are  endogenous,  and 
therefore  without  bark  or  rings  of  annual  growth,  as 
Palms,  the  Rattan,  Grasses,  Indian  Corn,  the  Lily,  and 
the  like. 

3.  An'giosperms  (called  also  Dicotyledons),  having  regular 
flowers  and  covered  seeds.  They  are  exogenous,  and  there- 
fore have  bark  and  rings  of  growth  as  in  the  Gymnosperms, 
and  the  wood  consists,  in  part,  of  spiral  ducts ;  as  the 
Maple,  Elm,  Apple,  llosc,  and  the  like. 

The  Gymnosperms  and  Angiosperms  make  up  the  division  of 
plants  called  Exogens. 

ELEMENTAEY  OKGANS  OF  FRUCTIFICATION. 

Ca'lyx. — The  outer  or  lower  part  of  the  flower,  the  divisions  of 
which  are  called  sepals. 

subdivisions  of  the  calyx. 
Per'ianth.  Am'ent. 

Involu'cre.  Calyp'tre. 

Spathe.  Vol'va. 

Glume. 


144  PLANTS. 

Cor'ol. — The  colored  blossom  within  or  above  the  calyx  (di- 
visions called  j;e/a4'J. 

SUBDIVISIONS   OF   THE    COROL. 

MONOPETAI.OUS.  POI.YI'ETALOUS. 

Bell-form.  Cru'ciform. 

Funnel-form.  Caryopuyl'lous. 

Salver-form.  IjIlia'ceous. 

Wheel-form.  Rosa'ckous. 

La'biate.  Pai'Iliona'ceous. 

Pericarp. — The  fruit,  whether  pod,  shell,  bag,  or  pulpy  sub- 
stance. 

subdivisions  of  the  pericarp. 

Silique'.  Pome. 

Legume'.  Berry. 

Cap'sule.  Pepone'. 

Drupe.  Strob'ile. 
Achene'  (Acine). 
Pis'til, — The  central  organ  of  the  flower,  whose  base  becomes 
the  seed  or  pericarp. 

subdivisions  of  the  pistil. 

Germ  (Ovarium).  Style. 

Stig'ma. 
Placen'ta. — A  cellular  substance  to  which  seeds  arc  attached 

and  from  which  they  originate. 
Recep'tacle. — The  base  which  sustains  the  other  parts,  being 
at  the  end  of  the  flower  stem.     It  is  called  torus  when  a 
thickened  mass. 

subdivisions  of  the  receptacle. 
Proper.  Columel'la. 

Common.  Spa'dix. 

IIa'chis. 
Seed. — The  essential  part  which  contains  the  rudiments  of  a 
new  plant 

subdivisions  of  the  seed. 

Cotyl'edon.  Albu'men. 

Em'bryo  (Corcle).  Hi'lum,  or  Umbii/icus. 

Teg'ument,  or  Integument. 


PLANTS.  145 

Sta'men. — The  organs  immediately  surrounding  or  adjoining 
the  central  one. 

subdivisions  of  the  stamen. 

An'ther.  Fil'ament. 

Pol'len. 
Tu'nic, — The  membranaceous  covering  of  the  seed,  whether  it 
is  enveloped  in  fruit  or  naked. 

GENERAL  DIVISIONS  OF  FLOWERS. 

Simple.  Pistillate. 

Aqgregate.  Perfect. 

Compound.  Neutral. 

Staminate.  Complete. 

INFLORESCENCE. 

The  manner  in  which  flowers  are  situated  on  plants. 
Whorl.  Cyme. 

Raceme'.  Cor'ymb. 

Pan'icle.        ,  Fas'cicle. 

Spike.  Head. 

Umbel. 

CONCENTRIC  CYLINDERS  OF  ROOTS  AND  HERBAGE. 

The  substance  of  roots  and  herbage  consists  of — 

Cu'ticle.  Wood. 

Cellular  Integument.  Pith. 

Bark.  Medullary  Sheath. 

Cams. 
Roots  are  of  seven  kinds : 

Branching.  Tuberous. 

Fibrous.  Bulbous. 

Creeping.  Granulated. 

Spindle. 

Herbage,  is  all  the  plant  except  the  roots  and  fructification. 

It  includes  stems,  leaves,  and  appendages. 
Steins. — -Subdivisions  are : 

Tioe,  or  Proper  Stem.  Pet'iole. 

Culm.  Frond. 

Scape.  Stipe. 

Pedun'cle. 
G  18 


146  PLANTS. 

SYNOPSIS  OF   CLASSES. 
Monan'dria,  one  stamen  to  each  flower. 
Dian'dria,  two  stamens. 
Trian'dria,  three  stamens. 
Tetran'dria,  four  stamens. 
Pentan'dria,  five  stamens. 
Hexan'dria,  six  stamens. 
Heptan'dria,  seven  stamens. 
Octan'dria,  eight  stamens. 
Ennean'dria,  nine  stamens. 
Decan'dria,  ten  stamens. 

Dodecan'dria,  from  eleven  to  seventeen  stamens. 
Icosan'dria,  many  stamens  inserted  in  the  calyx. 
Polyan'dria,  twenty  stamens  and  upwards  inserted  in  the 

receptacle. 
Didyna'mia,  four  stamens  in  one  flower,  two  longer  thaz 

the  rest. 
Tetradyna'mia,  six  stamens  in  one  flower,  two  shorter  than 

the  rest. 
Monadel'phia,  the  filaments  connected  in  the  form  of  a 

tube. 
Diadel'piiia,  the  filaments  forming  two  parcels. 
Polydel'phia,  the  filaments  forming  several  parcels. 
Syngene'sia,  the  anthers  formed  into  a  tube. 
Gynan'dria,  the  stamens  united  with  the  pistil. 
Monce'cia,  stamens  and  pistils  in  separate  flowers,  but  in  one 

plant. 
Dice'cia,  stamens  and  pistils  in  separate  plants. 
Polyga'mia,  stamens  and  pistils  separate  in   some  flowers 

and  united  in   others,  either  in  the  same  plant  or  two  or 

three  diflerent  ones. 
Cryptoga'mia,  flowers   inconspicuous   or  invisible    to  the 

naked  eye. 
Agrostog'raphy  (Gr.   ap'dstls,  grass,  and  graplie,  a  descrip- 
tion).— A  description  of  i\\Q  grasses. 
Anthol'ogy  (Gr.  nnthos,  a  flower,  and  logos,  a  discourse). — A 

discourse  on  Jloicers. 
Botanol'ogy  (Gr.  hofane,  a  plant,  and  logos,  a  discourse). — A 

discourse  on  plants. 
Bryology  (Gr.    brnon,  moss,  and   logos,  a   discourse). — The 

natural  history  of  mosses. 


PLANTS.  147 

Carpol'ogy  (Gr.  haijios,  fruit,  and  logos,  a  discourse). — A  de- 
scrij)tion  of  /raits  j  more  strictly  that  division  of  botany 
wliieli  relates  to  the  structure  of  seeds  and  seed-vessels. 

Dendrology  (Gr.  dendron,  a  tree,  and  logos,  a  discourse). — 
The  natural  history  of  trees. 

Epil'lheology  (Gr.  epirreo,  to  overflow,  and  logos,  a  discourse). 
— That  branch  of  botany  treating  on  the  influence  of  ex- 
ternal agents  on  plants. 

Flo'ra. — The  term  used  to  designate  the  plants  which  are  in- 
digenous in  a  country,  as  we  .say,  the  Flora  of  the  United 
States,  meaning  the  wild  plants  of  the  country. 

Histol'ogy  (Gr.  histos,  tissue,  and  logos,  a  di.seourse). — The 
science  which  treats  of  the  minute  tissues  of  plants,  ani- 
mals, etc. 

Lich.enog'rapliy  (Gr.  leichen,  a  lichen,  and  grapho,  I  write). 
— Tlie  science  which  illustrates  the  natural  history  of  the 
lichens. 

Morphology  (Gr.  morpM,  shape,  and  logos,  a  description). — 
That  division  of  botany  which  treats  of  the  metamorplioses. 
of  organs. 

Muscology  (Lat.  muscus,  moss,  and  Gr.  logos,  a  discourse). — 
That  part  of  botany  which  treats  of  the  mosses. 

Mycology  (Gr.  mulcts,  a  fungus,  and  logos,  a  discourse). — A 
treatise  on,  or  the  science  of,  t\\e,  fungi  or  mushrooms. 

Orchidology. — The  science  of  orchidaceous  plants. 

Organography. — A  description  of  the  organs  of  jilants,  or 
of  tlie  names  and  kinds  of  their  organs. 

Phytoch'imy  (Gr.  phuton,  a  plant,  and  Fr.  chimie,  chemistry). 
— The  chemistry  of  plants. 

Phytog'eny  (Gr.  phuton,  a  plant,  and  gennao,  I  beget). — The 
doctrine  of  the  generation  of  jjlants. 

Phytogeog'raphy. — The  geograph?/  of  plants. 

Phytog'raphy  (Gr.  phuton,  a  plant,  and  grapho,  I  describe). 
— The  science  of  describing  plants  in  a  systematic  manner. 

Phytolithorogy  (Gr.  j^huton,  a  plant,  lithos,  a  stone,  and  logos, 
a  discourse). — A  treatise  on  fossil  plants. 

Phytol'ogy  (Gr.  phuton,  a  plant,  and  logos,  a  discourse). — The 
doctrine  of  plants.  A  description  of  the  kinds  and  prop- 
erties of  p)lauts. 

Phyton'omy  (Gr.  plutton,  a  plant,  and  nonios,  a  name). — The 
science  of  the  origin  and  growth  of  plants. 

Phytopathol'ogy  {Gw  phuton,  a.  plant,  and  jntthologeo,  I  treat 


148  rOETRV. 

of  disease). — An  account  of  the  diseases  to  which  iiilants 

are  liahlc. 
Pro'tophyte. — The  lowest  order  of  plants,  cither  unicellular 

or  without  any  essential  mutual  dependence  between  the 

cells,  as  the  silicious  infusoria,  or  diatoms,  the  desmidians, 

etc. 
Pro'tophytorogy. — The  science  o?  protopliijtes  ;  fossil  botany. 

POETRY. 

Po'esy. — The  art  of  composing  poems. 

Acrost'ic. — A  poem  so  contrived  that  the  first  or  the  last  letters 
of  the  lines  or  words,  taken  together,  will  make  a  proper 
name  or  some  other  word. 

Alexan'drine. — A  kind  of  verse,  consisting  of  twelve  syllables, 
or  of  twelve  and  thirteen  alternately. 

Anacreontic. — Pertaining  to  Anacreon,  a  Greek  poet,  whose 
odes  and  epigrams  are  celebrated  for  their  delicate,  easy, 
and  graceful  air,  and  for  their  exact  imitation  of  nature. 
They  consist  of  three  feet  and  a  half,  the  first  foot  always 
a  spondee,  iambus,  or  an  anapest,  the  rest  usually  spondees 
or  iambuses. 

Asmatog'raphy  (Gr.  asma,  a  song,  and  grapho,  I  write). — The 
art  of  song-writing. 

Ballad. — A  species  of  narrative  poetry,  displaying  the  condi- 
tion and  the  habits,  the  tastes  and  the  sentiments  of  the 
various  nations  among  whom  it  is  found. 

Slank  Verse. — That  which  is  without  rhyme. 

Bucorics. — Pastoral  poems. 

Can'to. — A  part  or  division  of  a  poem,  answering  to  what  in 
prose  is  called  a  book. 

Ganzo'ne. — A  poem  to  which  music  may  be  composed  in  the 
style  of  a  cantata. 

Cen'to. — A  composition  formed  by  verses  or  passages  from 
different  authors,  disposed  in  a  new  order. 

Didac'tic  Po'etry. — That  species  of  metrical  composition 
which  has  instruction  for  its  primary  object. 

Dis'tich. — A  couplet  in  poetry  making  complete  sense. 

Dith'yramb. — In  ancient  poetry^  a  hymn  in  honor  of  Bacchus, 
full  of  transport  and  poetical  rage. 

Eclogue. — A  pastoral  composition  in  which  shepherds  are  in- 
troduced conversing  with  each  other;  as  i\\c  Eclogues  o? 
Viro-il. 


POETRY.  149 

Ep'ic. — A  narrative  poem,  describing  generally  the  exploits  of 
heroes. 

Epice'dium. — An  elegiac  poem  on  the  occasion  of  a  funeral 
soleuinity  in  honor  of  some  deceased  person. 

Ep'igram. — An  interesting  thought  represented  happily  in  a 
few  words. 

Ep'isode, — A  minor  story  which  a  poet  adds  to  the  main  story 
of  the  piece  by  way  of  giving  variety. 

Epithala'mium. — A  nuptial  song  or  poetical  composition  in 
praise  of  the  bridegroom  and  bride,  with  wishes  for  their 
prosperity. 

Ep'ode, — ^The  name  given  any  little  verse  or  verses  that  follow 
one  or  more  great  ones.  Thus,  a  pentameter  after  a  hex- 
ameter is  an  epode. 

Geor'gic. — A  poetical  composition  on  the  subject  of  hus- 
bandry, containing  rules  for  cultivating  lands ;  as  the 
Genrgics  of  Virgil. 

Hem'istich.— Half  a  verse,  or  a  verse  not  completed. 

Idyl. — A  short  pastoral  poem. 

Lay. — A  species  of  narrative  poetry  among  the  ancient  min- 
strels. 

Le'onine  Verse. — A  kind  of  Latin  verse,  consisting  of  hex- 
ameters and  pentameters,  of  which  the  final  and  middle 
syllables  rhyme. 

Madrigal. — A  little  amorous  poem  of  unequal  verse,  not  con- 
fined to  the  scrupulous  regularity  of  the  sonnet  or  the 
subtlety  of  the  epigram. 

Mon'ody. — A  species  of  poem  of  a  mournful  character,  in 
which  a  single  mourner  is  supposed  to  bewail  himself. 

Mon'orhyme. — A  composition  in  verse  in  which  all  the  lines 
end  with  the  same  rhyme. 

Mon'ostich.— A  composition  consisting  of  one  verse  only. 

Paracros'tic. — A  poetical  composition  in  which  it  is  necessary 
that  the  first  verse  should  contain  in  order  all  the  letters 
with  which  the  succeeding  verses  commence. 

Par'ody. — A  kind  of  poetical  pleasantry,  in  which  verses 
written  on  one  subject  are  altered  and  applied  to  another 
by  way  of  burlesque. 

Pindaric. — An  ode  in  imitation  of  the  odes  of  Pindar,  the 
celebrated  lyric  poet  of  ancient  Greece. 

Quartette'. — A  stanza  of  four  lines. 

ftua'train. — A  piece  consistinu-  of  f  lur  lines,  the  rhymes  usu- 


150  POTTERY. 

ally  alternate,  soraetiincs  also,  especially  in  French  poetry, 
intermixed,  the  first  and  fourth,  second  and  third,  rhyming 
together. 

Recur'rent  Verses. — Verses  tliat  read  the  same  backwards  as 
they  do  forwards. 

Refrain'. — The  burden  of  a  song;  a  phrase  or  verse' wliich 
recurs  at  the  end  of  each  of  the  separate  divisions  of  a 
poetic  composition. 

Sex'tain. — A  stanza  containing  six  lines. 

Son'net. — A  short  poem  of  fourteen  lines,  two  stanzas  of  four 
verses  each  and  two  of  three  each,  the  rhymes  being  ad- 
justed by  a  particular  rule. 

Stan'za. — A  number  of  lines  or  verses  connected  with  each 
other,  being  a  portion  of  a  poem  containing  every  varia- 
tion of  measure  in  that  poem. 

Teles'tich. — A  poem  in  which  the  final  letters  of  the  lines  make 
a  name. 

Thren'ody. — A  song  of  lamentation  ;  especially  a  species  of 
short  occasional  poem,  composed  for  the  occasion  of  the 
funeral  of  some  distinguished  personage. 

Tri'olet. — A  stanza  of  eight  lines  in  which  the  first  line  is 
thrice  repeated. 

Triplet. — Three  verses  rhyming  together. 

Versifica'tion. — The  art  of  adjusting  the  syllables  and  form- 
ing them  into  harmonious  measure. 
See  also  general  heading  Versification. 


POTTERY. 

Ceramics  (Gr.  keramos,  potter's  earth). — The  art  of  pottery, 
Bis'ciiit. — A  term  applied  to  articles  that  have  been  only  once 

baked  or  burnt,  and  have  not  yet  received  the  glaze  or 

vitreous   coat  with  which    most  articles  of  porcelain   or 

earthenware  are  covered. 
Cheko'a. — The  Chinese  porcelain  clay. 
Delf. — Earthenware  covered  with  enamel  or  white  glazing,  in 

imitation  of  porcelain. 
Earth'enware. — Ware  made  of  burnt  or  baked  clay,  or  other 

like  substances. 
Glazing. — The  art  of  cvusfiug  with  a  vitreous  substance. 
Parian. — A  tine  quality  of  porcelain  clay,  used  for  making 


PRECIOUS  STONES.  151 

statuettes  and  the  like ;  so  called  from  its  resemblance  to 
Parian  marble. 

Por'celain. — A  fine,  translucent  kind  of  earthenware ;  called 
also  chiita. 

Ter'ra  Cotta. — A  name  given  to  statues,  architectural  decora- 
tions, figures,  vases,  etc.,  modelled  or  cast  in  a  paste  made 
of  pipe  or  potter's  clay  and  a  fine  colorless  sand. 


PRECIOUS  STONES. 

Ag'ate. — A  variety  of  chalcedony,  of  different  colors,  arranged 
in  bands  of  various  thicknesses,  often  variegated,  in  small 
masses  in  a  matrix  of  chalcedony.  When  the  lines  are 
thin  and  zigzag  it  is  called  fortification  agate ;  when  in 
nearly  straight  lines,  ribbon  agate ;  and  when  containing 
apparent  marks  of  vegetation,  moss  agate. 

Am'ethyst. — A  variety  of  quartz,  consisting  chiefly  of  silica, 
colored  in  various  shades  of  violet  by  the  oxides  of  iron 
and  manganese. 

Avant'urine. — A  vitreous  variety  of  quartz,  of  a  pearly  gray, 
brown,  or  reddish-brown  color,  and  containing  minute 
spangles  of  mica,  which  give  it  a  glistening  appearance. 

Belloc'ulus. — Cat's-eye,  which  see. 

Ber'yl. — -The  name  of  a  class  of  crystallized  minerals,  to  which 
the  emerald  and  the  precious  beryl  belong.  Common 
beryl  is  of  a  light-green  color. 

Bloodstone,  or  Heliotrope. — A  jasper  variety  of  quartz,  of  a 
dark-green  color,  and  liaving  those  n)inute  blood-red  specks 
disseminated  throughout  which  give  it  its  name. 

Cairn'gorm-Stone. — A  yellow  or  brown  variety  of  rock-crystal, 
from  the  mountain  Cairngorm,  in  Scotland. 

Cam'eo. — A  peculiar  sort  of  onyx  ;  or  a  stone  or  shell  on  which 
figures  arc  cut  in  relief  on  a  diff"erent]y-colored  ground. 

Cap'nias. — A  kind  of  jasper,  of  a  smoky  color. 
"Carne'lian.— A  precious   stone,   either  red,   flesh-colored,   or 
white,  which  is  made  into  seals,  brooches,  etc. 

Cat's-eye. — A  chalcedonic  variety  of  quartz,  found  of  a  yel- 
lowish-green, yellowish-brown,  blackish,  and  hyacinth-red 
color.  It  derives  its  name  from  a  peculiar  opalescent  lustre. 
When  held  towards  the  light,  it  resembles  the  contracted 
pupil  of  the  eye  of  a  cat. 


152  rRECIOUS  STONES. 

Chab'asite. — A  precious  stone,  white,  and  sometimes  trans- 
])aivnt ;  a  kind  of  zeolite. 

Chalcedony. — An  uncrystallizcd  variety  of  quartz.  It  is 
usually  of  a  grayish  color,  but  sometimes  occurs  milky- 
white,  pinkish,  or  of  a  smalt-blue;  in  the  latter  case  it  is 
called  sftpphh'iue. 

Chalced'onyx. — A  variety  of  chalcedony,  having  alternate 
stripes  of  white  and  gray. 

Chrys'oberyl. — A  yellowish-green  gem,  next  to  .sapphire  in 
"  liardness,  consisting  of  alumina  and  the  earth  glucina. 
On  account  of  a  peculiar  opalescence  presented  by  the 
crystals,  the  mineral  has  been  called  cymoplunie. 

Chrys'olite. — A  mineral  of  a  greenish  hue,  often  transparent. 
It  is  sometimes  granular,  and  at  other  times  occurs  in 
small  crystals. 

Chrys'oprase. — A  chalcedonic  variety  of  quartz.  Its  color  is 
commonly  apple-green,  and  often  extremely  beautiful.  It 
is  translucent,  or  sometimes  semi-transparent. 

Col'oplionite. — A  variety  of  garnet,  of  a  reddish-yellow  or 
brown  color,  occurring  in  small  amorphous  granular  masses. 

Di'amond. — The  most  valuable  and  hardest  of  gems.  When 
pure  it  is  perfectly  clear  and  pellucid,  and  is  eminently 
distinguished  from  all  other  substances  by  its  vivid  splen- 
dor and  the  brightness  of  its  reflections. 

Em'erald. — A  gem  of  a  beautiful  green  color,  somewhat  harder 
than  quartz  ;  it  occurs  in  prisms  with  a  regular  hexagonal 
base,  and  ranks  next  in  value  to  the  Oriental  ruby  and 
sapphire.  It  consists  chiefly  of  glucina,  with  silica,  alu- 
mina, a  very  little  lime  and  iron. 

Eu'clase. — A  very  rare  mineral,  of  a  pale-blue  or  green  color. 
A  species  of  emerald. 

Gar'net. — A  mineral  or  gem  of  which  there  are  several  vari- 
eties, mostly  crystallized,  and  of  a  reddish  color.  It  is  a 
silicate  of  alumina  with  oxide  of  iron. 

Jas'per. — A  genus  of  stones  of  the  silicious  class.  It  is  very 
comj^act,  is  found  of  various  colors, — dark  green,  red,  brown, 
yellow,  grayish,  and  sometimes  bluish  and  black, — and 
emulates  the  appearance  of  the  finer  marbles  or  semi- 
pellucid  gems. 

Mesom'elas. — A  precious  stone,  with  a  black  vein  parting 
eveiy  color  in  the  midst. 

O'nyx. — A  species  of  agate,  stratified  with  opaque  and  trans- 


PRECIOUS  STONES.  153 

lucent  lines.  It  is  jrenerally  of  a  blackish  or  brownish 
color,  stiiped  with  white ;  occasionally,  also,  with  a  green- 
ish layer. 

O'pal. — The  jirecions  opal  presents  a  peculiar  play  of  colors  of 
delicate  tints.  It  consists  of  silex  and  about  ten  per  cent, 
of  water. 

Plas'ma. — A  faintly  translucent  chalcedony,  approaching  jas- 
per, having  a  greenish  color  sprinkled  with  yellow  and 
whitish  dots,  and  a  glistening  lustre. 

Ru'by. — A  precious  stone,  next  to  the  diamond  in  hardness 
and  value.  Its  constituents  are  aluniinn,  magnesia,  and 
chromic  acid, — its  color  being  due  to  the  latter.  The  rarest 
color  of  this  gem  is  pure  carmine,  or  blood-red  of  consider- 
able intensity. 

Sap'phire. — A  gem  having  the  same  composition,  hardness, 
and  other  properties  as  the  ruby.  It  varies  in  color  from 
white  to  the  deepest  blue  and  black. 

Sard. — A  variety  of  chalcedony  which  has  a  rich  brownish- 
red  color,  but  when  held  between  the  eye  and  the  light 
appears  of  a  deep  blood-red. 

Sar'donyx. — A  silicious  stone  or  gem  nearly  allied  to  onyx.  It 
is  of  a  deep  rich  brown,  inclining  to  orange,  and,  when 
held  against  the  light,  exhibits  a  deep-red  hue. 

St.  Stephen's-stone. — White  chalcedony,  with  minute  bloOd- 
red  spots. 

To'paz. — A  gem  consisting  of  silica,  alumina,  and  fluoric  acid. 
It  is  generally  of  a  fine  yellow  or  gold  color. 

Tur'quoise. — A  mineral  of  a  beautiful  sky-blue  color;  occurring 
in  thin  layers  or  in  rounded  masses.  It  is  destitute  of 
lustre,  but  susceptible  of  a  high  polish.  It  consists  chiefly 
of  hydrated  alumina ;  and  its  color  is  probably  due  to 
oxides  of  copper  and  iron. 

Yellow  Sapphire. — A  gem  of  a  yellow  tint,  seldom  deep,  but 
generally  of  a  light  straw-color,  extremely  brilliant. 

Zir'con, — A -crystalline  mineral,  transparent  to  translucent,  of 
various  colors,  adamantine  lustre,  and  consisting  of  silica 
and  zirconia.  It  comprises  three  varieties, — hyacinth, 
jargon,  and  zirconite. 


G* 


154  r  HINTING. 

PKTNTING. 

Typog^'raphy  (Gr.  tupos,  a  type,  and  grapho,  I  write). — The 
art  of  printing  ;  or  the  operation  of  impressing  letters  and 
words  on  forms  of  types. 

Anastatic  Printing  (Gr.  anastasis,  a  setting  up  again). — A 
process  by  which  the  productions  of  typograpliy,  lithog- 
raphy, or  engraving  may  be  transferred  from  the  originals 
without  injury  to  them,  and  afterwards  fixed  on  metal  or 
wood,  so  as  to  be  printed  from  again. 

Calking. — A  method  of  transferring  a  print  or  design  by  cover- 
ing the  back  of  it  with  black-lead  or  with  some  kind  of 
chalk,  laying  it  upon  a  sheet  of  clean  paper,  and  then 
tracing  the  outlines  with  a  hard  point. 

Case. — The  receptacle  for  type,  divided  into  numerous  com- 
partments. 

Chap'el. — A  printer's  workhouse  ;  also,  an  association  of  work- 
men in  a  printing-office. 

Chase. — An  iron  frame  used  to  confine  types  when  set  in 
columns  or  pages. 

Chro^mo-Lithog'raphy. — The  obtaining  lithographic  impres- 
sions b^  means  of  colored  inks. 

Cliro'mo-Typog'raphy. — A  French  process  for  printing  letter- 
press in  colors. 

Coffin. — A  wooden  frame  enclosing  the  stone  on  whicli  the 
form  is  imposed. 

Compos'ing. — Setting  type. 

Composi  tion. — The  act  of  setting  types  or  characters  in  the 
composing-stick  to  form  lines,  and  of  arranging  the  lines 
in  a  galley  to  make  a  column  or  page,  and  from  this  to 
make  a  form. 

Copy. — The  manuscript,  or  original  of  a  book,  given  to  be 
printed. 

Em. — The  square  of  the  body  of  a  type. 

En. — Half  of  the  dimensions  of  an  em. 

Fat. — Such  type-work  as  contains  much  blank  space,  and  is 
consequently  easily  set  up  and  profitable  to  the  workmen. 

Font. — An  assortment  of  type  in  definite  proportions. 

Form. — The  type  set  Up  and  locked  in  a  chase,  ready  for  print- 
ing. 

Galley. — A  frame  which  receives  the  types  from  the  com- 
po.sing-stick. 


PRINTING.  155 

Graph'otype. — A  process  by  which  prints  are  made  witliout 
engraving.  A  tablet  oi'  prepared  and  compressed  chalk  is 
used,  and  upon  it  the  draughtsman  makes  his  drawing  with 
a  peculiar  ink.  The  tablet  is  gone  over  with  a  brush  ia 
such  a  way  as  to  leave  the  inked  parts  in  relief.  The 
chalk  is  now  hardened  by  an  appropriate  process,  and  from 
it  electrotypes  may  be  taken. 

Homog'raphy  (Gr.  homos,  like,  and  grapho,  I  write). — The 
art  of  reproducing  copies  of  a  printed  work,  engraving, 
or  lithograph. 

Imposing". — The  act  of  putting  the  pages  of  a  sheet  in  proper 
order  on  the  imposing-stone,  and  preparing  them  to  be 
printed. 

Impres'sion. — Edition ;  number  printed  at  once ;  one  course 
of  printing  of  a  literary  work. 

Jus'tifying. — The  act  of  properly  adjusting  the  words,  lines, 
spaces,  etc.,  of  a  page. 

Lead. — A  plate  of  type-metal  used  to  separate  lines  of  type. 

Lithochro'mics  (Gr.  lithos,  a  stone,  and  chroma,  color). — The 
art  of  printing  colored  pictures  from  oil-paintings  on  stone. 

Lithophotog'raphy  (Gr.  lithos,  a  stone,  and  photography). — 
The  art  of  producing  prints  from  lithographic  stones,  by 
means  of  photographic  pictures  developed  on  their  surface. 

Lith'otint. — A  process  by  which  the  effect  of  a  marked  or 
tinted  drawing  can  be  obtained  on  stone  by  the  aid  of 
lithography. 

Logog'raphy  (Gr.  logos,  a  discourse,  and  grapho,  I  write). — 
A  method  of  printing  in  which  types  containing  whole 
words  are  used  instead  of  single  letters. 

Mat'ter. — Composed  type. 

Papyrog'raphy  (Gr.  papurus,  papp-ns,  and  grapho,  I  write). 
— A  lately  invented  art,  which  consists  in  taking  impres- 
sions from  a  kind  of  pasteboard  covered  with  a  calcareous 
substance  (called  lithographic  paper)  in  the  same  manner 
as  from  stones  in  the  process  of  lithography. 

Phytog'lyphy  (Gr.  phuton,  a  plant,  and  glnpheln,  engraving). 
— The  art  of  printing  from  nature,  by  taking  impressions 
from  plants,  or  other  objects,  on  soft  metal  or  other  sub- 
stances, and  from  these  taking  an  electrotype  plate,  by 
means  of  which  impressions  are  multiplied.  Nature- 
Printing. 

Pi. — Type  promiscuously  intermingled. 


156  PUNISHMENTS.— RELIGION. 

Plate-Print'ing. — Tlie  proccs3  of  printing  from  an  engraved 

Jilate. 
Pol'ychrome  Print'lng. — The  art  of  printing  in  one  or  more 

colors  at  the  sauie  time. 
Proof. — A  rough  impression  of  a  sheet,  taken  for  correction. 
Pyrog'raphy  (Gr.  par,  fire,  and  grapho^  I  write). — A  mode 

of  printing  by  a  system  of  heated  metalHc  cyUnders,  which 

burn  into  the  wood  any  design  required. 
Reprint. — A  second  or  a  new  impression  of  any  printed  work  ; 

specifically,  the  publication  in  one  country  of  a  work  pre- 
viously published  in  another. 
Revise'. — A  second  proof-sheet.  • 

Script. — A  kind  of  type  made  in  imitation  of  handwriting. 
Sorts. — The   letters  in  the  several  case-boxes  are  separately 

called  sorts. 
Stereotypog'raphy. — The  art  of  printing  on  stereotype. 
To'ken. — Two  hundred  and  fifty  sheets. 


PUNISHMENTS. 

Penol'ogy  (Lat.  pocna^  pain,  and  Gr.  logos,  a  discourse).— The 
science  which  treats  of  public  punishments  as  they  respect 
the  public  and  the  sufi'erer. 


KELTGION. 

Theol'ogy  (Gr.  Theos,  God,  and  logos,  a  discourse)^ — The 
science  of  God  and  divine  things.  It  may  be  divided  into 
several  branches,  as 

1.  Exegetical  Theology,  which  consists  in  the  explanation 
and  interpretation  of  the  Scriptures. 

2.  Didactic  or  Speculative  Theology,  by  which  the  several 
doctrines  of  religion  are  stated,  explained,  and  supported. 

3.  Systematic  Theology,  which  arranges  religious  dogmas 
methodically,  so  as  to  enable  us  to  contemplate  them  in 
their  natural  connection  and  to  perceive  both  the  mutual 
dependence  of  the  parts  and  the  symmetry  of  the  whole. 

4.  Practical  Theology,  which  consists  of  an  exhibition, 
first,  of  precepts  and  directions ;  and.  secondl}-,  of  the 
motives  for  complying  with  them. 

Absolu'tion. — A  religious  ceremony  of  the  Church  of  Rome, 


RELIGION.  157 

in  which  the  priest  uses  the  formula,  "  P^go  te  absolve  a 
peccatis  tuis,"  I  absolve  thee  from  thy  sins. 

Ab'stinence. — In  the  Roman  Catholic  Church,  the  refraining 
from  the  use  of  certain  kinds  of  food,  such  as  meat,  eggs, 
milk,  etc.,  which  are  forbidden  to  members  of  that  church 
on  particular  days. 

Ad'vent. — A  season  of  devotion  with  reference  to  the  coming 
of  Christ  in  the  flesh,  and  his  second  coming  to  judge  the 
world.  It  includes  four  Sabbaths  before  Christmas,  be- 
ginning on  Saint  Andrew's  day,  or  on  the  Sabbath  next 
before  or  after  it. 

Anath'ema. — A  curse  or  denunciation  by  ecclesiastical  author- 
ity, accompanying  excommunication. 

Annuncia'tion. — A  festival  kept  by  the  church  to  commem- 
orate the  tidings  brought  by  the  angel  Gabriel  to  the 
Virgin  Mary  of  the  incarnation  of  Christ ;  called  Lady 
Day. 

Antiph'onary. — A  service  book  in  the  Roman  Catholic  Church, 
containing  all  the  invitatories,  responsories,  collects,  and 
whatever  is  said  or  sung  in  the  choir,  except  the  lessons ; 
called  also  a  responsary. 

An'titype. — That  of  which  the  type  is  the  prefiguration. 

Apoc'alypse. — The  book  of  Revelation  in  the  New  Testament. 

Apoch'rypha. — Books  not  admitted  into  the  canon  of  Scrip- 
ture, being  either  spurious,  or  at  least  not  acknowledged 
as  divine. 

Apologet'ics. — That  branch  of  theology  which  defends  the 
Holy  Scriptures,  and  sets  forth  the  evidence  of  their 
divine  authority. 

Archiepis'copate. — The  office  of  an  archbishop. 

Article  of  Faith. — A  point  of  Christian  doctrine  which  we 
are  obliged  to  believe,  as  having  been  revealed  by  God 
himself,  and  allowed  and  established  as  such  by  the 
church. 

Ascension  Day. — A  festival  observed  in  the  Christian  Church 
on  a  Thursday,  ten  days  before  AVhitsuntide,  in  commem- 
oration of  Christ's  ascent  into  heaven. 

Ash- Wednesday. — The  first  day  in  Lent,  so  called  from  the 
ancient  custom  of  fasting  in  sackcloth  and  ashes. 

Assump'tion. — A  festival  in  the  Roman  Catliolic  Church,  kept 
on  the  15th  of  August,  in  honor  of  the  alleged  miraculous 
ascent  of  the  Virgin  Mary  into  heaven. 
14 


158  RELIGION. 

Astrol'atry. — The  worship  of  the  stars. 

As'tro-Theol'ogy  (Gr.  as/roii,  a  star,  and  tlirology). — Theology 
ibiiiided  on  the  observation  of  the  celestial  bodies. 

Auric'ular  Confes'sion. — The  disburdening  of  the  conscience 
privately  to  a    confessor. 

Bap'tism. — The  rite  of  initiation  into  the  community  of  Chris- 
tians. 

Bap'tistery. — A  place  where  the  sacrament  of  baptism  is 
administered. 

Beatifica'tion. — In  the  Roman  Catholic  Church,  an  act  of 
the  pope  by  which  he  declares  a  person  beatified  or 
blessed  after  death.  This  is  the  first  step  toward  canon- 
ization, or  the  raising  of  one  to  the  dignity  of  a  saint. 

Benedic'tion. — A  solemn  act  of  imploring  the  blessing  of 
God,  performed  by  a  priest  or  minister  in  the  official 
services  of  the  church. 

Ben'efice. — An  ecclesiastical  living. 

Beneficiary. — One  who  holds  a  benefice.  A  beneficiary  is 
not  the  proprietor  of  the  revenues  of  his  church,  but  he 
has  the  administration  of  them  without  being  accountable 
to  any  person. 

Bre'viary. — A  book  containing  the  daily  service  of  the  Uoman 
Catliolic  Church. 

Bulls. — Popish  bulls  are  letters  called  apostolic  by  the  canon- 
ists, strengthened  with  a  leaden  seal,  and  containing  in 
them  the  decrees  and  commandments  of  the  pope. 

Gan'on. — In  an  ecclesiastical  sense,  a  rule  either  of  doctrine 
or  discipline,  enacted  especially  by  a  council,  and  confirmed 
by  the  authority  of  the  sovereign. 

Cas'uistry. — The  doctrine  and  science  of  conscience  and  its 
cases,  with  the  rules  and  principles  of  resolving  the  same, 
drawn  partly  from  natural  reason  or  equity,  and  partly 
from  the  authority  of  Scripture,  the  canon  law,  councils, 
etc. 

Christmas. — The  day  on  which  the  nativity  of  Jesus  Christ 
is  celebrated. 

Ch.ristol'og'y  (Gr.  Chrisfos,  Christ,  and  lopos,  a  discourse). — 
A  discourse  or  treatise  concerning  Christ. 

Circutninces'sion. — The  reciprocal  existence  in  each  other  of 
the  three  persons  of  the  Trinity. 

Confirma'tion. — A  rite  whereby  a  person,  arrived  to  years  of 
discretion,  undertakes  the  performance  of  eveiy  part  of 


RELIGION.  159 

the  baptismal  vow  made  for  him  by  his  godflithers  and 
godmothers. 

Consecra'tion. — The  act  of  devoting  and  dedicating  anything 
to  the  service  and  worship  of  God. 

Dec'alogue. — The  ten  commandments  given  by  God  to  Moses. 

Diocese.— The  circuit  of  every  bishop's  jurisdiction. 

Dispensation. — License  or  permission  to  do  something  forbid- 
den or  to  omit  something  commanded. 

Dogmatics. — The  science  which  treats  of  the  arrangement  and 
the  statement  of  the  doctrines  of  Christianity. 

Eas'ter. — The  day  on  which  the  Christian  Church  commem- 
orates our  Saviour's  resurrection. 

Ecumenical  Council. — An  assembly  which  represents  the 
whole  body  of  the  Christian  Church ;  as  the  Council  of 
Nice. 

Epiph'any. — A  Christian  festival,  otherwise  called  the  mani- 
festation of  Christ  to  the  Gentiles,  observed  on  tlie  Gtli  of 
January,  in  honor  of  the  appearance  of  our  Saviour  to 
the  three  magi,  or  wise  men,  who  came  to  adore  and  bring 
him  presents. 

Esoter'ics. — Doctrines  mysterious  or  hidden. 

Eucharist. — The  sacrament  of  the  Lord's  Supper,  commem- 
orating the  death  of  our  Saviour. 

Euchol'ogy. — The  ritual  of  the  Greek  Church,  in  which  are 
set  down  the  order  of  ceremonies,  sacraments,  and  ordi- 
nances. 

Excommunica'tion. — A  penalty  or  censure,  whereby  persons 
who  are  guiUy  of  any  notorious  crime  or  offence  are  sepa- 
rated from  the  communion  of  the  chuich,  and  deprived 
of  all  .spiritual  advantages. 

Exege'sis. — The  science  of  interpreting  the  Holy  Scriptures. 

Exorcism. — -The  act  of  exorcising,  or  the  expulsion  of  evil 
spirits  from  persons  or  places  by  certain  adjurations  and 
ceremonies ;  also  a  form  of  prayer  or  incantation  used  for 
tliis  end. 

Extreme'  Unc'tion. — One  of  the  sacraments  of  the  Roman 
Catholic  Church,  administered  to  people  dangerously  sick, 
by  anointing  them  with  holy  oil  and  praying  over  them. 

Good.  Friday. — A  fast  of  the  Christian  Church  in  memory  of 
the  suft'erings  and  death  of  Jesus  Christ. 

Hagiol'ogy  (Gr.  hngios,  holy,  and  loffos,  a  discourse). — A 
history  or  description  of  the  sacred  writings. 


160  liELIGION. 

Hea'ven. — Among  Christians,  the  habitation  of  the  omnipresent 
Deity,  the  angels,  and  blessed  spirits. 

Hell. — Tlie  place  of"  divine  ])unishment  after  death. 

Impana'tion,  Consubstantia'tion. — The  substantial  union  of 
the  body  and  blood  of  Christ  with  the  elements  of  the 
oucharist  without  a  change  in  their  nature. 

Incama'tion. — The  act  whereby  the  Son  of  God  assumed  the 
human  nature. 

Indurgences. — In  the  Roman  Catholic  Church,  a  remission  of 
the  punishment  due  to  sin,  granted  by  the  Church,  and 
supposed  to  save  the  sinner  from  purgatory. 

Infallibil  ity. — By  the  InfalliblUty  of  the  Church  of  Rome 
is  understood  that  she  cannot  at  any  time  cease  to  be  or- 
thodox in  her  doctrine,  or  fall  into  any  pernicious  errors ; 
but  that  she  is  constituted  by  divine  authority  the  judge 
of  all  controversies  of  religion,  and  that  all  Christians  are 
obliged  to  acquiesce  in  her  decisions. 

In'terdict. — An  ecclesiastical  censure  by  which  the  Church  of 
Rome  forbids  the  performance  of  divine  service  in  a  king- 
dom, province,  town,  etc.  * 

Is'lamism. — The  Mohammedan  religion. 

Lec'tionary. — The  Roman  Catholic  service-book,  containing 
portions  of  Scripture. 

Lent. — A  solemn  time  of  fasting  in  the  Christian  Church,  ob- 
served as  a  time  of  humiliation  before  Easter. 

Lit'urgy. — The  ritual  according  to  which  the  religious  services 
of  a  church  are  performed. 

Mat'ins. — The  first  part  of  the  daily  service,  particularly  in  the 
Roman  Catholic  Church. 

Slis'sal. — The  Roman  Catholic  mass-book, containing  theseveral 
masses  to  be  said  on  particular  days. 

Mjrthol'ogy. — See  Mythology. 

Neology  (Gr.  neos,  new,  and  logos,  a  word). — Rationalistic 
views  in  theology  subvei-sive  of  revealed  truth.  The  term 
is  applied  especially  to  the  philosophical  theology  of  the 
Germans. 

Novitiate. — In  religious  houses,  as  convents  and  nunneries,  a 
year  or  other  time  of  probation  for  the  trial  of  a  novice,  to 
determine  whether  he  lias  the  necessary  qualifications  for 
living  up  to  the  rule  to  which  his  vow  is  to  bind  him. 

Offertory. — An  anthem  chanted  in  the  Catholic  service,  being 
the  first  part  of  the  mass,  in  which  the  priest  prepares  the 


RELIGION.  161 

elements  for  consecration.  In  the  communion  service  of 
the  Church  of  P]n2;land,  the  sentences  read  while  the  alms 
or  offerincs  are  collected. 

Or'dmances  of  the  Gos'pel. — Institutions  of  divine  authority 
relating  to  the  worship  of  God,  such  as  baptism. 

Ordination. — The  act  of  conferring  holy  orders,  or  of  initiating 
a  person  into  the  priesthood  by  prayer  and  the  laying  on 
of  hands. 

Pantheol'ogy  (Gr.  pas,  all,  and  theology). — A  system  of  the- 
ology which  comprises  all  known  religious  beliefs. 

Pa'parchy. — Papal  rule. 

Paradise. — -The  garden  of  Eden,  in  which  Adam  and  Eve 
were  placed.     It  is  also  used  to  denote  heaven. 

Pass'over. — -A  solemn  festival  of  the  Jews,  instituted  in  com- 
memoration of  their  coming  out  of  Egypt. 

Pen'ance. — A  punishment,  either  voluntary  or  imposed  by  au- 
thority, for  the  faults  a  person  has  committed.  It  is  one 
of  the  sacraments  of  the  Roman  Catholic  Church. 

Pentecost. — A  solemn  festival  of  the  Jews,  so  called  because 
it  was  celebrated  fifty  da^'s  after  the  feast  of  the  passover. 
It  corresponds  with  the  Christians'  Whitsuntide. 

Physlco-Theorogy. — Theology  illustrated  or  enforced  by  phys- 
ios or  natural  philosophy. 

Pontificate. — Signifies  tlie  state  or  dignity  of  a  pontiff  or 
high-priest ;  but  more  particularly,  in  modern  writers,  the 
reign  of  a  pope. 

Pri'macy. — The  office  or  dignity  of  an  archbishop. 

Purg'atory. — A  supposed  place  or  state  after  death,  in  which 
the  souls  of  persons  are  purified,  or  in  which  they  expiate 
such  offences  committed  in  this  life  as  do  not  merit  eternal 
damnation. 

Rit'ual. — A  book  in  which  the  different  rites  or  services  of  the 
church  are  contained. 

Sa'bianism. — That  .species  of  idolatry  which  consisted  in  wor- 
shipping the  sun,  moon,  and  stars. 

Sacraments. — The  sacraments  of  the  Eoman  Catholic  Church 
are  seven,  viz. :  Baptism,  the  Eucharist,  Confirmation,  Pen- 
ance, Extreme  Unction,  Ordination,  and  Matrimony,  which 
see. 

Skep'ticism. — A  doubting  of  the  truth  of  revelation,  or  a  de- 
nial of  the  divine  origin  of  the  Christian  religion  or  of 
the  beins,  perfections,  or  truth  of  God. 
14* 


162  SYSTEMS   OF  RELIGION. 

Soteriol'ogy  (Gr.  .so/er,  saviour,  and  logos,  a  discourse). — Tlie 
doctiino  of  salvation  by  Jesus  Christ. 

Sun'day. — A  solemn  festival  observed  by  Christians  on  the  first 
day  of  every  week,  in  memory  of  our  Saviour's  re.surrec- 
tion. 

Syn'od. — A  meeting  or  assembly  of  ecclesiastical  persons  to  con- 
sult on  matters  of  religion. 

Transubstantia'tion. — The  supposed  conversion  of  the  bread 
and  wine  in  the  Eucharist  into  the  body  and  blood  of 
Christ. 

Trin'ity. — The  doctrine  of  three  persons  in  one  God, — Father, 
Son,  and  Holy  Ghost. 

Type. — A  sign  or  symbol ;  a  figure  of  something  to  come  ;  as, 
the  pasch-al  lamb  was  a  type  of  Christ.  To  this  word  in 
this  sense  is  opposed  antitype;  Christ,  therefore,  is  the 
antitype. 

Ves'pers, — The  evening  song,  or,evening  service,  in  the  Roman 
Catholic  Church. 

Whit'sunday. — A  solemn  festival  of  the  Christian  Church,  ob- 
served on  the  fiftieth  day  after  Easter,  in  memory  of  the 
desceut  of  the  Holy  Ghost  upon  the  apostles  in  the  visible 
appearance  of  fiery  cloven  tongues. 

RELIGION,  SYSTEMS  OF. 

Acos'misni  is  the  theory  of  the  non-existence  of  God  and  his 

woiks. 
An'imisni  is  the  theory  of  spirit  in  nature. 
Anthropomorphism. — The  theory  that  God  has  all  the  parts 

of  a  man. 
A'theism. — The  doctrine  that  there  is  no  God. 
De'ism. — The   doctrine   of  belief  in   God,  without  belief  in 

revelation. 
Di'theism. — The  doctrine  of  the  existence  of  two  Gods. 
Du'alism. — The  doctrine  of  tbe  existence  of  two  Gods,  or  .^^ 

a  good  and  an  evil  principle. 
Fa'talism. — The  doctrine  that  all  things  are  subject  to  fate,  or 

that  they  take  place  by  inevitable  necessity. 
Hed'onism. — The  doctrine  that  the  chief  good  of  man  lies  in 

the  pursuit  of  pleasure. 
Metempsycho'sis. — The  passage  of  the  soul  of  man  after  death 

into  the  body  of  some  other  animal. 


REMEDIAL   AGENTS.  163 

Ilon'otheism. — Belief  in  one  God. 

Pantheism. — The  doctrine  that  the  universe  is  God. 

Polytheism. — -The  doctrine  of  more  than  one  supreme  design- 

inu"  mind  or  principle. 
1.  Idolatry. — The  worship  of  idols  and  false  gods. 
-.   Sab''aism. — The  worship  of  stars  and  fire. 
3.  Fet'ichism. — The  worship  of  anything  that  strikes  the 

in)agii)ation  and  gives  the  notion  of  great  power. 
Ra'tionalism. — A  system  of  opinions  deduced  from  reason,  as 

distinct  from  inspiration  or  opposed  to  it. 
The'ism. — A  belief  in  one  intelligent  and  free  spirit,  and  that 

everything  is  governed  or  regulated  for  the  best. 
Trinita'rianism. — The  doctrine  of  the  union  of  three  persons 

in  the  Godhead. 
Tri'theism, — The  opinion   that  the   Father,   Son,  and   Holy 

Spirit  are  three  distinct  beings  or  Gods. 
Unita'rianism  denies  the  doctrine  of  the  Trinity,  and  ascribes 

divinity  to  God  the  Father  only. 
Univer'salism. — The  doctrine  that  all  men  will  be  happy  in  a 

future  life. 

REMEDIAL  AGENTS. 

Absorb'ents. — Calcareous   earths   or  other  substances  which 

remove  acids  from  the  stomach. 
Acous'tics. — Medicines  or  instruments  to  help  the  hearing. 
Al'terative. — An  agent  considered  to  be  capable  of  producing 

a  salutary  change  in  a  disease,  but  without  exciting  any 

sensible  evacuation. 
AnaBSthet'ic. — A  substance  which  produces  insensibility,  ap- 
parently by  suspending  certain   of  the  functions  of  the 

nervous  S3'stem. 
Analeptic, — A  restorative  which  serves  to  repair  the  strength 

and  to  raise  the  depressed  spirits. 
Anaplas'tic. — An  agent  that  increases  the  amount  of  plastic 

matter — fibrin — -in  the  blood. 
Anaplerot'ic. — A  medicine  which  promotes  the  growth  of  flesh 

in  wounds  and  ulcers. 
Anastal'tic. — -An  astringent  or  styptic  medicine. 
Antaphrodis'iac. — A  medicine  which  quells  amorous  desires. 
Anthelmintic. — A  remedy  which  destroys  or  expels  worms, 

or  prevents  their  formation  or  development. 


1G4  RKMKDIAI,    AGENTS. 

An'tidote. — A  medicine  tliat  couiitonicts  poisfMi. 

Antiphlogis'tic. — A  remedy  for  inflammation. 

Ape  rient.^A  gentle  laxative. 

Astringent. — A    medicine   which   has    the   property  of  con- 

.'^triiiiiing  the  organic  texture.s. 
Atten'uant. — A  medicine  wliich  augments  the  fluidity  of  the 

hunior.s. 
Calefa'cient. — A  substance  which  excites  a  degree  of  warmth 

in  the  part  to  which  it  is  applied. 
Carmin'ative. — A  remedy  which  alhxys  pain  by  causing  the 

ex|)nlsion  of  flatus  from  the  alimentary  canal. 
Catalot  ic. — A  remedy  which  removes  unseemly  cicatrices. 
Catalytic. — A  medicine  which  is  presumed  to  act  by  the  de- 

.^tiiietion  or  counteraction  of  morbid  agencies  in  tlie  blood. 
Cataplasm. — A  medicine  applied  externally  under  the  form  of 

a  tliiek  pap. 
Cathartic. — A   medicine   which,  when    taken    internally,  in- 
creases the  number  of  alvine  evacuations. 
Gather et'ic. — Substances  applied  to  warts,  etc.,  to  eat  them 

down.     Mild  caustics. 
Cautery. — A  medicine  for  burning,  eating  away,  or  corroding 

any  solid  part  of  the  body. 
Corrosive. — A  substance  which,  when  placed  in  contact  with 

living  parts,  gradually  disorganizes  them. 
Coun'ter-Ir'ritant. — A  remedy  u.sed  for  the  purpose  of  exciting 

an  irritation  in  one  part  of  the  body,  with  the  view  of  re- 
lieving one  existing  in  another. 
Demulcent. — A  medicine  supposed  to  be  capable  of  correcting 

certain   acrid  conditions  imagined  to  exist  in  the  humors, 

as  a  mucilaginous  or  saccharine  substance. 
Derivative. — A  remedy  which  by  producing  a  modified  action 

in  some  organ  or  texture  (hiices  from  the  morbid  condition 

of  some  other  organ  or  texture. 
Desic'cant,   or   Desic'cative. — Any  medicine   or  application 

that  has   the   property  of  exhausting  moisture  from,  or 

drying  up,  a  sore. 
Deter'gent. — -A  medicine  which  possesses  the  power  to  deterge 

or  cleanse  parts,  as  wounds,  ulcers,  etc. 
Diaphoretic,   Sudorific. — A  medicine  wdiich   induces   per- 
spiration to  a  degree  more  than  natural. 
Diapyret  ic. — A  medicine  that  promotes  suppuration. 
Diluent. — A   medicine   for   augmenting   the  fluidity   of  the 


REMEDIAL   AGENTS.  1G5 

blood  and.  other  animal  liquids.     All  aqueous  drinks  are 

diluents. 
Discu'tient. — A  substance  which  possesses  the  power  of  repel- 

liiiu  or  resolving  tumors. 
Biuret  ic. — A  medicine  which  has  the  power  of  increasing  the 

secretion  of  urine. 
Ectylot'ic. — A  substance  applied  to  the  skin  for  the  removal 

of  warts  or  other  indurated  excrescences. 
Emhroca'tion. — A  fluid  application  to  be  rubbed  on  any  part 

of  the  body. 
Emet'ie.— A  substance  capable  of  producing  vomiting. 
Emmen'agogue. — A  medicine  believed  to  favor  the  discharge 

of  the  menses. 
Emollient. — A  substance  which  relaxes  and  softens  parts  that 

are  inflamed  or  too  tense. 
Emplas'tic. — A  medicine  which  constipates  and  shuts  up  the 

pores  of  the  body. 
Ene'ma. — A  form  of  conveying  medicine   into  the  intestinal 

canal. 
Epispas'tic. — Any  medicinal  substance  which,  when  applied 

to  the  skin,  excites  pain,  heat,  and  more  or  less  redness, 

followed  by  separation  of  the  epiderrois,  which  is  raised 

up  by  the  eff"used  serum. 
Er'rhine. — A  remedy  whose  action  is  exerted  on  the  Schneide- 

rian  membrane,  exciting  sneezing  and  increased  discharge. 
Eutroph'ic. — An  agent  whose  action  is  exerted  on  the  system 

of  nutrition,  without  necessarily  occasioning  n^anifest  in- 
crease of  any  of  the  secretions. 
Evae'uants. — Medicines  which  occasion  a  discharge  by  some 

emuiictory,  such  as  purgatives,  emetics,  etc. 
Expectorant. — A  medicine  capable  of  facilitating  or  provok- 
ing expectoration. 
Feb'rifuge. — A   medicine  which    possesses   the   property   of 

abating  or  driving  away  fever. 
Frigorif'ic. — A  medicine  that  has  the  power  of  producing 

cold. 
Haemospas'tic. — An  agent  which  draws  or  attracts  blood  to  a 

])art,  as  a  cupping-glass. 
Hy'dragogue. — A  medicine  believed  to  be  capable  of  expelling 

scrum  eft'used  into  any  part  of  the  body. 
Incarn'ative. — A  medicine  which  tends  to  promote  the  growth 

of  new  flesh  and  assist  nature  in  the  healing  of  wounds. 


IGG  REM  EDI  A  Tj   AGENTS. 

Indu'rans. — A  inodicluc  wliicli  liardcns  the  part  to  wliicli  it  is 
!i|i]iliod. 

Ine'briant. — An  agent  tliat  intoxicates. 

Inspis'sant, — Any  remedial  agent  that  renders  the  blood 
tliicker,  directly  or  indirectly. 

Ir'ritant. — That  which  cau.ses  irritation  or  pain,  heat  and  ten- 
sion, cither  cheoiically,  mechanically,  or  in  a  specific 
manner. 

Ischuret'ic. — A  medicine  for  relieving  suppression  of  the  urine. 

Lac'tifuge. — A  medicine  which  dispels  milk. 

iLax'ative. — A  medicine  which  gently  opens  the  bowels. 

Len'itive. — A  medicine  which  allays  irritation  or  palliates 
disease. 

Liquefa'cient. — A  medicinal  agent  supposed  to  have  the  power 
of  li(iuefying  solid  depositions. 

Lithontrip'tic. — A  medicine  which  is  supposed  to  liave  the 
power  of  preventing  or  dissolving  calculi  in  the  urinary 
passages. 

Mat'urant. — A  medicine  or  application  which  promotes  sup- 
puration. 

Narcotic. — A  substance  which  has  the  property  of  stupefying. 

Ob'struens. — A  medicine  which  closes  the  orifices  of  ducts  or 
vessels. 

Oppil'ative. — A  medicine  which  shuts  up  the  pores. 

Parturient,  or  Parturifacient. — A  medicine  which  induces 
or  promotes  labor. 

Pep'tic. — An  agent  that  promotes  digestion. 

Prophylac'tic. — An  epithet  for  whatever  preserves  or  defends 
against  disea.se. 

Pur'gative. — A  medicine  which  operates  more  powerfully  on 
the  bowels  than  a  laxative,  stimulating  the  muscular,  and 
exciting  increased  secretion  from  the  mucous,  coat. 

Refrig'erant. — A  medicine  which  depresses  the  morbid  tem- 
perature of  the  body. 

Repellent. — A  medicine  which,  when  applied  to  a  tumefied 
part,  causes  the  fluids  that  render  it  tumid  to  recede,  as  it 
wore,  from  it. 

Rubefa'cient. — A  medicine  which  causes  redness  of  the  skin. 

Sedative. — A  medicine  which  directly  depresses  the  vital 
ibrces. 

Sial'ag'Og'ue. — A  medicine  which  promotes  the  flow  of  saliva. 

Sorbefa'cient. — A  remedy  that  promotes  absorption. 


REPTILES.—SEA-SO  VNDING.  1 07 

Specific. — A  remedy  which  cither  certainly  cures  some  par- 
ticular disease  or  is  less  fallible  with  regard  to  it  than 
otlier  remedies. 

Stim'ulant. — A  medicine  which  has  the  power  of  exciting  the 
organic  action  of  the  different  systems  of  the  economy. 

Styp'tic. — A  substance  employed  to  arrest  hemorrhage. 

Tetanic. — A  remedy  wliich  acts  on  the  nerves,  and  through 
them  on  the  muscles,  occasioning  in  large  doses  convul- 
sions. 

Ton'ic. — A  medicine  which  has  the  power  of  exciting  slowly, 
and  by  insensible  degrees,  the  organic  actions  of  the  dif- 
ferent systems  of  the  animal  economy,  and  of  augmenting 
tlieir  strength  in  a  durable  manner. 

Vesicant.— A  substance  which  raises  blisters  upon  the  skin. 


REPTILES. 

Herpetol'oa^  (Gr.  herpeton,  a  reptile,  and  loffos,  a  discourse). 

— That  part  of  Natural  History  which  treats  of  reptiles. 
Excluding  the  amphibia   (frogs,   toads,  etc.),  which  are   now 

formed  into  a  separate  class,  reptiles  are  divided  into  four 

orders,  viz.  : 

1.  Chelo'nia. — Turtles  and  tortoises. 

2.  Lorica'ta. — Crocodiles  and  alligators. 

3.  Sau'ria. — Lizards. 

4.  OpMd'ia. — Snakes. 

RIDDLES. 

Enigmatog'raphy  (Gr.  auiiffma,  an  enigma,  and  graphn,  I 
write). — The  art  of  making  riddles ;  or  the  art  of  solving 
them. 

RINGS. 

Dactylology  (Gr.  dahtuhs,  a  finger,  and  logos,  a  discourse). — ; 
The  science  which  treats  of  the  history  and  qualities  of 
finger-rings. 

SEA-SOUNDING. 

Bathym'etry  (Gr.  bathos,  depth,  and  mcfrco,  I  measure). — The 
art  or  science  of  sounding,  or  measuring  depths  in  the  sea. 


1 08  SEALS.  -SHELLS.— SHIPS. 


SEALS. 


Sphrag"is'tics  (Gr.  aphragk,  a  seal). — The  science  of  seals, 
their  history,  age,  distinctions;  a  branch  of  diplomatics. 


SHELLS. 

Conchorogy  (Gr.  kogche,  a  shell,  and  logon.,  a  discourse). — The 

doctrine  or  science  of  shells  and  of  the  animals  inhabiting 

them. 
The  upper  part  of  the  shell  is  the  qrire,  and  the  point  of  this 

the  apex.     The  whorls  twist  round  a  central  axis,  or  col- 

vmella.     The  mouth  of  the  shell  is  termed  the  aperture. 

The  margin,  with  its  outer  and  inner,  or  columellar  lips,  is 

styled  the  peristome. 
Conchyliom'etry  (Lat.  conchih'ion,  a  shell-fish,  and  Gr.  metron, 

measure). — The  science  of  measuring  shells  or  their  curves. 
Bys'sus. — A  tuft  or  thread  of  fibres  by  which  the  mytilus, 

pinna,  and  other  shells  are  attached  to  contiguous  bodies. 
Di'aphragm. — A  straight  calcareous  plate  which  divides  the 

cavity  of  certain  shells  into  two  parts  only. 
Dor'sum. — The  upper  surflice  of  the  body  of  a  shell,  when  it  is 

so  held  that  the  aperture  is  downward. 
Fau'ces. — That  portion  of  the  first  chamber  of  a  shell  which 

can  be  seen  by  looking  in  at  the  aperture. 
La'brum. — The  outer  lip  of  a  shell,  or  that  one  farthest  from 

the  axis. 
Oper'culum. — The  lid  closing  the  aperture  of  various  species 

of  snails'  shells,  as  the  common  whelk. 
Si'nus.— A  groove  or  cavity. 
Umbiricus. — A  conical  depression  at  the  base  of  a  univalve 

shell. 
Var'icus. — Ridges  on  the  outside  of  a  shell  which  indicate  the 

diiferent  stasies  of  ijrowth. 


SHIPS. 

Naviga'tion  (Lat.  navis,  a  ship). — The  science  or  art  of  con- 
ducting ships  or  vessels  from  one  place  to  another. 

Bearing. — To  take  bearings  is  to  ascertain  the  points  of  the 
compass  on  which  objects  lie. 


SHIPS.  1G9 

Dead-Reck'oning. — The  calculation  made  of  a  ship's  place  by 
observing  the  way  she  makes  by  the  log,  and  allowing  for 
currents,  etc.,  no  recourse  being  had  to  observation. 

Log. — Tlie  record  of  the  I'ate  of  a  ship's  velocity. 

Loxodrom'ics  (Gr.  loxos,  oblique,  and  dramas,  a  course). — The 
art  of  abliquc  sailing  by  the  rhumb,  a  line  which  always 
makes  an  erjual  angle  with  every  meridian  ;  that  is,  when 
a  ship  sails  neither  directly  under  the  equator  nor  under 
the  same  meridian,  but  obliquely. 

Orthodrom'ics  (Gr.  orthos,  right,  and  dramas,  a  course). — 
The  art  of  sailing  an  the  arc  af  a  grnat  circle. 

Reck'oning". — An  account  of  the  ship's  course  and  distance  ;  the 
course  being  determined  by  the  compass  and  the  distance 
by  the  log-books,  and  no  aid  being  had  from  observation. 

Rhumb. — A  circle  on  the  earth's  surface  making  a  given  angle 
with  the  meridian  of  the  place,  marking  the  direction  of 
any  object  tlirough  which  it  passes. 

Sea'manship. — The  art,  or  skill  in  the  art,  of  working  a  ship. 

Traverse-sairing. — A  sailing  by  compound  courses. 

PARTS  AND  BELONGINGS  OF  A  SHIP. 

Back'stays. — The  ropes  or  stays  which  extend  from  the  top- 
mast-heads to  both  sides  of  a  ship,  to  assist  the  shrouds  in 
supporting  the  masts  when  strained  by  a  weight  of  sail, 
and  to  prevent  them  from  giving  way  and  falling  over- 
board. 

Beam. — The  large  main  timbers  that  stretch  across  a  ship  to 
support  a  deck. 

Belay 'ing-pin. — A  strong  pin  in  the  side  of  a  vessel,  or  by 
the  mast,  round  which  ropes  are  wound  when  they  are 
fastened  or  belayed. 

Bin'naele. — A  wooden  case  or  box  in  which  the  compass  and 
lights  are  kept. 

Bitts. — A  frame  of  two  strong  pieces  of  timber  fixed  perpen- 
dicularly in  the  fore-part  of  a  ship  on  which  to  fasten  the 
cables. 

Blue'-Peter. — In  the  British  marine,  a  blue  flag  with  a  white 
square  in  the  centre,  used  as  a  signal  for  sailing,  to  recall 
boats,  etc. 

Bob'stay. — lloiics  to  confine  the  bowsprit  of  a  ship  downward 
to  the  stem. 
n  15 


170  SHU'S. 

Bolt-rope. — A  rope  to  whicli  the  edges  of  sails  are  sewed  to 
.struii^tlicn  them. 

Boom. — A  hjiit;  spar  run  out  from  various  parts  of  a  sliip  or 
ves.scl,  for  tlie  purpose  of  extending  the  bottom  of  particu- 
lar sails. 

Bowline. — A  rope  fastened  near  the  middle  of  the  leech  or 
per])endicular  edge  of  the  square-sails,  by  subordinate  parts, 
called  bridles,  and  used  to  keep  the  weather  edge  of  the 
sail  tight  forward  when  the  .ship  is  clo.se  hauled. 

Bow'sprit. — A  large  boom  or  spar  which  projects  over  the 
stem  of  a  ship  or  other  vessel  to  carry  sail  forward. 

Brace. — A  rope  reeved  through  a  block  at  the  end  of  a  yard 
to  square  or  traverse  the  yard. 

Brail. — liopes  passing  through  pulleys,  and  fostened  to  the 
aftmost  leech  of  the  sail  in  different  places  to  truss  it  up 
close. 

Breast'fast. — A  large  rope  to  confine  a  ship  sidewise  to  a  wharf 

Bridle-port. — A  port-hole  or  opening  in  the  foremost  part  of  a 
ship  for  getting  out  haw.sers,  etc. 

Bulk'heads. — Partitions  made  athwart  a  ship,  by  which  one 
part  is  divided  from  another. 

Bunt'lines. — Small  ropes  fastened  to  cringles,  which  serve  to 
force  up  the  bunt  of  the  sail  for  the  better  furling  of  it. 

But' took. — That  part  which  is  right  astern,  from  the  tack 
upwards. 

Ca'ble-tier. — The  place  where  the  cables  are  coiled  away. 

Caboose'. — The  cook-room  or  kitchen  of  a  ship. 

Capstan. — A  strong,  ma.ssy  column  of  timber  formed  like  a 
truncated  cone,  and  having  its  upper  extremity  pierced  to 
receive  bars  or  levers  for  winding  a  rope  round  it  to  per- 
form work  that  requires  great  power. 

Cat'head. — A  piece  of  timber  projecting  over  a  ship's  bow,  to 
which  the  anchor  may  be  raised  and  secured. 

Cat'holes. — Two  small  holes  astern,  above  the  gun-room  ports. 

Chains. — Strong  links  or  plates  of  iron,  bolted,  at  the  lower 
end,  to  the  ship's  side ;  used  to  contain  the  blocks  called 
dead-eyes,  by  which  the  shrouds  of  the  mast  are  extended. 

Cleat. — A  piece  of  wood,  having  different  forms  according  to 
its  particular  use,  employed  in  vessels  to  belay  ropes  to,  or 
to  lead  ropes  through  ;  the  most  common  form  is  that  of 
a  piece  of  wood  having  two  arms. 


snips.  171 

Coam'ings. — The  raised  borders  or  edges  of  the  hatches,  made 
to  prevent  water  from  running  into  the  lower  apartments 
from  the  deck. 

Cock'pit.^ — In  ships  of  toar,  a  room  or  apartment  in  which  the 
wounded  men  are  dressed ;  situated  near  the  after  hatch- 
way, under  the  lower  gun-deck. 

Compan'ion-way. — A  covered  stairway  leading  to  the  cabin. 

Courses. — The  principal  sails ;  those  attached  to  the  lower 
masts. 

Cross'-trees. — Pieces  of  timber  in  a  ship,  supported  by  the 
cheeks  and  trestle-trees,  at  the  upper  ends  of  the  lower 
masts,  to  sustain  what  is  above  and  to  extend  the  top- 
gallant shrouds. 

Cut'-water. — The  fore-part  of  a  ship's  prow,  which  cuts  the 
water. 

Dav'it. — A  beam  used  on  board  ship  as  a  crane  to  hoist  the 
flukes  of  the  anchor  to  the  top  of  the  bow ;  an  operation 
called  fishing  the  anchor.  The  term  is  also  applied  to 
pieces  of  timber  or  iron  projecting  over  a  ships  side  or 
stern,  having  tackle  to  raise  a  boat  by ;  these  are  called 
hoat-davifs. 

Deck. — The  flooring. 

En'sign. — A  large  flag  hoisted  on  a  stafi",  and  carried  over  the 
poop  or  stern  of  a  vessel. 

Fig'ure-Head. — An  ornamental  figure  on  the  bow. 

Fore'castle. — That  part  of  the  upper  deck  of  a  vessel  forward 
of  the  foremast. 

Fore'stay. — A  rope  reaching  from  the  foremast-head  towards 
the  bowsprit  end,  to  support  the  mast. 

Gaff. — A  sort  of  boom  or  pole  used  to  extend  the  upper  edge 
of  sails ;  as  the  mainsail  of  a  sloop,  etc. 

Galley. — The  cook-room  or  kitchen  of  a  ship  of  war. 

Gas'ket. — A  flat  plaited  cord  fastened  to  the  sail-yard  of  a 
ship,  and  used  to  furl  or  tie  the  sail  to  the  yard. 

Grapnel,  or  Grap'line. — A  small  anchor  fitted  with  four  or 
five  flukes  or  claws,  used  to  hold  boats  or  small  vessels. 

Ground-tackle. — The  ropes,  etc.,  belonging  to  anchors. 

Gun'wale,  or  Gun'nel. — The  upper  edge  of  a  ship's  side ;  the 
uppermost  wale  of  a  ship,  or  that  piece  of  timber  extending 
on  either  side  from  the  quarter-deck  to  the  forecastle. 

Hal'yards. — Ropes  or  tackle  for  hoisting  or  lowering  yards  or 
sails. 


172  SIIII'S. 

Hatchway. — A  large  square  or  oblonpj  opening  in  the  deck, 
ail'urding  a  passage  into  the  hold,  etc. 

Hawse. — The  part  of  the  bows  of  a  ship  close  to  the  cable. 

Hold. — The  whole  interior  cavity  of  a  sliip  between  the  floor 
and  the  lower  deck.  In  a  vessel  of  one  deck,  the  whole 
interior  space  from  the  keel  or  floor  to  the  deck. 

Hulk. — The  body  of  a  vessel,  or  that  part  which  is,  in  truth, 
the  vessel  itself. 

Hur'ricane-deck. — The  upper  deck  of  steamboats,  which, 
from  its  height,  is  liable  to  be  injured  by  sudden  and 
violent  winds. 

Jib'-boom. — A  spar  which  is  run  out  from,  and  is  a  continua- 
tion of,  the  bowsprit;  beyond  this  is  the.flying  jib-boom. 
The  sails  attached,  in  order,  are  the  foretop-mast  stay-sail 
jib,  jib,  and  flying  jib. 

Ju'ry-mast. — A  temporary  or  occasional  mast,  used  in  the 
place  of  the  foremast  or  mainmast  which  has  been  de- 
stroyed by  a  storm. 

Keel. — The  principal  timber  in  a  ship,  extending  from  stem  to 
stern  at  the  bottom,  and  supporting  the  whole  frame. 

Keel'son,  or  Kel'son. — The  inside  keel. 

Lan'yard, — A  short  piece  of  rope  or  line  fiistened  to  several 
portions  of  a  ship's  rigging,  etc.,  and  serving  to  secure 
them  in  their  places ;  but  more  especially  those  used  to 
extend  the  shrouds  and  stays  of  the  ma.sts. 

Lift. — A  rope  or  tackle  extending  from  a  yard-arm  to  the  mast- 
head, to  support  and  move  the  yard. 

Lug' -sail. — A  square  sail  bent  upon  a  yard  that  hangs  obliquely 
to  the  mast  at  about  one-fourth  of  its  length. 

Mar'tinets. — Small  lines  fastened  to  the  leech  of  sail,  reeved 
through  a  block  on  the  topmast-head,  and  coming  down 
by  the  mast  to  the  deck.  Their  use  is  to  bring  the  leech 
of  the  sail  close  to  the  yard  for  the  purpose  of  being 
furled. 

Mar'tingale. — A  short  perpendicular  spar  under  the  bowsprit 
end,  used  for  reeving  the  stays. 

MASTS. 

Foremast. — The  mast  of  a  ship  which  is  placed  in  the  fore-part 

or  forecastle. 
Foretop-mast. — A  perpendicular  spar  next  above  the  foremast. 


SHIPS.  173 

Fore-topgallant-mast. — A  spar  next  above  the  forctop-mast, 

Fore-royal-mast.— A  spai-  next  above  the  Ibre-topgallant- 
niast. 

Skysail-mast. — The  topmost  spar  of  the  tier  of  masts. 

Ships  have,  ordinarily,  a  mainmast  and  mizzenmast  constructed 
to  correspond  with  the  foremast.  The  yards  and  sdifs  at- 
tached bear  each  the  name  of  the  mast  on  which  it  is  set, 
prefixed ;  as  foreyard,  foretop-sail,  main-royal,  etc. 

Peil'dant. — A  long,  narrow  flag  or  streamer  displayed  from  the 
ship's  mast-head,  and  usually  terminating  in  two  points. 

Prow. — The  head  or  fore-part  of  a  ship. 

Quar'ter-deck, — That  part  of  the  deck  of  a  ship  which  extends 
from  the  stern  to  the  mainmast. 

Ratlines. — Lines  which  make  the  ladder  steps  for  going  up 
the  shrouds  and  ascending  to  the  mast-head. 

Round'top. — A  platform  at  the  mast-head. 

Rudder. — The  instrument,  attached  to  the  stern-post,  by  which 
a  ship  is  steered. 

Scup'pers,  or  Scup'per-holes. — Channels  cut  through  the 
water-ways  and  sides  of  a  vessel  at  proper  distances,  and 
lined  with  lead,  for  carrying  oif  the  water  from  the  deck. 

Scut'tle. — A  small  hatchway  or  opening  in  the  deck,  large 
enough  to  admit  a  man,  and  with  a  lid  for  covering  it. 

Sheet. — A  rope  fastened  to  one  or  both  the  lower  courses  of  a 
sail  to  extend  and  retain  it  in  a  particular  situation. 

Shrouds. — A  range  of  large  ropes  extending  from  the  head  of 
a  mast  to  the  right  and  left  sides  of  a  ship  to  support  the 
masts  and  enable  them  to  carry  sail. 

Spank'er. — The  after-sail  of  a  ship  or  bark. 

Spars. — The  round  pieces  of  timber  used  for  the  yards  and 
topmasts  of  ships. 

Spen'cer. — A  fore-and-aft  sail  set  abaft  the  fore  and  main  mast ; 
a  trysail. 

Stay. — A  large  strong  rope  employed  to  support  the  mast  by 
being  extended  from  its  upper  end  toward  the  st^m  of  the 
ship. 

Stay'sail. — Any  sail  extended  on  a  stay. 

Steer'age. — An  apartment  in  the  fore-part  of  a  ship,  for  pas- 
sengers. 

Stud'ding-sail. — A  sail  that  is  set  beyond  the  skirts  of  the 
principal  sails  in  moderate  weather. 

Tac'kle. — The  rigging,  blocks,  and  other  apparatus  of  a  ship. 

15* 


174  SHIPS, 

TaflF'rail. — The  upper  part  of  a  ship's  stern,  which  is  flat  like  a 
table  on  top,  and  sometimes  ornamented  with  carved  work. 

Tran'som. — A  beam  or  timber  extended  across  the  stern-post 
of  a  ship,  to  strcniithen  the  aft-part  and  t:ive  it  due  form. 

Truck. — A  small  wooden  cap  at  tho  summit  of  a  flaLr-staif  or 
mast-head,  having  holes  in  it  for  reevinu:  halyards  through. 

VangS. — Braces  to  steady  the  peak  of  a  gaff. 

Waist. — Tiic  middle  part  of  a  ship. 

Yard. — A  long,  slender  piece  of  timber  nearly  cylindrical,  sus- 
pended upon  the  mast,  by  which  a  sail  is  extended. 


NAMES   OF  VESSELS. 

Bag'gala. — A  two-masted  Arab  boat,  used  both  for  commerce 
and  piracy  in  the  Indian  Ocean,  between  the  Malabar  coast 
and  the  lied  Sea.  It  is  generally  of  two  hundred  or  two 
hundred  and  fifty  tons  burden,  and  sails  with  great  rapidity. 

Bark. — A  three-masted  vessel,  having  her  fore  and  main  masts 
rigged  as  a  ship,  and  her  mizzen  as  a  schooner. 

Bomb'-vessel. — A  small  ship  or  vessel,  constructed  for  throw- 
ing bombs  into  a  fortress  from  the  sea,  and  built  remark- 
ably strong,  in  order  to  sustain  the  shocks  produced  by  the 
discharge  of  the  mortars. 

Brig. — A  vessel  with  two  masts,  square-rigged,  or  rigged  nearly 
like  a  ship's  mainmast  and  foremast. 

Brig'antine. — A  small  light  vessel,  which  can  both  row  and 
sail  well,  being  adapted  either  for  fighting  or  for  chase. 

Cham'pan, — A  Chinese  sailing  punt  or  flat-bottomed  vessel, 

Clipper. — A  vessel  built  for  fast  sailing. 

Corvette'. — A  sloop-of-war,  ranking  next  below  a  frigate,  and 
carrying  not  more  than  twenty  guns ;  frigate-riyged,  with 
three  masts,  and  built  for  fiist  sailing. 

Cruis'er. — A  small  armed  vessel  that  sails  to  and  fro  in  quest 
of  the  enemy,  to  protect  the  commerce  of  its  own  nation, 
or  for  plunder. 

Cut'ter. — A  boat  attached  to  a  vessel  of  war,  which  is  rowed 
with  six  oars,  and  is  employed  in  carrying  light  stores,  pas- 
sengers, etc.  Also  a  vessel  with  one  mast  and  a  straight 
running  bowsprit,  which  may  be  drawn  in  upon  deck. 

Feluc'ca. — A  boat  or  vessel,  with  oars  and  lateen-sails,  used  in 
the  ^lediterrancan.  It  has  this  peculiarity,  that  the  helm 
may  be  applied  to  the  head  or  stern  as  occasion  requires. 


SHIPS.  175 

Flag'-ship. — A  sliip  which  has  on  board  an  officer  who  has 
a  right  to  carry  a  flag,  in  distinction  from  the  other  vessels 
under  his  command. 

Frig' ate. — A  ship  of  war  having  one  covered  gun-deck  and 
more  than  twenty-eight  guns. 

Gal'iot. — A  Dutch  vessel  carrying  a  mainmast  and  a  mizzen- 
mast  and  a  large  gaff  mainsail. 

Gallivat. — A  small  vessel  used  on  the  Malabar  coast. 

Junk.— A  Chinese  vessel. 

Ketch. — A  strongly-built  vessel  of  no  well-specified  rig,  but 
usually  two-masted,  and  from  one  hundred  to  two  hundred 
and  fifty  tons'  burden. 

Lug'ger. — A  vessel  carrying  three  masts,  witb  a  running  bow- 
sprit, upon  which  she  sets  lug-sails,  and  sometimes  has 
topsails  adapted  to  them. 

Pin'nace. — A  small  vessel  navigated  with  oars  and  sails,  and 
having  generally  two  masts,  which  are  rigged  like  those  of 
a  schooner. 

Privateer'. — An  armed  vessel  belonging  to  one  or  more  private 
individuals,  licensed  by  government  to  take  prizes  from  an 
enemy. 

Sa'ic. — A  Turkish  or  Grecian  vessel  very  common  in  the  Le- 
vant; a  kind  of  ketch,  which  has  no  topgallant-sail  or 
mizzen-topsail. 

Sclioon'er. — A  small,  sharp-built  vessel,  with  two  masts,  of 
considerable  length  and  rake,  with  small  topmasts,  and 
fore-and-aft  sails.  It  carries  a  square  topsail  and  a  top- 
gallant-sail. 

Shal'lop. — A  kind  of  large  boat  with  two  masts,  usually  rigged 
like  a  schooner. 

Sloop. — A  vessel  of  one  mast,  the  mainsail  of  which  is  attached 
to  a  gaif  above,  to  a  boom  below,  and  to  the  mast  on  its 
foremost  edge ;  differing  from  a  cutter  by  having  a  fixed 
bowsprit  and  a  jib-stay. 

Sloop-of-War. — A  vessel  rigged  either  as  a  ship,  brig,  or 
schooner,  and  usually  carrying  from  ten  to  eighteen  guns. 

Snow. — A  vessel  ecjuipped  with  two  masts  resembling  the  main 
and  fore  masts  of  a  ship,  and  a  third  small  mast  just  abaft 
the  mainmast  carrying  a  try-sail. 

Tar 'tan. — A  small  coasting-vessel  used  in  the  Mediterranean, 
having  one  mast  and  a  bowsprit,  and  the  principal  sail, 
which  is  very  large,  extended  by  a  lateen-yard. 


176  SHORT-HAND   WRITING.—SOUXDS. 

Yacht. — A  sailing-vessel,  pleasure-boat,  or  small  ship  with  one 

deck,  sufficiently  large  for  a  sea-voyage. 
Xe'bec. — A   small   three-masted  vessel,  used  in   the  IMediter- 

ranean  Sea.      With  a  fair  wind,  in  good  weather,  it  carries 

two  large  square-sails ;  when  close-hauled  it  carries  large 

lateen-sails. 


SHORT-HAND  WRITING. 

Ideog'raphy  (idea^  and  Gr.  graplw,  I  write). — The  represen- 
tation of  ideas  independently,  or  in  an  ideographic  manner, 
as  sometimes  is  done  in  short-hand  writing. 

Phonog'raphy  (Gr.  phone,  a  sound,  and  grapho,  I  write). — 
A  method  of  writing  short-hand  by  representing  all  the 
consonants  by  straight  lines  and  curves,  and  the  vowels  by 
dots  or  short  dashes,  which  are  made  heavy  or  light,  to 
represent  long  or  short  vowels. 
This  system  professes  to  be  founded  on  the  analysis  of  the 
sounds  of  the  English  language. 

Stenography,  Brachyg'raphy  (Gr.  stenos,  close,  or  Iraehus, 
short,  and  </rapho,  I  write). — The  art  of  writing  in  short- 
hand by  using  abbreviations  or  characters  for  whole  words. 

SILK-WORMS. 

Ser'iculture  (Lat.  sericu?n,  silk,  and  cultura,  cultivation). — 
Cultivation  of  silk-worms. 

SLEEP. 

Hypnorogy  (Gr.  hrqmos,  sleep,  and  logos,  a  discourse). — The 
doctrine  of  sleep. 

SOCIETY. 

Socid'ogy. — The  science  which  relates  to,  or  treats  of,  human 

society. 

SOUNDS. 

Acous'tics  (Gr.  nkouo,  I  hear). — That  branch  of  science  which 
treats  of  the  laws  of  sound.  It  is  usually  divided  into  two 
parts,  viz. :  diacoustics,  which  explains  the  properties  of 


STATUARY.  177 

those  sounds  that  come  directly  from  the  sonorous  body  to 

the  ear  ;  and  cnfacoustics,  wliich  treats  of  reflected  sounds. 
Acou'meter  (Gr.  aJwHo,  I  liear,  and  metroii,  a  measure). — An 

instrument  for  measuring  the  degree  of  hearing. 
Echom'etry  (Gr.  echos,  sound,  and  melreo,  I  measure). — 1. 

The  art  of  measuring  the  duration  of  souikJs. 
2.  The  art  of  constructing  vauUs  to  produce  echoes. 
Harmonom'eter  (Gr.  harmonia,  concert,  and  metron,  a  meas- 
ure).— An  instrument  for  measuring  the  harmonic  relations 

of  sounds. 
Microph.Oll'ics  (Gr.  miJcros,  small,  and  phone,  a  sound). — The 

science  or  art  of  magnifying  loio  sointds. 
Phonet'ics,  Phonics  (Gr.  phone,  a  sound). — The  doctrine  or 

science  of  sounds,  especially  those  of  the  human  voice. 
Ph.o'nograpll. — An  instrument  for  the  mechanical  registration 

and  reproduction  of  audible  sounds. 
Polyacous'tics  (Gr.  polus,  many,  and  al'ouo,  I  hear). — The  art 

of  multipli/ing  sounds. 
Sonom'eter  (Lat.  so)ius,  a  sound,  and  Gr.  metron,  a  measure). 

— An  instrument  for  measuring  sounds  or  the  intervals  of 

sounds. 
Terephone, — An  instrument  for  reproducing  sounds,  especially 

articulate  speech,  at  a  distance,  by  the  aid  of  electricity  or 

electro- magnetism. 
Teleph'ony  (Gr.  tele,  far,  and^:»/(o«e,  sound). — The  art  or  pro- 
cess of  reproducing  sounds  at  a  distance  by  the  aid  of 

electricity,  as  with  the  telephone. 

STATUARY. 

Toreumatorogy  (Gr.  torenma,  embossed  work,  and  logos,  a 
discourse). — The  science  or  art  of  sculpture,  or  a  descrip- 
tion of  ancient  and  modern  sculpture  and  bass-relief. 

Sculpt'ure. — The  art  of  carving  or  chiselling  in  wood,  stone,  or 
other  materials,  or  of  forming  images  or  statues  of  visible 
objects  from  solid  substances. 

Ac'rolith. — A  statue  the  extremities  of  which  are  formed  of 
stone. 

Ac'tion. — The  attitude  or  position  of  the  several  parts  of  the 
body  by  which  they  seem  to  be  actuated  by  passions ;  as 
the  arm  extended,  to  represent  the  act  of  giving  or  re- 
ceiving. 

H* 


178  STATUARY. 

Al'to-Riliev'o  (It.  high  relief). — A  representation  of  fi<;;ures 
and  otlier  objects  against  a  flat  surface  ;  it  differs  from  demi- 
rilievo  and  basso-rilievo  only  by  the  greater  projection, 
or  higher  relief,  of  the  figures. 

Animated. — Appearing  as  if  endowed  with  life. 

Ar'abesque. — A  capricious,  fantastic,  or  heterogeneous  species 
of  ornament,  adopted  from  ancient  art  in  Arabian  and 
Moorish  architecture,  and  consisting  of  fruit,  flowers, 
foliage,  and  many  other  forms,  except  those  of  animals, 
which,  in  pure  arabesque,  were  excluded  by  the  law  of 
Mohammed. 

At'titude. — The  posture  or  action  in  which  a  statue  is  placed. 

Bas'so-Riliev'o,  or  Bass-Relief  (It.  low  relief). — In  which 
the  figures  project  but  little  from  the  plane  on  which  they 
are  formed. 

Bear'ing. — The  mutual  relations  of  the  parts  of  a  figure. 

Bis'cuit. — A  species  of  unglazed  porcelain  in  which  groups 
and  figures  are  formed  in  miniature. 

Boast. — To  cut  roughly,  as  stone,  in  order  to  form  the  outline 
of  a  figure. 

Boss. — A  projecting  mass  of  material  to  be  afterward  cut  or 
carved. 

Bust. — A  figure  or  portrait  showing  only  the  head  and  shoul- 
ders, the  arms  being  absent. 

Cam'eo. — A  precious  stone  carved  in  relief 

Carv'ing'. — The  art  of  cutting  figures  in  wood  or  stone. 

Casting'. — The  art  of  taking  casts  or  impressions  of  figures, 
busts,  medals,  etc. 

Ceroplas'tic  (Gr.  keros,  wax,  and  plastikos,  relative  to  the  art 
of  the  modeller  or  carver). — The  art  of  modelling  or  of 
forming  models  in  wax. 

Chas'ing'. — The  art  of  embossing  or  representing  figures  on 
metals  by  a  kind  of  basso-rilievo,  punched  out  from 
behind,  and  carved  on  the  front  with  small  gravers. 

Contour'. — That  line  which  cfefines  or  bounds  a  figure. 

Creux. — A  term  used  where  the  lines  and  figures  are  cut 
below  the  surface  of  the  substances  engraved ;  thus  it 
stands  opposed  to  rilievo. 

Dem'i-Riliev'o  (It.  half  relief). — The  projection  of  one-half 
of  the  figure  from  the  plane. 

Dra'pery. — The  representation  of  the  clothing  or  dress  of 
human  figures,  etc. 


STEREOSCOPES.  179 

Embos'sing. — The  forming  of  works  in  relief,  whetlier  by 

raising  or  by  depression. 
Ground. — The  flat  surface  from  which  the  figures  rise ;   said 

of  a  work  in  relief. 
Intaglio. — Anything   engraved,  or   a  precious  stone  with  a 

head  or  an  inscription  cut  in  or  hollowed  out. 
Moresque'. — A  style  of  decoration  much   used  by  the  Moors 

and  Arabs,  first  introduced  about  the  tenth  century,  in 

which  foliage,  fruit,  flowers,  etc.,  without  the  introduction 

of  the  figure  of  any  animal,  are  combined  by  springing 

out  of  each  other. 
Plastog'raphy,  Plas'tic  Art. — The  art  o^  forming  figures  in 

plaster.  ■ 
Pointing. — The  process  of  measuring,  at  the  various  distances 

from  the  surfice  of  a  block  of  marble,  the  outlines  of  a 

future  piece  of  statuary. 
Porycliromy  (Gr.  polus,  many,  and  chroma,  a  color). — The 

ancient   art   or   practice  of  coloring    statuary  to   imitate 

nature,  and  also  buildings,  in  harmonious,  prismatic,  or 

compound  tints. 
Pro'file. — A  head  represented  sideways  or  in  a  side  view. 
Relief. — The  prominence  of  a  figure  above  or  beyond   the 

ground   or  plane   on  which   it  is  formed.     Relief  is   of 

three  kinds,  high  relief  (^(dto-rilievo),  loio  relief  (^basso- 

rilievo),  and  demi-relief  [(lemi-rilievo),  which  see. 
Strength. — Boldness  of  conception  or  treatment. 
Stud'y. — A  work  undertaken  for  improvement  in  the  art,  and 

often  left  incomplete. 
Tor'so. — The  trunk  of  a  statue  mutilated  of  head  and  limbs. 
Tout  Ensemble   (Fr.  all  together). — The  general  efi'ect  of  a 

work  as  a  whole,  without  regard  to  the  execution  of  the 

separate  parts. 
XJ'nity. — Such  a  combination  of  parts  as  to  constitute  a  whole, 

or  a  kind  of  symmetry  of  style  and  character. 


STEREOSCOPES. 

Stereos'copy. — The  art  or  science  of  using  the  stereoscope,  or 
of  constructing  the  instrument  or  the  views  used  with  it. 


180  SURGERY. 


SURGERY. 


Surgery  (corrupted  from  chirurgery ;  Gr.  cJict'r,  the  hand,  and 
ergon,  a  work). — That  part  of  the  heahng  art  wliicli  re- 
lates to  external  diseases  and  their  treatment,  especially  to 
the  manual  operations  adopted  for  their  cure. 

A'cupuncture  (Lat.  acns,  a  needle,  and  j7;<«c^«r«,  a  puncture). 
— A  surgical  operation  which  consists  in  puncturing  parts 
with  a  very  fine  needle. 

Agmatd'ogy  (Gr.  agma,  agmafos,  a  fracture,  and  logos). — The 
doctrine  of  fractures.     A  treatise  on  fractures. 

Amputa'tion. — The  operation  of  separating,  by  means  of  a 
cutting  instrument,  a  limb  or  a  part  of  a  limb,  or  a  pro- 
jecting part,  from  the  rest  of  the  body. 

Au'topsy  (Gr.  autos,  self,  and  opsis,  sight). — Dissection  of  a 
dead  body  for  the  purpose  of  ascertaining  the  cause,  seat, 
or  nature  of  a  disease. 

Brachiot'omy  (Gr.  brachion,  an  arm,  and  tome,  a  cutting). — 
Amputation  of  the  arm. 

Castra'tion. — The  operation  of  removing  the  testicles. 

Cephalom'eter  (Gr.  kepliale,  a  head,  and  metron,  a  measure). 
— An  instrument  for  measuring  the  different  dimensions 
of  the  foetal  head  during  the  process  of  accouchement. 

Cicatriza'tion. — The  process  by  which  a  cicatrix  is  formed. 

Cionot'omy  (Gr.  l-iOn,  the  uvula,  and  tome,  a  cutting). — Ex- 
cision of  tlie  uvula  when  too  long. 

Coaptation. — The  adjusting  of  parts  to  each  other. 

Colpot'omy  (Gr.  kolpos,  the  vagina,  and  tome,  a  cutting). — 
An  incision  of  the  vagina  in  parturition. 

Craniot'omy  (Gr.  kranioii,  the  cranium,  and  tome,  a  cutting). 
— The  operation  of  opening  the  head  in  parturition. 

Cystot'omy  (Gr.  Jiustis.  the  bladder,  and  tome,  a  cutting). — 
Incision  of  the  bladder. 

Detrunca'tion, — Separation  of  the  trunk  from  the  head  of  the 
fujtus,  the  latter  remaining  in  the  uterus. 

Diortho'sis. — A  surgical  operation  by  which  crooked  or  dis- 
torted limbs  are  restored  to  their  proper  shape. 

Embryotomy  (Gr.  emUruon,  an  embryo,  and  tome,  a  cutting). 
— A  division  of  the  fojtus  into  fragments,  to  extract  it  by 
piecemeal,  when  the  narrowness  of  the  pelvis  or  other 
faulty  conformation  opposes  delivery. 

Gastrot'omy  [Qv.  gaster,  the  stomach,  and  tome,  a  cutting). — 


SURGERY.  181 

The  Caesarean  section,  and  other  operations  involving  an 
incision  into  the  abdomen. 

Granula'tion. — Grauuhitions  are  the  reddish,  conical,  flesh-like 
shoots  which  form  at  the  surface  of  suppurating  wounds 
and  ulcers.  They  are  the  product  of  inflammatory  ex- 
citement, and  may  be  produced  by  indolent  ulcers,  or  by 
exciting  the  parts  by  proper  stimulants.  They  form  the 
basis  of  the  cicatrix. 

Hypodermat'omy  (Gr.  hupo,  under,  derma,  the  skin,  and 
tome,  a  cutting). — The  section  of  subcutaneous  parts,  as 
of  tendons  and  muscles. 

Iridec'tomy  (Gr.  iris,  and  eJcfome,  cutting  out). — The  process 
of  cutting  out  a  portion  of  the  iris  in  order  to  form  an 
artifacial  pupil. 

Laryngot'omy  (larynx,  and  Gr.  tome,  a  cutting). — A  surgical 
operation  which  consists  in  opening  the  larynx,  either  to 
extract  a  foreign  body  or  to  remedy  an  obstruction  of  the 
glottis. 

Lithot'omy  (Gr.  lithos,  a  stone,  and  tome,  a  cutting). — The 
operation  by  which  a  stone  is  extracted  from  the  bladder. 

Lithot'rity  (Gr.  lithos,  a  stone,  and  tribo,  I  wear  away). — The 
operation  by  which  a  calculus  is  broken  or  pulverized  in 
the  bladder. 

(Esophagot'omy  (Gr.  oisoplmgos,  the  oesophagus,  and  tome,  a 
cutting). — An  incision  made  into  the  oesophagus  for  the 
purpose  of  extracting  foi'eign  bodies  from  it. 

Omphalot'omy  (Gr.  omphalos,  the  umbilicus,  and  tome,  a  cut- 
ting).— The  division  of  the  navel-string. 

Oncot'omy  (Gr.  oghos,  a  tumor,  and  tome,  a  cutting). — The 
opening  of  an  abscess  with  a  cutting  instrument,  or  the 
removal  of  a  tumor. 

Opera'tion. — The  application  of  instruments  to  the  human  body 
with  the  view  of  curing  disease. 

Os'teoplas'ty  (Gr.  osteon,  a  bone,  and  plasso,  I  form). — An 
operation  to  remedy  the  loss  of  a  bone. 

Ovariotomy  (Gr.  oarion, the  ovarium,  and  tome, a  cutting). — 
The  operation  for  removing  the  ovary. 

Phlebot'omy,  or  Venesec'tion  (Gr.  2ihleps,i)hlcl)0s,  a  vein,  and 
tome,  a  cutting). — An  operation  which  consists  in  making 
an  opening  into  a  vessel  to  draw  or  let  blood  from  it. 

Posthet'omy  ( Gr.  postJie,  the  prepuce,  and  tome,  a  cutting). — 
Circumcision. 

16 


182  SURGERY. 

Proth'esis. — The  addition  of  some  artificial  part  to  tlie  human 
body,  as  a  wooden  lej;. 

Reclina'tion. — The  process  of  removing  a  cataract  by  applying 
the  needle  to  its  anterior  surface  and  depressing  it  into  the 
vitreous  humor,  in  such  a  way  that  the  front  surface  of  the 
cataract  becomes  the  upper  one  and  its  back  surface  the 
lower  one. 

Reduc'tion. — An  operation  the  object  of  which  is  to  restore 
displaced  parts  to  their  original  situation. 

Resec'tion. — A  name  given  to  operations  in  which  the  carious 
extremities  of  long  bones,  or  the  unconsolidated  extremi- 
ties of  fractured  bones  forming  irregular  joints,  are  removed 
with  the  saw. 

Rhi'noplasty  (Gr.  rin,  the  nose,  and  plasso,  I  form). — The 
process  of  forming  an  artificial  nose.  It  consists  in  bring- 
ing down  a  piece  of  flesh  from  the  forehead  and  causing 
it  to  adhere  to  the  anterior  part  of  the  remains  of  the  nose. 

Scarifica'tion. — The  operation  of  scarifying,  especially  with  the 
cupping  instrument. 

Scar'ifi^cator. — An  instrument  used  in  cupping,  containing 
several  lancets  moved  simultaneously  by  a  spring,  for 
making  a  number  of  incisions  at  once. 

Staphyloplas'tic  (Gr.  sfaphulcj  the  uvula,  and  jjlasso,  I  form). 
— Tlie  operation  for  restoring  or  replacing  the  soft  palate 
when  it  has  been  lost. 

Staphylot'omy  (Gr.  sfaphalc,  the  uvula,  and  tome,  a  cutting). 
— Amputation  of  the  uvula. 

Strabot'omy  (Gr.  strahos,  one  who  squints,  and  toim,  a  cutting). 
— The  operation  for  the  removal  of  squinting  by  the  division 
of  the  muscle  or  muscles  which  distort  the  eyeball. 

Sut'ure. — The  uniting  of  the  parts  of  a  wound  by  stitching. 

Symphyseot'omy  (Gr.  symphyds,  and  tome,  a  cutting). — The 
operation  of  dividing  the  symphysis  pubis  for  the  purpose 
of  facilitating  labor. 

Syn'thesis. — The  uniting  or  the  approximation  of  parts  that 
are  divided. 

Syringot'omy  (Gr.  surinx,  a  pipe,  and  toine,  a  cutting). — The 
operation  of  cutting  for  fistula. 

Tarsor'raphy  (Gr.  (anus,  a  cartilage  of  the  eyelids,  and  raphe, 
a  suture). — An  operation  for  diminishing  the  size  of  the 
opening  between  the  eyelids  when  it  is  enlarged  by  sur- 
roundino;  cicatrices. 


SYMBOLS.— TEETH.— TELEGRAPn.  183 

Tarsot'omy  (tarsus,  and  Gr.  tomt,  a  cutting). — The  section  or 
removal  of  the  tarsal  cartilages. 

Tax'is  (Grr.  an  arranging). — An  operation  by  which  those  parts 
which  have  left  their  natural  situation  are  replaced  by  the 
hand,  without  the  assistance  of  instruments  ;  as  in  reducing 
hernia,  etc. 

Tenotomy  (Gr.  tenon,  a  tendon,  and  tome,  a  cutting). — The 
operation  of  dividing  a  tendon. 

Trachea-Laryngot'omy. — A  surgical  operation  which  consists 
ill  making  an  opening  into  both  the  larynx  and  trachea. 

Tracheot'omy  {trachea,  and  Gr.  tome,  a  cutting). — A  surgical 
operation  which  consists  in  making  an  opening  into  the 
trachea. 

Trepan'ning  (Gr.  tmpanon,  a  borer). — The  perforation  of  the 
skull  with  a  trepan,  and  the  removal  of  a  piece.  When  a 
trephine  is  used  in  the  operation,  it  is  termed  trejjhininff. 

TJnion  by  First  Intention. — The  process  by  which  the  opposite 
surfaces  of  recent  wounds,  when  they  are  kept  in  contact 
with  each  other,  grow  together  and  unite  without  suppu- 
ration, the  result  of  a  self-healing  power  in  living  bodies. 

TJranis'coplas'ty  (Gr.  ouraniskos,  the  palate,  andplasso,  I  form). 
— The  process  of  forming  an  artificial  palate. 

Urethrot'omy  (urethra,  and  Gr.  tome,  a  cutting). — An  opera- 
tion which  consists  in  opening  the  urethra  with  the  ureth- 
rotome, for  the  removal  of  stricture. 

SYMBOLS. 
Symhorogy. — The  art  of  expressing  by  symbols. 

TEETH. 
Dentistry. — The  art  of  the  dentist. 

TELEGRAPH. 

Teleg'raphy  (Gr.  tele,  at  a  distance,  and  grapho,  I  write). — 
The  art  or  practice  of  communicating  intelligence  by  tele- 
graph, 

Terotype. — An  electric  telegraph  which  prints  automatically 
the  messaores  it  delivers. 


184  TERMS.— TIME. 


TERMS. 

Terminorogy  (Lat.  terminus.,  a  term,  and    Gr.  logos,  a  dis- 

coursej. — That  branch  of  a  science  or  art  which  exphiins 

the  meaning  of  its  technical  terms. 
Orismol'ogy  (Gr.  orismos,  the  marking  out  as  a  boundary,  and 

logos). — That  department  of  Naturdl  History  which  relates 

to  the  technical  terms  of  the  science. 


TIME. 

Chronol'ogy  (Gr.  chronos,  time,  and  logos,  a  discourse). — The 
science  which  deteriuines  the  dates  of  events  and  the  civil 
distinctions  of  time. 

Anach'ronism. — An  error  with  respect  to  chronology  by  which 
an  event  is  placed  earlier  than  it  really  happened. 

Chronom'eter  (Gr.  chronos,  time,  and  metron,  a  measure). — An 
instrument  that  measures  time,  particularly  one  that  meas- 
ures time  with  great  exactness. 

Concur 'rent. — The  supernumerary  days  in  the  year  over  fifby- 
two  weeks,  so  called  because  they  concur  with  the  solar 
cycle,  whose  course  they  follow. 

Cy'cle. — A  revolution  of  a  certain  period  of  time  within  which 
the  same  facts  or  events  recur  regularly  and  perpetually  in 
the  same  order. 

Cyclom'etry  (cycle,  and  Gr.  metron,  a  measure). — The  art  of 
measuring  cycles. 

Emer'gent  Year. — The  year  or  epoch  from  which  any  compu- 
tation of  time  is  made. 

E'pact, — A  term  denoting  the  moon's  age  at  the  end  of  the 
year,  or  the  number  of  days  by  which  the  last  new  moon 
has  preceded  the  beginning  of  the  year. 

Ep'och. — A  fixed  point  of  time  from  which  succeeding  years 
are  numbered. 

E'ra. — A  fixed  point  of  time  from  which  any  number  of  years 
is  begun  to  be  counted.  It  differs  from  epoch  in  this  :  era 
is  a  point  of  time  fixed  by  some  nation  or  denomination  of 
men  ;  epoch  is  a  point  fixed  by  historians  and  chronologists. 

Hegi'ra. — The  flight  of  Mohammed  from  Mecca,  July  16,  A. D. 
022, — the  epoch  from  which  the  Mohammedan  era  is 
reckoned. 


TFPE.  185 

Indic'tion. — A  cycle  ov  period  of  fifteen  years,  the  origin  of 
which  is  involved  in  obscurity ;  but  it  is  said  by  some  to 
have  been  instituted  by  Constantine  the  Great  in  phice  of 
the  Olympiads. 

Horol'ogy  (Gr.  ham,  an  hour,  and  Io(/os,  a  discourse). — That 
branch  of  mathematics  which  treats  of  the  principles  and 
construction  of  machines  for  measuring  and  indicating 
portions  of  time,  as  clocks,  watches,  etc. 

Metempto'sis. — The  solar  equation  necessary  to  prevent  the 
new  moon  from  happening  a  day  too  late,  or  the  suppres- 
sion of  the  bissextile  once  in  one  hundred  and  thirty-lour 
years. 

Paradl'ionism. — An  error  in  chronology  by  which  an  event 
is  related  as  having  happened  at  a  later  period  than  its 
true  date. 

Proempto'sis. — The  lunar  equation,  or  addition  of  a  day,  neces- 
sary to  prevent  the  new  moon  from  being  le-'koned  as  hap- 
pening a  day  too  soon. 

Sciag'raphy  (Gr.  skia,  a  shadow,  and  gvaj  Iw^  I  write). — Tlie 
art  of  finding  the  hour  of  the  day  or  night  by  the  shadows 
of  objects  caused  by  the  sun,  moon,  or  stars. 

Synchronorogy. — Contemporaneous  chronology. 


TYPE. 

Type-Founding. — The  art  of  manufacturing  the  metal  letters 
used  by  printers. 

Acrog'raphy  (Gr.  akros,  extreme,  and  grapho,  I  write). — The 
art  of  producing  blocks  in  relief  for  the  purpose  of  print- 
ing from,  along  with  types,  and  thus  to  supersede  wood- 
engraving. 

Elec'trotypy  (Gr.  dektron,  amber  (for  electricity),  and  tupos, 
a  model  or  type). — The  process  of  copying  metals,  en- 
gravings, etc.,  and  of  making  stereotype  plates  by  means 
of  electric  deposition. 

Photo-galvanog'raphy. — The  art  or  process  of  obtaining  from 
a  photographic  negative  on  glass,  by  means  of  a  gutta- 
percha impression,  an  electrotype  plate  from  which  may  be 
taken,  as  in  copper-plate  printing,  any  number  of  copies, 
exactly  similar  to  the  photograph. 

Ster'eotypy  (Gr.  stereos,  solid). — The  art  or  mode  of  forming 

IG* 


186  VERS  I  PICA  TIG  X. 

solid  metallic  plates  from  pages  of  movable  types,  or  from 
wood  engravings,  etc.,  by  the  process  of  casting,  from  an 
impression  in  plaster,  for  the  purpose  of  printing  from  them. 

TERSIFICATIOX. 

Versifica'tion  is  the  forming  of  that  species  of  composition 

■which  is  called  vei^se. 
Poetic  Feet. — A  verse  or  line  of  poetry  consists  of  successive 

combinations  of  syllables,  called  feet,  viz. : 
Iam'bus  is  a  foot  of  one  short  syllable  and  one  long  one. 
Tro'chee  is  a  poetic  foot  of  a  long  syllable  and  a  short  one. 
An'apest  is  a  poetic  foot  of  two  short  syllables  and  a  long 

one. 
Dac'tyl  is  a  poetic  foot  of  one  long  syllable  and  two  short 

ones. 
Spon'dee  is  a  poetic  foot  of  two  long  syllables. 
Ptr'rhic  is  a  poetic  foot  of  two  short  syllables. 
Molosse'  is  a  poetic  foot  of  three  long  syllables. 
Tri'brach  is  a  poetic  foot  of  three  short  syllables. 
Am'phibrach  is  a  poetic  foot  of  three  syllables,  having  both 

sides  short,  the  middle  long. 
Am'phimac  is  a  poetic  foot  of  three  syllables,  having  both 

sides  long,  the  middle  short. 
Bac'chy  is  a  poetic  foot  of  one  short  syllable  and  two  long 

ones. 
Antibac'chy  is  a  poetic  foot  of  two  long  syllables  and  a 

short  one. 
Measure,  or  Metre,  is  the  manner  of  ordering  and  combining 

the  quantities,  or  the  long  and  short  syllables. 
Catalec'tic  is  applied  to  a  verse  when  a  syllable  is  wanting. 
Acatalec'tic  is  applied  to  averse  when  the  measure  is  exact. 
Hyper'3IETER  is  applied  to  verse  when  there  is  a  redundant 

syllable. 
Scan'siox  is  the  dividing  of  poetry  into  feet. 
Octom'eter. — A  verse  of  eight  metrical  feet. 
Heptam'eter. — A  verse  of  seven  metrical  feet. 
Hexam'eter. — A  verse  of  six  metrical  feet. 
Pentam'eter. — A  verse  of  five  metrical  feet. 
Tetram'eter. — A  verse  of  four  metrical  feet. 
Trim'eter. — A  verse  of  three  metrical  feet. 
Dim'eter. — A  verse  of  two  metrical  feet. 


U\4R.  187 

Moxom'eter. — A  verse  of  one  metrical  foot. 
CoMPOs'iTE  VERSE  consists  of  various  metres  of  feet  com- 
bined. 

TTAR. 

Logis'tics  (Lat.  logista,  the  administrator  or  intendant  of 
Human  armies). — That  branch  of  military  art  which  em- 
braces all  details  of  moving  or  supplying  armies  ;  by  some 
"writers  extended  to  include  strategy. 

Strat'eg-y,  or  Strateget'ics  (Gr.  strategeo,  I  lead  an  army). — 
The  science  of  military  command,  ov  the  science  of  direct- 
ing great  military  movements. 

Tac'tics  (Gr.  taktlkos,  from  tasso,  to  set  or  appoint). — The 
science  and  art  of  disposing  military  and  naval  forces  in 
oi'der  of  battle,  and  performing  military  and  naval  evolu- 
tion.s. 

Accou'tremeiits. — The  necessaries  of  a  soldier,  as  belts, 
pouclies.  cartridge-boxes,  etc. 

Ambuscade', — A  snare  set  for  an  enemy,  either  to  surprise  him 
when  marching  without  precaution,  or  drawing  him  on  by 
different  stratagems  to  attack  him  with  superior  force. 

Ambush. — A  place  of  concealment  where  an  enemy  may  be 
surprised  by  a  sudden  attack. 

Ammunition. — All  warlike  stores,  and  especially  powder,  ball, 
bombs,  guns,  and  other  weapons  necessary  for  warfare. 

Appointments. — The  accoutrements  of  an  officer. 

Artillery. — Guns  and  their  equipment ;  troops  serving  them  ; 
the  science  of  their  construction  and  use. 

Ballistics  (Gr.  hallo,  I  throw). — The  art  of  nsin^ projectiles. 

Banderole. — A  small  flag  used  for  marking  out  a  camp,  etc. 

Barracks. — Large  buildings  erected  for  the  security  and  ac- 
commodation of  soldiers,  whether  infimtry  or  cavalry. 

Battalion. — A  body  of  infantry  of  undetermined  number, 
generally  from  six  hundred  to  one  thousand  men. 

Bat'tery. — A  name  given  to  any  number  of  pieces  of  ordnance 
placed  behind  an  elevation  of  earth,  or  even  without  such 
covering,  either  to  destroy  the  works  or  dismount  the  ar- 
tillery, or  repel  the  advance  of  the  enemy. 

Bay'onet. — A  triangular  dagger,  made  with  a  hollow  handle 
and  a  shoulder,  to  fix  on  the  muzzle  of  a  firelock,  so  that 
its  presence  does  not  impede  either  the  charging  or  firing 
of  the  piece. 


188  WAR. 

Biv'ouac. — A  night-guard,  performed  by  the  whole  army  when 
tliere  is  any  apprehension  of  danger ;  or  an  encampment 
in  tlie  open  air. 

Block'house. — A  small  fortified  barrack,  frequently  used  as  a 
keep  or  place  of  final  defence  in  a  field-work. 

Boom. — A  chain  of  masts,  a  large  cable,  or  other  obstacle, 
stretched  across  a  liver  or  harbor-mouth,  to  protect  a  mil- 
itary bridge  or  bar  access. 

Breach. — The  oi^ening  formed  by  the  partial  demolition  of  a 
rampart  in  order  to  permit  an  assault  to  be  made  upon  the 
defenders  of  a  fortified  place. 

Brevet'  Rank. — A  rank  in  the  army  higher  than  that  for  which 
pay  is  received. 

Brigade'. — A  division  of  troops,  whether  infantry,  artillery,  or 
cavalry,  commanded  by  a  brigadier-general.  It  consists  of 
an  indeterminate  number  of  regiments,  scpiadrons,  or 
battalions.  A  brigade  of  infantry  may  consist  of  from 
one  to  six  battalions  ;  of  cavalry,  of  two  or  three  regi- 
ments ;  of  artillery,  of  six  pieces  of  ordnance. 

Cais'son. — An  ammunition-wagon  or  tumbrel. 

Calibre. — The  bore  or  opening  of  a  gun. 

Campaigil'. — The  military  operations  of  one  season  in  the 
field. 

Canteen'. — /»  f^te  British  army,  a  public-house  licensed  in 
every  barrack  or  fort  to  sell  liquors  ;  also  a  semi-cylindrical 
tin  case  over  a  soldier's  knapsack,  to  carry  his  cooked 
victuals  in. 
In  the  United  States  army,  a  tin  vessel  used  by  soldiers  for 
carrying  liquor  for  drink. 

Can'tonments. — When  troops  are  detached  and  quartered  in 
different  adjacent  towns  and  villages,  they  are  said  to  be 
placed  in  cantonments. 

Capitula'tion. — The  surrender  of  a  fortress  or  army  on  stipu- 
lated conditions. 

Car'tel. — A  mutual  agreement  between  two  states  at  war,  or 
rival  armies,  for  the  exchange  of  prisoners. 

Castrameta'tion. — The  art  of  regulating  and  laying  out  the 
encampment  of  troops  of  all  kinds. 

Cav'alry. — A  body  of  military  troops  on  horses. 

Chas'seurs. — A  select  body  of  infantry,  formed  on  the  left  of 
a  battalion,  and  required  to  be  particularly  light,  active,  and 
courasjeous. 


WAR.  189 

Cim'eter. — A  short  sword,  witli  a  convex  edge  or  recurvate 
point,  used  by  the  Persians  and  Turks. 

Col'limn. — A  formation  of  troops,  narrow  in  front,  and  deep 
from  front  to  rear.  It  is  contradistinguished  from  the  line, 
in  which  the  troops  display  their  front  in  its  whole  extent 
with  their  minimum  depth  of  formation. 

Commissa'riat. — That  department  of  the  service  which  is 
charged  with  the  supply  of  provisions  for  the  soldiers. 

Com'pany. — A  small  body  of  infantry  or  artillery,  the  number 
of  which  is  never  fixed,  but  is  generally  about  one  hun- 
dred, commanded  by  a  captain,  assisted  by  two  lieutenants. 

Convoy. — A  guard  of  troops  employed  to  escort  prisoners,  stores, 
ammunition,  or  money,  conveyed  in  time  of  war  from  one 
point  or  place  to  another. 

Corps, — A  grand  division  of  an  army,  composed  of  an  indefi- 
nite number  of  organized  troops. 

Countersign. — A  watchword  demanded  by  sentries  of  those 
who  approach  their  posts. 

Court'-Mar'tial. — A  court  consisting  of  military  or  naval  offi- 
cers, for  the  trial  of  offences  of  a  military  or  naval  char- 
acter. 

Court  of  Inquiry. — A  meeting  of  oflScerswho  are  empowered 
to  inquire  into  the  conduct  of  an  officer  of  the  army,  to 
see  whether  there  be  ground  for  a  court-martial. 

Cuirassiers'. — Heavy  cavalry  armed  with  cuirasses. 

Cul-de-sac'. — A  position  in  which  an  army  finds  itself  with  no 
way  of  exit  but  to  the  front. 

Cut'lass. — A  broad,  curving  sword  with  but  one  cutting  edge. 

Divis'ion. — A  body  consisting  of  a  certain  number  of  brigades, 
usually  two  or  three,  and  commanded  by  a  major-general. 

Dragoons'. — A  useful  kind  of  cavalry,  mounted  on  horses  too 
heavy  for  the  hussars  and  too  light  for  the  cuirassiers. 

Engineer'  Corps. — That  branch  of  the  service  employed  in 
forming  plans  of  works  for  offence  or  defence. 

Enlist'ment. — The  writing  by  which  a  soldier  is  bound. 

Entrepots'. — IMagazines  and  places  appropriate  in  garrison 
towns  for  the  reception  of  stores,  etc. 

Ep'aulet. — An  ornamental  badge  worn  on  the  shoulder  by 
military  men. 

Eq'uipage. — The  furniture  of  an  army  or  body  of  troops,  in- 
fantry or  cavalry,  including  whatever  is  necessary  for  a 
military  expedition.     Camp  equipage  includes  tents,  and 


190  WAR. 

everything  required  for  accommodation  in  camp.  Field 
equipage  consists  of  arms,  artillery,  wagons,  tumbrels,  etc. 

Flank. — The  side  of  an  army,  or  a  battalion  encamped  on  the 
right  or  left. 

Fusileer'. — A  soldier  belonging  to  what  is  termed  the  light  in- 
fantry.    Fusileers  are  distinguished  by  the  white  cockade. 

Gar'rison. — The  guard  of  a  fortified  place ;  also,  the  place 
itself. 

Grenadier'. — Formerly,  a  soldier  who  threw  grenades ;  in  modern 
use,  one  of  a  company  of  tall,  stout  soldiers,  selected  for  the 
place,  which  takes  post  on  the  right  of  a  battalion  and 
leads  it  in  every  attack. 

Gui'don. — A  cavalry  banner. 

Gun'nery. — The  science  of  usinr/  artillery  judiciously  and  with 
the  greatest  effect. 

Hav'ersack. — A  coarse  linen  bag  issued  to  every  soldier  pro- 
ceeding on  service,  for  the  purpose  of  carrying  provisions. 

Hollow  Square. — A  body  of  foot-soldiers  drawn  up  to  receive 
the  charge  of  cavalry,  having  an  empty  space  in  the  middle 
to  receive  the  officers,  artillerymen,  etc.,  and  protected  on 
all  sides  by  a  line  of  bayonets. 

In'fantry, — Soldiers  who  serve  on  foot. 

Knap'sack. — A  square  case  of  canvas  or  leather,  properly  pre- 
pai-ed  for  strapping  on  the  infantry  soldier's  back  and  con- 
taining the  whole  of  his  regimental  necessaries. 

Lan'cers. — A  body  of  men  armed  with  long  lances  and  mounted 
on  swift  horses. 

Land'sturm. — A  local  militia  of  Germany,  formed  of  men  above 
forty  years  of  age,  which  never  leaves  its  own  district,  and 
is  only  called  out  in  case  of  actual  invasion. 

Land'wehr. — The  militia  of  Prussia  and  Austria. 

Life'-Guards. — The  body-guard  of  a  sovereign  prince. 

Light  Horse. — All  mounted  soldiers  that  are  lightly  armed 
and  accoutred  for  active  and  desultory  service. 

Lodg'ment. — An  intrenchment  hastily  constructed  on  a  captured 
breach  or  outwork  in  order  to  maintain  the  position  against 
recapture. 

Han'ual  Ex'ercise. — The  exercise  by  which  soldiers  are  taught 
the  use  of  their  muskets  and  other  arms. 

Marines'. — Soldiers  raised  for  naval  service  and  trained  to 
fight  both  on  shipboard  and  on  land.  They  are  clothed 
and  armed  in  the  same  way  as  inflintry  of  the  line. 


WAR.  191 

Mili'tia. — A  body  of  soldiers  in  a  state  enrolled  for  discipline, 
but  not  engaged  in  actual  service,  except  in  emergencies. 

Mobiliza'tion. — The  calling  into  active  service  troops  not  pre- 
viously on  the  war  establishment. 

Ordnance. — A  general  name  for  artillery  of  every  description. 

Out'post. — A  post  or  station  without  the  limits  of  the  camp,  at 
a  distance  from  the  army ;  troops  placed  at  such  a  station. 

Parley. — A  conference  with  an  enemy  on  particular  subjects. 

Parole'. — The  promise  on  honor  to  reappear  when  call(id  for, 
given  by  a  prisoner  of  war  allowed  to  go  at  large. 

Pass-Parole'. — A  command  given  at  the  head  of  an  army,  and 
passed  from  mouth  to  mouth  to  the  rear. 

Pick'et. — A  certain  number  of  men,  horse  or  foot,  who  do  duty 
as  an  outguard  to  prevent  surprises. 

Pioneer'. — A  military  laborer,  or  one  whose  business  it  is  to 
attend  an  army  in  its  march  in  order  to  clear  the  way,  by 
cutting  down  trees  and  levelling  roads,  etc. 

Post. — Any  spot  of  ground  occupied  by  troops. 

Pouch. — A  case  of  strong  leather,  lined  with  tin  divisions,  for 
the  purpose  of  carrying  a  soldier's  ammunition.  It  is 
covered  by  a  flap  to  preserve  the  cartridges  from  wet. 

Praeliog'raphy  (Lat.  prselium,  a  battle,  and  Gr.  graplco^  I 
describe). — A  description  of  battles. 

Guar'ter. — The  sparing  of  men's  lives,  and  giving  good  treat- 
ment to  a  vanquished  enemy.     Hence,  to  give  quarter. 

ftuar'ters. — Stations  or  lodgings  assigned  to  soldiers ;  also,  the 
apartments  occupied  by  an  officer  in  barracks. 

Recon'noissance. — The  reconnoitring  or  examination  of  any 
tract  of  country  preparatory  to  the  march  of  an  army,  in 
order  either  to  take  up  quarters  for  the  season  or  com- 
mence operations  against  an  opposing  enemy. 

Reg'iment. — A  body  of  men,  either  cavalry,  infantry,  or  ar- 
tillery, commanded  by  a  colonel,  a  lieutenant-colonel,  and 
a  major,  and  consisting  of  a  number  of  companies,  usually 
from  eight  to  ten. 

Reserve'  Corps. — The  third  or  last  line  of  an  army  drawn  up 
for  battle ;  so  called  because  they  are  reserved  to  sustain 
the  rest,  as  occasion  requires,  and  not  to  engage  except 
in  case  of  necessity. 

Reveille. — The  beat  of  drum  about  break  of  day,  to  give 
notice  that  it  is  time  for  the  soldiers  to-  rise,  and  for  the 
sentinels  to  forbear  challenuin";. 


192  WAR. 

Review'. — An  inspection  of  the  general  appearance  and  regu- 
lar disposition  of  a  body  of  troops  assembled  for  that 
purpose. 

Ri'cochet. — The   firing   of  guns    or  howitzers,   u.sually  with 
small  charges,  and  elevated  a  few  degrees,  so  as  to  cause 
•  the  balls  or  shells  to  rebound  or  roll  along  the  ground  on 
which  they  fall. 

Ros'ter. — A  list  of  officers  for  duty. 

Sabre. — A  sword  or  cimeter,  with  a  broad  and  heavy  blade, 
thick  at  the  back  and  a  little  curved  toward  the  point. 

Sa'bre-tasche. — A  leather  case  or  pocket  worn  by  a  cavalry 
officer  at  the  left  side,  suspended  from  the  sword-belt. 

Safe'guard. — A  protection  granted  by  the  general  of  an  army 
for  the  safety  of  an  enemy's  lands  or  person,  to  preserve 
them  from  being  insulted  or  plundered. 

Salute'. — A  discharge  of  cannon  or  small  arms,  the  lowering 
of  the  colors,  or  beating  of  drums,  in  honor  of  some 
distinguished  personage. 

Sal'vo. — A  general  discharge  of  firearms  not  intended  for  a 
salute. 

Scab'bard, — A  case  made  of  black  leather,  with  a  ferrule  at 
the  end,  or  of  steel,  in  which  a  sword,  sabre,  etc.,  may  be 
sheathed. 

Se'poys. — The  name  given  to  the  native  troops  in  India. 

Sig'nal  Ser'vice. — A  branch  of  the  army  equipped  in  time  of 
war  to  maintain  communication  hy  sirjnnh^  by  telegraph, 
or  by  semaphores  between  different  portions  of  an  army 
or  armies,  or  between  armies  and  fleets.  In  time  of  peace 
it  transmits  intelligence  in  reference  to  storms  or  approach- 
ing weather-change  by  the  disj^lay  of  signals  of  warning 
and  by  reports  posted  in  different  cities  and  ports  of  the 
United  States.  Signal  stations  are  also  established  in 
connection  with  the  life-saving  stations. 

Skir'mish. — A  loose,  desultory  kind  of  engagement,  in  the 
presence  of  two  armies,  between  small  detachments,  sent 
out  for  the  purpose  either  of  drawing  on  a  battle  or  of 
concealing  by  their  fire  the  movements  of  the  troops  in 
the  rear. 

Sortie'. — The  issuing  of  a  body  of  troops  from  a  besieged  place 
to  attack  the  besiegers. 

Squad. — Any  small  number  of  men,  horse  or  foot,  collected 
together  for  the  purpose  of  drill,  etc. 


WA  TER.—  WEALTH.  1 93 

Squad'roii. — A  body  of  cavalry,  usually  from  one  hundred  to 
two  hundred.  Squadron  of  ships,  a  division  of  a  fleet 
employed  on  a  particular  expedition,  and  commanded  by 
a  vice-admiral  or  rear-admiral,  or  a  commodore. 

Stratarith'metry  (Gr.  sfratos,  an  army,  arithmos,  a  number, 
and  met roH,  a  mesisnve). — The  art  of  drawing  up  an  army, 
or  any  given  number  of  men,  in  any  geometrical  figure, 
or  of  estimating  or  expressing  the  number  of  men  in  such 
a  figure. 

Stratog'raph.y  (Gr.  stratos,  an  army,  and  graplio,  I  describe). 
— Description  of  armies,  or  what  belongs  to  an  army. 

Tattoo'. — A  beat  of  drum  at  night,  giving  notice  to  soldiers 
to  retreat,  or  to  repair  to  their  quarters  in  garrison  or  to 
their  tents  in  camp. 

Tirailleurs'  (Fr.  marksmen). — A  name  given  to  a  species  of 
infantry  seldom  intended  to  fight  in  close  order,  but  gen- 
erally dispersed  two  and  two,  always  supporting  each 
other,  and  usually  skii-mishing  in  front  of  the  line. 

Truce, — A  temporary  cessation  of  hostilities  by  agreement  of 
the  commanders,  for  negotiation  or  other  purpose  ;  an 
armistice. 

TJltima'tum. — A  term  used  in  military  negotiations  to  express 
the  final  conditions  upon  which  any  proposition  or  treaty 
can  be  ratified. 

Van'guard. — That  part  of  an  army  which  marches  in  the 
front. 

Vedette'. — A  sentinel  on  horseback,  detached  from  the  main 
body  of  the  army  to   discover  and  give   notice  of  the 
enemy's  movements. 
See  Fortifications. 

WATER 

Hydrorogy  (Gr.  huddr,  water,  and  logos,  a  discourse). — The 
science  which  treats  of  and  explains  the  nature  and  prop- 
erties of  waters  in  general. 

WEALTH. 

Chrysorogy,  or  Chrematis'tics  (Gr.  chrusos,  gold,  fogos,  a  dis- 
course, and  cJtrematlstike,  the  art  of  trafiic). — That  branch 
of  political  economy  which  relates  to  the  production  of 
wealth. 
I  17 


194  WEIGHTS  -  WELLS.—  WINDS. 


WEIGHTS. 

Metrol'ogy  (Gr.  viefron,  a  measure,  and  loffos,  a  discourse). — 
The  science  of  weijihts  and  measures. 


WELLS. 

Well'-sinking. — The  art  or  process  of  sinking  or  digging  a 
well  or  wells. 

WINDS. 

Anemorogy  (Gr.  aneinos,  wind,  and  logos,  a  discourse). — The 

doctriue  of  winds. 
Anemom'eter  (Gr.  anemos,  wind,  and  metron,  a  measure). — An 

instrument   or  macliine  for  measuring  the  force  of  the 

winds. 
Cy'clone. — A   rotatory  storm  or  whirlwind  of  extended  cir- 
cuit. 
Harmat'tan. — A  hot,  dry  wind,  which  blows  on  the  western 

coast  of  Africa.     It  corresponds  to  the  simoom. 
Lim'bat. — A  cooling,  periodical  wind  in  the  isle  of  Cyprus, 

blowing  from   the  northwest  from   eight  o'clock  a.m.  to 

the  middle  of  the  day  or  later. 
Monsoon'. — A  periodical  wind  prevailing  in  the  East  Indies, 

which  blows  from  the  northeast  in  summer  and  from  the 

southwest  in  winter. 
Pampe'ro. — A  violent  wind  from  the  west  or  the  southwest, 

which  sweeps  over  the  pampas  in  the  southern  part  of 

Buenos  Ayres. 
Simoom',  Simoon',  or  Sa'miel. — A  hot,  dry  wind,  that  blows 

in  the  Eastern  deserts ;  generated  by  the  extreme  heat. 
Siroc'co. — An    oppressive,    relaxing   wind   from    the   Lib3'an 

deserts,  chiefly  experienced  in  Italy,  Malta,  and  Sicily. 
Torna'do. — A  violent  gust  of  wind,  or  a  tempest,  distinguished 

by  a  whirling  motion ;  usually  accompanied  with  severe 

thunder,  lightning,  and  torrents  of  rain. 
Trade'-wind. — Certain  winds  in  the  torrid  zone,  and  often  a 

little  beyond  it,  which  blow  from  the  same  quarter  through- 
out the  year,  unless  when  aff'ected  by  local  causes. 
Typhoon'. — A  violent  tornado  or  hurricane  in  the  Chinese  seas. 

It  is  produced  chiefly  by  the  action  of  heat. 


WRITING.  1 95 


WRITING. 

Cllirog''raphy  (Gr.  cheir,  the  hand,  and  graplio,  I   write). — 

The  ait  of  writing,  or  a  writing  with  one's  own  hand. 
Cryptog'raphy  (Gr.  krupto,  I  conceal,  and  graplio^. — The  art 

of  writing  in  secret  characters. 
Diplomatics,  or   Palaeog'raphy  (Gr.  palaios,  ancient,  and 

graphe,  a  writing). — The  science  of  diplomas,  or  the  art 

of  deciphering  ancient  tcridngs,  assigning  their  date,  etc. 
Graphiol'ogy  (Gr.  graphe,  a  writing,  and  logos,  a  discourse). — 

The  art  of  loriting  or  delineation,  or  a  treatise  on  that  art. 
Pasig'raphy  (Gr.  pas,  all,  and  grapho,  I  write). — A  manner  or 

system  of  writing  that  may  be  understood  by  all  nations 

without  translation. 
Polyg'raphy  (Gr.  j^olus,  many,  and  grapho,  I  write). — The 

art  of  writing  in,  and  deciphering,  various  ciphers. 
Short-hand  Writing.     See  Short-hand  Writing. 
Steganog'raphy  (Gr.  steganos,  a  secret,  and  grapho,  I  write). 

— The  art  of  writing  in  ciphers,  or  characters  which  are 

not  intelligible  except  to  the  persons  who  correspond  with 

each  other. 
Stelog'raphy  (Gr.  stelos,  a  pillar,  and  grapho,  I  write). — The 

art  of  writing  or  inscribing  cliaracters  on  pillars. 
Tachyg'raphy  (Gr.  tachns,  quick,  and  grapho,  I  write). — The 

art  or  practice  of  rapid  writing. 


II^DEX. 


A. 

Abacus,  14. 

Aberration  (light),  72,  92. 
Ablactation,  51. 
Ablaqueation,  51. 
Absolution,  156. 
Absorbents,  lfi3. 
Absorption,  71,  92. 
Abstinence,  157. 
Abstract  of  Title,  80. 
Abutment,  14. 
Acceptance,  37. 
Accidentals,  135. 
Accole,  31. 

Accommodation  Bill,  37. 
Accompaniment,  135. 
Accounts,  art  of  keeping,  5. 

settlement  of,  5. 
Accoutrements,  187. 
Acetometer,  25. 
Acbelous,  125. 
Acidometer,  25. 
Acidulation,  25. 
Acis,  125. 
Acology,  104. 
Acoutias,  114. 
Acosmism,  162. 
Acoumeter,  177. 
Acoustics,  163,  176. 
Acrography,  185. 
Acrolifh,  174. 
Acrostic,  148. 
Act  (drama),  43. 
Actieon,  125. 
Actinism,  92. 
Actinograph,  92. 
Actinology,  12. 
Actinometer,  7. 
Action,  80,  135,  177. 
Active  Commerce,  37. 
Acupuncture,  ISO. 
Addorsed,  31. 


Adit,  120. 
Administrator,  80. 
Adonis,  125. 
Adumbration,  135. 
Ad  Valorem,  37. 
Advent,  157. 
iEdoealogy,  7. 
iEdoeatomy,  7. 
^neid,  94. 
Aerodynamics,  5. 
Aerognosy,  5. 
Aerolite,  111. 
Aerolites,  science  of,  114. 
Aerolithology,  114. 
Aerology,  5. 
Aerometer,  5. 
Aerometry,  5. 
Aeronautics,  5. 
Aerostatics,  6. 
Aerostation,  5. 
^?5sculapius,  125. 
Jisthesiography,  7. 
JEstheties,  116. 
Etiology,  116. 
Affection  (painting),  135. 
Affidavit,  80. 
Affiliation,  80. 
Affinage,  108. 
AfiFrontee,  31. 
Afrit,  126. 
After-piece,  44. 
Agio,  37. 
Aglaia,  128. 
Agraatology,  180. 
Agni,  126. 
Agonistics,  61. 
Agriculture,  51. 
Agrostography,  146. 
Ahriman,  126. 
Air,  constituent  parts  of,  5. 

density  of  vaporous  gases,  6. 

heat  and  moisture  in,  6. 

laws  of  aqueous  vapor,  6. 

17*  197 


198 


INDEX. 


Air,  measurement  of  density  of,  15. 

motion  of,  5. 

motion,  j)rcssurc,  etc.,  of  elas- 
tic fluids,  6,  7. 

properties  and  phenomena  of, 
5,6. 

sailing  in  the,  5. 

science  relating  to  the,  5, 

water  in,  6. 
Aisle,  14. 
Alcides,  126. 
Alcoholmeter,  25. 
Alecto,  126. 
Alexandrine,  148. 
Alfadur,  126. 
Algebra,  102. 
Alibi,  80. 
Alimony,  80. 
Alkali,  25. 
Alkalimetry,  25. 
Alkaloids,  25. 
Alliance,  63. 
Allopathy,  104. 
Alluvion,  SO. 
Alterative,  163. 
Altimetry,  102. 

Altitudes,  art  of  ascertaining,  102. 
Alto,  122. 
Alto-Rilievo,  178. 
Alto-Ripieno,  122. 
Amalgamation,  108. 
Ambrosia,  126. 
Ambrotypc,  140. 
Ambuscade,  187. 
Ambush,  187. 
Amethyst,  151. 
Ammon,  126. 
Ammunition,  187. 
Amphibiology,  12. 
Amphitrite,  131. 
Anachronism,  184. 
Anacreontic,  148. 
Anaesthetic,  163. 
Anaglj'ptography,  48. 
Analeptic,  163. 
Analysis,  25. 

science  of,  116. 
Analysis  by  aid  of  the  spectroscope, 

29. 
Analytics,  116. 
Anamorphosis,  92. 
Anaplastic,  163. 
Anaplerotic,  163. 
Auastaltic,  163. 
Anastatic  printing,  154. 
Anathema,  157. 


Anatomy,  7. 
Ancones,  14. 
Ancmology,  194. 
Anemometer,  194. 
Angioiogy,  7. 
Angiotomy,  7. 
Animals,  amphibious,  12. 

anatomy  of,  13. 

cetaceous,  12. 

classification  of,  11. 

dissection  of,  7. 

dissection  of  living,  10. 

doctrine  of  similarity  of  struc- 
ture of,  9. 

entrapping  of,  13. 

foetus  of,  13. 

formation  of,  13. 

forms  and  habits  of,  13. 

laws  of  life  of,  13. 

microscopic,  13. 

organs  of,  13. 

preparing  specimens  of,  13. 

radiated,  12. 

science  of,  10. 
Animated  (painting  and  sculpture), 

135,  178. 
Animism,  162. 
Annuity,  37. 
Annulet,  14. 
Annunciation,  157. 
Anode,  46. 
Anomaly,  72. 
Antaphrodisiac,  163. 
Anteros,  126. 
Anthelion,  114. 
Anthelmintic,  163. 
Anthem,  122. 
Anthology,  94,  146. 
Anthropography,  100. 
Anthropology,  100. 
Anthropomorphism,  162, 
Anthroposcopy,  100. 
Anthropotomy,  7. 
Antidote,  164. 
Antiphonary,  157. 
Antiphlogistic,  164. 
Antipodes,  61. 
Antiquities,  science  of,  162. 
Antitype,  157. 
Anubis.  126. 
Apaume,  31. 
Aphelion,  72. 
Aphrodite,  126. 
Apis,  126. 
Apocalypse,  157. 
Apochrypha,  157. 


INDEX. 


199 


Apogee,  72. 
Apollo,  126. 
Apologetics,  55. 
Apologue,  94. 
Aponeurotomy,  7. 
Apparent  Magnitude,  92. 
Apparent  Jlotion,  92. 
Apparition  (astronomy),  72. 
Appeal,  81. 
Appointments,  187. 
Approaches,  55. 
Appulse,  72. 
Apsides,  72. 
Aquarius,  72. 
Aquatinta,  49. 
Aqueous  vapor,  laws  of,  6. 
Arabesque,  135. 
Araehnolog}',  78. 
Arboriculture,  51. 
Arch,  14. 
Archajology,  13. 
Archiepiscopate,  157. 
Architecture,  14. 
Architrave,  14, 
Archivolt,  14. 
Arcuation,  51. 
Aria,  122. 
Aries,  72. 
Arietta,  122. 
Arimanes,  126. 
Aristology,  54. 
Arithmetic,  102. 
Arms  of  Patronage,  31. 
Armies,  description  of,  193. 

moving  or  supplying,  187. 
Army,  art  of  drawing  up  an,  193. 
Arrache,  31. 
Arraignment,  81. 
Arrest  of  Judgment,  81. 
Arrondee,  31. 
Art,  22. 
Artemis,  126. 
Article  of  Faith,  157. 
Artillerj-,  187. 

science  of  using,  190. 
Arteries  of  the  human  body,  7. 
Artcriology,  7. 
Articulata,  11. 
Articulation,  69. 

Arts,  Industrial,  science  of  the,  22. 
Arts  in  general,  doctrine  of,  22. 
Ascension  Day,  157. 
Ascii,  61. 
Asgard,  126. 
Ashtoreth,  126. 
Ash-AVedncsday,  157. 


Asmatography,  148. 

Aspectant,  31. 

Assay,  108. 

Assignee,  81. 

Astarte,  126. 

Asterism,  73. 

Asteroids,  73. 

Asthenology,  104. 

Astrrea,  126. 

Astringent,  164. 

Astrognosy,  73. 

Astrography,  73. 

Astrolatrj',  158. 

Astrology,  60. 

Astro-Meteorology,  6. 

Astrometer,  92. 

Astrometry,  73. 

Astronomy,  72. 

Astroscopy,  73. 

Astro-The'ology,  158. 

Ate,  126. 

Atheism,  162. 

Athene,  126. 

Atlantis,  126. 

Atmology,  6. 

Atmometer,  104. 

Atmosphere  (see  Air). 

Atmospheric  Phenomena,  114. 

Atomism,  116. 

Atoms,  theory  of,  116. 

Atropos,  126. 

Attachment,  81. 

Attal,  120. 

Attcnuant,  164. 

Attire,  31. 

Attitude  ^painting  and  sculpture), 

135,  178. 
Audit,  5. 
Auget,  55. 
Augury,  126. 
Aureola,  135. 

Auricular  Confession,  158. 
Aurora,  126. 
Aurora  Australis,  115. 

Borealis,  115. 
Auscultation,  104. 
Auster,  126. 
Austere,  135. 
Autobiography,  94. 
Autocracy,  63. 
Autonomy,  63. 
Autopsy,  180. 
Avanturine,  151. 
Axis,  7.3,  92. 
Azimuth,  73. 


200 


INDEX. 


B. 

Bacchus,  126. 
Backpainting,  135. 
Backstay,  169. 
Bacule,  55. 
Baggala,  174. 
Bail,  81. 
Bail-bond,  81. 
Bailment,  81. 
Balance  of  Power,  63. 

of  Trade,  37. 
Baldur,  126. 
Ballad,  148. 
Ballast,  37. 
Ballistics,  187. 
Baluster,  14. 
Balustrade,  14, 
Banderole,  187. 
Bankrupt,  81. 
Banquette,  55. 
Baptism,  158. 
Baptisterj^,  158. 
Barbacan,  55. 
Bark,  174. 
Barracks,  187. 
Barricade,  55. 
Barology,  103. 
Barometer,  6. 
Barratry,  81. 
Barry,  31. 
Bartizan,  14. 
Barytone,  122. 
Base,  15,  28. 
Bass,  122. 
Basso-Rilievo,  178. 
Bastion,  55. 
Baston,  15. 
Batardeau,  55. 
Batch  (mining),  120. 
Bath3'metry,  167. 
Battalion,  187. 
Batter,  15. 
Battery,  187. 
Battlement,  55. 
Battles,  description  of,  191. 
Bayonet,  187. 
Bay-Window,  15. 
Bead,  15. 
Beam,  15,  169. 
Beam-filling,  15. 
Beard,  human,  10. 
Bearing,  135,  168,  178. 
Bearings,  31. 
Beatification,  158. 
Bed  (architecture),  15. 


Bcdagat,  194. 

Beer,  art  of  making,  22. 

]5elaying-pin,  169. 

Belfry,  15. 

Belles-Lcttres,  94. 

Belloculus,  151. 

Bell-Roof,  15. 

Bells,  art  of  ringing,  22. 

Belvedere,  15. 

Bend,  31. 

Bendlet,  31. 

Benediction,  158. 

Benefice,  158. 

Beneficiary,  158 

Berm,  55. 

Beryl,  151. 

Beton,  15. 

Bezant,  31. 

Bible,  science  of  interpreting  the, 

159. 
Biblicism,  94. 
Bibliography,  23. 
Bibliopegy,  23. 
Bile,  8. 
Bill  of  Adventure,  37. 

of  Entry,  38. 

of  Exchange,  38. 

of  Lading,  38. 

of  Sale,  81. 
Binary  Compounds,  25. 
Bind,  120. 
Binnacle,  169. 
Biography,  95. 
Biology,  101. 
Birds,  classification  of,  22. 

habits  of,  22. 

science  relating  to,  22. 
Bird's-eye  view,  138. 
Biscuit,  150,  178. 
Bishop  (painting),  135. 
Biting-in,  49. 
Bitts,  169. 
Bivouac,  188. 
Blanching,  51. 
Blank  Verse,  148. 
Blazonry,  31. 
Blending,  135. 
Blockhouse,  188. 
Blood,  doctrineof  motion  of  the,  106. 

treatise  on  the,  105. 
Bloodstone,  151. 
Blue-Peter,  169. 
Boast  (sculpture),  178. 
Bobstay,  169. 
Body  (painting)  135. 
Body  Politic,  63. 


INDEX. 


201 


Bomb-vessel,  174. 

Bond,  15,  81. 

Bonded  Goods,  .38. 

Bones  of  the  human  body,  treatise 

on  the,  10. 
Boning,  15. 
Bonnet,  56. 
Boolv-binding,  23. 
Books,  knowledge  of,  23. 
Boom,  169.  188. 
Bordure,  31. 
Boreas,  126. 
Boscage,  135. 
Bosket,  151. 
Boss,  178. 
Bossage,  15. 
Botanology,  146. 
Botany,  142. 
Bottomry.  38. 
BoulderValls,  15. 
Bowline,  170. 
Bowsprit,  170. 
Boxings  of  a  Window,  15. 
Brace,  170. 
Brachiotomy,  180. 
Brachvgraphy,  176. 
Bragi."l26. 
Brahma,  126. 
Brail,  170. 

Brain,  human,  treatise  on  the,  8. 
Branched- work,  15. 
Breach,  ISS. 

of  Covenant,  81. 

of  Promise,  81. 

of  the  Peace,  81. 

of  Trust,  82. 
Breast,  120. 
Breastfast,  179. 
Breastwork,  56. 
Brettices.  120. 
Brevet  Rank,  188. 
Breviary,  158. 
Brewing,  22. 
Bricklaying,  24. 
Bridge-head,  56. 
Bridle-port,  170. 
Brief  (law),  82. 
Brig,  174. 
Brigade,  188. 
Brigantine,  174. 
Brokerage,  38. 
Bromatography,  54. 
Brontolog}',  6. 
Bronzing,  26. 
Brooch,  135. 
Bryology,  146. 


Bucolics,  148. 
Buddha,  127. 
Budding,  51. 
Buddliug.  120. 
Budget,  63. 
Building,  24. 

invention  of  designs  for,  14. 

of  roads,  bridges,  canals,  etc., 
24. 

science  of,  14. 

with  taste.  24. 
Bulkheads,  190. 
Bullion,  38. 
Bulls,  158. 

Bunch  (mining),  120. 
Buntlines,  170. 
Bureau,  03. 
Bureaucracy,  63. 
Burlesque,  44. 
Burletta,  44. 
Burrow,  120. 
Bust,  178. 
Buttress,  16. 
By-Law,  82. 


Cabinet,  63. 
Cabiri,  127. 
Cable-tier,  170. 
Caboched,  31. 
Caboose,  70. 
Cabosse,  31. 
Caduceus,  127. 
Cairngorm-Stone,  151. 
Caisson,  188. 
Calcination,  26. 
Calcographj',  49. 
Calefaeient,  164. 
Calibre,  188. 
Calisthenics,  150. 
Calkins,  154. 
Calliop"e,  131. 
Calloteehnics,  22. 
Calorimeter,  26. 
Calorimetrv,  26. 
Calotvpe.  140. 
Calypso,  127. 
Camarilla.  63. 
Cambistry,  37. 
Cameo,  178. 
Cameralistics,  64. 
Camera  Obscura,  140. 
Campaign,  188. 
Campanile,  16. 
Campanology,  22. 
Cancelli,  16. 


202 


INDEX. 


Cancer,  73. 
Canon,  158. 
Cantata,  122. 
Canteen,  1S8. 
Canto,  148. 
Canton,  31. 
Cantonment?,  188. 
Canzone,  122,  148. 
Canzonet,  122. 
Cajiias,  82. 
Capital,  16. 
Capitation  Tax,  64. 
Capitulation,  188, 
Capnias,  151. 
Capricorn,  73. 
Caprification,  51. 
Capstan,  170. 
Cardiology,  8. 
Carminative,  164. 
Carnelian,  151. 
Carpentrj',  24. 
Carpology,  147. 
Carrying  Trade,  38. 
Cartel,  188. 
Cartilages,  8. 
Cartography,  101. 
Cartoon,  135. 
Carving,  178. 

art  of,  177. 
Caryatides,  16. 
Case,  154. 

Case-hardening,  108. 
Casting,  178. 

art  of,  109 
Castor,  127. 
Castrametation,  188. 
Castration,  180. 
Casuistry,  158. 
Catacousties,  177. 
Catagraph,  136. 
Catallactics,  38. 
Catalotie,  164. 
Catalysis,  26. 
Catalytic,  164. 
Cataplasm,  164. 
Cateeheties,  79. 
Cathartic,  164. 
Cathead,  170. 
Catheretic,  164. 
Cathode,  46. 
Catholes,  170. 
Cation,  46. 
Catoptrics,  92. 
Cats-eye,  151. 
Causalty,  120. 
Causes,  tinal,  science  of,  119. 


Causes  of  all  things  existing,  science 

of  the,  118. 
science  which  investigates,  116. 
Cautery,  164. 
Cavalr}',  188. 
Caveat,  82. 
Cementation,  26. 
Centaur,  127. 
Cento,  148. 
Cephalology,  8. 
Ce|)halometer,  180. 
Ceramics,  150. 
Cerate,  139. 
Ceraunics,  71. 
Cerberus,  127. 
Ceres,  127. 
Cerography,  49. 
Ceroplastic,  178. 
Certiorari,  82. 
Cetology,  12. 
Chabasite,  152. 
Chalcedony,  152. 
Chalcedony  X,  152. 
Chalcography,  49. 
Challenge,  82. 
Chah-beate,  139. 
Chamber,  120. 
Chamber  of  Commerce,  38. 
Champan,  174. 
Chancel,  16. 
Change,  38. 
Chant,  122. 
Chapel,  154. 

Character,  formation  of,  117. 
Charge,  46. 
Charge  d'Affaires,  64. 
Charon,  127. 
Charter,  82. 
Charter  Party,  82. 
Charts,  art  of  forming,  101. 
Chase  (printing),  154. 
Chasing,  178. 
Chasseurs,  188. 
Chattels,  82. 
Chekoa,  150. 
Chemistry,  25. 
Chcval-de-frise,  56. 
Chevron,  31. 
Chiaroscuro,  136. 
Chief,  31. 
Children,  doctrine  of   nourishment 

of,  106. 
treatise  on,  107. 
Chimney,  16. 
Chirography,  195. 
Chirology,  79. 


INDEX. 


203 


Chironomy,  134. 

Choir,  16. 

Choledology,  8. 

Chondrology,  8. 

ChonJrotomy,  8. 

Choral,  122. 

Chord,  122. 

Choregraphy,  42. 

Chorography,  101. 

Chorometrvj  102. 

Chorus,  122. 

Chretuatistics,  193. 

Chrestomathj",  95. 

Christianity,  doctrines  of,  159. 

Christmas,  158. 

Christology,  158. 

Chrotnatology,  37. 

Chromatj'pe,  140. 

Chromo-Lithography,  154. 

Chromo-Typography,  154. 

Chronicle,  95. 

Chronology,  184. 

Chronometer,  184. 

Chrysoberyl,  152. 

Chrysolite,  152. 

Chrysology,  193. 

Chrysotype,  141. 

Church    building    and    decoration, 

science  of,  17. 
Chyle,  treatise  on,  8. 
Chylography,  8. 
Cicatrization,  180. 
Cid,  95. 
Cimeter,  189. 
Cionotomy,  180. 
Circe,  127. 
Circuit,  82. 
Circular  Roof,  16. 
Circumincession,  158. 
Circumvallation,  56. 
Civil  Law,  82. 
Classic,  95. 

Classification,  laws  of,  29. 
Cleche,  32. 
Cledge,  120. 
Client,  82. 
Climate,  30. 
Climatology,  30. 
Clio,  131. 
Clipper,  174. 
Cloff,  38. 
Cloth,  30. 
Clotho,  128. 
Clouds,  names  of,  30, 
Clough,  38. 
Clustered  Column,  16. 


Clytie,  127. 

Coats  of  Arms,  30. 

Cockpit,  171. 

Cockwater,  120. 

Coda,  123. 

Code,  82. 

Codicil,  82. 

Coe,  120. 

Coffer,  16. 

Cofferwork,  16. 

Coffin,  154. 

Cognovit,  82. 

Coinage,  36. 

Coining,  36. 

Coins,  in  their  relation  to  history,  36. 

making  and  striking  of,  36. 

science  of,  36. 
Collateral  Security,  38. 
Collectanea,  95. 
Colliery,  120. 
Colonnade,  16. 
Colophonite,  152. 
Colorature,  123. 
Coloring,  136. 

Colors,  art  of  applying  vitrifiable, 
37. 

art  of  laying  on,  134. 

art  of  preparing,  134. 

art  of  representing  objects  by, 
134. 
Colpotomy,  180. 
Column,  16,  1S9. 
Colure,  73. 
Coma,  73. 
Comedy,  44. 
Comet,  73. 
Commentary,  195. 
Commerce,  37. 
Commissariat,  189. 
Commissure,  16. 
Commitment,  82. 
Common  Law,  83. 
Companion-way,  171. 
Company,  189. 
Compartments,  132. 
Compendium,  95. 
Composing,  154. 
Composition,  136,  154. 
Computation,  art  of,  102. 
Concerto,  123. 
Conchology,  168. 
Conchyliometry,  168. 
Concordance,  95. 
Concrete,  16. 
Concurrent,  184. 
Conductor,  46. 


204 


INDEX. 


Confection,  139. 
Confoderation,  64. 
Confirmation,  158. 
Confiscation,  6-i. 
Congress,  64. 
Conic  Sections,  102. 
Conjunction,  73. 
Conjuring,  42. 
Conscience,  doctrine  of,  168. 
Consecration,  159. 
Conservatism,  64. 
Conservatory,  123. 
Conserve,  139. 
Constellation,  73. 
Constitution,  64. 
Contempt,  83. 
Con  torn  iati,  36. 
Contour,  178. 
Contourn§,  32. 
Contraband,  39. 
Contract,  83. 
Contrast,  136. 
Contravallation,  56. 
Contumacy,  83. 
Conveyance,  S3. 
Conveyancing,  83. 
Coping,  17. 
Copper-plate,  49. 
Copy,  154. 
Copyright,  83. 
Corbeil,  56. 
Cordon,  56. 
Cornice,  17. 
Corona,  115. 
Corporation,  39. 
Corposant,  115. 
Corps,  189. 
Corridor,  17. 
Corrosive,  164. 
Corvette,  174. 
Corybantes,  127. 
Cosmetology,  105. 
Cosmogony,  45. 
Cosmography,  45. 
Cosmology,  45. 
Cosmometry,  45. 
Costeaning,  120. 
Costs,  83. 
Counterguard,  56. 
Counter-irritant,  164. 
Countermark,  36. 
Counterpassant,  32. 
Counterpoint,  123. 
Counter  Proof,  49. 
Counterscarp,  56. 


Countersign,  189. 

Counter-Tenor,  123. 

Counting  by  means  of  the  fingers, 

79. 
Coup  d'etat,  64, 
Coupg,  32. 
Courant,  32. 
Courses,  171. 
Court-martial,  189. 
Court  of  Inquiry,  189, 
Coussinet,  17. 
Covenant,  83. 
Craniology,  117. 
Craniotomy,  180. 
Creation,  system  of,  45. 
Credentials,  64. 
Creep,  120. 
Crest,  32,  56. 
Creux,  178. 
Criticism,  95. 
Critique,  95. 
Crocket,  17. 
Crosette,  17. 
Cross-tining,  52. 
Cross-trees,  171. 
Crown-work,  56. 
Crude,  136. 
Cruiser,  174. 
Crustaceology,  13. 
Crypt,  17. 
Cryptography,  195. 
Cryptology,  79. 
Crystallization,  26. 
science  of,  119. 
Crystallogeny,  119. 
Crystallography,  119. 
Cuirassiers,  189. 
Culinary  Art,  54. 
Cunabula,  23. 
Cupid,  127. 
Cupola,  17. 
Curb-Roof,  18. 
Curriculum,  79. 
Curtain,  56. 
Curtation,  74, 
Customs,  39. 
Cutter,  174. 
Cutwater,  171. 
Cycle,  184. 
Cyclometry,  184. 
Cyclone,  194. 
Cyclopaedia,  95. 
Cj'esiology,  105. 
Cynosure,  75. 
Cystotomy,  180. 


INDEX. 


205 


D. 

Dactylography,  49. 
Dactylology,  79,  167. 
Dactylonomy,  79. 
Daguerreotype,  141. 
Dais,  17. 
Damages,  83. 
Damaskeening,  49. 
Dancette,  32. 

Dancing,   art   of    representing,  by 
signs,  42. 
treatise  on,  42. 
Daphne,  127. 
Davit,  171. 
Day-coal,  120. 

Dead  bodies,  art  of  preserving,  43. 
Dead  Reckoning,  169. 
Deaf  and  dumb  language,  79. 
Death,  doctrine  of,  43. 
Debenture,  83. 
De  bonis  non,  83. 
Decalogue,  159. 
Decameron,  95. 
Deck,  171. 
Declination,  74. 
Declinometer,  46. 
Decoction,  139. 
Decree,  83. 
Deeds,   transfer,  art  of  preparing, 

83. 
De  facto,  83. 
Defeasance,  83. 
Default,  83. 
Defendant,  83. 

Definite  proportions,  doctrine  of,  25. 
Deforcement,  83. 
Degraded,  32. 
Deities,  heathen,  125. 
Delegate,  64. 
Delf,  150. 
Delos,  127. 
Demi-Gorge,  5^. 
Demi-Rilievo,  178. 
Demise,  84. 
Demitint,  136. 
Democracy,  64. 
Demulcent,  164. 
Demurrage,  39. 
Demurrer,  84. 
Demy,  32. 
Dendrology,  147. 
Dendrometer,  54. 
Dentifrice,  139. 
Dentistry,  183. 
Depolarization,  92. 


Deposition,  84. 
Derelicts,  84. 
Derivative,  164. 
Dermatology,  8. 
Dermology,  8. 
Descent,  32. 
Desiccant,  164. 
Design,  136. 

art  of,  44. 
Desmology,  8. 
Desmotomy,  8. 
Detached,  136. 
Detainer,  84. 
Detergent,  164. 
Detruncation,  180. 
Dexter,  32. 
Diacoustics,  176. 
Diacrisiography,  8. 
Diagnosis,  105. 
Diagraphics,  44. 
Dialect,  79. 
Dialectics,  117. 
Dialing,  43. 

Dials,  science  relating  to,  43. 
Diamagnetism,  47. 
Diamond,  152. 
Diana,  127. 
Diaphoretic,  164. 
Diapyretic,  164. 
Dichotomy,  74. 
Dichroism,  92. 

Dictionaries,  art  of  composing,  97. 
Didactic  Poetry,  148. 
Didactics,  79. 
Diet  (government),  64. 
Diet,  cure  of  diseases  by,  105. 
Dietetics,  105. 
Diffraction,  93. 
Digestion,  doctrine  of,  106. 
Diluent,  164. 
Dinarchy,  64. 
Diocese,  159. 
Dioptrics,  93. 
Diorthosis,  180. 
Diplomacy,  65. 
Diplomas,  science  of,  195. 
Diplomatics,  195. 
Dirge,  123. 
Disclaimer,  84. 
Discount,  39. 
Discutient,  165. 
Diseases,  art  of  distinguishing,  105. 

art  of  preventing  and  curing, 
104. 

causes  of,  105. 

classification  of,  106. 


18 


206 


IXDKX. 


Diseases,  discovery  and  application 
of  remedies  lor,  107. 

doctrine  of  endemic,  104. 

doctrine  of  remedies  for,  10-t. 

generation  and  development  of, 
106. 

judgment  of,  from  examination 
of  the  urine,  lOG. 

movement  cure,  lOJ. 

nature  and  causes  of.  lOfi. 

symptoms  of,  107. 

treatment  of  external,  180. 

water  cure,  105, 
Disk,  74. 
Dismembered,  32. 
Dispensation,  159. 
Displayed,  32. 

Dissection  of  an  animal  body,  4.3. 
Dissertation,  95. 
Distances,  art  of  measuring,  43. 
Distemper,  136. 
Distich,  148. 
Distillation,  26. 
Distillery,  27. 
Distress  (law),  84. 
Distringas,  84. 
Ditheism,  162. 
Dithyramb,  148. 
Diuretic,  165. 
Dividend.  39. 

Divine  Things,  science  of,  119. 
Division,  189. 
Docimacy,  108. 
Docimology,  108. 
Dogmatics,  159. 
Dome,  17. 
Doris,  127. 
Dormant,  32. 
Dormer,  17. 

Doses,  doctrine  of  medicinal,  106. 
Dower,  84. 
Draft,  39. 
Dragonnee,  32. 
Dragoons,  189. 
Drama,  43. 

Dramatic    poetry    and    representa- 
tion, art  of,  43. 
Dramatis  Personje,  44. 
Dramaturgy,  43. 
Drapery  (painting  and  sculpture), 

136,  178. 
Drawing,  44. 

Dreams,  science  of  interpreting,  45. 
Dress,  treatise  on,  105. 
Dressings.  17. 
Driftway,  120. 


Drilling,  52. 
Drugs,  science  of,  106. 
Druse,  120. 
Dryads,   126. 
Dryness,  136. 
Dualism,  162. 
Duces  Tecum,  84. 
Duct,  123. 
Dulocracy,  65. 
Duodecimo,  23. 
Dynamics,  103. 
Dynasty,  65. 

E. 

Ear,  the  human,  10. 
Earth,    description   of  the   several 
parts  of  the,  45. 

divisions  of  the  surfaee,  pro- 
ductions, and  inhabitants  of 
the,  61. 

formation  of  the,  45. 

knowledge  of  the,  45. 

measurement  of  the,  45. 

mineral  constitution  of  the,  62. 

origin  of  the,  45. 

past  conditions  of  the,  45. 

physical  laws  of  the,  45. 

preparing  the  soil,  planting, 
eic,  51. 

structure  and  parts  of  the,  45. 
Earthenware,  150. 
Earthquakes,   science    relating   to, 

46. 
Easement,  84. 
Eaves,  17. 
Ecclesiology,  17. 
Eccrinology,  8. 
Echometer,  123. 
Echometry,  177. 
Eclipse,  74. 
Ecliptic,  74. 
Eclogue,  148. 
Economics,  165. 
Ectylotic,  165. 
Ectypogrii])hy,  49. 
Ecumenical  Council,  159. 
Ed.la,  95. 

Editing,  the  profession  of,  96. 
Eggs,  science  of,  46. 
Egyptology,  14. 
Ejectment,  84. 
Elastic  Fluids,  7. 
Electra,  127. 
Electricity,  agency  of,  47. 

chemical  changes,  47. 


INDEX. 


207 


Electricity,  deposition  of  metals  by, 
47. 

diauiagnetic  phenomena,  47. 

effects  of  heat  and,  71. 

electrical  forces  in  mesmerism, 
47. 

generated  without  friction,  47. 

in  equilibrium,  47. 

in  motion,  47. 

principles  of  magnetism,  47. 

science  of,  46. 
Electro-Biology,  47. 
Electro-Chemistry,  47. 
Electrode,  47. 
Electro-Dynamics,  47. 
Electrology,  46. 
Electrolysis,  47. 
Electrolyte,  47. 
Electro-Magnet,  47. 
Sllectro-Magnetism,  47- 
Electro-Metallurgy,  47. 
Electrometer,  47. 
Electro-Physiology,  47. 
Electro-Statics,  47. 
Electrotint,  49. 
Electrotypy,  185. 
Electuary,  139. 
Elements  in  nature,  27. 
Eliquation,  108. 
Elixir,  laa. 
Elocution,  69. 
Eloquence,  79. 
Em,  154. 
Embalming,  43. 
Embargo,  39. 
Embossing,  49,  179. 
Embracery,  84. 
Embrasure,  57. 
Embryology,  13. 
Embrj'otomy,  180. 
Emerald,  152. 
Emergent  Year,  184. 
Emetic,  165. 
Emission,  93. 
Emmenagogue,  165. 
Emollient,  165. 
Empalement,  32. 
Emplastic,  165. 
Emporium,  39. 
Emulsion,  139. 
En,  154. 
Enamel.  .136. 
Enamelling,  37. 
Encaustic,  136. 
Enceinte,  57,  84. 
Encephalotomy,  8. 


Enclave,  32. 
Endemiologj',  105. 
Endowment,  84. 
Enema,  165. 
Entiled,  33. 
Engaged  Columns,  17. 
Engineer  Corps,  189. 
Engineering,  Civil,  24. 

Military,  55. 
Enginery,  48. 

Engines,  art  of  managing,  48. 
Engraving,  48. 

after  the  manner  of  a  drawing 
in  chalk,  49. 

and  inlaying  iron  and  steel,  49. 

by  dot?,  50. 

by  galvanism,  49. 

by  lines,  49. 

by  lines  crossing  each  other,  50. 

copying  works  in  relief,  49. 

figures  on  precious  stones,  49. 

in  relief,  49. 

mezzotinto,  50. 

on  copper  or  brass,  49, 

on  gems,  49. 

on  glass,  50. 

on  gypsum,  50. 

on  steel,  50. 

on  stone,  50. 

on  wax,  49. 

on  wood,  50. 

photographic,  49. 

to  resemble  water-colors,  48. 
Enigmatography,  167. 
Enlistment,  189. 
Ensign,  171. 
Entablature,  17. 
Ente,  33. 

Enteradcnology,  8. 
Enterology,  8. 
Enterotomy,  8. 
Entomology,  78. 
Entrepots,  189. 
Entry,  84. 
Envelope  (fort),  57, 
Environno,  33. 
Envoy,  65. 
Eocene,  62. 
Epact,  184. 
Epaulement,  57. 
Epaulet,  189. 
Ephemeris,  95. 
Epic,  149.  . 
Epicedium,  149. 
Epidemics,  105. 
Epidemiology,  105. 


208 


INDEX. 


Epigraph,  95. 

Epif,'raphics,  78. 

Epilogue,  44. 

Epiincthcus,  128. 

Ejiirrhcology,  147. 

Epismetology,  117. 

Episode,  95,  149. 

Epispastic,  165. 

Epitome,  95. 

Epoch,  184. 

Epode,  149. 

Equator,  61. 

Equinox,  74. 

Equitable  Mortgage,  85. 

Equity  of  Redemption,  85 

Equivalent,  27. 

Era,  184. 

Eradicated,  33. 

Erased,  33. 

Erato,  131. 

Erebus,  128. 

Erect,  33. 

Eris,  128. 

Eros,  128. 

Errhine,  165. 

Escarpment,  57. 

Eschatology,  117. 

Escheat,  85. 

Eseroll,  33. 

Escrow,  85. 

Escutcheon,  33. 

Esplanade,  57. 

Essay,  95. 

Essence,  139. 

Essorant,  33. 

Estate,  85. 

Estoppel,  85. 

Etching,  49. 

Ethereal  Tincture,  139. 

Ethics,  117. 

Ethnology,  101. 

Ethology,  117. 

Etiolation,  52. 

Etiology,  105. 

Etymology,  68, 

figures  of,  69. 
Eucharist,  159. 
Euchology,  159. 
Euclase,  152. 
Eudiometer,  27. 
Euphrosyne,  128. 
Eurus,  128. 
Eurydice,  128.. 
Euterpe,  131. 
Eutrophic,  165. 
Evacuants,  165. 


Evidence,  85. 
Exchange,  39. 
Exchanges,  38. 
Excise,  39. 

Excommunication,  159. 
Excursus,  96. 
Execution,  85. 
Executor,  85. 
Exegesis,  159. 
Exequatur,  65. 
Exercise,  60. 
Exergue,  36. 
Exorcism,  159. 
Ex-part e,  85. 
Expectorant,  165. 
Exports,  40. 
Ex  post  facto,  85. 
Extract,  139. 
Extradition,  65. 
Extravaganza,  123. 
Extreme  Unction,  159. 
Eye,  the  human,  159. 

•  F 

Fable,  96. 

Facetife,  96. 

Faction,  65. 

Faculae,  74. 

Falconry,  70. 

Fallow,  52. 

Falsetto,  123. 

Fanfare,  123. 

Fang,  120. 

Fantasia,  123. 

Farce,  44. 

Farming,  51. 

Fascine,  57. 

Fat  (printing),  154. 

Fatalism,  162. 

Fata  Morgana,  115. 

Fates,  the,  128. 

Fatty  parts  of  the  human  body,  11. 

Fauna,  13. 

Faunus,  128. 

Febrifuge,  165. 

Federal  Government,  65. 

Fee-simple,  85. 

Felo-de-se,  86. 

Felucca,  174. 

Fermentation,  doctrine  of,  29. 

Ferrotype,  141. 

Fesse,  33. 

Fetichism,  163. 

Feudalism,  65. 

Fevers,  treatise  on,  107. 

Fiat,  86. 


INDEX. 


209 


Fiction,  96. 

Field,  33. 

Fieri  fiieias,  86. 

Figure-head.  171. 

Fillet,  33. 

Final  causes,  science  of,  119. 

things,  doctrine  of,  117. 
Finale,  123. 
Finance,  science  of,  64. 
Finances,  65. 
Fine,  86. 

Fine  Arts,  philosophy  of  the,  116. 
Fingering,  123. 
Finial,  17. 
Fire-damp,  120. 
Fireworks,  art  of  making,  53. 
Fishes,  artificial  propagation  of,  54. 

classification  of,  53. 

science  of,  53. 
Fixed  Stars,  74. 
Flag-ship,  175. 
Flank,  57,  190. 
Flashing,  17. 
Fleche,  57. 
Flocking,  121. 
Flora,  128, 147. 
Floriculture,  52. 
Flotant,  33. 
Flotsam,  40. 
Flowers,  cultivation  of,  52. 

discourse  on,  146. 

elementary  organs  of  fructifica- 
tion, 143. 
Flue,  18. 
Fluids  at  rest,  104. 

elastic,  6,  7,  104. 

inelastic,  103. 

in  motion,  104. 

of  the  human  body,  9. 
Flume,  121. 
Flute-grafting,  52. 
Flutes,  18. 
Flutings,  18. 
Flux,  108. 
Focus,  93. 
Fog,  115.      . 
Folio,  23. 
Font,  154. 
Food,  54. 

art  of  preparing,  54. 

description  of  articles  of,  54. 

nutrition  of  organized  bodies, 
54. 

preservation  of,  by  use  of  vin- 
egar, 25. 

science  of  good  eating,  51.  ' 

18* 


Footings,  18. 

Forces,  motive,  103. 

Forecastle,  171. 

Foreshortening,  136. 

Forestay,  171. 

Forestry,  54. 

Forests,  art  of  cultivating,  54. 

Form,  154. 

Formula,  27. 

Fortifications,  art  of  constructing, 

etc.,  55. 
Fortune-telling,  60. 

by    communication    with    the 
dead,  60. 

by  the  lines  of  the  hand,  60, 

by  the  stars,  60. 
Fosse,  57. 
Fossil  footsteps,  60. 

organic  remains,  61. 
Fossils,  science  of,  60. 
Fougasse,  57. 
Founding,  109. 
Fourneau,  57. 
Fractures,  doctrine  of,  ISO. 
Fraise,  57. 
Franchise,  65. 
Freehold,  86. 
Free  Port,  50. 
Freight,  40. 
Fresco-Painting,  136. 
Frey,  128. 
Freya,  128, 
Friese,  18. 
Frigate,  175. 
Frigorific,  165, 
Frontispiece,  18. 
Fruit,  art  of  raising,  51. 
Fruits,  description  of,  147. 
Fugue,  123. 

Fungi,  science  of  the,  147. 
Furies,  the,  128. 
Fusileer,  190. 

G. 

Gabion,  57. 
Gabionnade,  57. 
Gable,  18. 
Gafi',  171. 
Galaxy,  74. 
Galiot,  175. 
Galley,  154,  171. 
Gallivat,  175. 
Galvanism,  47. 
Galvanology,  47. 
Galvanometer,  47. 
Games,  science  of,  61. 


210 


INDEX. 


Gamut,  123. 

Gangue,  121. 

Ganymede,  128. 

Garclant,  33. 

Gardens,  art  of  cultivating,  51. 

Garnet,  152. 

Garnishee,  86. 

Garrison,  190. 

Gases,  density  of  vaporous,  6. 

measurement  of,  28. 
Gas-fitting,  24. 
Gasket,  171. 
Gasometer,  27. 
Gasometry,  28. 
Gastrology,  8. 
Gastronomy,  54. 
Gastrotomy,  8,  180. 
Gazette,  96. 
Gazetteer,  96. 
Gazons,  57. 
Gemini,  74. 

Genealogies,  recording  of,  30. 
Generation,  human  organs  of,  7. 
Geocentric  Parallax,  74. 
Geodesy,  102. 
Geogony,  45. 
Geography,  61. 
Geology,  62. 
Geometry,  102. 
Geonomy,  45. 
Georgic,  149. 
Geoscopy,  45. 
Geronomy,  105. 
Gestation,  doctrine  of,  105. 
Gesticulation,  134. 
Gilding,  24. 
Girder,  18. 
Glacis,  57. 

Glass,  art  of  setting,  63. 
Glazing,  63,  136,  150. 
Gleaning,  52. 
Glebe,  121. 
Glee,  124. 
Glossary,  96. 
Glossology,  8. 
Glossotomy,  8. 
Glyph,  18. 
Glyptics,  49. 
Glyptography,  50. 
Gnomology,  96. 
Gnomon,  43. 
Gnomonics,  43. 
Gnomonology,  43. 
God,  science  of,  156. 
Good  Friday,  159. 


Gorged,  'iZ. 
Gorgona,  128. 

Government,  assumed  by  slaves  and 
base  j)eople,  65. 

branches  of,  63. 

by  a  woman,  65. 

by  several  persons,  67. 

by  the  aristocracy,  67. 

by  the  common  people,  67. 

ecclesiastical,  66. 

immediately  by  God,  68. 

joint  sovereignty,  68. 

military,  68. 

of  several   independent  states 
under  one  head,  65. 

science  of,  63. 

vested  in  the  people,  64,  67. 

vested  in  one  person,  66. 

vested    in   one   person    uncon- 
trolled, 63. 

vested  in  two  persons,  64. 

vested  in  three  persons,  68. 

vested  in  five  persons,  67. 

vested  in  seven  persons,  65. 

vested  in  eight  persons,  67. 

with    property    qualifications, 
68. 
Grace,  129. 
Gradation,  136. 
Graeae,  the,  129. 
Grafting,  52. 
Graining,  18. 
Grammar,  68. 
Grammatology,  117. 
Grand  Jury,  86. 
Granulation,  81. 
Graphiology,  195. 
Graphotype,  155. 
Grapline,  171. 
Grapnel,  171. 
Grasses,  146. 
Grenadier,  190. 
Ground,  136,  178. 
Ground-tackle,  171. 
Guidon,  190. 
Gumption,  137. 
Gunnel,  171. 
Gunnery,  190. 
Gunwale,  171. 
Gymnastics,  51. 

treatment  of  diseases  by,  105. 
Gynwocracy,  65. 
Gynecology,  105. 
Gypsography,  50. 


INDEX. 


211 


H. 

Habeas  Corpus,  86. 

Hacking,  18. 

Hading,  121. 

Hagiology,  96. 

Hail,  115. 

Half-binding,  23. 

Halo,  74. 

Halyards,  171. 

Hatniulryads,  129. 

Hands,  art  of  moving  in   oratory 

and  pantomime,  134. 
Harmaltan,  194. 
Harmonics,  124. 
Harpies,  129. 
Harrowing,  52. 
Hatching,  50. 
Hatchway,  172. 
Haversack,  190. 
Hawks,  art  of  training,  70. 
Hawse,  172. 
Head,  the  human,  S. 
Health,  science  of  preserving,  105. 

use  of  water  to  promote,  105. 
Haemospastic,  1 65. 
Hearing,   measurement  of   degrees 

of,  177. 
Heart,  the  human,  8. 
Heat,  art  of  measuring  degrees  of, 
71. 

eflfects  of  electricity  and,  71. 

mechanical  action  of,  72. 

natural  history  of,  71. 

science  of,  71. 
Heaven,  160. 
Heavens,  distant  bodies  in  the,  73. 

science  relating  to  the,  72. 
Hebe,  129. 
Hedonism,  162. 
Hegira,  184. 

Heights,  art  of  measuring,  102. 
Heimdel,  129. 
Hela,  129. 

Heliocentric  Parallax,  74. 
Heliochromy,  141. 
Heliogravure,  50. 
Heliometer,  74. 
Heliotrope,  151. 
Heliotype,  141. 
Hell,  160. 
Hellenotype,  141. 
Helminthology,  13. 
Hemastatics,  105. 
Hematolog}',  105. 
Hemistich,  149. 


Hepatology,  8. 
Hepatotomy,  8. 
Heptarchy,  65. 
Hera,  129. 
Heraldry,  30. 
Hercules,  129. 
Hereditaments,  86. 
Hermeneutics,  96, 
Hermes,  129. 
Herpetology,  167. 
Hierarchy,  65. 
Hippopathology,  77. 
Hipposteology,  77. 
Hippotomv,  77. 
Hip-Roof,"l8. 
Histology,  9,  147. 
Historiography,  96. 
Historiology,  96. 
History,  treatise  on,  96. 
Histrionic  Art,  44. 
Hoar-frost,  115. 
Hold,  72. 
Holing,  121. 
Hollow  Square,  190. 
Homography,  155. 
Homology,  9. 
Hooding,  70. 
Hood-Moulding,  18. 
Horizon,  74. 
Hornwork,  58. 
Horography,  43. 
Horology,  185. 
Horoscope,  60. 
Horse,  anatomy  of  the,  77. 

diseases  of  the,  77. 

osteology  of  the,  77. 

training  of  the,  77. 
Horsemanship,  77. 
Horticulture,  51. 
Ilorus,  129. 

Household  affairs,  science  of,  117. 
Hulk,  172. 
Ilumanics,  117. 

Human  nature,  doctrine  of,  117. 
Hunting,  17. 
Huntsmanship,  77. 
Hurricane-deck,  172. 
Husbandry,  52. 
Hustings,  65. 
Hyacinthus,  129. 
Hyalography,  50. 
Hyalotype,  141. 
Hydragogue,  165. 
Hydrates,  28. 
Hydraulics,  103. 
Hydrodj-naniics,  104. 


212 


INDEX. 


Hydrography,  102. 

medical,  105. 
Hydrology,  193. 

medical,  105. 
Hydro-iMetallurgy,  108. 
Hydromcteor,  1 15. 
Ilydrometeorology,  6. 
Hydrometer,  28. 
Hydrometry,  28. 
Hydropathy,  105. 
Hydrostatics,  104. 
Hyetography,  6. 
Hygeia,  129. 
Hygiene,  105. 
Hygiology,  105. 
Hygrology,  9. 
Hygrometer,  6. 
Hygroinetry,  6. 
Hygroscope,  6. 
Hylozoism,  117. 
Hymen,  129. 
Hymenograpby,  124, 
Hymenotoiiiy,  129. 
Hymns,  science  of  writing 
Hyperion,  129. 
Hypnology,  176. 
Hypodermatomy,  181. 
Hypothecate,  86. 
Hypotrachelium,  18. 
Hj^psometry,  102. 
Hysterology,  9. 
Hysterotomy,  9. 

I. 

Ichnites,  treatise  on,  60. 
Ichnography,  139. 
Ichnology,  60. 
Ichor,  129. 
Ichthyology,  53. 
Iconography,  14. 
Iconology,  78. 
Idealism,  117. 
Ideography,  176. 
Ideology,  79. 
Idio-Eleotric,  48. 
Idolatry,  163. 
Idols,  doctrine  of,  78. 
Iduna,  129. 
Idyl,  149. 
Ignis-fatuus,  115. 
Iliad,  96. 
Illaqueation,  13. 
Images,  doctrine  of,  78. 
Immaterialism,  117. 
Immersion,  75. 


124. 


Impalement,  33. 
Impanation,  160. 
Impasting,  50. 
Impasto,  137. 
Impcachiucnt,  65. 
Imports,  40. 
Imposing,  165. 
Impost,  40. 
Impression,  137,  155. 
Incarnation,  160. 
Incarnative,  165. 
Incensed,  33. 
Incompatibles,  28. 
Incunabula,  23. 
Indenture,  86. 
Indietion,  85. 
Indictment,  86. 
Induction,  48. 
Indulgences,  160. 
Indurans,  166. 
Inebriant,  166. 
Inescutcheon,  33. 
Infallibilitv,  160. 
Infantry,  190. 
Infusion,  140. 
Ingrailed,  33. 
Ingress,  75. 
Injunction,  86. 
Inquest,  86. 

Inscriptions,  science  of,  78. 
Insects,  classification  of,  78. 

dissection  of,  78. 

science  of,  78. 
Inspissant,  166. 
Instruction,  79. 

in  questions  and  answers,  79. 
Instrumentation,  124. 
Insulation,  48. 
Insulator,  48. 
Intaglio,  170. 

Intellectual  facts,  science  of,  118. 
Interdict,  160. 
Interference,  71. 
Interlacing  Arches,  18. 
Interlude,  44. 
International  Law,  66. 
Interpleader,  86. 
Interpretation,  Literary,  science  of, 

96. 
Interregnum,  66. 
Interrogatory,  87. 
Intestinal  glands,  8. 
Intestines  of  the  human  body,  8. 
Invoice,  40. 
lo,  129. 
Iridectomy,  181. 


INDEX. 


213 


Iris,  129. 
Irradiation,  93. 
Irrigation,  52. 
Irritant,  166. 
Ischuretic,  166. 
Isis,  329. 
Islamism,  160. 
Isomerism,  28. 
Issuant,  33. 
Ivorytype,  141. 


J. 


Jamb,  18. 

Janus,  129. 

Jasper,  152. 

Jessed,  34. 

•Jetsam,  40. 

Jib-boom,  172. 

Joinery,  24. 

Joints  of  the  human  body,  10. 

Joint-Stock  Company,  40. 

Jointure,  87. 

Joist,  18. 

Journal,  96. 

Journalisui,  96. 

Jove,  129. 

Judgment,  87. 

Judiciary,  66. 

Junk,  175. 

Juno,  129. 

Jupiter,  129. 

Jurat,  87. 

Jurisprudence,  80. 

Medical,  87. 
Jury,  87. 
Jury-mast,  172. 
Justifying,  155. 
Justifying  Bail,  87. 

K. 

Keel,  172. 
Keelson,  172. 
Keeping  (paint),  137. 
Ketch,  175. 

Kidneys,  the  human,  9. 
Kinematics,  104. 
Kinesipathy,  105. 
Knapsack,  190. 

Knowledge,  systematic  view  of  all 
branches  of,  97. 
theory  of  method  or   grounds 
of,  117. 
Koran,  96. 


L. 

Labyrinth,  108. 
Lachesis,  128. 
Lacquering,  109. 
Lactifuge,  166. 
Lacunar,  18. 
Lancers,  190. 
Lancet,  186. 
Landscape,  137. 
Landsturm,  190. 
Land-warrant,  66. 
Landwehr,  190. 
Language,  79. 

agreement    and   differences   of 

the  various  languages,  79. 
communicating     thoughts     by 

signs,  79. 
counting  by  the  fingers,  79. 
deaf  and  dumb,  79. 
modification  of,  79. 
origin      and     combination     of 

words,  80. 
secret  or  enigmatical,  79. 
Langued,  34. 
Lanyard,  172. 
Lares,  130. 
Laryngology,  9. 
Laryngotomy,  9. 
Larynx,  the  human,  9. 
Latitude,  61. 
Latona,  130. 
Law,  civil,  117. 

legislation    and     government, 

science  of,  67. 
marine,  40. 
maritime,  40. 
martial,  66. 
merchant,  87. 
of  nations,  87. 
political,  117. 
science  of,  80, 
Laxative,  166. 
Lay,  149. 

Lead  (printing),  155. 
Leader,  121. 
Lease,  87. 
Lectionary,  160. 
Leda,  130. 
Legacy,  87. 
Legation,  66. 
Legislature,  66. 
Lengths,  art  of  measuring,  43. 
Lenitive,  166. 
Lent,  100. 
Leonine  Verse,  149. 


214 


INDEX. 


Lessee,  87. 

Lessor,  87. 

Letter  of  Mnrquc,  66. 

Letters,  art  of  writing,  91. 

Leuoothca,  130. 

Lexicography,  97. 

Lexicology,  79. 

Lexicon,  97. 

Lexigraphy,  79. 

Libra,  75. 

Libretto,  124. 

Lichenography,  147. 

Lichens,  natural  history  of  the,  147. 

Lien,  87. 

Life,  philosophy  of  human,  101. 

science  of,  117. 
Lifc-Guards,  190. 
Lift,  172. 

Ligaments  of  the  human  body,  8. 
Ligan,  87. 
Light,  action  of,  on  bodies,  93. 

and  shade  iu  painting,  136. 

colors  of,  92. 

corpuscuhxr  theory  of,  93. 

laws  of,  92. 

measurement  of,  93. 

measurement  of  polarization  of, 
93. 

reflected,  92. 

refraction  of,  93. 

undulatory  theory  of,  94. 
Light  Horse,  190. 
Lightning,  115. 
Limbat,  194. 
Limning,  137. 
Lines,  58. 
Linguistics,  79. 
Liniment,  140. 
LionccI,  34. 
Lintel,  18. 
Liquefacient,  166. 
Liquidator,  84. 

Liquids,  art  of  determining  the  spe- 
cific gravity  of,  28. 
Liquor,  140. 
Literary  interpretation,  science  of, 

96. 
Literature,  94. 
Lithochromics,  155. 
Lithogenesy,  119. 
Lithography,  50. 
Lithology,  62. 
Lithoutriptic,  166. 
Lithophotography,  155. 
Lithotint,  155. 
Lithotomy,  181. 


Lithotrity,  181. 

Liturgy,  IfiO. 

Liver,  the  human,  8. 

Living  bodies,  science  of  functions, 

etc.,  of,  101. 
Lockrand,  18. 
Lode,  121. 
Lodged,  34. 
Lodgment,  190. 
Log,  169. 
Logic,  117. 
Logistics,  187. 
Logography,  155. 
Loki,  130. 
Longimetry,  43. 
Longitude,  61. 
Loxodromics,  169. 
Lueina,  130. 
Lugger,  175. 
Lug-sail,  172. 
Lunation,  75. 
Lunette,  58. 
Lungs,  the  human,  10. 
Luthern,  18. 

Lj'mphatics  of  the  human  body,  9. 
Lymphography,  9. 
Lymphotomy,  10. 

M. 

Machines,  science  of  moving,  104. 

Maculic,  75. 

Madrigal,  149. 

Magazine,  97. 

Magic,  42. 

Magnetics,  48. 

Magnetism,  48. 

principles  of,  48. 

properties  of  the  magnet,  48. 
Magnetization,  48. 
Magnitude,  science  of,  102. 
Mahadeva,  130. 
Mailed.  34. 
Malacology,  13. 
Malformations,  107. 
Mammalogy,  99. 
Mammal?,  classification  of,  09. 

science  of,  99. 
Man,  anatomy  of,  7. 

curing  diseases  of,  104. 

dissection  of,  7. 

doctrine  of  remedies  for  re'ief 
of.  104. 

judging    character  of,   hy  lin- 
eaments of  body,  100. 

natural  races  of,  101. 


INDEX. 


215 


Man,  organs  of,  in  life,  118. 

science  of,  in  his  entire  nature, 
100. 
Mandamus,  87. 
Manege,  77. 
Manes,  130. 
Manifesto,  66. 
Manner,  137. 
Manometer,  6. 
Manoscopy,  6. 
Mansard-hoof,  18. 
Mantel,  19. 
Mantling,  34. 
Manu,  130. 

Manual  Exercise,  190. 
Manuscript,  97. 
Maps,  art  of  forming,  101. 
March,  121. 
Margin,  40. 
Marine  Law,  40. 
Marines,  190. 
Maritime  Law,  40. 
Marquetry,  19. 
Mars,  130. 
Marshalling,  34. 
Martial  Law,  66. 
Martinets,  172. 
Martingale,  172. 
Martlets,  35. 
Martyrology,  97. 
Martyrs,  history  of,  97. 
Masonry,  24. 
Mastology,  13. 
Masts,  172. 
Materialism,  118. 
Material    substances,    doctrine    of, 

119. 
Materia  Medic.-!,  105. 
Mathematics,  102. 
Matins,  160. 
Matter,  155. 
Maturant,  166. 
Maxims,  treatise  on,  96. 
Mazology,  13. 
Mean,  75. 
Measures  and  weights,  science  of, 

40. 
Mechanical  Philosophy,  103. 
Mechanics,  103. 
MechanArgy,  104. 

Medals,  in  their  relation  to  historv, 
36. 

making  and  striking,  36. 

science  of,  36. 
Medalurgy,  36. 
Medical  Jurisprudence,  87. 


Medicine,  104. 

art  of  preparing,  106. 
Medusa,  130. 
Mega3ra,  128. 
Melicertes,  130. 
Melodies,  124. 
Melodrama,  44. 
Melody,  laws  of,  124. 
Melpomene,  131. 
Member,  19. 

Membranes  of  the  human  body,  9. 
Membranology,  9. 
Memory,  art  of  assisting  the,  107. 

art  of  improving  and  using  the, 
107. 
Mensuration,  102. 
Mentor,  130. 
Merchandise,  40. 
Mercury,  130. 
Meridian,  61. 
Merlon,  68. 
Merology,  9. 
Mesmerism,  101. 
Mesomelas,  152. 
Metabolelogy,  106, 
Metalepsy,  28. 
Metallic  lodes,  process  of  discover- 

ing,  120. 
Metallocbromy,  109. 
Metallography,  109. 
Metalloids,  28. 
Metallurgy,  108. 
Metals,  art  of  assaying,  108. 

art  of  coloring,  109. 

art  of  covering   with  lacquer, 
109. 

art  of  embossing  on,  178, 

art  of  examining  by  test,  108. 

art  of  procuring  from  mines, 
119. 

art  of  refining,  108. 

art   of   separating    from    their 
ores,  108. 

assaying  by  liquids,  lOS. 

classification  of,  109. 

description  of,  109. 
Metii phrase,  97. 
Metaphysics,  118. 
Metempsychosis,  162. 
Metemptosis,  185. 
Meteorology,  6. 
Meteoroscopy,  75. 
Meteors  and  atmospheric  phenom- 
ena, 114. 

science  of,  7. 
Metis,  130. 


216 


INDEX. 


Metre,  186. 
Metrology,  40. 
Mczzotinto,  50. 
Micrology,  13. 
Microphonics,  177. 
Midwifery,  science  of,  106. 
Military  affairs,  187. 

command,  science  of,  187. 

forces,    science    of    disjjosing, 
187. 
Militia,  191. 
Milky  Way,  75. 
Milling,  36. 
Mind,  diseases  of  the,  106. 

facts  of  the,  118. 

judging  by  the  configuration  of 
the  skuil  the,  142. 

judging  by  the  features  the,  101. 

laws  of  the,  118. 

mesmeric  sleep,  101. 

powers  and  cultivation  of  the, 
101. 

science  of,  117. 
Mineralogy,  119. 
Minerals,  origin  of,  119. 

science  of,  119. 

structure  of,  119. 
Minerva,  130. 
Mining,  119. 
Ministry,  63. 
Miocene,  62. 
Mirage,  115. 
Miscellany,  97. 
Misprision,  88. 
Missal,  160. 
Mist,  116. 
Mittimus,  88. 
Mixture,  140. 
Mnemonics,  107. 
Mnemosyne,  130. 
Mobilization,  191. 
Modelling  in  wax,  art  of,  178. 
Moineau,  58. 
Mollusca,  11. 

Mollusks,  science  of  the,  13. 
Momus,  130. 
Monarchy,  66. 
Money,    stamped   metallic,   art   of 

making,  36. 
Monodrame,  44. 
Monody,  149. 
Monorhyrae,  149. 
Monostich,  149. 
Monotheism,  162. 
Monsoon,  194. 
Monstrosities,  107. 


Moon,  75. 

surface  of  the,  76. 
Morals,  science  of,  117. 
Morbidezza,  137. 
Moresque,  179. 
Morpheus,  130. 
Morphology,  147. 
Mors,  130. 
Mortg.age,  88. 
Mortmain,  88. 

Mosses,  natural  history  of,  146. 
Motion,  effects  of,  104. 

law  of,  116. 

science  of  rotary,  104. 
Motive  forces,  effects  of,  103. 
Motto,  34. 
Mouldings,  19. 
Mound,  34. 

Mountains,  science  of,  61. 
Movement,  124. 
Mowing,  62. 
Mulciber,  131. 
Mullet,  34. 
Mullion,  19. 
]\Iuniments,  88.. 
Muscles  of  the  human  body,  9. 
Muscology,  147. 
Muses,  131. 
Music,  122. 

pitch  of  tones,  120. 

symbolic  writing  of,  124. 
Musical  sounds,  doctrine  of,  124. 
Musicography,  124. 
Mycology,  147. 
Myology,  9. 
Myotomy,  9. 
Mystagogy,  131. 

Mysteries,  interpretation  of,  131. 
Mythology,  125. 
Myths,  science  treating  of,  125. 

N. 

Nadir,  75. 

Naiads,  131. 

Naiant,  34. 

Naissant,  34. 

Names,  science  of,  134. 

Narcotic,  166. 

Nativity,  60. 

Naturalism,  118. 

Naturalization,  66. 

Natural  Philosophy,  118. 

Nature,  description  of,  118. 

order  and  course  of,  45. 

phenomena  of,  118. 

printing  from,  155. 


INDEX. 


217 


Nature,  science  of  human,  117. 

Nave.  19. 

Navigation,  IfiS. 

NebiilcU,  75. 

Necromancy,  CO. 

Nemesis,  131. 

Ne  Exeat,  88. 

Neology,  160. 

Nephrology,  9. 

Nephrotomy,  9. 

Neptune,  131. 

Nereids,  131. 

Nereus,  131. 

Nerves  of  the  human  body,  9. 

philosophy  of  the  sleep  of  the, ' 
Neurology,  9. 
Neurotomy,  9. 
Neurypnology,  9. 
Neutrality,  66. 
Newel,  19. 
Nimbus,  137. 
Niobe,  131. 
Node,  43. 
Nodes,  75. 
Noemics,  118. 
Nog,  12. 

Nolle  Prosequi,  88. 
Nombril,  34. 
Nominalism,  118. 
Nomology,  67. 
Non  Pros,  8. 
Nonsuit,  88. 
Noology,  118. 
Nosology,  106. 
Novel,  97. 
Novitiate,  160. 
Numbers,  science  of,  102, 
Numismatics,  36. 
Numismatography,  36, 
Nutation,  76. 

0. 

Obligee,  88. 
Obligor,  88. 
Obstetrics,  106. 
Obstruens,  166. 
Obverse,  36. 
Occultation,  76. 
Oceanus,  131. 
Ochlocracy,  67. 
Octarchy,  67. 
Octave,  124. 
Octavo,  23. 
Octo-decimo,  24. 
Odors,  treatise  on,  106, 
Odyssey,  97. 


19 


(Esophagotomy,  181. 

Offertory,  160. 

Old  people,  regimen  for,  105. 

Olfaction,  treatise  on,  106. 

Oligarchy,  67. 

Olympus  (Mount),  131. 

Ombrometer,  6. 

Omphalotomy,  181. 

Oncotomy,  181. 

Oneirocrities,  45. 

Ongl^e,  34. 

Onomatology,  134. 

Ontology,  118. 

Onyx,  152. 

Oology,  46, 

Opal,  153. 

Opalotype,  141. 

Opera,  44. 

Operation,  181. 

Ophiology,  13. 

Ophthalmia,  science  of,  106. 

Ophthalmology,  9. 

Ophthalmotology,  106. 

Ophthalmotomy,  9. 

Oppilative,  166, 

Optics,  92. 

Optimism,  118. 

Optometer,  93. 

Oracle,  131. 

Oratorio,  44. 

Oratory,  80. 

science  of,  69. 
Orbit,  76. 

Orchesography,  42. 
Orchidology,  147. 
Order  (architecture),  19. 
Ordinance,  69. 

Ordinances  of  the  Gospel,  161. 
Ordinary,  34. 
Ordination,  161. 
Ordnance,  191. 
Oreads,  131. 
Organography,  147. 
Organology,  13. 
Oriel-Window,  19. 
Orillon,  58. 
Orismology,  184. 
Ormuzd,  131. 
Ornithology,  22. 
Ornithoscopy,  23. 
Orology,  61. 
Oromasdes,  131. 
Orpheus,  131. 
Orthodromics,  169. 
Orthoepy,  69. 
Orthography,  44,  68. 


218 


INDEX. 


Orthography,  figures  of,  C9. 

Orthoiiiotry,  80. 

Orvctology,  61. 

Osiris,  131. 

Osinonosology,  106. 

Osphrcsiology,  106. 

Osteology,  10. 

Ostcophisty,  181. 

Osteotomy,  10. 

Otology,  10. 

Ototomy,  10. 

Ourology,  106. 

Outpost,  191. 

Outworks,  58. 

Ovariotomy,  118. 

Overt  Act,  88. 

Ovology,  10. 

Ovum,  the  human,  10. 

Oxidation,  28. 

P. 

Pooan,  132. 
Paideutics,  79. 
Painting,  134. 

art  of   distributing   light  and 
shade  in,  136. 

in  heated  or  burnt  wax,  136. 

scenery  for  a  theatre,  138. 

with  vitrifiable  colors  on  metal 
plates,  136. 
Palaeography,  195. 
PaliBology,  13. 
PaliBontology,  60. 
Paloetiology,  45. 
Pale,  34. 
Pales,  132. 
Palisades,  58. 
Palisse,  34. 
Pallas,  134. 
Pallet,  34. 
Palmistry,  60. 
Paly,  35. 
Pampero,  194. 
Pamphlet,  97. 
Pan,  132. 
Pandect,  97. 
Pandora,  132. 
Panel,  88. 
Panorama,  137. 
Pantheism,  163. 
Pantheology,  161. 
Pantology,  97. 
Pantomime,  44. 
Paparchy,  161. 
PapjTography,  155. 
Parachronism,  185. 


Paracrostic,  149. 
Paradise,  161. 
Parallax,  76. 
Parapet,  58. 
Paraphrase,  97. 
Paraselene,  76. 
Pargeting,  79. 
Parlielion,  116. 
Parian,  150. 
Paring,  52. 
Parley,  191. 
Parody,  149. 
Parole,  191. 
Particeps  criminis,  88. 
Parturient,  166. 
Party,  35. 
Party- Wall,  19. 
Pasigraphy,  195. 
Pasquinade,  97. 
Passant,  35. 
Passive  Commerce,  40. 
Passover,  169. 
Pass-Parole,  191. 
Pasticcio,  137. 
Pathogeny,  106. 
Pathology,  106. 
Pavilion,  19. 
Pedestal,  19. 
Pediment,  19. 
Pedotrophy,  106. 
Pegasus,  132. 
Penal  Laws,  88. 
Penance,  161. 
Penates,  132. 
Pendant,  173. 
Peneus,  132. 
Penology,  156. 
Penon,  35. 
Pension,  67. 
Pentarchy,  67. 
Pentecost,  161. 
Pent-Roof,  20. 
Penumbra,  76, 137. 
Peptic,  166. 
Peptics,  106. 
Percussion,  106. 
Periecian,  61. 
Perigee,  76. 
Perihelion,  76. 
Periscian,  61. 
Peristyle,  20. 
Persephone,  132. 
Personal  Estate,  88. 
Personaltj',  88. 
Perspective,  science  of,  138, 
Perspectograpby,  138. 


INDEX. 


219 


Pessimism,  118. 

Petrology,  62. 

Pharmaceutical  Preparations,  139. 

Pharmaceutics,  106. 

Pharmacology,  106. 

Pharmacy,  106. 

Pharyngology,  10. 

Pharynx,  the  human,  10. 

Pheon,  35. 

Philology,  80. 

Philosophy,  116. 

mechanical,  103. 

moral,  117. 

natural,  118. 
Phlebology,  10. 
Phlebotomy,  181. 
Phoebus,  132. 
Phonascetics,  106. 
Phonetics,  177. 
Phonics,  177. 
Phonograph,  177. 
Phonography,  176. 
Phonology,  ioi. 
Photogalvanography,  185. 
Photogeny,  141. 
Photographs,  140. 
Photography,  93,  140. 
Photology,  93. 
Photometer,  93. 
Photometry,  93. 
Photozincography,  141. 
Phrenology,  142. 
Physianthropv,  101. 
Physico-Theology,  161. 
Physics,  118. 
Physiognomy,  101. 
Physiography,  118. 
Physiology,  101. 
Phytochimy,  147. 
Phytogeny,  147. 
Phytogeography,  147. 
Phytoglyphy,  155. 
Phytography,  147. 
Phytolithology,  147. 
Phytology,  147. 
Phytonomy,  147. 
Phytopathology,  147. 
Pi,  155. 
Piazza,  20. 
Picket,  191. 
Pickets,  58. 
Pictures,  art  of  producing,  by  light 

upon  a  prepared  surface,  140. 
Pilaster,  20. 
Pill,  140. 
Pillars,  art  of  writing  on,  195. 


Pindaric,  119. 

Pinnace,  175. 

Pinnacle,  20. 

Pioneer,  191. 

Placer,  121. 

Plaint.  88. 

Plaintiff,  88. 

Planchet,  36. 

Planet,  76. 

Plants,  chemistry  of,  147. 

classification  of,  142. 

diseases  of,  147. 

elementary  organs  of  fructifica- 
tion of,  143. 

fossil,  147. 

generation  of,  147. 

geography  of,  147. 

influence  of  external  agents  on, 
147. 

kinds  and  properties  of,  147. 

metamorphosis    of    organs    of, 
147. 

microscopic,  13. 

minute  tissues  of,  147. 

orchidaceous,  147. 

organs  of,  147. 

origin  and  growth  of,  147. 

science  of,  142. 

synopsis  of  classes  of,  146. 
Plashing,  52. 
Plasma,  153. 
Plaster,  art  of  forming  figures  in, 

179. 
Plastic  Art,  179. 
Plastography,  179. 
Plate,  20. 

Plate-Printing,  155. 
Plea,  88. 

Pleiades,  76,  132. 
Pleistocene,  62. 
Plenipotentiary,  67 
Pleochroism,  93. 
Pliocene,  62. 
Ploughing,  52. 
Plumbing,  24. 
Plumming,  121. 
Pluto,  132. 
Plutus,  132. 
Pneumatics,  104. 
Pneumology,  10. 
Pneumotomy,  10. 
Poems,  art  of  composing,  148. 
Poesy,  148. 
Poetic  Feet,  186. 
Poetry,  148. 
Pogonology,  10. 


220 


INDEX. 


Pointing,  179. 

Poisoning,  science  which  treats  of, 

107. 
Polaiiinctry,  93. 
Poles,  01. 
Policy,  40,  67. 
Political  Economy,  65. 

Science,  68. 
Politics,  63. 
Polity,  67. 
Pollux,  127. 
Polyacoustics,  177. 
Polychrome  Printing,  156. 
Polycbromy,  179. 
Polygarchy,  67. 
Polyglot,  97. 
Polygraphy,  195. 
Polyhymnia,  131. 
Polystyle,  20. 
Polytheism,  163. 
Pomology,  51. 
Pomona,  132. 
Pontificate,  161. 
Porcelain,  151. 
Porch,  20. 
Pornography,  137. 
Portico,  20. 
Portuniis,  132. 
Pose,  35. 
Poseidon,  132. 
Posology,  106. 
Posse  Comitatus,  88. 
Postern,  58. 
Posthetomy,  181. 
Potamology,  61. 
Pottery,  art  of,  150. 
Pouch,  191. 

Power  of  Attorney,  89. 
Prreliography,  191. 
Pratique,  40. 
Preamble,  89. 
Precept,  89. 

Precession  of  Equinoxes,  76. 
Precious  Stones,  151. 
Preface,  97. 
Prescription,  89, 
Price-current,  41. 
Primacy,  101. 
Primage,  41. 
Primary  Assembly,  67. 
Printing,  art  of,  154. 

by   heated   metallic   cylinders, 
156. 

from  an  engraved  plate,  156. 

from  letter-press  in  colors^  154. 

from  nature,  155. 


Printing  from  photographs  on  stone, 
155. 

in  colors,  154. 

in  one  or  more  colors,  150. 

on  stereotype,  1 56. 

upon  canvas  in  oil,  155. 
Privateer,  175. 

Prizc-Fighting,  science  of,  61. 
Probate,  89. 
Process  (law),  89. 
Proemptosis,  185. 
Profile,  179. 
Prohibition,  89. 
Projectiles,  art  of  using,  187. 
Projection,  139. 
Prometheus,  132. 
Promissory  Note,  41. 
Pronunciation,  69. 
Proof,  50,  156. 
Prophylactic,  106. 
PrQplasticc,  108. 
Prose,  97. 
Proserpine,  133, 
Prosody,  68. 

figures  of,  69. 
Prostyle,  20. 
Protest,  41. 
Proteus,  133. 
Prothesis,  182. 
Protocul,  67. 
Protophyte,  148. 
Protophj'tes,  science  of,  148. 
Protophytology,  148. 
Prow,  173. 
Psalmody,  124. 
Psalms,  art  of  singing,  124. 
Psyche,  133. 
Psychism,  118. 
Psychology,  101. 
Psychonosology,  106. 
Psychrometer,  7. 
Puddling,  108. 

Pulse,  doctrine  of  human,  10, 
Punctuation,  68,  69. 
Punishments,  science  of  public,  156. 
Puratia,  97. 
Purgative,  166. 
Purgatorv,  161. 
Purlin,  20. 
Purview,  89. 
Pyrelology,  107. 
Pyrography,  156. 
Pyrology,  7. 
Pj-rometcr,  104. 
Pyrometry,  71. 
Pyronomics,  71. 


INDEX. 


221 


Pyroscope,  7. 
Pyrotechnics,  53. 


Quantity,  science  of,  102. 
Quantum  \  alebat,  89. 
Quarantine,  41. 
Quarter,  191 . 
Quarter-deck,  173. 
Quartering,  35. 
Quarters,  191. 
Quartette,  124,  149. 
Quarto,  24. 
Quatrain,  149. 
Quatre-foil,  35. 
Quietism,  118. 
Quintette,  124. 
Quirinus,  133. 
Qui  Tam,  89. 
Quorum,  89. 
Quo  Warranto,  89. 


B. 

Rabdology,  102. 

Races  of  mankind,  science  of,  117. 

Radiant,  93. 

Radiata,  12. 

Radiation,  71. 

Radical,  28. 

Rafter,  20. 

Raguled,  35. 

Rain,  116. 

geographical  distribution  of,  6, 
Rainbow,  116. 
Ramp,  58. 
Rampant,  35. 

Gardant,  35. 

Regardant,  35. 
Rampart,  58. 
Rationalism,  163. 
Ratlines,  173. 
Rayonnant,  35. 
Reiil  Estate,  89. 
Realism,  119. 
Reality,  89. 
Reasoning,  rules  of,  117. 

science  of,  117. 
Reciprocity,  67. 
Recitative,  124. 
Reckoning,  169. 
Reclination,  182. 
Reconnoissance,  191. 
Redemption,  41. 


Redoubt,  59. 

Reduction,  109,  182. 

Re-entering  Angle,  59. 

Re-exchange,  41. 

Refining,  109. 

Reflection,  93. 

Refraction,  93. 

Refrain,  150. 

Refrangibility,  93. 

Refrigerant,  166. 

Regardant,  35. 

Regency,  67. 

Regiment,  191. 

Register,  41. 

Rejoinder,  89. 

Relief,  137,  179. 

Religion,  systems  of,  162. 

Remainder  (law),  89. 

Remedial  Agents,  163. 

Renaissance,  137. 

Renverse,  35. 

Repellent,  166, 

Replevin,  90. 

Replica,  137. 

Repose,  137. 

Reprieve,  90. 

Reprint,  156. 

Reptiles,  classification  of,  167. 

science  of,  167. 
Republic,  69. 
Requiem,  124. 
Reredos,  20. 
Resection,  182. 
Reserve  Corps,  62. 
Respondentia,  41, 
Retirade,  59. 
Retraxit,  90. 

Retrocession  of  Equinoxes,  76. 
Reveille,  191. 
Revenue,  68. 

public,  science  of,  64, 
Reverse,  36. 
Reversion,  41,  90, 
Revetment,  59. 
Review,  97,  192, 
Revise,  155. 
Rhetoric,  69. 

figures  of,  69, 
Rhinoplasty,  182. 
Rhythmics,  124. 
Ricochet,  192. 
Riddles,  art  of  making  or  solving, 

167. 
Rider,  121. 
Ridge,  59. 
Ringing  (agriculture),  52. 


222 


INDEX. 


Ring?,  finger,  history  and  quality 

of.  1C7. 
RitorncUc,  124. 
Ilitual,  101. 

Koasting  (metallurgy),  109. 
Rocks,  mineral  aspects  of,  G2. 

stratified,  62. 
Romance,  98,  124, 
Romanesque,  138. 
Romanza,  124. 
Rondeau,  124. 
Rood-Tower,  20. 
Rose-window,  20. 
Roster,  192. 
Rotary  motion,  104. 
Rotunda,  20. 
Rousant,  35. 
Rubefacient,  166. 
Rubric,  98. 
Ruby,  153. 
Rudder,  173. 
Rule  (law),  90. 
Rustic-work,  20. 


Sabaism,  163. 
Sabianism,  161. 
Sabre,  192. 
Sabre-tasehe,  192. 
Saccbarometer,  28. 
Sacellum,  21. 
Sacraments,  161. 
Sadda,  9S. 
Saddle  Roof,  21. 
Safeguard,  192. 
Sagittarius,  76. 
Saic,  175. 
Sailing,  art  of,  16S. 

by  compound  courses,  169. 

oblique,  169. 

on  the  arc  of  a  great  circle,  169. 
Salient,  35. 

angle,  59. 
Saltier,  35. 
Salts,  29. 
Salute,  192. 
Salvage,  41. 
Salvo,  192. 
Samiel,  194. 
Sapphire,  153. 

yellow,  153. 
Sarcology,  10. 
Sard,  153. 
Sardonyx,  153. 
Satellite,  76. 


Satire,  98. 

Saturn,  133. 

Scabbard,  192. 

Scale,  124. 

Scarification,  182. 

Scarificator,  182. 

Scene- Painting,  138. 

Scenography,  139. 

Schooner,  175. 

Sciagraphy,  21,  138,  185. 

Scioptics,  94. 

Scire  Facias,  90. 

Score  (music),  124. 

Scorpio,  76. 

Script,  156. 

Sculpture,  177. 

Scumbling,  138. 

Scuppers,  173. 

Scuttle,  173, 

Sea,  art  of  sounding  depths  in,  167. 

influence  of,  on  health,  105. 
Seals,  science  of,  168. 
Seamanship,  169. 
Search-Warrant,  90. 
Secondary,  76. 
Secretory  Organs,  human,  8. 
Sedative,  166. 
Seeds,  147. 
Seeling,  70. 
Seismology,  46. 
Sejant,  36. 
Selenography,  76. 
Seme,  36. 
Semele,  133. 
Senate,  68. 
Senses,  7. 
Sepoys,  182. 
Serapis,  133. 
Sericulture,  176. 
Serpents,  natural  history  of,  13. 
Sextain,  150. 
Sexto-dccimo,  24. 

Shadows,    art  of    ascertaining   the 
hours  by,  185. 

art  of  casting  and  delineating, 
138. 
Shaft,  21.  121. 
Shallop,  175. 
Shambles,  121. 
Shasta.  98. 
Sheet  (ships),  173. 
Shells,  science  of,  168. 

science  of  measuring,  168. 
Ships,  art  of  managing,  169. 

art  of  sailing.  168. 

names  of,  174. 


INDEX. 


223 


Short-hand  writing,  173,  176. 
Shroffage,  37. 
Shrouds,  173. 
Sialogogue,  166. 
Siderography,  50. 
Sign  {astion()m.y),  75. 
Signal  Service,  192. 
Signature  (music),  125. 
Silk-worms,  cultivation  of,  176. 
Sill,  21. 
Sillon,  59. 
Simoon,  194. 
Sinister,  36. 
Sirens,  133. 
Sirocco,  194. 
Site,  59. 
Siva,  133. 
Skeletology,  10. 
Skepticism,  161. 
Skewback,  21. 
Skin  of  human  body,  8. 
Skirmish,  192. 

Skull,  phrenological  formation    of, 
142. 

structure  of,  117. 
Sleep,  doctrine  of,  176. 
Sloop,  175. 
Sloop-of-War,  175. 
Smell,  diseases  of  sense  of,  106. 
Smelting,  109. 
Snow,  116,  175. 

Society,  science  relating  to,  119. 
Sociology,  176. 
Socle,  21. 

Solids,  art  of  measuring,  103. 
Solo,  125. 
Solstice,  79. 
Somatology,  119. 
Somnus,  133. 
Sonata,  125. 

Songs,  art  of  writing,  148. 
Sonnet,  150. 
Sonometer,  177. 
Soprano,  125. 
Sortie,  192. 
Sorts,  156. 
Soteriology,  162. 
Soul,  doctrine  of  the,  118. 
Sounds,  duration  of,  177. 

harmonical,  122. 

length  of  musical,  124. 

magnifjing  low,  177. 

multiplication  of,  179. 

musical,  122. 

reproduction  of,  at  a  distance, 
177. 


Sounds,  science  of,  176. 
Spanker,  173. 
Span-Koof,  21. 
Spars,  173. 
Specific,  167. 
Specific  Duty,  41. 

Gravity,  28. 
Speetrology,  29. 
Spectroscope,  94. 
Spectrum,  94. 
Speech,  parts  of,  68. 
Spelling,  68. 
Spencer,  173. 
Sperm,  107. 
Spermatology,  107. 
Sphere,  doctrine  of  the,  103. 
Spherics,  103. 
Sphinx,  133. 
Sphragistics,  168. 
Sphygmology,  10. 
Spiders,  science  of,  78. 
Spirometer,  107. 
Spleen,  human,  10. 
Splenology,  10. 
Splenotoni}',  10. 
Squad,  192. 
Squadron,  193. 
Staff  (music),  125. 
Stamp-duty,  41. 
Stamping-mill,  121. 
Stanza,  150. 
Staphyloplastic,  182. 
Staphylotomy,  182. 
Star,  77. 
Star  Forts,  59. 
Stars,  magnitude  of  the,  73. 

observation  of  the,  73. 

science  of  the,  73. 

science  of  describing  the,  73. 

worship  of  the,  157. 
Statics,  104. 
Statistics,  68. 

science  of,  68. 
Statistology,  68. 
Statuar}%  177. 

ancient  art  of  coloring,  179. 
Stay,  173. 
Stay-sail,  173. 
Steam,  7,  104. 
Steeple,  21. 
Steerage,  173. 
Steganography,  195. 
Stelographv,  195. 
Stemplcs,  121. 
Stenography,  176. 
Sleicochrouiy,  138. 


224 


INDEX 


Stereography,  45. 

Stereometry,  103. 

Stereoscope,  art  of  using  or  of  con- 
structing the,  179. 

Stereoscopy,  179. 

Stereotypography,  156. 

Stereotypy,  185. 

Sterling,  41. 

Still-life,  138. 

Stimulant,  167. 

Stippling,  50. 

Stockade,  59. 

Stoichiometry,  193. 

Stomach,  human,  8. 

Stones,  Precious,  151. 

Strabotomy,  182. 

Stratarithmetry,  193. 

Strategetics,  187. 

Strategy,  187. 

Stratocracy,  68. 

Stratography,  193. 

Strength  (painting  and  sculpture), 
138,179. 

Striae,  21. 

String  (mining)  121. 

Stromatology.  62. 

St.  Stephen's-Stone,  153. 

Studding-sail,  173. 

Study  (painting  and  sculpture),  138, 
179. 

Stulm,  121. 

Styptic,  167. 

Styx,  133. 

Sublimation,  29. 

Subpoena,  90. 

Sub-salt,  29. 

Sub-style,  43. 

Suit,  90. 

Summons,  90. 

Sump,  121. 

Sun,  77. 

Sunday, 162. 

Supersedeas,  90. 

Supporters,  36. 

Supra-protest,  41. 

Surfaces,  mensuration  of,  102. 

Surgery,  80. 

Surveying,  103. 

Surya,  133. 

Suture,  182. 

Sylvanus,  133. 

Symbol,  29. 

Symbology,  183. 

Symbols,  art  of  expressing  by,  183. 

Symphony,  125. 

Symphyseotomy,  181. 


Symptomatology,  107. 
Symptoms  of  diseases,  107. 
Synarchy,  68. 
Synchronism,  138. 
Synchronology,  185. 
Synod,  162. 
Synosteology,  10. 
Syntax,  68. 

figures  of,  69. 
Synthesis,  29,  182. 
Sj'philization,  107. 
Syringotomy,  182. 

Syzygy,  77. 

T. 

Tablature,  138. 

Tachygraphy, 195. 

Tackle  (ships),  173. 

Tactics,  187. 

Taftrail,  174. 

Tailings,  121. 

Tallowing,  52. 

Talmud,  98. 

Talus,  59. 

Tambour,  21,  59. 

Tamping,  121. 

Tanning,  91. 

Tare,  42. 

Tariff,  42. 

Tarsorraphy,  182. 

Tarsotomy,  182. 

Tartan  (ship),  175. 

Tartarus,  133. 

Tattoo,  193. 

Tawing,  91. 

Taxidermy,  13. 

Taxis,  21,  183. 

Taxonomy,  29. 

Teaching,  art  of,  79. 

Technics,  22. 

Technology,  22. 

Tecnology,  107. 

Tectonics,  24. 

Teeth,  art  of  extracting,  etc.,  183. 

treatise  on,  9. 
Telegraph,    art   of   communicating 

by,  183. 
Telegraphy,  183. 
Teleologj',  119. 
Telephone,  177. 
Telephony,  177. 
Telestich,  150. 
Tellus,  133. 
Telotvpe.  183. 
Tenail,  59. 


INDEX. 


225 


Tcnaillon,  59. 
Tenotomy,  183. 
Teratology,  107. 
Terminology,  184. 
Terminus,  133. 
Terms,  184. 
Terpsichore,  LSI. 
Terra-cotta,  151. 
Terre-plein,  59. 
Testator,  90. 
Tetanic,  197. 
Tete-de-pont,  60. 
Tethys,  133. 
Tetrapla,  98. 
Text-book,  98. 
Thalia,  128,  131. 
Thanatology,  167. 
Thaumaturgics,  42. 
Theism,  167. 
Themis,  133. 
Theocracy,  68. 
Theodicy,  119. 
Theogony,  133. 
Theology,  156. 
Therapeutics,  107. 
Thermochrosy,  71. 
Thcrmo-Dynamies,  72. 
Thermo-Electricity,  48. 
Thermogen,  72. 
Thermo-Magnctism,  48. 
Thermotics,  71. 
Theurgy,  42. 
Thor,  133. 
Thoth,  133. 
Thrashing,  52. 
Threnody,  150. 
Threpsology,  54. 
Thunder,  6. 
Tierce,  36. 
Tillage,  63. 

Time,  ascertainment  of,  by  shadows, 
185. 

civil  distinctions  of,  184. 

machines  for  indicating,  185. 

measurement  of,  by  cycles,  184. 
Timocracy,  68. 
Tincture,  140. 
Tiralleurs,  193. 
Tisiphone,  128. 

Tissues  of  the  human  body,  9. 
Titiins,  134. 
Tithonicity,  94. 
Tocology.  107. 
Token,  37,  156. 
Tone  (painting),  138. 
Tongue-grafting,  63. 

K* 


Tongue,  the  human,  8. 
Tonic,  167. 
Tontine,  42. 
Topaz,  153. 
Top-dressing,  53. 
Topiary-work,  63, 
Topography, 102. 
Topology,  107. 
Toreumatology,  177. 
Tornado,  194. 
Torrefaction,  109. 
Torso,  179. 
Tort,  90. 
Torus,  21. 
Tossing,  109. 
Tout  Ensemble,  138. 
Toxicology,  107. 
Tracery,  21. 
Tracheotomy,  183. 
Trade-mark)  174. 
Trade-wind,  194. 
Tragedy,  44-. 
Transit-duty,  42. 
Transom,  21. 
Transubstantiation,  162. 
Transverse,  60,  90. 
Traverse-Sailing,  169. 
Travesty,  98. 
Treasure  Trove)  91. 
Treatise,  98. 
Treble,  125. 
Trees,  cultivation  of,  51. 

natural  history  of,  147. 

raising,  by  layers,  61. 
Trench,  60. 
Trenching,  53. 
Trepanning,  183. 
Trestle-work,  2L 
Tret,  42. 
Triarchy,  68. 
Trigonometry,  103. 
Trinitarianism,  163, 
Trinity,  162. 
Trio,  125. 
Triolet,  150. 
Triplet,  150. 
Tritheism,  163. 
Triton,  134. 
Trochilics,  104. 
Trover,  91. 
Truce,  193. 
Truck  (ships),  174. 
True  Bill,  91. 
Truss  (architecture),  21. 
Tunnel,  121. 
Turn  (mining),  122. 


226 


INDEX. 


Turnery,  24. 
Turning,  24. 
Turquoise,  153. 
Type,  102. 

art  of  manufacturing,  185. 
Type-Founiling,  185. 
Typhoon,  194. 
'Typography,  154. 
Tyr,  134. 

U. 

Udometer,  7. 
Ullage,  42. 
Ultimatum,  193. 
Underlayer,  122. 
Underwriting,  42. 
Undulatory  Theory,  94. 
Unguent,  140. 

Union  by  First  Intention,  183. 
Unitarianism,  163. 
Unity  (painting),  138. 
Universalism,  163. 
Universe,  origin  of  the,  116. 
Urania,  131. 
Uraniscoplasty,  183. 
Urethrotomy,  183. 
Urine,  107. 
Urinometer,  29. 
Uronology,  107. 
Ustulation,  109. 
Uterus,  the  human,  9. 
Utterance,  69. 


Vaccination,  107. 

Vair,36. 

Y.alhalla,  134. 

Yalkyriur,  134. 

Van  Fosse,  60. 

Vanguard,  193. 

Vangs,  174. 

Vapor  (see  Air). 

Varuna,  134. 

Vaudeville,  44, 125. 

Vault,  21. 

Veda,  98. 

Vedette,  193. 

Veins  of  the  human  body,  10. 

Veneering,  24. 

Venesection,  181. 

Venetian  AVindow,  21. 

Venue,  91. 

Venus,  134. 

Veranda,  22. 

Verdict,  91. 


Vcrgette,  36. 

Verses,  art  of  constructing,  80. 

construction  of  poetic  feet,  186. 
Versification,  186. 
Vertebrata,  11. 
Vesicant,  167. 
Vespers,  162. 
Vessels,  sailing,  names  of,  174. 

of  the  human  body,  7. 
Vesta,  134. 
Vestibule,  22. 
Veterinary  Art,  77. 
Veto,  68. 

Vigesimo-quarto,  24. 
Vignette,  22. 
Vishnu,  134. 
Vision,  laws  of,  92, 
Vivisection,  10. 
Vocabulary,  98. 
Vocal  Expression,  69. 
Voice,    elementary    sounds  of   the, 
101. 

method  of  restoring  the,  106. 

sounds  of  the,  177. 
Volant,  36. 
Voltameter,  48. 
Voluntary,  125. 
Volute,  22. 
Vulcan,  134. 
Vulgate,  98. 

W. 

Waifs  (law),  91. 

Wainscot,  22. 

Waist  (ships),  174. 

War,  187. 

Warehousing  System,  42. 

Warp,  30,  53. 

AV arrant,  91. 

of  Attorney,  91. 
Water  as  a  remedial  agent,  105. 

cure,  105. 

influence  of  the  sea  on  health, 
105. 

properties  and  relations  of,  104. 
Water-colors,    art    of  painting   in, 

137. 
Wealth,  production  of,  193. 
Weather,  foretelling  by  moon  and 

stars,  (5. 
Weaving,  30. 
Weight,  science  of,  103. 
Weights  and  measures,  science  of, 

40. 
Well-sinking,  194. 


INDEX. 


Ill 


Wells,  art  of  digging,  194. 
Welsh  Mortgage,  91. 
Wheel- Window,  22. 
Whitsunday,  162. 
Wind-Hatch,  122. 
Winds,  doctrine  of,  194. 
Winnowing,  53. 
Winze,  122. 
Woden,  134. 
Woof,  30. 
Women,  105. 

Words,    arrangement    of,    in     sen- 
tences, 68. 

defining  of,  79. 

forming  by  the  voice,  69. 

graceful  utterance  of,  69. 

origin  and  combination  of,  80. 

science  of,  79. 

uttering  with  propriety,  69. 
Work  (mining),  122. 
Working  Drawing,  45. 
Work?  (fortifications),  60. 
Works  of  Art,  Ancient,  14. 
Worms,  13. 
AVrit.  91. 
Writing,  art  of,  195. 

characters  on  pillars,  195. 

deciphering  ancient,  195. 

in  ciphers,  195. 

in  secret  characters,  195. 

rapid,  195. 


Writing,  short-hand,  176. 

universal  system  of,  195. 


Xylography,  50. 


Yacht,  175. 
Yama,  134. 
Yard  (ships),  174. 


Zebec,  175. 

Zendavesta,  99. 

Zenith,  77. 

Zephyrus,  134. 

Zeus,  134. 

Zincode,  48. 

Zincography,  50. 

Zircon,  153. 

Zolverein,  68. 

Zone,  62. 

Zoogeny,  13. 

Zoography,  13. 

Zoology,  10. 

Zoonomy,  13. 

Zoophytes,  natural  history  of,  13. 

Zoophytology,  13. 

Zootomy,  13. 

Zymology,  29. 


PUBLICATIONS  OF  J.  B.  LIPPINCOTT  S^  CO. 


The  Life  of  Benjamin  Franklin.    Written  by  Himself. 

Embracing  a  brief  account  of  his  Ancestors,  and  an  Auto- 
biography of  the  first  fifty  years  of  his  Life,  with  a  continuous 
story  of  his  later  years  and  the  events  of  his  times.  From 
his  original  manuscripts,  printed  correspondence,  and  othei 
writings.  Now  first  edited  by  the  Hon.  John  Bigelow,  late 
Minister  to  France.  In  three  crown  8vo  volumes,  of  about 
550  pages  each.  With  Portrait  from  Steel.  Price  per 
volume: — Extra  cloth.  1^2.50.  Libraiy  extra.  $3.00.  Half 
calf,  gilt.     $4.50. 


"If  any  one  should  dispute  the 
claim  of  this  work  to  a  place  in  con- 
tempcrary  literature,  the  answer  is  at 
hand  in  the  facts  of  which  Mr.  Bige- 
low presents  a  lucid  statement,  and  in 
the  admirable  manner  in  which  he  has 
carried  its  plan  into  execution." — Nco) 
York  Tribune. 

"  We  know  of  no  volumes  which  we 
would  more  willingly  commend  to  the 
study  of  our  fellow-citizens,  young  and 
old,  than  those  which  the  Lippin- 
cotts  have  given  us  as  the  result  of  Mr. 
Bigelow's  painstaking  researches  into 
the  life  and  character  of  Benjamin 
Franklin." — Boston  Globe. 

"  The  Hon.  John  Bigelow,  well 
known  in  diplomacy  and  journalism, 
has  conferred  a  real  service  on  Ameri- 
can literature   by  his   new  edition   of 


the  '  Life  of  Franklin.'  ...  It  is 
one  of  the  best  specimens  of  book- 
making  we  have  seen." — I^e7v  York 
Herald. 

"  On  the  whole,  Mr.  Bigelow  has 
put  before  us  what  must  be  regarded 
as  the  most  authoritative,  as  it  is  the 
most  interesting,  full  record  of  Frank- 
lin's life.  Thanks  to  Mr.  Bigelow, 
Franklin  may  now  be  studied  with 
confidence  in  the  accuracy  of  what  is 
read,  with  deep  interest  in  the  man 
and  the  statesman,  and  without  te- 
diousness." — Xew  York  Independent. 

"  We  are  not  e.xaggerating  the  mer- 
its of  these  volumes  in  saying  that,  as 
a  work  of  rare  interest,  from  the  com- 
mencement to  its  close  it  is  unsur- 
passed in  our  modern  biographical 
1  i tera ture. ' ' — Boston  IVatchman. 


Memoirs  of  J.  Q.  Adams.    Memoirs  of  jFohn  Qiiincy 

Adams,  comprising  portions  of  his  Diary  from  1795  to  1S48. 
Edited  by  Hon.  Charles  Francis  Adams.  Complete  in 
12  volumes.     8vo.     Extra  cloth.     Per  volume:     SiJ.oo. 


"As  the  publication  advances  it 
assumes  an  increased  value  and  inter- 
est, and  will  doubtless  form  a  com- 
mentary of  no  little  importance  on  the 
development  of  our  national  policy." — 
New  I  ork  I'ributie. 

"  This  book  is  destined  to  become 
a  classic,  and  a  valuable  addition  to 
every  American  librarj*." — Chicago 
Inter- Ocean. 

"  This  is  the  most  important  politico- 
biographical  work  that  has  been  issued 
from  the  press  for  many  years." — 
Fhilada.  Evening  Telegrafik. 

"  We  of  to-day  cannot  realize  the 
full  value  of  this  remarkable  perform- 


ance ;  it  must  be  handed  over  to  thS 
appreciation  of  posterity.  It  is  doubt- 
ful if  any  other  record  of  the  same  pe- 
riod has  been  kept  at  all.  or,  if  there  ii 
one  yet  to  appear,  that  it  will  prove  a 
richer  treasurj'  of  historical  facts. "^ 
7Vte  Galaxy. 

"  For  the  student  of  American  his- 
tory it  is  a  really  valuable  contribution. 
It  gives  us,  moreover,  a  near  and  cleai 
view  of  the  very  able,  upright,  and 
resolute  man,  and  of  a  person  whose 
political  influence,  if  not  wide,  was 
strongly  felt  over  a  great  period  of  hii 
country's  existence." — N.  V.Eveninf 
Pott. 


PUBLICATIONS  OF  J.  B.  LIPPINCOTr^  CO. 


Hazlitfs  Life  of  Napoleon.     The  Life  of  Napoleon 

Buonaparie.  By  Wll.i-IAM  Hazlitt.  Illustrated  with  Sttel 
Plates.  Three  volumes.  Large  i2ino.  Extra  cloth.  $4.50. 
Sheep.     $6.00.     Half  calf,  <;ilt.     $9.75. 


'  Hazlitt  was  so  bright  a  man,  and 
hud  such  a  keen  eye  for  dramatic  con- 
trasts, that  his  picture  of  Napoleon's 
career  has  a  vividness  which  is  neces- 
sary to  a  true  appreciation  of  it,  and, 
in  this  way,  liis  work  is  more  valuable 
than  those  cf  writers  who,  however 
conscientious,  lack  the  sympathetic, 
imaginative  qualities  which  arc  neces- 
sary to  the  appreciation  of  such  a  genius 
as  IJuonaparte." — Boston  Globe. 

"  One  of  the  most  characteristic  pro- 
ductions of  the  i;ifted  author,  and  cer- 
tainly the  one  to  which  he  devoted  the 
greatest  strength  of  his   intellect  and 


the  full  enthusiasm  of  his  impassicned 
nature.  Mr.  Hazlitt  was  in  possession 
of  ample  materials  for  the  accomplish- 
ment of  his  task,  and  the  consummate 
skill  with  which  he  has  turned  them  to 
account  presents  a  tempting  object  of 
literary  curiosity." — jVeiv  Vork  Trib- 
une. 

"  It  has  held  a  recognized  place  in 
our  literature  for  forty  years,  and  it  will 
probably  long  retain  that  place.  At 
least,  no  work  has  yet  appeared  in  our 
language  to  supplant  it,  though  there 
have  been  a  good  many  '  lives'  of  Na- 
poleon."— Bostcni  Trutucrifit. 


Life  of  " Stojiezvair'  Jackson.  Life  of  Gen' I  Thomas 
J.  Jackson.  By  S.  N.  Randolph,  author  of  "The  Domestic 
Life  of  Thomas  Jefferson."  With  Illustrations.  Crown  Svo 
Extra  cloth.     $2.00. 

"  Miss  Randolph's  Life  of  T.  J. 
("Stonewall")  Jackson  is  accurate  in 
biographical  details,  and  attractive  m 
form  and  composition.  An  e.xcdlent 
portrait  of  General  Jackson  accom- 
panies the  volume." — Ckristian 
Union. 

"  The  book  depicts,  with  fidelity 
to  the  facts  and  graphic  power,  the 
various  scenes  of  the  war  with  which 
he  was  identified.  It  is  evidently  a 
labor  of  love." — Chicago  Advance. 


"  In  the  volume  before  us  we  have  a 
faithful  picture  of  the  remarkable  man 
who,  in  the  course  of  less  than  three 
years,  filled  not  only  our  own  country, 
but  Europe,  also,  with  the  fame  of  his 
military  exploits.  .  .  .  Until  the 
reader  has  acquainted  himself  with 
this  biography  he  cannot  know  the 
inner  life  of  the  man  who  blended  in 
such  harmonious  combination  all  that 
was  stern  in  the  soldier  with  all  that 
was  meek  and  humble  in  the  Chris- 
tian."— JVew  York  World. 


The  German  Emperors.    History  of  the  German  Em^ 

perors  and  their  Contemporaries.  Translated  from  the  Ger- 
man, and  Compiled  from  Authentic  Sources.  By  Eliza- 
beth Peake,  author  of  "  Pen  Pictures  of  Europe."  With 
numerous  Illustrations.     Svo.     Extra  cloth.     $3.00. 


"  We  have  rarely  examined  a  work 
whose  material  seemed  to  be  so  thor- 
oughly digested  and  compactly  ar- 
ranged as  that  before  us." — Boston 
Globe. 

"  Admirably  adapted  for  a  text- 
book"— Philadelphia  Evening  Tele- 
graph. 

"As  here  given,  history  is  made  en- 
teitaining  and  instructive  to  youu'.;  and 
old.     This  record  has  been  carefully 


translated  and  compiled  from  authentic 
sources,  and  compresses  in  one  volume 
the  facts  which  would  require  a  search 
through  many  ponderous  works  to  ob- 
tain elsewhere." — t'resbyterian  Ban- 
ner 

"  In  her  goodly  volume  she  has 
made  a  useful  contribution  to  Euro- 
pean history.  The  mechanical  execu- 
tion of  the  work  is  substantial  and 
handsome." — New  York  Independent 


PUBLICATIONS  OF  J.  B.  LIPPIAXOTT  &-  CO. 


Philosophers  and  Fools.     A  Study.    By  jfulia  DiiJir- 


Crown  8vo.     Extra  cloth.     $2.00. 

tractive  and  forcible.  We  have  derived 
great  pleasure  from  her  thoughtful^nd 
carefully  studied  essays.  They  discuss 
with  fairness  and  ability  that  question 
which  all  persons  love  most  to  read 
about^themselves." — Chicago  InU  r  ■ 
I  Ocean. 


ing. 

"  Their  author  has  thought  much, 
leen  a  great  deal,  and  read  the  best 
authors.  She  possesses  a  mind  of  in- 
trospective and  analytical  power,  and 
the  refined  delicacy  of  her  taste  causes 
her  to  express  the  conclusions  to  which 
she  has  arrived  in  language  at  orx:e  at- 


Gejitlcfolks  and  Others.     By  jfulia  Duliring,  authot 

of  "  Philosophers  and  Fools."      i2mo.     Extra  cloth.     $2.00. 

"  For  summer  reading,  and  especial- 
ly for  reading  aloud  among  people  of 
refinement  and  culture,  there  are  few 
more  desirable  books  than  this." — 
Philada.  Evenittg  Btilletin. 


"  The  success  of  '  Philosophers  and 
Fools'  justified  Miss  Duhring  in  con- 
tinuing the  papers  that  constituted 
that  volume ;  and  the  thirteen  essays 
in  this  will  vindicate  the  praises  that 
won." — Philada.  North  A  merican. 


Scrambles  Among  the  Alps  in  the  Years  1860-69. 
By  Edward  Whymper.  Handsomely  and  profusely  Illus- 
trated.    8vo.     Extra  cloth,  gilt.    52.50.     Full  gilt.    ^3.00. 

"  Mr.  Whymper's  volume  is  as  fasci- 
nating as  it  is  exact.  It  excels  any 
recent  novel  in  '  interest.'  It  gives  us 
new  information,  and  thrills  us  with 
vivid  descriptions  of  mountain  adven- 
ture. We  cannot  forecast  the  popu- 
larity of  such  a  volume;  but  we  are 
sure  that  if  the  great  body  of  readers 
knew  what  was  in  it,  there  would  be  a 
scr.imble  in  the  bookstores  for  these 
'  Scrambles  Among  the  Alps.'  " — Bos- 
ton Globe. 

"Alpine  adventure  and  scenery  have 
tiever  been  better  portrayed." — Phila- 
delphia Age. 

Pen  Pictures  of  Europe.      Where  and  How  We  Went 

and  What  we  Saw  during  a   Seventeen   Months'  Tour.      By 
Elizabeth  Peakf..     Profusely  and  handsomely  Illustrated. 


"Graphically  described  and  elegantly 
illustrated." — Bjooklyn  Daily  Eagle. 

"  More  beautiful,  and  at  the  same 
time  faithful,  Alpine  woodcuts  have 
neveryet  appeared.  In  one  word,  they 
are,  with  scarcely  one  or  two  excep- 
tions, admirable,  and  will  be  regarded 
as  triumphs  of  this  kind  of  art.  No 
preceding  publication  on  the  same  sub- 
ject surpasses  it  in  general  attractive- 
ness, and  we  are  disposed  to  say  none 
equals  it  as  the  work  of  one  man."— 
London  Athenteuni. 


Crown  Svo.     Extra  cloth. 

"  It  has  often  been  said  that  the  in- 
telligent European  traveler  who  should 
make  a  literal  transcript  of  his  im- 
pressions from  day  to  day,  without 
any  attempt  at  originality,  and  wiih 
no  pretense  of  literary  excellence,  could 
not  fail  to  produce  a  valuable  and  at- 
tractive work.  This  is  very  nearly 
the  character  of  the  present  volume." 
— New  York  Tribune. 

"  Another  very  readable  book  of 
travel  is  Pen  Pictures  0/  Eurof'e,  by 
F.lizabeth  Peake.    The  author  tells  the 


story  of  her  journey  in  a  series  of  let- 
ters, which  are  bright,  entertaining, 
and  suggestive,  the  result  of  keen  and 
close  observation,  and  of  that  intui- 
tive perception  of  things  which  is  a 
part  of  woman's  nature." — Boiicn 
yournal. 

"  This  is  a  superb  book.  The  illus- 
trations are  excellent  in  every  respect, 
and  the  reading  matter  quite  abova 
the  average  of  books  of  travel."— 
Chicago  Journal. 


PUBLICATIONS  OF  J.  B.  LIPPIMCOTT  &>  CO. 


The  Voice  in  Speaking,    By  Emma  Seiler,  author  of 

"The  Voice  in  Singing."     Translated  by  W.  H.   Furness. 
With  Illustrations.     i2mo.     Fine  cloth.     $1.50. 


"Although  it  is  based  upon  rigidly 
scientific  principles,  the  treatment  is 
of  a  popular  cliaracter,  and  within  the 
compass  of  every  reader  possessing  an 
ordinary  degree  of  intelligence.  The 
translation  has  been  made  with  idio- 


matic precision  and  force,  showing  a 
familiar  knowledge  of  the  two  lan- 
guages, as  well  as  a  masterly  skill 
in  the  choice  of  words." — New  York 
Tribune. 


The  Roma7ice  of  Natural  History.   By  Philip  Henry 

GosSE,   F.R.S.     With  Twelve  full-page  Illustrations.     New 
Edition.     i2mo.     Fine  cloth.     Si. 2:5. 


"  In  this  little  volume  there  is  all 
the  charm  of  romance,  and  yet  no  im- 
portant element  of  natural  history  is 
overlooked.  Ihe  book  is  a  delightful 
study  for  old  and  young,  and  is  as  in- 


structive as  entertaining.  The  reader 
IS  taken  to  every  part  of  the  globe,  and 
ciescriptions  are  given  of  the  habits  and 
haunts  of  all  classes  of  animals." — 
Pittsburgh  Coimuercial. 


America  Discovered  by  the 

Rev.  Benjamin  F.  Bowen.     i2mo 


Welsh  in  1170  A.D.     By 

Extra  cloth.     $1.25. 


"  The  book  is  e.xtremely  interest- 
ing, and  will  be  especially  absorbing 
to  those  fond  of  antiquarian  researches. 
The  last  peg  appears  to  be  knocked 
from  under  poor  Columbus  as  an  origi- 
nal discoverer." — St.  Louis  Repub- 
lican. 


"  The  author  has  brought  together 
all  the  documents  bearing  upon  the 
matter,  and  makes  out  a  strong  case. 
.  .  .  The  book  is  well  written,  and 
gives  proof  of  the  author's  close  study 
of  the  subject." — N.  Y.  Christian 
Union. 


The  Abuse  of  Maternity,  through  its  Rejection,  and 
through  its  Unwise  Acceptance.  By  Mrs.  Elizabeth  E. 
Evans.     i2mo.    Fine  cloth,    ^i.oo. 


"A  well-timed  and  sensible  book 
this,  which  may  be  commended  to  the 
perusal  of  the  se.x  most  seriously  in- 
terested."— New  Orleans  Picaymu. 

"  She  sweeps  over  the  whole  length 


and  breadth  of  the  subject  as  it  affects 
all  known  races  and  countries,  govern- 
ments and  peoples  and  households, 
and  makes  an  interesting  essay."— 
Si.  Louis  Republican. 


Literature  of  Kissing.     Gleaned  from  Poetry,  HiS' 

toiy.  Fiction,  and  Anecdote.  By  C.  C.  Bo.MBAUGH,  author 
of  "Gleanings  for  the  Curious,"  etc,  121x10.  Extra  cloth. 
$1.75.     Full  gilt.     52.50. 


"  Taken  altogether  it  is  a  most  curi- 
)us  and  entertaining  work,  and  discus- 
ses the  subject  to  its  fullest  e,\tent  in 
history,  poetrj',  dramatic  literature, 
fiction,  humorous  story,  and  anecdote, 
and  in  other  aspects  and  relations." — 
Pittsburgh  Sunday  Critic. 

"  This  is  a  curious  and  very  amusing 
book.     Only  a  gentleman  of  peculiar 


tastes  and  great  patience  would  have 
thought  of  it,  or  given  the  time  neces< 
sary  for  its  compilation.  But  out 
author  has  proved  th.it  he  possessei 
both  the  taste  and  patience  necessary, 
for  he  has  made  a  book  almost  as  at- 
tractive, fascinating,  and  exhilarating 
as  his  subject." — Albany  Journal. 


PUBLICATIONS  OF  J.  B.  LIPPINCOTT  &^  CO. 


On  Punctuation.      A  Handbook  of  Punctuation,  con- 

taining  the  more  important  Rules  and  an  exposition  of  Princi- 
ples upon  which  they  depend.  By  Prof.  Joseph  A.  Turner, 
M.A.      l6mo.      Extra  cloth.     75  cents. 

much  larger  pretensions." — Ifathiug 
ton  Chronicle. 

"  'I'liisis  the  most  useful  little  manual 
of  punctuation  we  have  evir  seen. 
.  .  We  commend  this  little  book  to 
those — and  who  does  not? — who  find 
themselves  puzzled  by  the  necessities 
of  punctuation." — Boston  Literary 
iVorld. 


"This  little  volume  is  one  of  the 
handiest  books  that  ever  came  under 
our  observation.  It  instructs  in  a  clear 
manner  on  a  most  ditTicult  subject,  one 
which  should  engage  the  attention  of 
every  person  making  any  pretension 
to  writing  at  all.  .  .  .  It  is  a  small 
book,  but  there  is  more  solid  informa- 
tion crowded  between  its  covers  than 
can   be  found   in   many  a  volume   of 


The  Concordance  to  Shakespeare's  Poems.  An  Index 
to  Every  Word  Therein  Contained.  By  Mrs.  Horace 
Howard  Furness.  8vo.  Witli  the  Poems  appended.  E.xtra 
cloth.     ^4.00. 


"  It  will  be  as  valuable  to  readers  of 
Shakespeare  as  is  Mrs.  Mary  Cowden 
Clarke's  Concordance  to  the  Dramas. 
At  the  end  of  the  volume  the  entire 
poems  are  also  printed,  which  will  add 
greatly  to  the  value  of  ihe  work.  The 
patience,  care,  and  industry  necessary 
to  the  preparation  of  such  a  book  are 

The  Ten  Laws  of  Health  ; 

duced  and  can  be  Prevented. 
Extra  cloth.     $1.75. 

"  It  is  a  production  showing  a  sound 
and  mature  judgment,  a  refined  sense 
of  propriety,  and  a  thorough  knowl- 
edge of  the  conditions  which  underlie 
the  material  welfare  of  the  race." — 
Netu  York  Trilntne. 

"The  style  is  simple,  direct,  and 
terse.  The  different  topics  are  well 
handled,  the  injunctions  in  reference 
to  health,  in  the  main,  consonant  with 
our  present  views  on  the  prevention  of 
disease." — Pkof.  Austin  Flint,  Sk., 
BelUvue  Medical  College,  New  1  'ork. 


worthy  of  the  highest  praise ;  and  the 
volume  shows  that  Mrs.  Furness  is  as 
devoted  a  Shakespearean  as  is  her 
husband,  whose  variorum  edition  of 
the  plays  has  won  the  admiration  ot 
scholars  and  critics  wherever  the  vol 
umes  issued  have  been  received." — 
Philadelphia  Evening  Bulletin. 

or,  Hozv  Disease  is  Pro- 
By  J.  R.  Black,  M.D.   lamo 


"  I  have  given  yotir  work  on  the 
Laws  of  Health  a  very  thorough  ex- 
amination, the  result  of  which  is  a  full 
indorsement  of  your  teachings  in  every 
department  of  your  subject.  The 
manner  in  which  the  several  questions 
discussed  by  you  am  handled  is  in  my 
judgment  admirably  adapted  to  a  hygi- 
enic treatise  intended  for  popular  use." 
— D.  Franxis  Condie,  M.D.,  of  Phil- 
adelphia. 


The  Villages  of  the  Bible.    By  Rev.  E.  Paxton  Hood, 

author  of  "  The  World    of  Anecdote,"    "  Lamps,  Pitchers, 


and  Trumpets,"  etc. 


i2mo.   With  Illustrations.    Extra  cloth. 


"It  is  an  interesting  and  highly  in- 
structive volume,  handsomely  illustra- 
ted with   full-page  engravings  of  the 


memorable  places  described." — Balti 
more  Episcopal  Methodist. 


PUBLICATIONS  OF  J.  B.  LIPPINCOTT  Ss'  CO. 


Florida :  Its  Scenery,  Climate,  and  History.     With 

an  Account  of  Charleston,  Savannali,  Augusta,  and  Aiken, 
a  Chapter  for  Consumptives;  Various  Papers  on  Fruit-Cul- 
ture; and  a  Complete  Handbook  and  Guide.  By  Sidney 
Lanier.     Profusely  Illustrated.     l2mo.     Fine  cloth.   $1.75. 

"  Written  in  a  delightfully  sketchy, 
}ff-hand  style,  the  author  is  artist, 
poet,  musician,  scientist,  all  in  one." 
— Neui  Orleans  Bulletin. 

"  It  is  spirited  in  style,  attractive  in 
mateiial,  and  is  at  once  a  hiitory,  a 
handboolc,  and  a  guide  for  the  region 

The  Nezv  Hyperion.     From  Paris  to  Marly  by  Way 

of  the  Rhine.  By  Edward  Strahan.  Profusely  Illus- 
trated with  over  Three  Hundred  Engravings,  from  designs  by 
Dore  and  others.  8vo.  Extra  cloth,  black  and  gilt  orna- 
mentation.    $3.00.     Full  gilt.     iJJj.SO. 


of  which  it  treats.  A  chapter  for  con- 
sumptives will  be  found  full  of  excellent 
practical  advice  for  those  who,  afHicted 
with  this  complaint,  are  in  search  of  a 
mild  and  favorable  climate." — Boiton 
Saturday  Evenuig  Gazette. 


"  Besides  the  descriptions,  which 
are  exceedingly  racy  and  characteris- 
tic, we  have  a  series  of  illustrations, 
in  many  respects  the  most  amusing 
we  have  seen,  although  the  ground 
gone  over  has  been  traveled  before, 
and  the  story  is  committed  to  scenes 


connected  with  Mr.  Longfellow's 
celebrated  romance  of  Hyperion;  the 
writing  is  exceedingly  piquant,  and 
the  general  air  of  the  book  so  jolly 
that  we  enjoy  it  quite  as  well  as  if  it 
had  not  been  indebted  to  two  excellent 
models." — Chicago  Inter-Ocean. 


Europe  Viewed  through  American  Spectacles.     By 

C.  C.  Fulton,  Editor  of  the  Baltimore  American.  8vo. 
Paper.     ^1.25.     Fine  cloth,     $1.75. 

"  It  is  very  pleasant  to  be  able  con-  I  so  much  delight  that  we  have  little 
scientiously  to  praise  a  book  of  a  time  to  spare  to  elaborate  its  merits." 
brother  editor.     We  have  read  it  with  |  — Boston  Globe. 

Many  Lands  and  Many  People.     Being  a  Series  of 

Sketches  of  Travel  in  all  Parts  of  the  World.  With  One 
Hundred  and  Forty-seven  Illustrations.  8vo.  Extra  cloth, 
black  and  gilt  ornamentation.     $2.50. 

but  to  all  who  delight  in  clever  sketches 


'■'  Truly  a  work  of  universal  interest, 
not  only  to  young  people  eager  for 
infcrmation  concerning  the  wide  and 
womlerful  world  in   which   they  live. 


of  scenes  abroad   that   possess   the 
charm  of  novelty." — St.  Louis  Times 


Lady  Bell.     A  Story  of  the  Last  Century.     By  the 

author  of  "Citoyenne  Jacqueline,"  etc.     Illustrated.     i2mo. 

Extra  cloth.     $1.75. 

'"Citoyenne  Jacqueline'  won  a  fair  I  public  again  with  'Lady  Bell,'  a  de- 
success  with  the  lovers  of  current  fie-  cidedly  attractive  story  of  English 
tion,  and  the  author  now  tempts  the  |  life." — Xeiv  York  Home  youmai. 


PUBLICATIONS  OF  J.  B.  LIPPINCOTT  dr-  CO. 

NOW  COMPLETE,  IN  FIFTEEN  VOLUMES. 


THE 


XEW  STANDARD  EDITION 


PRESCOTT'S  \VORKS 

WITH    THB 

Author's  Latest  Corrections  and  Additions. 

EDITED   BY 


AS    FOLLOWS  : 

HISTORY  OF  FERDINAND  AND  ISABELLA. 

3  Volumes. 

HISTORY  OF  THE  CONQUEST  OF  MEXICO, 

3  Volumes. 

HISTORY  OF  THE  CONQUEST  OF  PERU, 

'i  Volumes. 

HISTORY  OF  THE  REIGN  OF  PHILIP  II.. 

3  Volumes. 

HISTORY  OF  THE  REIGN  OF  CHARLES  V., 

3  Volumes. 

PRESCOTT'S  MISCELLANEOUS  ESSAYS. 

1  Volume. 


This    Edition    is    Illustrated    with  Maps,    Plates,    and    Engravings 

Price  per  volume,  i2mo,  in  fine  English  cloth,  with  black 

and  gold  ornamentation,  $2.00;   library  sheep, 

$2.50;   half  calf,  gilt  back,  $3.50. 


"  It  would  be  difficult  to  point  out 
among  any  works  of  living  historians 
tVie  equal  of  those  which  have  pro- 
ceeded from  Mr.  Prescott's  pen." — 
Harper's  Magazine. 

"  We  would  gladly  do  our  share  to- 
wards making  acknowledgment  of  the 
debt  of  gratitude  we  all  owe  to  Messrs. 
Lippincott  &  Co.  for  the  superb  and 
even  monumental  edition  of  the  IVorks 
of  William   H.    Prescott,  which    ihey 


have  at  last  brought  to  completion." — 
Ne7v  York  Christian  Union. 

"  1'he  typography,  indeed  the  entire 
mechanical  execution,  of  these  books 
is  exquisite ;  and  we  unhesitatingly 
pronounce  the  series  not  only  the  best 
edition  of  Prescott's  Works  ever  pub- 
lished, but  one  of  the  handsomest  set 
of  books  the  American  press  has  given 
us." — Boston  Journal. 


PUBLICATJOA'S  OF  J.  B.  LIPPINCOTT  &-  CO. 


AlEiKUSSlCS^imPiEMS 


EDITED    BY 


REV.   W.    LUCAS    COLLINS. 

so  Volumes.     Small  lamo.     Fine  Cloth,  $r.oo  each.     The 

20  Volumes,  in  neat  Cloth  Box,  $20.00.     Complete 

in  10  Volumes,  in  neat  Cloth  Box,  $15.00. 


NOW   COMPLETE,   EMBRACING 


1.  HOMER'S  ILIAD. 

2.  HOMER'S  ODYSSEY. 

3.  HERODOTUS. 

4.  C/ESAR. 

5.  VIRGIL 

6.  HORACE. 

7.  /ESCHYLUS. 

8.  XENOPHON. 

9.  CICERO. 

W.  SOPHOCLES. 


11.  PLINY. 

12.  EURIPIDES. 

13.  JUVENAL. 

14.  ARISTOPHANES. 

15.  HESIOD  &  THEOGNIS. 

16.  PLAUTUS  &  TERENCE. 

17.  TACITUS. 

18.  LUC  I  AN. 

19.  PLATO. 

20.  GREEK  ANTHOLOGY. 


The  aim  of  this  delifjhtful  series  of  books  is  to  explain,  suffi- 
ciently for  general  readers,  who  these  great  writers  were,  and  what 
they  wrote;  to  give,  wherever  possible,  some  connected  outline 
of  the  story  which  they  tell,  or  the  facts  which  they  record,  checked 
by  the  results  of  modern  investigations ;  to  present  some  of  their 
most  striking  passages  in  approved  English  translations,  and  to 
illustrate  them  generally  from  modern  writers;  to  serve,  in  short, 
as  a  popular  retrospect  of  the  chief  literature  of  Greece  and  Rome. 

"  Each  successive  issue  only  adds  to 
our  appreciation  of  the  learning  and 
skill  with  which  this  admirable  enter- 
prise of  bringing  the  best  classics  within 
easy  reach  of  English  readers  is  con- 
ducted."— Netu  York  Independent. 

*^f*  A  Supplemental  Series  in  the  same  sire  and  type  is  hfinjf 
issued.     It  will  not  be  extended  beyond  eight  or  ten  volumes 


"  There  is  not  a  volume  of  this  most 
admirable  and  useful  series  that  is  not 
done  in  a  very  masterly  manner,  and 
worthy  of  the  highest  praise." — Priiiih 
Quarterly  Revieiu. 


BULWER'S  NOVELS 


THE 

LORD   LYTTON   EDITION. 

Complete  in  25  Volumes.  Large  lamo.  With  Frontispiece. 

Extra  Cloth,  Black  and  Gilt,  $1.25. 

Price  per  Set,  $31.25. 

Each  Complete  in  One  Volume. 


THE  CAXTONS. 

PELHAM. 

EUGENE   ARAM. 

THE  LAST  OF  THE  BARONS. 

LUCRETIA. 

DEVEREUX. 

THE  LAST  DAYS  OF  POMPEIL 

RIENZI, 

GODOLPHIN. 

A   STRANGE   STORY. 

KENELM  CHILLINGLY. 


ZANONI. 
HAROLD. 

LEILA,    PILGRIMS     OF    THE 
RHINE,  AND  CALDERON. 
NIGHT   AND   MORNING. 
ERNEST   MALTRAVERS. 
ALICE. 

PAUL  CLIFFORD. 
THE   DISOWNED. 
PAUSANIAS,  THE  SPARTAN. 
THE  PARISIANS. 


Each  Complete  in  Two  Volumes. 

MY   NOVEL.        WHAT  WILL   HE   DO  WITH   IT? 


"  We  know  of  no  series  so  desirable 
in  every  respect  as  this." — Fhiladel- 
pkia  Evening  Bulletin. 

"  It  makes  one  of  the  most  attractive 


and  valuable  series  to  be  found  in  any 
library  for  reading  in  distinction  from 
reference.  It  is  at  once  handsome  and 
cheap." — Chicago  Evening  Journal. 


THE   GLOBE   EDITION. 

Complete  in  25  Volumes.    Printed  on  Tinted  Paper.    i6mo. 

With  Frontispiece.     Fine  Cloth,  $1.00. 

Price  per  Set,  $25.00. 


"  We  have  more  than  once  com- 
inended  the  Globe  as  the  best  edition 
of  Bulwer  accessible  to  American 
readers."-  -Cincinnati  Gazette. 


.  .  .  "  The  convenient  si2e,  beau* 
tiful  style,  and  cheapness  of  this  edition 
is  worthy  the  attention  of  book-buy- 
ers."— Pittsburgh  Gazette. 


LIBRARY   EDITION. 

Complete    in   47  Volumes.      Large    Type.      Fine    Tinted 

Paper.     i2mo.     Extra  Cloth,  $1.00. 

Price  per  Set,  $47.00, 

E-&.CII     TSrOVEIi     SOLI?     SS:PA.S-.A.TEIjTr. 


PUBLICATIONS  OF  J.  B.  LIPPINCOTT  &-  CO. 

VALUABLE  WORKS  OF  REFERENCE. 


Lippincott's  Pronouncing  Biographical  Dictionary. 

Containing  complete  and  concise  Biograpliical  Sketches  of  the 
Eminent  Persons  of  all  Ages  and  Countries.  By  J.  THOMAS, 
A.M.,  M.D.  Imperial  8vo.  Sheep.  ^15.00.  2  vols.  Cloth. 
J22.00. 

Allibone'3  Critical  Dictionary  of  Authors. 

A  Dictionary  of  English  Literature  and  Briti.sh  and  American 
Authors,  Living  and  Deceased.  By  S.  Austin  Allibone,  LL.D. 
3  vols.     Imperial  Svo.     Extra  cloth.     $22.50. 

Lippincott's  Pronouncing  Gazetteer  of  the  World. 

A  Complete  Geographical  Dictionary.  By  J.  Thomas  and 
T.  B\LD\viN.     Royal  8vo.     Sheep.     $10.00. 

Allibone's  Dictionary  of  Prose  Quotations. 

By  S.  Austin  Allibone,  LL.D.  With  Indexes.  8vo.  Extra 
cloth.     $5.00. 

Allibone's  Dictionary  of  Poetical  Quotations. 

By  S.  Austin  Allibone,  LL.D.  With  Indexes.  Svo.  Extra 
cloth.     $5.00. 

Chambers's  Encyclopaedia. 

American  Eevisei  Edition. 
A  Dictionary  of  Useful  Knowledge.    Profusely  Illustrated  with 
Maps,  Plates,  and  Woodcuts.      10  vols.     Royal  Svo. 

Chambers's  Book  of  Days. 

A  Miscellany  of  Popular  Antiquities  connected  with  the  Cal- 
endar.   Profusely  Illustrated.    2  vols.     Svo.    Extra  cloth.    $8.00. 

Dictionary  of  Quotations, 

From  the  Greek,  Latin,  and  Modern  Languages.  With  an 
Index.     Crown  Svo.     Extra  cloth.     $2.00. 

Furness's  Concordance  to  Shakespeare's  Poems. 

An  Index  to  Every  W'ord  therein  contained,  with  the  Complete 
Poems  of  Shakespeare.     Svo.     Extra  cloth.     $4.00. 

Lempriere's  Classical  Dictionary. 

Containing  all  the  Principal  Names  and  Terms  relating  to 
Antiquity  and  the  Ancients,  with  a  Chronological  Table.  Svo. 
Sheep.     $3.75.     i6mo.     Cloth.     $\.%o. 

WS'  The  above  Works  are  also  bound  in  a  variety  of  handsome  extra  styles 


PUBLICATIONS  OF  'j.  3.  LIPFINCOTT  &*  CO. 


Popular  Standard  Works, 

OF  THE  MOST  APPROVED   EDITIONS. 

■  <«>  • 

ANCIENT  CLASSICS  FOR  ENGLISH  READERS. 

Embracing  the  Distinguished  Authors  of  Greece  and  Rome.  Edited  by 
Rev.  W.  L.  Collins.  20  vols.  i6mo.  Cloth.  Ji.oo  per  vol.  In  set  of  10 
vols,  in  bo-x.     Extra  cloth.     ;fis.oo. 

BIGELOW'S  LIFE  OF  BENJAMIN  FRANKLIN. 

Written  by  himself  (Franklin).  Edited  from  Original  Manuscripts,  printed 
Correspondence,  and  other  Writings.  By  Hon.  John  Bigelow.  3  vol*. 
With  Portrait.     Crown  8vo.     Extra  cloth.     $7.50. 

FORSTER'S  LIFE  OF  CHARLES  DICKENS. 

By  John  Fokster,  author  of  "  Life  of  Goldsmith,"  etc.  With  Steel  Ei»- 
gravings  and  Fac-Similos.     3  vols.     i2mo.     E.\tra  cluth.     g6.oo. 

HAZLITT'S  LIFE  OF  NAPOLEON  BUONAPARTE. 

Illustrated  with  100  Fine  Steel  Engravings.  3  vols.  Crown  8vo.  Fine 
cloth,  extra.     1^7.50.     Cheap  Edition.     3  vols.     i2mo.     Cloth.     $4.50. 

PRESCOTT'S  COMPLETE  WORKS. 

New  and  Reznsed  Edition.  Edited  by  J.  Foster  Kirk.  15  vols.  i2mo. 
With  Portraits  from  Steel,  and  Maps,     tine  cloth,  extra.     ^2.25  per  vol. 

BULWER'S   NOVELS. 

Complete  in  25  volumes.  With  Frontispieces.  The  Globe  Edition.  i6mo. 
Boimd  in  fine  cloth,  fi.oopervol.  The  Lord  Lytton  Edition.  i2mo.  Fine 
cloth,  extra.     J1.25  per  vol. 

DICKENS'S  WORKS. 

The  standard  Illustrated  Edition.  Complete  in  30  vols.  8vo.  Fine  cloth, 
extra.  $3.00  per  vol.  The  Charles  Dickens  Edition.  Illustrated.  16  vols. 
i2mo.  line  cloth.  $16.00  per  set.  Diamond  Edition.  Illustrated.  14  vols. 
i6mo.     Paper  cover.     35  cents  per  vol. 

LANDOR'S  WORKS. 

The  Works  of  Walter  Savage  Landor.  New  Editio?i.  Edited  by  JoHH 
FoRSTER.     8  vols.     With  Portniits.     Crown  Svo.     Cloth.     ^32.00. 

ADDISON'S   COMPLETE   WORKS. 

Edited,  with  Notes,  by  Prof.  Greene.  With  Portrait  on  Steel.  6  vols 
ismo.     Cloth.     J9.00. 

BYRON'S  COMPLETE  POETICAL  WORKS. 

Edited  by  Thomas  Moore.  Illustrated  with  Steel  Plates.  4  vols.  i2mo. 
Fine  cloth,  extra.     ;Jio.oo. 

KIRK'S   HISTORY   OF   CHARLES   THE   BOLD, 

Duke  of  Burgundy.  By  John  Foster  Kirk.  3  vols.  Svo.  Fine  clotK 
fg.oo. 

RANDALL'S   LIFE   OF  THOMAS   JEFFERSON. 

By  Henry  S.  Randall,  LL.  D.      In  3  vols.      Svo.      Cloth.      $10.00. 


"The  abeve  Works  are  also  bound  in  a  variety  of  handsome  extra  stylett 


PUBLICATIONS  OF  J.  B.  UPriNCOTf  &-  CO. 


GET  THE   STANDARD! 

■ 

"  £t  ought  to  be  in  every  Library,  also  in  every  Acadc/n 
and  every  School."— Hun.  Chas.  Slsineu. 

WORCESTER'S 

QUARTO  DICTIONARY. 

A  large,  handsome  volume  of  1854  pages,  containing 
considerably  more  than  100,000  Words  in  its 
Vocabulary,  with   the    Correct   Pronun- 
ciation, Definition,  and  Etymology. 


FULLY  ILLUSTRATED.   LIBRARY  SHEEP.   $10.00. 


( < 


T7\7"On.OE3STE3H. 


> » 


is  now  regarded  as  the  standard  authority,  and  is  so  recommendoj 
by  Bryant,  Longfellow,  Whittier,  Sumner,  Holmes,  Irving,  AVinthroi 
Agassiz,  Marsli,  Henry,  Everett,  Mann,  Quincy,  Felton,  Hillard,  anl 
the  majority  of  our  most  distinguished  scholars,  and  is,  besidcq 
recognized  as  authority  by  the  Departments  of  our  National  Govern 
mcnt. 

THE   COMPLETE   SERIES   OF  i 

Worcester's    Dictionaries! 

Quarto  Dictionary.     Illustrated.     Library  sheep.    SIO.OO.  I 

Universal  and  Critical  (Octavo)  Dictionary.   8vo.  Library  sbee| 

S4.2o. 
Academic  Dictionary.    Illustrated.    Crown  8vo.    Il.ilf  roan.    S1.8S. 
Comprehensive  Dictionary.    Illustrated.    12nio.    Ualf  roan.    ?1.75. 
School  (Elementary)  Dictionary.  Illustnited.  l2mo.  Half  roan.  S\.(H. 
Primary  Dictionary.    Illustrateil.    IGnio.    Half  roan.    GU  cents. 
Pocket  Dictionary.     Illustrated.     24mo.     Cloth,  63  cents  ;  roan,  tlexibli 

85  cents ;  roiiii,  tucks,  gilt  edges,  Sl.OU. 


't 


Many  special  aids  to  students,  in  addition  to  a  very  full  prof 
nouncing  and  defining  vocabulary,  make  the  above-named  books,  ii 
tlie  ojiinion  of  our  most  distinguished  educators,  the  most  complet* 
as  well  as  bj'  far  the  cheapest  Dictionaries  of  our  language 


*^:*  Tor  sale  by  Booksellers  generallj.or  will  bn  sent, carriage  free,  ou  teceipl 
ef  the  price  by  j 

J.  B.  LIPPIXCOTT  tC  CO., 

PUBLISHERS,    BOUKSELLEUS,  .VXD   .-^TxlTlO^ERi^ 
715  and  717  Market  Street.  Philadelcbia. 


